UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT

OF 1934

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from to

Commission file number 001-38159

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Caroline Ferland, Company Secretary Tel: +44 (0)20 7845 1000

Fax: +44 (0)20 7240 0555

Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class	Trading symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares (evidenced by American Depositary Receipts)	BTI	New York Stock Exchange
each representing one ordinary share
Ordinary shares, nominal value 25 pence per share	BTI	New York Stock Exchange	*
3.215% Notes due 2026	BTI26	New York Stock Exchange
1.668% Notes due 2026	BTI26A	New York Stock Exchange
3.557% Notes due 2027	BTI27	New York Stock Exchange
4.700% Notes due 2027	BTI27A	New York Stock Exchange
2.259% Notes due 2028	BTI28	New York Stock Exchange
4.448% Notes due 2028	BTI28A	New York Stock Exchange
3.462% Notes due 2029	BTI29	New York Stock Exchange
5.931% Notes due 2029	BTI29A	New York Stock Exchange
4.906% Notes due 2030	BTI30	New York Stock Exchange
6.343% Notes due 2030	BTI30A	New York Stock Exchange
2.726% Notes due 2031	BTI31	New York Stock Exchange
5.834% Notes due 2031	BTI31A	New York Stock Exchange
4.742% Notes due 2032	BTI32	New York Stock Exchange
7.750% Notes due 2032	BTI32A	New York Stock Exchange
5.350% Notes due 2032	BTI32B	New York Stock Exchange
6.421% Notes due 2033	BTI33	New York Stock Exchange
4.625% Notes due 2033	BTI33A	New York Stock Exchange
6.000% Notes due 2034	BTI34	New York Stock Exchange
5.625% Notes due 2035	BTI35	New York Stock Exchange
4.390% Notes due 2037	BTI37	New York Stock Exchange
3.734% Notes due 2040	BTI40	New York Stock Exchange
7.079% Notes due 2043	BTI43	New York Stock Exchange
4.540% Notes due 2047	BTI47	New York Stock Exchange
4.758% Notes due 2049	BTI49	New York Stock Exchange
5.282% Notes due 2050	BTI50	New York Stock Exchange
3.984% Notes due 2050	BTI50A	New York Stock Exchange
5.650% Notes due 2052	BTI52	New York Stock Exchange
7.081% Notes due 2053	BTI53	New York Stock Exchange
6.250% Notes due 2055	BTI55	New York Stock Exchange

*Listed, not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of the applicable Registrant’s American Depositary Shares issued in respect thereof.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report.

2,312,454,501 ordinary shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☒ Yes ☐ No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of

☐ Yes ☒ No

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations

under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding

12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T

(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ☒ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of

“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☒	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the

extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification

after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has ﬁled a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the eﬀectiveness of its internal control over ﬁnancial

reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting ﬁrm that prepared or issued its audit report.☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the

correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive based compensation received by any of the

registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP	International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the	Other ☐
☐	International Accounting Standards Board ☒

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. ☐ Item 17 ☐

Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ Yes ☒ No

Name of the auditor’s firm	KPMG LLP
Auditors’ firm ID/ PCAOB issued Audit Firm Identifier	1118
Auditors’ Location – City, State/Province, Country	15 Canada Square, London, E14 5GL

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Section	Section name	Page
	General	4
	Forward looking statements	4
PART I	Section
Item 1	Identity of directors, senior management and advisers	N/A
Item 2	Offer statistics and expected timetable	N/A
Item 3	Key information	N/A
A	[Reserved]	N/A
B	Capitalization and indebtedness	N/A
C	Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds	N/A
D	Risk factors	4
Item 4	Information on the company	18
A	History and development of the company	18
B	Business overview	19
C	Organizational structure	27
D	Property, plant and equipment	28
Item 4A	Unresolved staff comments	N/A
Item 5	Operating and financial review and prospects	28
A	Operating results	28
B	Liquidity and capital resources	47
C	Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.	53
D	Trend information	54
E	Critical accounting estimates	N/A
Item 6	Directors, senior management and employees	55
A	Directors and senior management	55
B	Compensation	61
C	Board practices	75
D	Employees	82
E	Share ownership	83
F	Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensation	N/A
Item 7	Major shareholders and related party transactions	83
A	Major shareholders	83
B	Related party transactions	85
C	Interests of experts and counsel	N/A
Item 8	Financial information	85
A	Consolidated statements and other financial information	85
B	Significant changes	N/A
Item 9	The offer and listing	85
A	Offer and listing details	85
B	Plan of distribution	N/A
C	Markets	85
D	Selling shareholders	N/A
E	Dilution	N/A
F	Expenses of the issue	N/A

| British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025 | | --- || Section | Section name | Page | | --- | --- | --- | | Item 10 | Additional information | 85 | | A | Share capital | N/A | | B | Memorandum and articles of association | 85 | | C | Material contracts | 88 | | D | Exchange controls | 90 | | E | Taxation | 90 | | F | Dividends and paying agents | N/A | | G | Statements by experts | N/A | | H | Documents on display | 93 | | I | Subsidiary information | N/A | | J | Annual report to security holders | 93 | | Item 11 | Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk | 93 | | Item 12 | Description of securities other than equity securities | 93 | | A | Debt securities | N/A | | B | Warrants and rights | N/A | | C | Other securities | N/A | | D | American depositary shares | 93 | | PART II | | | | Item 13 | Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies | N/A | | Item 14 | Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds | N/A | | Item 15 | Controls and procedures | 95 | | Item 16 | [Reserved] | N/A | | Item 16A | Audit committee financial expert | 95 | | Item 16B | Code of ethics | 95 | | Item 16C | Principal accountant fees and services | 96 | | Item 16D | Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees | 96 | | Item 16E | Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers | 96 | | Item 16F | Change in registrant’s certifying accountant | N/A | | Item 16G | Corporate governance | 97 | | Item 16H | Mine safety disclosure | N/A | | Item 16I | Disclosure regarding foreign jurisdictions that prevent inspections | N/A | | Item 16J | Insider trading policies | 98 | | Item 16K | Cybersecurity | 98 | | PART III | | | | Item 17 | Financial statements | 100 | | Item 18 | Financial statements | 100 | | Item 19 | Exhibits | 193 |

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

General

References in this Annual Report on Form 20-F 2025 (this Form 20-F) to ‘British American Tobacco’, ‘Company’, ‘BAT’, ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’

when denoting opinion refer to British American Tobacco p.l.c. and when denoting business activity refer to British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its

subsidiaries, collectively or individually as the case may be, as well as in some circumstances those who work for them. When denoting business activity

these collective expressions are used for ease of reference only and do not imply any other relationship between British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its

subsidiaries. The companies in which British American Tobacco p.l.c. directly and indirectly has an interest are separate and distinct legal entities.

The material in this Form 20-F is not provided for product advertising, promotional or marketing purposes. This Form 20-F does not constitute and should

not be construed as constituting an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any of our products. Our products are sold only in compliance with the

laws of the particular jurisdictions in which they are sold. References in this Form 20-F to information on websites, including the web address of BAT, have

been included as inactive textual references only. These websites and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be

incorporated into or to form part of the Form 20-F.

Forward looking statements

This document contains certain forward-looking statements, including “forward-looking” statements made within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities

Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “believe,” “anticipate,”

“could,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “will,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “positioned,” “strategy,” “outlook”,

“target,” “being confident” and similar expressions. These include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, amongst

other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the economic and business circumstances occurring

from time to time in the countries and markets in which the Group operates.

In particular, these forward-looking statements include, among other statements, statements regarding the Group’s future financial performance, planned

product launches and future regulatory developments and business objectives, as well as: (i) our expected gross capital expenditure in 2026; (ii) our belief

that Vuse is well-placed to benefit from stronger enforcement in the U.S. and our expectations of a promising performance of Vuse Ultra and a building

momentum with the continued roll-out of Velo Plus in the U.S.; (iii) certain statements in the Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations section; (iv)

certain statements in the Raw Materials section; (v) certain statements in the Regulation of the Group’s business section; (vi) certain statements in the

Regional Review section, including the reference to positive signs of illicit disposable decline and legal industry recovery and our encouragement by the

early performance Vuse Ultra in the AME region; (vii) certain statements in the Category Review, including our expectation to continue to seek opportunities

and develop the Modern Oral category in additional markets; (viii) certain statements in the Dividends section; (ix) certain statements in the Liquidity and

capital resources section, including the Group's confidence in being able to successfully access the debt capital markets, the Group’s belief that the Group has

sufficient working capital for present requirements, the Assessment as a Going Concern and the Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual

Obligations; (x) certain statements in the Trend information section; and (xi) certain statements in the Notes on Accounts, including Accounting policies and

basis of preparation, the Group’s ability to navigate regulatory change, the Group’s forecast and assumptions with respect to impairment testing, the Group’s

expectation to close the sale of its Cuban subsidiary and the Contingent liabilities and financial commitments sections.

All such forward-looking statements involve estimates and assumptions that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors. It is believed that the

expectations reflected in this document are reasonable but they may be affected by a wide range of variables that could cause actual results and performance

to differ materially from those currently anticipated.

Among the key factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements are uncertainties related to

the following: the impact of increased competition from illicit trade and illegal products; changes or differences in domestic or international economic or

political conditions; the impact of adverse domestic or international legislation and regulation of tobacco, New Categories and other regulation; the impact of

supply chain disruptions; adverse litigation and external investigations and dispute outcomes and the effect of such outcomes on the Group’s financial

condition; the impact of significant increases or structural changes in tobacco, nicotine and New Categories related taxes; the inability to develop,

commercialise and deliver the Group’s New Categories strategy; adverse decisions by domestic or international regulatory bodies, including disputed taxes,

interest and penalties; the impact of serious injury, illness or death in the workplace and those who work with the business; the ability to maintain credit

ratings and to fund the business under the current capital structure; translational and transactional foreign exchange rate exposure; direct and indirect adverse

impacts associated with climate change (both physical and transition); the ability to deliver a viable circular business model in response to global demand,

combined with increasing regulatory, stakeholder and consumer pressure; and the Group’s ability to defend against Cyber & Digital actions that result in loss

of confidentiality, availability or integrity of systems and data. Further details on the principal risks that may affect the Group can be found on pages 4 to 17

of this document.

Past performance is no guide to future performance and persons needing advice should consult an independent financial adviser. The forward-looking

statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this document and the Group undertakes no obligation to update or revise

these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on

such forward-looking statements.

No statement in this document is intended to be a profit forecast and no statement in this document should be interpreted to mean that earnings per share of

BAT for the current or future financial years would necessarily match or exceed the historical published earnings per share of BAT.

All financial statements and financial information provided by or with respect to the U.S. or Reynolds American are initially prepared on the basis of U.S.

GAAP and constitute the primary financial statements or financial records of the U.S./Reynolds American. This financial information is then converted to

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and as adopted for use in the UK (IFRS) for the purpose of consolidation within the results

of the Group. To the extent any such financial information provided in this announcement relates to the U.S. or Reynolds American it is provided as an

explanation of, or supplement to, Reynolds American’s primary U.S. GAAP based financial statements and information.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

PART I

Item 3 - Key Information

Item 3.D - Risk factors

Business Execution and Supply Chain Risks

Risk: Competition from illicit trade

Description: Illicit trade in the form of counterfeit products, diversion of genuine Group products, products that are smuggled illegally across borders, and

locally manufactured products, which do not comply with applicable regulations and/or in which applicable taxes are evaded, has had a significant impact

and continues to represent a significant and growing threat to the legitimate tobacco industry, including New Categories products. Factors such as increasing

levels of taxation and inflation, economic downturn and increased cost of living, lack of law enforcement, appropriate penalties and weak border control are

encouraging more adult tobacco and New Categories consumers to switch to illegal cheaper tobacco and New Categories products and are providing greater

rewards for counterfeiters and smugglers. Regulatory restrictions such as plain packaging or graphic health warnings, display bans, flavour or ingredient

restrictions and increased compliance costs further disadvantage legitimate industry participants by providing competitive advantages to illicit manufacturers

and distributors of illicit tobacco and New Categories products.

Impact: Illicit trade has an overall negative impact on society, deprives governments of revenues and encourages various forms of crime such as terrorism,

money laundering and human trafficking. Above all, illicit trade has an adverse effect on the Group’s overall business and reputation. Illicit trade can damage

brand equity, which could undermine the Group’s investment in Trade Marketing and Distribution, increase operational costs where products may become

commoditised, make it more difficult to adhere to underage prevention and decrease volumes sold. Although anti-illicit trade is an integral part of our

Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC), representing our internal commitment in the fight against illicit trade and setting out the controls all Group

companies must have in place and adhere to, it cannot prevent all instances of illicit trade.

Furthermore, counterfeit products (especially New Categories) and other illicit products could harm consumers, damages goodwill and/or the category (with

lower volumes and reduced profits), and could potentially lead to misplaced claims against BAT, further regulation and a failure to deliver our corporate

harm reduction objective. Illicit trade may also reduce the Group’s ability to take price increases due to competitive pressure from cheaper illegal products.

Finally, as the Group has contractual and legislative obligations to prevent the diversion of our products into illicit channels, actual breaches of the obligations

to prevent product diversion into illicit channels have resulted, and may continue to result, in substantial fines in the forms of seizure payments and legislative

penalties (including financial penalties). Additionally, actual and perceived breaches may result in the risk of reputational damage (including negative

perceptions of our governance and our sustainability credentials) from Group products being found in illicit channels.

Risk: Geopolitical tensions that have the potential to disrupt the Group’s business in multiple markets

Description: The Group’s operations and financial condition are influenced by the economic and political situations in the markets and regions in which it

has operations, which are often unpredictable and outside of its control. Some markets in which the Group operates face the threat of civil unrest and can be

subject to frequent changes in regime. In others, there is a risk of terrorism, conflict, global health crisis, war, organised crime or other criminal activity. The

Group is also exposed to economic policy changes in jurisdictions in which it operates, for example state nationalisation of assets and withdrawal from

international / bilateral trade agreements including the introduction of tariffs or trade embargoes. In addition, some markets maintain trade barriers or adopt

policies that favour domestic producers, preventing or restricting the Group’s sales. Given the outsourcing of certain services to third‑party providers, the risk

may be amplified where such services are highly concentrated within a single country or region, increasing exposure to local geopolitical instability.

Geopolitical tensions caused by the effects of climate change and associated events, such as, but not limited to, water shortages, flooding, amplified natural

disasters and resultant disease outbreaks, land and food shortages, unemployment, and migration may also adversely impact the Group's business.

Impact: Deterioration of socio-economic or political conditions have led, and could in the future lead, to injury or loss of life, restricted mobility, loss of

assets and/or denial of access to BAT sites that reduce the Group’s access to particular markets or may disrupt the Group’s operations, such as supply chain,

or manufacturing or distribution capabilities. Such disruptions, including attacks on shipping routes in the Red Sea, may result in increased taxes and/or other

costs due to the requirement for more complex supply chain and security arrangements, the need to build new facilities or to maintain inefficient facilities, or

in a reduction of the Group’s sales volume. Further, there may be reputational damage, including negative perceptions of our governance and protection of

our people and our sustainability credentials.

Risk: Injury, illness or death in the workplace

Description: The Group considers the safety of its employees and other individuals working with it as of utmost importance and fundamental concern. Loss

of life, serious injury, disability or illness to employees or individuals due to accident, geopolitical tension or other events may occur during the research,

manufacturing, distribution or retail of the Group’s products.

Impact: Past events have led, and future events may lead to serious injuries, ill health, disability or loss of life to employees and individuals who work with

the Group. This may result in reputational damage, difficulties in recruiting and retaining staff, exposure to civil and criminal liability, prosecution and fines

and penalties. These impacts could have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and have a negative impact on its

sustainability credentials.

Risk: Disruption to the Group’s or its third-party providers’ digital and information technology systems, including by cyberattack, human error, or

the malicious manipulation or disclosure of confidential or sensitive information

Description: The Group relies on a complex and interconnected digital ecosystem, including information and digital technology (IDT) systems, to support

core business activities, such as manufacturing, distribution, marketing, customer engagement, R&D, and financial and management reporting. The Group’s

operations are exposed to disruptions arising not only from internal system failures or vulnerabilities but also from outages, security breaches, or performance

issues affecting external vendors, cloud service providers, and other critical third‑party technology partners. There is a risk that the digital landscape in the

Group or across its third-party providers may be compromised by intentional or unintentional actions. These include cyber-attacks, insider threats, system

misconfigurations, or human error.

The external threat landscape continues to intensify, with adversaries leveraging AI-powered tools and nation-state capabilities. The Group’s own adoption of

AI technologies, whether in products, services, or supply chain operations, may further increase exposure to cyber threats and introduce new attack vectors.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Impact: The Group's digital ecosystem is continuously under attack by third parties. The Group experiences cybersecurity threats and incidents that are

typical for organisations in the same industry of a similar size, including phishing attempts, malware activity, and unauthorised access attempts. Although as

of the date of this Form 20-F, the Group has not experienced any cybersecurity incident, including those arising from third‑party provider failures, that has

materially affected our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, such an event could occur in the future.

Management recognises that digital and cyber threats could pose significant risks to the Group’s business, reputation, financial condition, and stakeholder

trust. Any disruption to IDT systems related to the Group’s operations could adversely affect its business and result in financial, legal and reputational

impacts. Any delays or failure to detect or respond to attempts to gain unauthorised access to the Group’s information technology systems can lead to a loss

in confidentiality, integrity or availability of systems and/or data. Failure to comply with digital, data protection or cybersecurity regulations could result in

regulatory investigations, enforcement actions, fines, legal exposure or operational restrictions.

Risk: Failure to meet current or future New Categories demand

Description: The New Categories supply chain is a multi-tiered and complex environment with reliance on multiple factors, such as third-party suppliers’

ability to upscale production in order to meet demand while maintaining product quality, dependency on single suppliers at various points in the chain and the

Group’s ability to build adequate consumables production capacity in line with product demand. The geographical spread of suppliers and customers exposes

the Group to political and economic issues such as trade wars and tariff increases, which may compromise the New Categories supply chain. Given the

developing nature of the New Categories portfolio, there is also an enhanced risk that some products may not meet product quality and safety standards or

may be subject to regulatory changes, leading to product recalls, which we have experienced in the past, or bans of certain ingredients or products (such as

the ban on menthol in our New Categories products in California) or failure of products to receive regulatory approval (such as the initial denial (currently

subject to an appeal) of a Premarket Tobacco Product Application (PMTA) for our Vuse menthol and mixed berry products in the United States). In addition,

the New Categories supply chain may be vulnerable to changes in local legislation related to liquid nicotine that could increase import duties. Furthermore,

the New Categories supply chain includes the development of sensitive trade secrets jointly with external design partners, which carries the risk of exposure

of innovations to competitors.

Impact: Vulnerabilities in the New Categories supply chain may impact the Group’s ability to maintain supply and meet the current and future demand

requirements across the New Categories portfolio, potentially resulting in significant reputational harm and financial impact that may negatively affect the

Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans. Over-forecasting has led, and may

also in the future lead, to write-offs and negatively impact working capital. The design of New Categories devices may also prevent the scaling of

commercial manufacturing, which will either restrict supply or increase the costs of production.

Further, there may be loss of investors’ confidence in sustainability performance, including failure to deliver our corporate purpose of harm reduction.

In addition, changes in local legislation related to liquid nicotine import duties may increase New Categories production costs, which may increase End

Market pricing and reduce demand. Furthermore, the exposure of sensitive trade secrets can lead to competitive disadvantages and further negatively impact

the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Failure of a financial counterparty

Description: The Group relies on transactions with a variety of financial counterparties to manage the Group’s business and financial risks. In the event that

any of these counterparties fails, payments due from such counterparties, such as under hedging or insurance contracts, may not be recovered. In addition,

failure of a transactional banking party may lead to the loss of cash balances and disruption to payment systems provided by such counterparty, resulting in

the inability of collecting revenue and settling payment obligations.

Impact: The inability to recover payments due from one or more failed financial counterparties or the loss of cash balances may cause significant financial

loss and have an adverse impact on the Group’s results of operations, financial condition and financial risk profile. In addition, the loss of cash balances or a

disruption to payment systems may cause disruption to the Group’s ongoing operations and ability to pay its creditors and suppliers.

Risk: Exposure to unavailability of, and price volatility in, raw materials and increased costs of employment

Description: The availability and price of various commodities required in the manufacture of the Group’s products fluctuate. Raw materials and other

inputs used in the Group’s business, such as wood pulp and energy, are commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by numerous factors, including

inflation, political influence, introduction of new or higher tariffs or trade embargos, market fluctuations and natural disasters.

Similarly, the Group is exposed to the risk of an increase above inflation in employment costs, including due to governmental action to introduce or increase

minimum wages. Employment and health care law changes and the increase in inflation may also increase the cost of provided health care and other

employment benefits expenses.

Impact: Restricted availability and price volatility of commodities may result in supply shortages and unexpected increases in costs for raw materials and

packaging for the Group’s products, which may affect the Group’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Group has experienced some of these effects in the last several years, including higher cost of direct materials due to energy scarcity, increase in

transportation rates and commodity prices, as well as increases in utility costs, all of which have led to increases in overall cost. While inflation also caused

an increase in employment costs, this did not have a material adverse effect to the Group's profitability. However, we cannot assure that this will not be

materially affecting the Group's profitability in the future.

The Group has not always been able to, and in the future may not be able to, increase prices to offset increased costs without suffering reduced sales volume

and revenue. In the absence of compensating for increased costs through pricing, significant increases in raw material, packaging and employment costs

above inflation will impact product margins, leading to lower profits and negatively affecting the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and

cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Failure to retain key personnel or to attract and retain skilled talent

Description: The Group relies on a number of highly experienced employees with detailed knowledge of the tobacco and nicotine industry and other areas of

focus for the Group (including New Categories and Beyond Nicotine). Similarly, the Group is dependent on its ability to identify, attract, develop and retain

such qualified personnel in the future. The Group is also dependent on external hires to ensure it is equipped with the right new business-critical capabilities

and knowledge to accelerate transformation. BAT anticipates that this trend will continue and therefore the ability to continue to build awareness, increase

reach and ultimately attract the new target audience remains a primary focus.

There are shifts in the career development expectations of employees, from a traditional one company long tenure approach to a much shorter tenure focused

on critical experiences and challenges. Furthermore, broader economic and sustainability trends (e.g. Group delivery against sustainability-related ambitions,

volatility in remuneration outcomes linked to Group’s share price) may impact the Group’s ability to retain key employees and may increase competition for

highly talented employees. Whilst the Group is enhancing its effort on retaining critical capabilities and knowledge, building the right leadership behaviour

and organisational culture, and focusing on employee development and engagement, the retention risk of experienced employees remains an area requiring

management attention. Furthermore, if the Group were to fail to introduce appropriately leveraged and differentiated pay-for-performance for key employees,

this may exacerbate the risk of not retaining such key personnel and attracting appropriately skilled talent in the future. This may expose the Group to the risk

of not being able to conduct future succession planning successfully.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Impact: If the Group is unable to retain its existing key employees, fails to attract and retain skilled talent in the future, critical positions may be left vacant,

resulting in a failure to retain and advance critical business knowledge required for its transformation, as well as adversely impacting the Group’s results of

operations, financial condition and achieving broader business objectives, such as its sustainability ambitions.

High voluntary employee turnover may also reduce organisational performance and productivity, leading to further adverse impact on the Group’s results of

operations and financial condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Disruption to the supply chain and distribution channels

Description: The Group has adopted an increasingly global approach to managing its supply chain, including distribution channels. Disruption to the Group's

supply chain may be caused by various factors, including, but not limited to, disruption to suppliers’ operations or to distribution channels, and the

deterioration in the financial condition of a trading partner. Such disruption may also be caused by a cyber events, global health crises, political tensions,

wars, strikes, riots, civil commotion, major fires, severe weather conditions or other natural disasters which affect manufacturing or other facilities of the

Group’s operating subsidiaries or those of their suppliers and distributors. We have experienced such disruptions in the past, including recently in Sudan and

Ukraine due to the ongoing conflicts there. In certain geographic areas where the Group operates, insurance coverage may not be obtainable on commercially

reasonable terms, if at all. Coverage may be subject to limitations, or the Group may be unable to recover damages from its insurers. The Group foresees a

heightened level of risk of disruption in our New Categories supply chain because it is multi-tiered and complex in sourcing and distribution.

Disruption may also be caused by the spread of infectious disease (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or by a deterioration/shortage in labour or union

relations, disputes or work stoppages or other labour-related developments within the Group or its suppliers and distributors. The ongoing organisational

structure review and transition of key responsibilities to third party strategic partners also exposes BAT to new risk of disruption. In addition, the Group’s

operating subsidiaries may not be able to establish or maintain relationships on favourable commercial terms with their suppliers and distributors, or at all. In

some markets, distribution of the Group’s products occurs through third-party monopoly channels, often licensed by governments. The Group may be unable

to renew these third-party supplier and distribution agreements on satisfactory terms for many different reasons, including government regulations or

sustainability considerations. There are also some product categories for which the Group does not have surplus production capacity or where substitution

between different production plants is impractical and this may cause further disruption to our supply chain. Consolidation of global suppliers and certain

distributors that control large geographies may reduce the Group’s availability of alternatives and negatively impact the Group’s negotiating power with key

suppliers and distributors. These risks are particularly relevant in jurisdictions where the Group’s manufacturing facilities are more concentrated or for certain

product categories where production is more centralised.

Impact: Any disruption to the Group’s supply chain and distribution channels has from time to time had, and could have, an adverse effect on reputation, the

results of operations and financial conditions of the Group through failures to meet shipment demand, contract disputes, increased costs, loss of market share

and inability to reinvest into Smokeless products and support harm reduction agenda and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Failure to uphold the high standard of sustainability management, performance and reporting

Description: Stakeholder expectations of, and regulatory requirements for, the Group’s sustainability management, performance and reporting are

continually evolving. The Group is exposed to risks arising from failure to have the appropriate internal standards, strategic plans and governance,

compliance, monitoring and reporting mechanisms in place to ensure it can identify emerging issues, meet external expectations (including sustainability

targets) and comply with applicable requirements.

Impact: Failure to uphold high standards of sustainability management and performance or to provide transparent and consistent reporting, in line with

applicable requirements and broader stakeholders expectations, could significantly impact the Group’s reputation or compliance position, and reduce investor

confidence. Poor performance across any aspect of sustainability, such as a failure to sufficiently address climate change-related risks, expectations and

requirements, or human rights impacts across the Group’s own operations and supply chain, could result in reputational damage, increased costs and

regulatory sanction, litigation, difficulty in attracting and retaining talent, or decrease in consumer demand for our products.

Current or future allegations of greenwashing and healthwashing, as a result of failure to responsibly and transparently market our products and communicate

our sustainability achievements and position, could result in reputational damage, litigation and regulatory sanction. Please refer to note 31 in Part III - Item

18 Notes on the Accounts for details of such actions applicable to the Group.

Risk: Inability to obtain adequate supplies of tobacco leaf

Description: The Group purchases significant volumes of packed leaf each year. Tobacco leaf, as any other agricultural commodity, can be impacted by a

variety of external factors. Like any other agricultural supply chain, the tobacco leaf supply chain can be particularly vulnerable to a range of challenges,

including climate change, weather-related events, such as drought, floods and other natural disasters, increasing demand for land and natural resources, rural

poverty, social inequality, child labour and ageing farmer populations. Tobacco production in certain countries is also subject to a variety of controls,

including regulation affecting farming and production control programmes, and competition for land use from other agriculture commodities. Such controls

and competition can further constrain the production of tobacco leaf, raising prices and reducing supply.

The Group recognises the above and any combination of those, as risks to our tobacco leaf supply chain.

Impact: Restricted availability of tobacco leaf may prevent the Group from accessing sufficient tobacco leaf that meets its volume, quality and sustainability

requirements. This could lead to an impact on the quality of the Group's products to a level that may be perceptible by consumers and may impact the

Group's ability to deliver on consumer needs. The Group’s sustainability commitments may restrict the sources we can buy from, which would result in an

imbalance in supply and demand potentially causing incrementally higher tobacco prices. Higher tobacco leaf prices would result in increased raw material

costs and have an adverse effect on the Group's financial condition. The Group may also experience reputational damage from not adequately managing its

sustainability priorities like climate change, protection of natural resources, including forests, and human rights in our leaf supply chain, which may restrict

suppliers’ willingness to do business with us.

Risk: Exposure to product contamination

Description: The Group may experience product contamination, whether by accident or deliberate malicious intent, during supply chain or manufacturing

processes, or may otherwise fail to comply with the Group’s quality standards. The Group may also receive threats of malicious tampering.

Impact: Product contamination or threats of contamination may expose the Group to significant costs associated with recalling products from the market or

temporarily ceasing production. In addition, adult tobacco consumers may lose confidence in the specific brand affected by the contamination, resulting in

reputational damage and a loss of sales volume and market share. The Group could be subject to liability and costs associated with civil and criminal actions

as well as regulatory sanctions brought in connection with a contamination of the Group’s products. Each of these results may in turn have an adverse effect

on the Group’s results of operations, financial condition and reputation and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Failure to successfully design, implement and sustain an integrated operating model and future-fit organisation

Description: The Group is undertaking transformation initiatives to remain competitive and relevant in a rapidly evolving global environment. These

initiatives aim to simplify the organisation, use partners for outsourced services, enhance agility, and embed a future-fit operating model. The objective is to

improve profitability and productivity through standardisation of processes, centralised services, and technology-enabled efficiencies, while supporting

strategic priorities such as New Categories sustainable growth and Beyond Nicotine. Failure to effectively design, implement, and sustain these

organisational and operational changes, due to complexity, resource constraints, governance gaps, or resistance to change, could undermine the Group’s

ability to deliver its long-term strategy.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Impact: Failure to deliver and embed these transformation initiatives could lead to increased costs, delayed benefit realisation, operational disruption, and

reduced organisational effectiveness. This may result in employee dissatisfaction, decreased trading performance, loss of institutional knowledge and reduced

market share. Inability to develop governance process models in line with the Group’s evolving business strategy may result in the failure to achieve

sustainable multi-category long term growth including capturing additional productivity gains and achieving sustainability goals which may in turn have an

adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition.

Risk: Inability to transition to a future-fit ERP platform

Description: The Group’s core transactional system, TaO (central SAP ERP system), is transitioning to SAP S/4HANA, with the clear objective of

completing this modernization by the end of 2030. This initiative is structured as a phased roll-out, so that business operations remain resilient and future-

ready throughout the process. By leveraging SAP’s Fit-to-Standard approach, the Group aims to minimize customization and complexity, supporting a

seamless upgrade and alignment with the Group’s digital transformation goals. The transition is designed to deliver enhanced data analytics, streamlined

operations, and a scalable platform that meets evolving business needs, with the majority of Group entities scheduled to migrate ahead of 2030.

Impact: Failure to successfully evolve and transition to S/4HANA in a timely manner could result in increased operational costs, technical debt, and

challenges in maintaining compliance and supporting evolving business needs. Persistent delays may impact the Group’s ability to fully leverage new

capabilities, achieve real-time analytics, and deliver its strategic objectives, with potential consequences for financial performance and stakeholder

confidence. This may in turn have an adverse effect on the Group's results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to underperform on the

delivery of its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Failure to manage the Group’s climate change-related risk

Description: The Group is exposed to direct and indirect adverse impacts associated with physical climate change-related risks, across its global operations

and supply chain. Climate change may cause acute physical risks (such as more frequent and severe weather events), or chronic risks (such as those related to

longer-term shifts in climate patterns and temperatures). These impacts could lead to reductions in the supply and quality of tobacco leaf and other physical

goods and cause transport and logistics disruptions in our supply chains.

The Group may also experience adverse impacts associated with transition climate change risks, associated with the move to a low carbon economy (such as

emissions-related regulations and additional taxes applicable to its operations and its supply chain, changing markets and emerging technologies).

As climate change policy, legislation and reporting requirements further evolve, companies need to effectively identify, assess, monitor and mitigate

associated risks. Failure to do so could lead to BAT scoring lower in sustainability ratings and indices used by financial sector in making investment

decisions. Conversely, environmental policy changes in particular jurisdictions could result in a negative perception of our management of climate risk.

As consumer and customer behaviours and expectations further evolve, the Group is exposed to the risk of failing to sufficiently adapt its product portfolio

and marketing strategy in response to stakeholders’ increasing sustainability expectations. Inadequate response to climate change considerations may result in

reduced demand for or rejection of the Group’s products, as well as reputational damage.

Impact: Disruption to the Group’s agricultural and/or non-agricultural supply chain or product distribution channels have had, and could have, an adverse

effect on its operations and financial condition through failures to meet product demand, contract disputes, increased costs, loss of market share and

interruption to the business and supply chain. Extreme temperatures and severe weather events could be harmful for employees, creating health and safety

risks, and affect our factories’ productivity.

In recent periods, the Group experienced impacts from severe weather events. In 2023, a tornado in the U.S. caused the destruction of a stock of tobacco

leaves in a warehouse with a final loss of £8 million. The 2024 flood in the UAE caused an £11 million loss in machinery.

Consumer and customer expectations may influence their purchasing decisions and lead them to seek alternative product offerings. As consumer behaviours

evolve, the Group may fail to sufficiently adapt its product portfolio and market strategy in response to increasing expectations on climate change

considerations, potentially resulting in reduced demand for, or rejection of the Group’s products.

Besides increased costs associated with climate change regulation and additional reporting obligations, non-compliance with climate change legislation

(including reporting requirements) could reduce BAT’s ability to attract investors, result in reputational damage and potentially regulatory sanctions. Poor

results in sustainability ratings and indices used by the financial sector may impact investors’ decisions, and thereby increase the cost of capital or negatively

impact share price.

Failure to meet current and future employees’ expectations concerning the Group’s actions to mitigate and adapt to climate change may negatively impact the

retention and attraction of high-quality employees.

Risk: Failure to manage the Group’s circularity risk

Description: The Group is exposed to risks associated with the move towards an increasingly circular business model, driven by internal and external

factors. These include product-related regulatory risks, such as product design/disassembly requirements, market access, loss of market share, sourcing risk

and Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) requirements.

As circular economy-related policy, legislation and reporting requirements further evolve, companies need to effectively identify, assess, monitor and

mitigate associated risks. Failure to do so could lead to BAT scoring lower in sustainability ratings and indices used by the financial sector in making

investment decisions.

As consumer and customer behaviours and expectations further evolve, the Group is exposed to the risk of failing to sufficiently adapt its product portfolio

and marketing strategy in response to stakeholders’ increasing sustainability expectations. Inadequate response to product circularity considerations may

result in reduced demand for or rejection of the Group’s products, as well as reputational damage.

Impact: Consumer and customer expectations may influence their purchasing decisions and lead them to seek alternative product offerings. An inability to

develop and commercialise products, packaging or value chain sustainability innovations in line with demand or less well than competitors (including

failures to adequately predict changes in consumer and societal behaviour and expectations and reflect them in the product portfolio) could lead to missed

commercial opportunities, under- or over-supply, loss of competitive advantage, loss of market share, unrecoverable costs and the erosion of the Group’s

consumer base or brand equity. Product design decisions and the efficacy of Take-Back and consumer awareness schemes could have an impact on the

Group’s EPR risks and obligations.

Non-compliance with product circularity legislation (including reporting requirements) could reduce BAT’s ability to attract investors, result in reputational

damage, potentially regulatory sanctions and loss of market access. Poor results in sustainability ratings and indices used by the financial sector may impact

their investment decisions, and thereby increase the cost of capital or negatively impact share price.

Failure to meet current and future employees’ expectations concerning the Group’s actions to address product circularity matters may negatively impact the

retention and/or attraction of high-quality employees.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Risk: Impact of a pandemic or other global health crises on the performance of the Group

Description: The Group continues to closely monitor the potential for disruption arising from pandemics, the most recent having been the coronavirus

(COVID-19) pandemic, or other global health crises. Consequences may include significant logistical challenges for employees and their ability to perform

their duties, potential loss of life or significant level of illness in the workforce, inability to deliver revenue stream and market share targets, impacting profits

and cash flows, and disruption to the supply chain and third parties being unable to deliver contractual goods and services. In addition, some countries in

which the Group operates have adopted in the past, and may adopt in the future, regulations restricting the ability to manufacture, distribute, market and sell

products during such crises.

Impact: The influence of COVID-19 was at that time, and the influence of future variants, other pandemics or other global health crises on the Group's

operations and financial condition is difficult to predict given the wide range of determining factors, not least the nature of the pandemic/virus, its speed of

infection, geographical scope, and duration.

The impact of a pandemic or other global health crisis on global economic activity and the nature and severity of measures adopted by governments are

numerous. The impact on the Group includes:

–Reductions or volatility in consumer demand for one or more of our products due to illness, retail closures, quarantine or other travel restrictions, health

consciousness (quitting use of tobacco and nicotine products), government restrictions, the deterioration of socio-economic conditions, economic hardship

and customer-downtrading (switching to a cheaper brand), which may impact the Group’s market share.

–Disruptions to the Group’s operations, such as its supply chain, or manufacturing or distribution capabilities, which may result in increased costs due to the

need for more complex supply chain arrangements, to expand existing facilities or to maintain inefficient facilities, a reduction of the Group’s sales

volumes or an increase in bad debts from customers.

–Disruption to the Group’s operations resulting from a significant number of the Group’s employees, including employees performing key functions,

working remotely for extended periods of time or becoming ill, which may reduce the employees’ efficiency and productivity and cause product

development delays, hamper new product innovation and have other adverse effects on the Group’s business. This also applies to activities that are

performed by the employees of our outsourced service providers.

–Significant volatility in financial markets (including exchange rate volatility) and measures adopted by governments and central banks that further restrict

liquidity, which may limit the Group’s access to funds, lead to shortages of cash and cash equivalents needed to operate the Group’s business, and impact

the Group’s ability to refinance its existing debt.

–Regulations restricting the ability to manufacture, distribute, market and sell products, and potentially increasing illicit trade.

–Governments seeking to increase revenues through increased corporate taxes and excise in combustible and/or New Category products, increasing the cost

and prices of our products – which could reduce volumes and margins, and/or increase illicit trade.

While some negative effects caused by COVID-19 materialised in several End Markets during the pandemic years, including reduced demand due to

temporary smoking bans, lockdown restrictions, increased border checks and change in consumer behaviours, none of these had a material effect on the

Group’s overall profitability. However, all of the above factors may have material adverse effects on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition

and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans. The difficulty in predicting future pandemics exacerbates this risk.

Risk: Exposure to sustained and organised reputational activism and public campaigns

Description: As a global tobacco and nicotine company, the Group is exposed to the risk of coordinated activism and public campaigns, both online and

offline, by non-governmental organisations (NGOs), advocacy groups, consumers, shareholders, and other groups. These campaigns may target the Group’s

operations, product portfolio (including New Categories), supply chain, or sustainability positioning, and can take the form of social media activism, protests,

adverse media coverage, or shareholder resolutions.

Impact: Reputational activism has the potential to influence investor confidence and share price, trigger regulatory scrutiny or legal challenges, disrupt

operations or product distribution, and harm the Group’s employer brand and ability to attract talent. These outcomes could have an adverse effect on the

Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to underperform on the delivery of its strategic growth plans. The evolving nature

and intensity of activism, driven by shifting societal expectations and increased sustainability scrutiny, could damage the Group’s reputation, limit

stakeholder trust, and disrupt business operations.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

Risk: Exposure to, the enactment of, proposals for, or rumours of regulation that significantly impairs the Group’s ability to communicate,

differentiate, market or launch its products and/or the lack of appropriate regulation for New Categories

Description: The tobacco and nicotine industry is one of the most highly regulated in the world, with manufacturers required to comply with a variety of

different regulatory regimes across the globe. Most of these regulations, whether already in place or proposed, can be categorised as follows:

–Category bans: Prohibitions on the sale, import, possession, or use of specific products;

–Product Regulations: On use of ingredients, product design and attributes (e.g. nicotine limits or flavours), as well as product safety standards and product

disclosure requirements;

–Packaging and labelling: Requirements for health warnings and other government-mandated messages to be printed on packaging, as well as requirements

around pack shape, size, colour and weight or plain packaging requirements;

–Advertising and sponsorship: Partial or total bans on advertising, promotions and sponsorships for products, as well as brand stretching (the association

between a tobacco and a non-tobacco product by using the same tobacco branding on the non-tobacco product);

–Retail: Restrictions on the number of retailers and/or where tobacco and non-tobacco nicotine products can be sold, such as the types of outlets (e.g.

supermarkets, online, etc.), and restrictions on how they can be sold (e.g. above-the-counter versus below);

–Place: Bans on smoking or vaping in certain places;

–Price: Regulations which affect prices of tobacco and non-tobacco nicotine products, such as excise taxes and minimum pricing; and

–Responsibility: Obligations under Extended Producer Responsibility schemes (e.g. cigarette waste clean-up) and measures to combat illicit trade.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The Group recognises and supports the objectives of governments and policymakers in reducing smoking rates and the associated health impacts, as well as

the role of regulation in achieving these goals. Accordingly, we endorse tobacco and nicotine regulations that are grounded in robust evidence, tailored to

local circumstances, effectively achieve intended policy objectives, and avoid unintended consequences, such as the expansion of illegal markets. However,

there is a risk that in some areas, the evolving regulatory environment may not follow these principles due to several key factors:

–Irresponsible behaviour or marketing practices by competitors, particularly in markets where appropriate regulation is lacking, or actions that violate

existing regulations, may cause reputational harm to the industry and result in disproportionate regulation or bans.

–Pressure on governments from international organisations, agencies, tobacco control NGOs, influential national regulators, and the private sector—

including philanthropists, pharmaceutical companies, security technology firms, and social justice groups—may drive the pursuit of regulatory policies

intended to harm the tobacco and nicotine industry.

–Regulators may also have a limited understanding of New Category products and their potential role in tobacco harm reduction. Concerns about underage

access and the environmental impact of these products can further increase the risk of inappropriate regulation.

From a compliance perspective, the Group may fail to implement appropriate control measures or maintain adequate standards of compliance with regulatory

requirements or Group-internal policies. For example, in 2024, we identified two incidents of non-compliance with local marketing regulations resulting in a

fine or penalty.

Insufficient information, instruction, and training in relevant areas—combined with limited awareness or understanding of applicable regulations, including

those relating not only to tobacco and nicotine but also to environmental or other technical standards—may heighten these risks. In addition, failure to

monitor, assess, and implement new or updated regulatory requirements could further exacerbate compliance challenges.

Beyond legal requirements, the Group also maintains several global policies that may impose higher obligations or standards than those mandated by local

regulatory regimes, such as commitments under the Group’s Responsible Marketing Framework.

Combustible Products

With respect to combustible tobacco products, many of the measures outlined in the World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco

Control (FCTC) have been, or are in the process of being, implemented through national legislation across numerous markets in which the Group operates.

This includes the adoption of certain non-legally binding recommendations, such as plain packaging requirements and restrictions or bans on characterising

flavours.

The Eleventh Session of the Conference of the Parties to the WHO FCTC (COP11) took place in November 2025. Parties adopted a decision inviting

consideration of forward-looking measures beyond the current FCTC; however references to an endgame strategy and a ban on filters were removed from the

final text. Parties were also encouraged to strengthen environment-related measures covering tobacco and nicotine product components, implement “effective

tobacco tax policies” and consider voluntary increases in international financial support for FCTC implementation.

Parties were unable to reach consensus on several key areas, including Articles 9 and 10 (regulation of product contents and disclosure), harm-reduction

policy, and a Brazil-led proposal to extend the FCTC’s scope to pouches and vapour products. These negotiations have been deferred until COP12.

Ahead of COP12, which is scheduled to take place in Armenia in 2027, the Secretariat has been tasked with developing a self-assessment tool for Parties,

preparing a report on liability-related policy options, and assessing the funding gap for FCTC implementation. Several Parties emphasised regulatory

sovereignty and the importance of continued dialogue on harm-reduction approaches and the role of new products.

In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced its intention to ban menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes. The Biden

Administration’s Fall 2023 Unified Agenda anticipated issuance in March 2024 of a final rule to ban menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes;

however, in April 2024 the Biden Administration indicated that a final rule would take significantly more time. The current Trump Administration has

withdrawn the rule from the Office of Management and Budget and it is currently held pending the new administration’s reconsideration of regulations

advanced by the Biden Administration. On 15 January 2025, in the final days of the outgoing Biden Administration, the FDA issued a proposed product

standard whereby the agency would limit nicotine level in cigarettes following a two-year effective date from publication of any final rule. Although the

Spring 2025 Unified Agenda from 4 September 2025 no longer lists the proposed rule on the Long-Term Actions list and instead designates it as

‘withdrawn’, there can be no assurance that this or a future Administration may re-introduce a rule to ban menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes.

Traditional leaders in tobacco control, such as the United Kingdom, continue to advance stringent regulatory measures. The UK’s Tobacco and Vapes Bill—

where the legislative process is still ongoing—includes provisions for a generational sales ban (GSB), which would prohibit the sale of tobacco products to

individuals born after a specified year. This concept was first introduced in New Zealand but was subsequently repealed before it took effect. The Maldives

has enacted similar legislation, while the Turkish, Australian, Irish and Norwegian governments are among those reported to be evaluating comparable

measures to various degrees.

Preparations for a revised European Union (TPD) are also progressing. Should the process for a third iteration (TPD3) be initiated, it is anticipated that

discussions may encompass additional measures such as the introduction of plain packaging requirements for combustible tobacco products, among others.

Smokeless Products (including New Categories)

Transformative regulations, including forward-thinking policies for Smokeless products, are essential to Build a Smokeless World and deliver governments’

smoke-free ambitions.

The Group believes that the development of regulations for Smokeless products should follow the below principles:

–Be based on science and evidence and proportionate to the product's risks compared with those of combustible tobacco;

–Facilitate adult awareness of smokeless alternatives and allowing adult-only access;

–Ensure product quality, environmental sustainability, and consumer relevance;

–Enable effective enforcement.

From a global perspective, regulation continues to evolve, and public policy approaches vary significantly across jurisdictions. While some regulators have

adopted measures consistent with the principles previously described, others are considering applying the same regulatory frameworks used for combustible

tobacco products to Smokeless alternatives. A number of countries, including the Netherlands, Belgium, France and Germany, have implemented or have

passed regulations to ban Modern Oral products, either through provisions banning their sale outright, or via classification as foodstuffs, meaning their sale is

de facto prohibited. In some European countries, such as Spain and Luxembourg, authorities have sought to restrict the sale of nicotine pouches by setting

maximum nicotine limits at levels so low that the products become unsatisfying for consumers. It is considered likely that tobacco-free nicotine pouches will

be regulated at a European level as part of the next revision of the Tobacco Products Directive. It is also possible that Herbal Products for Heating could be

addressed in the TPD.

The primary drivers behind many recent regulatory initiatives targeting New Category products remain scepticism about the reduced-risk potential of

smokeless products, the prevention of underage appeal and nicotine addiction and the mitigation of environmental impacts. These concerns are frequently

cited in as reasons for legislative proposals to restrict or prohibit flavours in vapour products and, more recently, to ban disposable devices.

Regarding the U.S., and considering the risks associated with the FDA process, on 12 October 2021, the FDA issued its first Marketing Granted Orders

(MGOs) for tobacco-flavoured Vuse Solo and Vuse Solo power units. On the same date, Reynolds American companies received Marketing Denial Orders

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(MDOs) for the flavoured (non-menthol and non-tobacco) Vuse Solo products. R. J. Reynolds Vapour Company has since secured a court-ordered stay of

these MDOs, which remains in place. While a series of MGOs for tobacco-flavoured products have been granted, including recent MGOs for Vuse Alto

“Golden” and “Rich” tobacco-flavoured Vapour products, MDOs have also been issued (and may be issued in the future) for non-tobacco flavoured

products, including menthol flavoured Vuse Alto. This reflects the risks associated with products that contain flavours outside of tobacco, which are currently

subject to court challenges. As it pertains to menthol, on 20 August 2025, the Fifth Circuit granted a joint motion to hold the case in abeyance for nine

months to allow the FDA to review a new Vuse Alto menthol PMTA, which means the stay of the MDO remaining in place for at least nine months.

However, there can be no assurance that we will ultimately be successful and receive an MGO.

In the specific case of Modern Oral products, the FDA announced the launch of a pilot programme to increase efficiency and streamline the PMTA review

process for Modern Oral products, which includes a specific subset of pending product applications from Reynolds American companies and other

manufacturers. The FDA states the pilot will feature real-time communication between FDA and applicants with the goal of providing more frequent

feedback and shorter review timeframes. However, there can be no assurance that our PMTA applications will be granted.

Finally, beyond the differing market approaches to the regulation of New Category products, the lack of harmonisation across jurisdictions presents an

additional challenge for the sector. Greater alignment in regulatory standards and the establishment of a consistent framework across markets would be

beneficial from a business perspective, supporting a more predictable, transparent, and efficient operating environment.

Beyond Nicotine

As the Group also looks to Beyond Nicotine products including CBD and cannabis (in connection with its investments in Organigram, Sanity Group and

Charlotte's Web), it may be subject to additional regulation and these products might not be scalable on a global basis given varying degree of regulation.

Please refer to the discussion of tobacco and nicotine regulatory regimes under which the Group’s businesses operate set out from page 23.

Impact: Extreme regulatory measures, impacting one or more Smokeless and/or combustible tobacco and/or Beyond Nicotine products, could adversely

affect volume, revenue and profits, as a result of restrictions on the Group’s ability to sell and differentiate its products or brands, leverage price, innovate,

make scientific claims, and make new market entries. In addition, new regulations and lack of standards harmonisation among markets could lead to greater

complexity, as well as higher production and compliance costs.

As an example, through the acquisition of Reynolds American Inc., the Group acquired the Newport brand, the leading menthol cigarette brand in the U.S.,

the Group’s largest single market. The sales of Newport, together with the other menthol brands of the Group’s operating subsidiaries, represent a significant

portion of the Group’s total net sales. Any action by the FDA or any other governmental authority, including states and localities, banning or materially

restricting the use of menthol in tobacco products (such as the previously proposed FDA ban on menthol cigarettes) could have a significant negative impact

on sales volumes which would, in turn, have an adverse effect on the results of operations and financial position of the Group.

Disproportionate regulation of Smokeless products could significantly hinder our ability to deliver on our mission of Building a Smokeless World as part of

our transformative journey. Full category bans or regulations that jeopardise consumer acceptance would have a significant impact on the Group's strategy for

Smokeless products. These measures could both feed the illegal market (such as in the case of the increase in illicit single-use vapour devices in the U.S.

market) and undermine our ability to compete and develop our products profitably while encouraging consumers to switch to alternative products. As BAT

always seeks to comply with regulations, such disproportionate regulation that lacks robust enforcement measures reduces BAT’s ability to compete on equal

terms with less responsible industry actors, who disregard or deliberately do not comply with local law and regulations. For example, California’s 2022

flavour ban on all tobacco and nicotine products disrupted the market along with discouraging adult combustible consumers from switching to reduced-risk*†

New Categories.

There is a risk that environmental and sustainability regulations, such as EPR schemes for cigarette manufacturers, will continue to impact New Category

products, especially if the EU EPR schemes for New Category products are picked up by more countries outside of EU. As a reflection of the real or

perceived impact of stricter regulation of our business, the Group's share price has also experienced, and could in the future experience, shocks upon the

announcement, expectation or enactment of restrictive regulation. All these effects may have an adverse effect on the Group's results of operations and

financial conditions or share price and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Disproportionate regulation of our combustible products not only impacts our ability to execute the Group strategy for these products, but also influences

investor sentiment in the sector and the residual value of the Company. Emerging issues such as filter bans, mandatory limits on nicotine products, and

generational sales bans can significantly affect both our current business operations and future expectations.

Finally, and considering the significant number of regulations that may apply to the Group’s businesses across the world, the Group is and may in the future

be subject to claims for breach of such regulations. Government authorities (such as the FDA), organisations or even individuals may allege that our

marketing activities do not comply with the relevant laws and regulations. As such, the Group could be subject to liability and costs associated with civil and

criminal actions as well as regulatory sanctions, fines and penalties brought in connection with these allegations. Even when proven untrue, there are often

financial costs and reputational impacts in defending against such claims and allegations, including potential adverse impact on the treatment by the FDA of

the Group ‘s PMTAs in the U.S. Each of these results may in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and

cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Adverse implications of EU legislation on single-use plastics that will result in on-pack environmental warnings and financial implications

relating to the Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR)

Description: The EU adopted a Directive on single-use plastics in July 2019 (the SUP Directive) which, among other products, targets tobacco products with

filters containing plastic. The Cellulose Acetate in our filters is defined as a single-use plastic under the Directive and, as such, the Directive will have an

impact on the Group’s cigarettes, filters for other tobacco products and consumables for THPs and Heated Herbal Products (HHPs) (the latter, although not a

tobacco product, has the same filter as THP, thus the Group’s decision is to include it in the EPR scope).

Under the SUP Directive, the Group will be subject to (and in some cases already is subject to) EPR schemes, requiring the Group to cover the costs of

collecting, transporting, treating and cleaning-up of filters containing plastic, data gathering and reporting. The SUP Directive also imposes on tobacco

manufacturers the obligation to finance consumer awareness campaigns and to place environmental markings on packs of products with filters containing

plastic.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Member States had to transpose the SUP Directive into national law by 3 July 2021, with an implementation deadline of 5 January 2023 for EPR schemes. In

practice, some Member States are still late on transposition and implementation, with the practical consequence that EPR schemes will go live with several

months delays in some Member States. The European Commission was also late in its issuance of guidelines on the criteria for the costs of cleaning up litter,

which should have been issued prior to the anticipated implementation deadline for EPR schemes and in fact were only published in October 2025. This

introduced further difficulties and uncertainty in the design and setting-up of EPR schemes. When transposing the SUP Directive into national law, Member

States could decide to expand the scope of EPR systems under their respective national laws, which may expose the Group to additional regulations and

financial obligations. This is the case in France, where EPR implementation has already occurred with an expansion of the scope to include non-plastic filters

for RYO products. Proposed regulations are still being discussed in some countries, i.e. in Belgium, the Netherlands, and Romania. It is worth noting that

although the current SUP Directive has not yet been fully transposed, it is undergoing an evaluation and public consultation which was launched in Q4 2025.

This process could ultimately lead to a revision of the directive, adding another layer of uncertainty and potential financial implications. The European

Commission has announced that it will consider options for binding measures to reduce filters and seems to be seeking coherence between SUP Directive

and FCTC.

It is noted that there is a growing level of scrutiny on the use of single-use plastic across the world and a number of other markets in which the Group

operates are considering ways to restrict (or ban) the use of filters made of plastic and/or introduce EPR schemes covering other plastic elements in our

products beyond filters for traditional products and/or New Categories products.

Impact: The financial implications of existing and future EPR schemes will increase administrative burdens and operating costs and may have an adverse

effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans. Failure to deliver

appropriate EPR schemes may lead to imposition of the schemes by the local authorities at a higher cost to the Group, adversely impacting the Group’s

results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Risk: Exposure to litigation, regulatory action or criminal investigations on tobacco, nicotine, New Categories and other issues

Description: The Group is involved in litigation related to its tobacco and nicotine products, including legal, regulatory and patent actions, proceedings and

claims, brought against it in a number of jurisdictions. Claims brought against the Group may be based on personal injury (both individual claims and class

actions), economic loss arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases (such as medical recoupment claims brought by local

governments), patent infringement (please refer to the risk factor under “Product pipeline, commercialisation and Intellectual Property risks, Exposure to

risks associated with intellectual property rights, including the failure to identify, protect and prevent infringement of the Group’s intellectual property rights

and potential infringement of, or the failure to retain licences to use, third-party intellectual property rights” below), negligence, strict tort liability, design

defect, failure to warn, fraud, misrepresentation, deceptive/unfair trade practices, conspiracy, medical monitoring, securities law violations and violations of

antitrust/racketeering laws. Sustainability-related litigation and regulatory action may also be brought against the Group.

Certain actions, such as those in the U.S. or the recently resolved proceedings in Canada, involve claims in the tens or hundreds of billions in sterling. The

Group is also involved in proceedings that are not directly related to its tobacco and nicotine products, including proceedings based on environmental

pollution claims.

Additional legal and regulatory actions and investigations, proceedings and claims may be brought against the Group in the future. The Group investigates,

and becomes aware of governmental authorities’ investigations into, allegations of misconduct, including alleged breaches of sanctions and allegations of

corruption, at Group companies. Some of these allegations are currently being investigated. The Group cooperates with the authorities, where appropriate.

There are instances where the Group investigates or where Group companies are cooperating with relevant national competition authorities in relation to

competition law investigations and/or where the Group engages in legal proceedings at the appellate level. In addition, the Group is, and may in the future be,

subject to investigations or legal proceedings in relation to, among other things, its marketing, promotion or distribution activities in respect of its products.

As such, the Group or Group companies, could be subject to liability and costs associated with any damages, fines, or penalties brought in connection with

these investigations or legal proceedings.

Impact: The Group’s consolidated results of operations and financial position could be materially affected by any unfavourable outcome of certain pending

or future litigation. In addition, an injunction arising from certain litigation outcomes may restrict the Group’s ability to sell specific products and fail to

deliver on its strategic growth plans. The Group could be exposed to substantial liability, which may take the form of ongoing payments, such as is the case

with the State Settlement Agreements in the U.S. and the Approved Plans in Canada described below that require substantial ongoing payments by Group

subsidiary, RJRT. Whether successful or not, the costs of the Group’s involvement in litigation could materially increase due to costs associated with

bringing proceedings and defending claims, which may also cause operational and strategic disruption by diverting management time away from business

matters. Liabilities and costs in connection with litigation could result in bankruptcy of one or more Group entities. For example, following a judgement in

Canada, certain of the Group's Canadian subsidiaries filed for protection under the Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act (CCAA). Although the Group's

relevant Canadian subsidiaries emerged from CCAA, subject to the Approved Plans, there can be no assurance that in the case of future judgments or

settlements of litigation the Group or Group entities will be able to emerge from such proceedings outside of bankruptcy. Moreover, the Approved Plans

require the Group’s relevant Canadian subsidiaries to make substantial ongoing payments to the former plaintiffs. Any negative publicity resulting from these

claims may also adversely affect the Group’s reputation or share price. Please refer to notes 24 and 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for details

of contingent liabilities respectively provisions applicable to the Group.

Risk: Significant and/or unexpected increases or structural changes in tobacco and nicotine-related taxes

Description: Tobacco and nicotine products are subject to high levels of taxation, including excise taxes, sales taxes, import duties and levies in most

markets in which the Group operates. In many of these markets, taxes are generally increasing, but the rate of increase varies between markets and between

different types of tobacco and nicotine products. Increases in, or the introduction of new, tobacco and nicotine-related taxes may be caused by a number of

factors, including fiscal pressures, health policy objectives and increased lobbying pressure from anti-tobacco advocates.

With respect to New Categories, although a common framework for regulation and taxation has yet to emerge, the manufacture, sale, packaging and

advertising of such products are increasingly being regulated and taxed.

The EU Tobacco Excise Directive is in the process of being revised. However, there is no set timetable. The EU Commission shared its proposal in July

It will not, however, be agreed by the Member States and enter into force until 2028 or later.

In certain markets, specific tax measures have had a substantial impact on industry dynamics, for example, the significant excise increase and change to the

minimum retail price framework implemented in Bangladesh in January 2025.

Impact: Significant or unexpected increases in, or the introduction of new, tobacco-related taxes or minimum retail selling prices, changes in relative tax

rates for different tobacco and nicotine products or adjustments to excise have in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in the need for the Group to

absorb such tax increases due to limits in its ability to increase prices, an alteration in the sales mix in favour of value-for-money brands or products, or

growth in illicit trade, each of which could impact pricing, sales volume and profit for the Group’s products. Significant or unexpected increases of tobacco-

related taxes could also impact the Group's ability to invest in, develop, commercialise and deliver New Category products, and to deliver the corporate

purpose of harm reduction.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Risk: Failure to comply with health and safety and environmental laws

Description: The Group is subject to a variety of laws, regulations and operational standards relating to health and safety and the environment.

The Group may fail to assess certain risks and implement the right level of control measures or to maintain adequate standards of health and safety or

environmental compliance, which could cause injury, ill health, disability or loss of life to employees, contractors or members of the public, or harm to the

natural environment and local communities in which the Group operates. As a result of the outcomes of the COP26, further future regulation is anticipated as

governments look to meet their climate change ambitions.

Insufficient information, instruction and training in the relevant areas and a lack of knowledge of the existence and/or requirements of relevant regulations, or

a failure to monitor, assess and implement the requirements of new or modified legislation, may increase these risks.

Impact: Any failure by the Group to comply with applicable health and safety or environmental laws, or the exposure to the consequences of a perceived

failure, could result in business disruption, reputational damage, difficulties in recruiting and retaining staff, increased insurance costs, consequential losses,

the obligation to install or upgrade costly pollution control equipment, loss of value of the Group’s assets, remedial costs and damages, fines and penalties as

well as civil or criminal liability. Each of these circumstances could in turn adversely impact the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and

cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Exposure to unfavourable tax rulings

Description: The Group is subject to tax laws in a variety of jurisdictions. The Group‘s interpretation and application of the tax laws could differ from those

of the relevant tax authority, which may subject the Group to claims for breach of such laws, including for late or incorrect filings or for misinterpretation of

rules. Tax authorities in a variety of jurisdictions, such as the Netherlands and Brazil, have assessed, and may in the future assess, the Group for historical tax

claims, including interest and penalties, arising from disputed areas of tax law. The Group is currently party to tax disputes in a number of jurisdictions, some

of which involve claims for amounts in the hundreds of millions in sterling. Please refer to note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for details of

contingent liabilities applicable to the Group.

Impact: The Group’s failure to comply with the relevant tax authority’s interpretation and application of the tax laws could result in significant financial and

legal penalties, including the payment of additional taxes, fines and interest in the event of an unfavourable ruling by a tax authority in a disputed area, as

well as the payment of dispute costs, or in connection with settlements of such disputes. Disruption to the business could occur as a result of management’s

time being diverted away from business matters. In certain cases, unfavourable outcomes may also lead to regulatory actions, such as license withdrawals,

which could disrupt production or distribution activities. Each of these results could negatively affect the Group’s reputation, results of operations and

financial condition, and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Exposure to potential liability under competition or antitrust laws

Description: According to the Group’s internal estimates, the Group is a leader by volume and/or value in certain categories in a number of countries in

which it operates and/or is one of a small number of tobacco and/or New Categories companies in certain other categories in which it operates. The Group

has had antitrust infringement decisions imposed against it in the past and is subject to ongoing investigations (please refer to note 31 in Part III - Item 18

Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities applicable to the Group). The Group may be subject to investigation, inquiry and/or litigation for

alleged abuse of its position in categories in which it has significant presence, alleged collusion/anti-competitive arrangements with other market participants,

and/or for other alleged competition law infringements and/or market features. Competition/antitrust laws continue to evolve globally with increasingly strict

enforcement.

Impact: Investigations (and/or litigation) for alleged violation of competition or antitrust laws, and any adverse decision as a result of such investigations

and/or litigation, may result in significant legal liability, fines, penalties, repayment orders and/or damages actions; criminal sanctions against the Group, its

officers and employees; increased costs, prohibitions on conduct of the Group’s business; forced changes in business practices, forced divestment of brands

and businesses (or parts of businesses) to competitors or other buyers; director disqualifications; commercial agreements being held void; and operational and

strategic disruption (including by diverting management time away from business matters). The Group may face increased public scrutiny and the

investigation or imposition of sanctions by antitrust regulation agencies and/or courts for violations of competition regimes which may subject the Group to

reputational damage and loss of goodwill, including negative perceptions of the Group’s governance and our sustainability credentials.

The occurrence of any of the above effects could in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the

Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Failure to establish and maintain adequate controls and procedures to comply with applicable securities, corporate governance and

compliance regulations

Description: The Group’s operations are subject to a range of rules and regulations around the world. These include U.S. securities, corporate governance

and compliance laws and regulations, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, and expanding

sustainability reporting and disclosure requirements which apply to the Group’s worldwide activities. While the Group continuously seeks to improve its

systems of internal controls and to remedy any weaknesses identified, there can be no assurance that the policies and procedures will be followed at all times

or effectively detect and prevent violations of applicable laws. In addition, the Group is subject to increasingly stringent reporting obligations under UK

corporate reporting regulations.

Impact: The increased scope and complexity of applicable regulations to which the Group is subject may lead to higher costs for compliance. Failure to

comply with laws and regulations may result in significant legal liability, fines, penalties, class action suits and/or damages actions, criminal sanctions against

the Group, its officers and employees, and damage to the Group’s reputation. Non-compliance with such regulations could also lead to a loss of the Group’s

listing on one or more stock exchanges or a loss of investor confidence with a subsequent reduction in share price.

Risk: Lack of external recognition and acceptance of the foundational science and inability to effectively communicate to stakeholders about the

potential health impact of our Smokeless products

Description: Scientific evidence to support the harm reduction potential of Smokeless products is essential for demonstrating and communicating the risk

reduction potential of these products for adult smokers. BAT conducts rigorous science to demonstrate the potential risk reduction when smokers switch

completely to Smokeless products, and in the longer-term, epidemiological data will be required to demonstrate the health impact at population levels.

Consumer expectations and the rapid pace of innovation necessitate the evolution of the product portfolio, which requires the Group to regularly re-assess

and update the associated scientific evidence base.

Long-term epidemiological data requires decades to acquire. Therefore, the scientific data available today is by necessity shorter-term data that provides a

strong indication of the reduced-risk potential of Smokeless products relative to cigarettes. In terms of the wider Tobacco Harm Reduction strategy, there is a

risk that the long-term health impact of Smokeless products is not fully understood at this time. There is also a risk of failure to communicate the scientific

findings in a timely or effective manner. Furthermore, there are challenges on the choice of standards, controls and/or experimental design and methodology

used for demonstrating the robustness of scientific research, together with regulation limiting risk communication to consumers.

Impact: Inability to produce robust and externally-recognised scientific evidence to fully demonstrate and communicate the Tobacco Harm Reduction

abilities of Smokeless products in a timely manner may lead to greater regulatory restrictions or outright bans, market share reduction, fines and penalties,

reputational damage, and inability to sustain our quality growth and sustainability strategy. These potential impacts could cause the Group to fail to deliver on

its strategic growth plans and objectives.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Risk: Insufficient product stewardship and failure to comply with product regulations

Description: The Group is subject to risks of safety incidents in pre-market testing or in market due to, for example, a lack of due caution and appropriate

response paid to pre-market product data, or toxicology information, inaccurate and unreliable information from suppliers and/or compromise of data or other

information through cybersecurity attacks.

The interpretation and application of regulations concerning the Group’s products, such as the Tobacco and Related Products Directive (TPD2), may be

subject to debate and uncertainty. This includes uncertainty over product classifications and restrictions on advertising. In particular, with respect to the

developing category of New Categories, which has grown in size and complexity in a relatively short period of time, a consensus framework for the

interpretation and application of existing regulation has yet to emerge.

The continuously changing and evolving landscape of regulation concerning the Group’s products contributes to the uncertainty surrounding interpretation

and application and creates a risk that the Group may misinterpret or fail to comply with developing regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it

operates, or becomes subject to enforcement actions from regulators. With the continuous changing of product cycle plans and expansion to new markets and

innovations, there is a risk that such changes and launches fail to comply with the relevant regulations, including pre-approval and/or pre-registration

requirements. For example, some governments have intentionally banned or are seeking to ban novel tobacco products and products containing nicotine,

while others would need to amend their existing legislation to permit their sale. Even in countries where the sale of such products is currently permitted, some

governments have adopted, or are seeking to adopt, bans on New Categories or restrictions on certain flavours.

Impact: The significant number of emerging regulations and the uncertainty surrounding their interpretation and application may subject the Group to claims

for breach of such regulations. Financial costs of such enforcement actions include financial penalties, product recalls and litigation costs, and entail a

significant risk of adverse publicity and damage to the Group’s reputation and goodwill. In cases of consumer injury or fatality due to a consumer product

safety issue, this could also cause significant Group reputational damage, leading to a negative impact on stakeholder confidence, including consumers,

retailers, investors, and regulatory and public health organisations.

Risk: Failure to uphold high standards of corporate behaviour, including through unintended or malicious breach of anti-bribery and anti-

corruption and other anti-financial crime laws

Description: The Group is subject to various anti-corruption laws and regulations and other anti-financial crime laws including but not limited to those

relating to tax evasion, money laundering, terrorist financing, corporate fraud and/or the facilitation of corporate fraud and bribery (anti-corruption laws,

including the UK Proceeds of Crime Acts (POCA)). All employees of BAT, its subsidiaries and joint ventures which it controls are expected to uphold a high

standard of corporate behaviour and comply with the Group Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC) which includes a requirement to comply with anti-

corruption and other relevant Laws combating financial crime. Employees, associates, suppliers, distributors and agents are prohibited from engaging in

improper conduct to obtain or retain business or to improperly influence (directly or indirectly) a person working in an official capacity to decide in the

Group’s favour. The Group’s employees, contractors and service providers may fail to comply with our SoBC and/or may violate applicable anti-corruption

laws and other relevant laws combating financial crime.

The Group investigates, and becomes aware of governmental authorities’ investigations into, allegations of misconduct, including allegations of corruption,

at Group companies. Some of these allegations are currently being investigated. The Group cooperates with the authorities, where appropriate. Please refer to

notes 24 and31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities applicable to the Group.

Impact: Failure of the Group to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations and other relevant laws combating financial crime, or to deploy and

maintain robust internal policies, procedures and controls may result, and have resulted, in significant fines and penalties (reducing the Group’s ability to

reinvest in the future), a share price impact, criminal and/or civil sanctions against the Group and its officers and employees, increased costs, prohibitions or

other limitations or requirements (e.g. compliance requirements) on the conduct of the Group’s business and reputational harm (including negative

perceptions of the Group’s governance and our sustainability credentials), and may subject the Group to claims for breach of such regulations.

The occurrence of any of the above effects could in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the

Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans. Even when proven untrue, there are often financial costs, time demands and reputational impacts

associated with investigating and defending against such claims.

Risk: Unexpected legislative changes to corporate income tax laws

Description: The Group is subject to corporate income tax laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. These laws frequently change on a prospective or

retroactive basis.

Impact: Legislative changes to corporate income tax laws and regulations may have an adverse impact on the Group’s corporate income tax liabilities and

may lead to a material increase of the Group’s overall tax rate - these include changes in international tax laws following the Organisation for Economic Co-

operation & Development (OECD) project on base erosion and profit shifting. This could, in turn, negatively affect the Group’s results of operations and

financial such as any changes condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Imposition of sanctions under sanctions regimes or similar international, regional or national measures

Description: National, international and supra-national sanctions regimes or similar international, regional or national measures are complex and dynamic

and may affect territories in which the Group operates or third parties with which it may have commercial relationships. There may be unintended or

malicious breaches of sanctions due to inappropriate or negligent behaviour by BAT employees, contractors, customers, suppliers or service providers.

Operations in countries and territories subject to sanctions expose the Group to the risk of significant financial costs and disruption in operations that may be

difficult or impossible to predict or avoid or the activities could become commercially and/or operationally unviable. In particular, the Group has operations

in Cuba, which is subject to various sanctions in the United States. Sanctions can be imposed quickly with the possibility of further territories the Group

operates in becoming subject to sanctions at short notice.

The Group investigates, and becomes aware of governmental authorities’ investigations into, allegations of misconduct, including alleged breaches of

sanctions, at Group companies. Some of these allegations are currently being investigated. The Group cooperates with the authorities, where appropriate.

In 2023, the Group reached settlement agreements with the DOJ and OFAC in the United States related to breaches of sanctions related to North Korea,

which resulted in the imposition of fines against the Group totalling US$635 million plus interest.

National, international and supra-national sanctions regimes may also affect third parties with which the Group has commercial relationships, e.g. through

their banks (including possible risk aversion to being associated with a sanctioned territory), and could lead to supply and payment chain disruptions.

Please refer to note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities applicable to the Group.

Impact: As a result of the limitations imposed by sanctions, it may become commercially and/or operationally unviable for the Group and/or its critical

business partners to operate in certain territories or execute transactions related to them and the Group may be required to exit existing operations in such

territories. The Group may also experience difficulty in sourcing materials or importing products, repatriating currency from a sanctioned country and finding

financial institutions willing to transact with it, any of which may expose the Group to increased costs. In addition, the costs of complying with sanctions may

increase as a result of new, or changes to existing, sanctions regimes.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

In addition to the settlement agreements reached by the Group with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) and U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of

Foreign Asset Control (OFAC) in the United States, as detailed above, any other failure of the Group to comply with sanctions regimes or similar

international, regional, national or supra-national measures, or to deploy and maintain robust internal policies, procedures and controls, could result in

additional fines and penalties (reducing the Group’s ability to reinvest in the future), a share price impact, criminal and/or civil sanctions against the Group

and its officers and employees, increased costs, prohibitions or other limitations or requirements (e.g. compliance requirements) on the conduct of the

Group’s business, reputational harm (including negative perceptions of the Group’s governance or our sustainability credentials), and damage to commercial

or banking relationships, and may subject the Group to claims for breach of such regimes or measures. Reputational harm (including negative perceptions of

the Group’s governance and our sustainability credentials) may result from the Group's operations in a sanctioned country regardless of whether the Group

complies with imposed sanctions.

The occurrence of any of the above effects could in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the

Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans. Even when proven untrue, there are often financial costs, time demands and reputational impacts

associated with investigating and defending against such claims.

Risk: Failure to uphold New Categories marketing practices

Description: The regulatory landscape is constantly evolving with marketing practices being regulated differently in key New Categories markets. The

Group’s marketing activities may be found to be, or alleged (including in the media) to be, non-compliant with laws and regulations, or with the Responsible

Marketing Framework (RMF) on the marketing and sale of tobacco and nicotine products to consumers e.g. in relation to age verification measures. Online

activities can also be found to be, or alleged to be, aimed at consumers in a country where such activities are not permitted.

Impact: The Group is, and may in the future be, subject to claims for breach of marketing practices. In particular, national authorities (such as the FDA),

organisations or even individuals may allege that our marketing activities do not comply with the relevant laws and regulations, or with our RMF. As such,

the Group could be subject to litigation, regulatory sanctions, fines and penalties brought in connection with these allegations. Even when proven untrue,

there are often financial costs and reputational impacts in defending against such claims and allegations which may ultimately also lead to stricter regulations

impacting our business.

Future breaches may lead to a loss of investor confidence in sustainability performance and inability to meet our responsible marketing focus area if our RMF

are not followed, impacting our corporate purpose of delivering harm reduction.

Risk: Loss or misuse of personal data through a failure to comply with the European General Data Protection Regulation, the UK Data Protection

Act 2018, e-Privacy laws and other privacy legislation governing the processing of personal data.

Description: Personal data is a subset of data which attracts different risks and treatment under applicable law. Breaches of data privacy laws include misuse

of information which may not be confidential in nature. These include, for example, unsolicited marketing calls to a publicly available number, or using an

individual’s personal data in a way which was not authorised or in a way that the individual did not reasonably expect through technologies such as online

tracking or monitoring.

Various privacy laws, including the European General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), UK Data Protection Act 2018 (UKDPA) and e-Privacy laws,

govern the way in which organisations handle personal data of individuals (such as consumers, employees, contractors, service providers and other

authorised persons) including tracking or monitoring their online behaviour.

Unintended or malicious breaches of data privacy laws may occur through system vulnerabilities, cyber-attacks, and by inappropriate or negligent behaviour

by BAT employees, contractors, service providers or others.

Depending on the risk of harm to the individuals concerned, such breaches of data privacy laws (including mass personal data unavailability) could trigger a

formal notification to a local data protection supervisory authority. This, in turn, could subject Group companies to not only regulatory scrutiny but also

individual claims or even class action suits; and e-Privacy laws state that any misuse of consumer personal data or lack of transparency provided to

consumers on how we use their data or track their online behaviours are subject to regulatory scrutiny.

Legal requirements relating to the collection, storage, handling, and transfer of personal data continue to evolve. Following the entry into force of the GDPR

in May 2018, other jurisdictions in which the Group operates have enacted similar local legislation such as the California Consumer Privacy Act U.S. and the

“LGPD” in Brazil which further increases the risks surrounding the processing of personal data especially in the consumer space. As part of the Group's

digital transformation, and move towards a more consumer centric approach, in particular related to New Categories, this could further increase these risks as

the expectation is that the exposure to consumer data volumes will increase as well. With the emergence, and increased use in our daily operations, of new

technologies, including AI, these risks (particularly, personal data misuse in the context of automated decision making by leveraging AI) may be exacerbated.

Impact: Failure to comply with existing or future e-Privacy laws and privacy legislation governing the processing of personal data may adversely impact the

Group’s results of operations and financial condition.

Loss or unlawful use of personal data may result in civil or criminal legal liability and prosecution by enforcement bodies, which may subject the Group to

the imposition of material fines and/or penalties and/or claims and costs associated with defending these claims (which could include class action suits

brought by consumers). The fine under the GDPR and UK data privacy laws for the most severe infringements can be up to the higher of €20 million and 4%

of the Group’s worldwide annual revenue from the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. In the event of a plurality of actions, with separate

sanctionable conducts not caught by the principle of concurrence of conduct, fines can be applied alongside each other, without being a single legal

maximum applicable to the sum. The Group’s officers and employees may also be subject to personal criminal sanctions in certain jurisdictions. Non-

compliance with the EU AI Act can result in fines up to EUR 35 million or 7% of a company's annual turnover. The Brazilian LGDP provides for fines up to

2% of a company's revenue in Brazil, capped at BRL 50 million per violation. Under the California CCPA, the fines for non-compliance include up to USD

7,500 per violation for intentional breaches.

Reputational damage could also potentially cause significant harm to the Group, including negative perceptions of the Group’s governance and our

sustainability credentials.

Relevant data protection supervisory authority could also order certain Group legal entities to cease processing activities, which could result in a significant

operational disruption. Regulatory interest may also prompt interest from other compliance authorities/governments, leading to further regulation or

proceedings.

The occurrence of any of the above effects could in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the

Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Economic and Financial Risks

Risk: Foreign exchange rate exposures

Description: The Group’s reporting currency is sterling. The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in exchange rates affecting the translation of net

assets and earned profits of overseas subsidiaries into the Group’s reporting currency. These translational exposures are not normally hedged.

Exposures also arise from the foreign currency denominated trading transactions undertaken by subsidiaries and dividend flows. When these exposures are

not naturally offset by opposing flows, they are generally hedged in line with internal policies. However, hedging might be constrained by factors such as

exchange controls, limited currency availability or prohibitive costs, and errors in hedging might occur. Additionally, divergence in monetary policy in

relation to interest rates across top markets can further amplify these risks.

Impact: During periods of heightened exchange rate volatility, the impact of exchange rates on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition can

be significant. Fluctuations in exchange rates of key currencies against sterling may result in volatility in the Group’s reported earnings per share, cash flow

and balance sheet. Furthermore, the dividend paid by the Group may be impacted if the payout ratio is not adjusted. Differences in translation between

earnings and net debt may also affect key ratios used by credit rating agencies to assess creditworthiness, which may have an adverse effect on the Group’s

credit ratings.

In addition, volatility and/or increased costs in the Group’s business due to transactional foreign exchange rate exposures may adversely affect operating

margins and profitability and attempts to increase prices, in response, could adversely impact sales volumes.

Moreover, the increased volatility observed in recent years in commodity prices, international trade policies and the fiscal backdrop of major economies, has

contributed to additional volatility of exchange rates, impacting the financial performance of the Group's subsidiaries. The global dynamic backdrop of

monetary policy actions, the inflation cycle, as well as the economic performance may also increase the exchange rate risk in the short term.

Risk: Inability to obtain price increases and exposure to risks from excessive price increases and value chain erosion

Description: Annual price increases by the Group are among the key drivers in increasing market profitability. However, the Group has in the past been, and

may in the future be, unable to obtain such price increases as a result of increased regulation; increased competition from illicit trade; stretched consumer

affordability arising from deteriorating political and economic conditions and rising prices; sharp increases or changes in excise structures; and competitors’

pricing.

As the New Categories market continues to develop, the Group may face erosion in the value chain for New Categories through lower market prices, the

imposition of excise taxes, high retail trade margins or high production costs that make New Categories less competitive versus combustible tobacco

products.

In addition, the Group faces the risk that price increases it has conducted in the past, and may conduct in the future, may be excessive and not find adequate

adult tobacco consumer acceptance.

Impact: If the Group is unable to obtain price increases or is adversely affected by impacts of excessive price increases, it may be unable to achieve its

strategic growth metrics, have fewer funds to invest in growth opportunities, and, in the case of excessive price increases, be faced with quicker reductions in

sales volumes than anticipated due to accelerated market decline, down-trading (switching to a cheaper brand) and increased illicit trade. These in turn impact

the Group’s market share, results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

In addition, erosion in the value chain for New Categories could have a negative impact on the Group’s sales volume or pricing for these products. High

excise could dampen demand for New Categories or result in lower profit margins. Lower market prices, high retail trade margins or increases in production

costs could also negatively impact profit margins or lead to uncompetitive pricing. This may in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of

operations and financial condition and cause the Group to underperform on the delivery of its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Effects of declining consumption of legitimate tobacco products and a tough competitive environment

Description: Evidence of market contraction and the growth of illicit trade of tobacco products is apparent in several key global markets in which the Group

operates. This decline is due to multiple factors, including increases in excise taxes leading to continuous above-inflation price rises, changes in the regulatory

environment, the continuing difficult economic environment in many countries impacting consumers’ disposable incomes, the increase in the trade of illicit

tobacco products, rising health concerns, a decline in the social acceptability of smoking and an increase in Smokeless products uptake.

The Group competes based on the strength of its strategic brand portfolio, product quality and taste, brand recognition loyalty, innovation, trade marketing

distribution activities and price. The Group is subject to highly competitive environments in all aspects of its business, and its competitive position can be

significantly influenced by the prevailing economic climate, consumers’ disposable income, regulation, competitors’ introduction of lower-price or

innovative products, higher tobacco and nicotine product taxes, higher absolute prices, governmental action to increase minimum wages, employment costs,

interest rates and increase in raw material costs.

Furthermore, the Group is subject to substantial payment obligations under the MSA and the State Settlement Agreements (in the U.S.) and settlement

payments in respect of Canada, which adversely affect the ability of the Group to compete with manufacturers of deep-discount cigarettes that are not subject

to such substantial obligations.

Impact: Any future decline in the demand for legitimate tobacco products could have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial

conditions and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

In a tough competitive environment, factors such as market size reduction, customer down-trading, illicit trade and competitors aggressively taking market

share through price re-positioning or price wars generally reduce the overall profit pool of the market and may impact delivery of the Group’s profits. This

may also lead to a decline in sales volume, loss of market share, impact delivery of the Group’s sustainability agenda, erosion of its portfolio mix and

reduction of funds available for investment in growth opportunities and may cause the Group to underperform on the delivery of its strategic growth plans.

Risk: Funding, liquidity and interest rate risks

Description: The Group cannot be certain that it will have access to bank financing or to the debt and equity capital markets at all times and is therefore

subject to funding and liquidity risks. Failure to appropriately engage with investors’ and lenders’ sustainability criteria and concerns may impact BAT’s

credit ratings, access to funding, or may result in an increase in the cost of funding.

The Group is also exposed to rising interest rates in connection with both existing floating rate debt and future debt refinancings. Although, interest rates have

started to be cut by main Central Banks, having reached their peak after few years of intense hikes, in the attempt to tame inflation, further changes are

expected to remain highly data dependent, with inflation and labour market trends playing an important role in central banks’ future actions.

Furthermore, the Group operates in several markets closely regulated by governmental bodies that intervene in foreign exchange markets by imposing

limitations on the ability to convert local currency into foreign currency and introducing other currency and capital controls that expose local currency cash

balances to devaluation risks, increase costs to obtain hard currency, or are a barrier to the repatriation of earnings. As a result, the Group’s operational

entities in these markets may be restricted from using End Market cash resources to pay for imported goods, dividend remittances, interest payments and

royalties. The inability to access End Market cash resources in certain markets contributes to the Group’s funding and liquidity risks.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Compliance with sanctions and the restrictive policies of banks to facilitate transactions that are sanctions sensitive requires the Group to transfer and use

sanctions sensitive cash in a compliant manner. Anti-money laundering legislation can also lead to additional restrictions relating to the payment and receipt

of funds for both BAT as well as its business partners. In addition, the Group's further development into the cannabis sector may lead to inaccessible proceeds

from this activity, and such activity may expose the Group to further regulatory and legal risks due to different local and international laws. The Group may

also face reputation and compliance issues due to various levels of acceptance of the cannabis sector by stakeholders which may restrict bank and/or investor

access.

Impact: Adverse developments in the Group’s funding, liquidity and interest rate environment may lead to shortages of cash and cash equivalents needed to

operate the Group’s business and to refinance its existing debt. Inability to fund the business under the Group’s current capital structure, failure to access

funding and foreign exchange or increases in interest rates may also have an adverse effect on the Group’s credit rating, which would in turn result in further

increased funding costs and may require the Group to issue equity or seek new sources of capital. Although the Group currently benefits from investment

grade ratings from Moody's, S&P and Fitch, any adverse impact in the activity may trigger a rating revision. Any downgrade of the Group's credit ratings or

loss of investment grade status could materially increase the Group's financing costs.

All these factors may have material adverse effects on the Group’s results of operations and financial conditions and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its

strategic growth plans. These conditions could also lead to underperforming bond prices and increased yields.

In the case of funding or liquidity constraints, the Group may also suffer reputational damage due to its perceived failure to manage the financial risk profile

of its business, which may result in an erosion of shareholder value reflected in an underperforming share price, and/or underperforming bond prices and

higher yields. In addition, the Group’s ability to finance strategic opportunities or respond to threats may be impacted by limited access to funds.

Risk: Failure to achieve growth through mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, investments and other transactions

Description: The Group’s growth strategy includes a combination of organic growth as well as mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, investments and other

business combinations. The Group may be unable to acquire or invest in attractive businesses on favourable terms and may inappropriately value or

otherwise fail to identify or capitalise on growth opportunities. The Group may not be able to deliver strategic objectives and growth improvements from

business combinations, successfully integrate businesses it acquires or establishes, or obtain appropriate regulatory approvals for business combinations.

Risks from integration of businesses also include the risk that the integration may divert the Group’s focus and resources from its other strategic goals.

Furthermore, transactions may include risks associated with an unpredictable regulatory landscape, such as bans or more restrictive regulations which come

into force after the acquisition.

Additionally, the Group could be exposed to financial, legal or reputational risks if it fails to appropriately consider and address any compliance, antitrust or

sustainability aspects of a transaction or planned transaction. Further, the Group has certain uncapped indemnification obligations in connection with

divestitures and could incur similar obligations in the future.

Impact: Any of the foregoing risks could result in increased costs, decreased revenues or a loss of opportunities and have an adverse effect on the Group’s

results of operations and financial condition, and in the case of a breach of compliance, product regulation or antitrust regulation, could lead to reputational

damage, fines and potentially criminal sanctions and an adverse impact on the Group's sustainability priorities. This may impact the Group's ability to

compete in the long-term.

Inability to execute planned divestments, or poorly executed or delayed divestments, may not deliver fair value, or may result in loss of potential sale

proceeds resulting in fewer resources to drive quality growth or meet other corporate targets.

The Group may become liable for claims arising in respect of conduct prior to any merger or acquisition of businesses if deemed to be a successor to the

liabilities of the acquired company or indemnification claims relating to divestitures, and any resulting adverse judgment against the Group may adversely

affect its results of operations and financial condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans. Please refer to note 31 in Part III -

Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities applicable to the Group.

Risk: Unforeseen underperformance in key global markets

Description: A substantial majority of the Group’s profit from operations is based on its operations in certain top markets, including the U.S. A number of

these markets are declining for a variety of factors, including price increases, restrictions on marketing activities and promotions, smoking prevention

campaigns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, accelerated migration to reduced-risk products and increasing prevalence of non-compliant New

Categories competitors.

Alongside external pressures, operational risks can intensify the situation. Examples include the concentration and consolidation of distribution into a single

trade partner, and inaccuracies in demand forecasting that lead to write-offs across both traditional and New Categories products.

Economic and political factors affecting the Group’s key markets include the prevailing economic climate, governmental austerity measures, levels of

employment, inflation, governmental action to increase minimum wages, employment costs, interest rates, raw material costs, consumer confidence and

consumer pricing.

Impact: Operational disruptions, failure of a key trade partner or inaccurate forecasts may lead to product shortages, excess inventory, or lost market

opportunities. Change to the economic and political factors in any of the top markets in which the Group operates often affect consumer behaviour and have

an impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition. These could cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans and reduce

its capacity to reinvest in innovation and harm reduction initiatives.

Risk: Increases in net liabilities under the Group’s retirement benefit schemes

Description: The Group currently maintains and contributes to defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans that cover various

categories of employees and retirees worldwide. Although the Group has made significant progress in recent years to de-risk pension and post-retirement

benefit plans, the Group’s obligations to make contributions under the residual arrangements may increase in the case of increases in pension liabilities,

decreases in asset returns, salary increases, inflation, decreases in long-term interest rates, increases in life expectancies, changes in population trends and

other actuarial assumptions.

Please refer to the information under the caption ‘Retirement benefit schemes’ note 1 on page 111 and to note 15 in Part - III Item 18 Notes on the Accounts

for details of the Group’s retirement benefit schemes.

Impact: Higher contributions to the Group’s retirement benefit schemes could have an adverse impact on the Group’s results of operations, financial

condition and ability to raise funds and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

Product pipeline, commercialisation and Intellectual Property risks

Risk: Inability to predict consumers’ changing behaviours and launch innovative products that offer adult tobacco and nicotine consumers

meaningful value-added differentiation

Description: The Group focuses its research and development activities on both creating new products, including New Categories and Beyond Nicotine

products, whilst maintaining and improving the quality of its existing products. In a competitive market, the Group believes that innovation is key to growth.

The Group considers that one of its key challenges in the medium and long term is to provide adult tobacco and nicotine consumers with high-quality

products that take into account their changing preferences and expectations, including those in relation to sustainability, while complying with evolving

regulation.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Predicting consumers’ changing needs and behaviours across categories is a critical requirement for the Group's development. The Group is exposed to the

risk it may fail to predict consumers' changing needs and behaviours across categories and fail to deliver its strategy effectively.

The Group continues to develop and roll out its New Categories portfolio which, requires significant investment. The Group is exposed to the risk that it may

be unsuccessful in developing and launching innovative products or maintaining and improving the quality of existing products across combustibles, New

Categories and Beyond Nicotine that offer consumers meaningful value-added differentiation. The Group must keep pace with innovation in its sector and

changes in consumer expectations. The Group is also exposed to the risk of an inability to build sufficiently strong brand equity through social media and

other digital tools to successfully compete. There are potential bans and restrictions in key markets on using social media to advertise and communicate and

further such bans or restrictions could be enacted in the future. Competitors may be more successful in predicting changing consumer behaviour or better able

to develop and roll out consumer-relevant products and may be able to do so more quickly and at a lower cost.

In addition, the Group devotes considerable resources to the research and development of innovative products that may have the potential to reduce the risks

of smoking-related diseases. The complex nature of research and development programmes necessary to satisfy emerging regulatory and scientific

requirements creates a substantial risk that these programmes will fail to demonstrate health-related claims regarding New Categories and Beyond Nicotine

or to achieve adult tobacco consumer, regulatory and scientific acceptance.

Furthermore, the regulatory environment impacting non-combustible tobacco products, Vapour products and other non-tobacco nicotine products and

Beyond Nicotine, including classification of products for regulatory and excise purposes, is still developing and it cannot be predicted whether regulations

will permit the marketing (freely or with certain restrictions) of such products in any given market in the future. Categorisation as medicines, for example,

and restrictions on advertising could stifle innovation, increase complexity and costs and significantly undermine the commercial viability of these products.

Alternatively, categorisation of any New Categories, as tobacco products for instance, could result in the application of onerous regulation, which could

further stifle uptake.

Impact: The inability to timely develop and roll out innovations or products in line with consumer demand, including any failure to predict changes in adult

tobacco consumer and societal behaviour and expectations and to fill gaps in the product portfolio, as well as the risk of poor product quality, could lead to

missed opportunities, under- or over-supply, loss of competitive advantage, unrecoverable costs and/or the erosion of the Group’s consumer base or brand

equity.

Restrictions on packaging and labelling or on promotion and advertising could impact the Group’s ability to communicate its innovations and product

differences to adult tobacco consumers, leading to unsuccessful product launches. An inability to provide robust scientific results sufficient to substantiate

health-related product claims poses a significant threat to the ability to launch innovative products and comply with emerging regulatory and legal regimes.

The occurrence of any of the above effects could in turn have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition and cause the

Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

In addition, there may be loss of investors’ confidence in sustainability performance, including failure to deliver our corporate purpose of harm reduction.

Risk: Exposure to risks associated with intellectual property rights, including the failure to identify, protect and prevent infringement of the

Group’s intellectual property rights and potential infringement of, or the failure to retain licences to use, third-party intellectual property rights

Description: The Group relies on trademarks, patents, registered designs, copyrights, domain names and trade secrets. The brand names under which the

Group’s products are sold are key assets of its business. The protection and maintenance of these brand names and of the reputation of these brands is

important to the Group’s success. Protection of intellectual property rights is also important in connection with the Group’s innovative products, including

New Categories.

The Group is exposed to the risk of infringements of its intellectual property rights by third parties due to limitations in judicial protection, failure to identify,

protect and register its innovations and/or inadequate enforceability of these rights in some markets in which the Group operates.

The Group currently is, and has in the past been, involved in various patent infringement litigation proceedings in the U.S. related to the Group’s Vapour

products. In 2024, a Group subsidiary entered into a settlement agreement with an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Philip Morris International Inc.

(PMI). Pursuant to this agreement (the Settlement Agreement), among other things, both parties agreed to dismiss certain pending legal proceedings between

the parties and certain of their affiliates concerning certain Vapour and Heated Products (HP) with prejudice and without admission of liability, to fully and

finally discharge without admission of liability any injunctions granted to the parties and their respective affiliates in such proceedings, and mutually release

each other from presently known and past, present and future claims arising out of or relating to, among other things, such proceedings, the infringement of

the patents at issue in the proceedings and certain intellectual property rights relating to certain products existing on or before a specified date. The parties

also agreed to covenants not to sue, on a perpetual, royalty-bearing or royalty-free basis, as the case may be, in respect of patents associated with certain

existing or changed Vapour or HP products. Please refer to note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities relating to

patent litigation and related settlements applicable to the Group and the "Settlement Agreement between Nicoventures Trading Limited and Philip Morris

Products S.A." described under Item 10.C. on page 89.

Some brands and trademarks under which the Group’s products are sold are licensed for a fixed period of time in certain markets. If any of these licences are

terminated or not renewed after the end of the applicable term, the Group would no longer have the right to use, and to sell products under, those brand(s) and

trademark(s).

In addition, as third party rights are not always identifiable, the Group may be subject to claims for infringement of third party intellectual property rights.

Impact: Any erosion in the value of the Group’s brands or innovations, or failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of intellectual property rights for

any reason, or the loss of brands, trademarks or other intellectual property rights under licence to Group companies, may have a material adverse effect on the

Group‘s market share, results of operations and financial condition. Any inability to appropriately protect the Group’s products and key innovations will also

limit its growth and affect competitiveness and return on innovation investment.

Any infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could result in interim or final injunctions, product recalls, legal liability and the payment of

damages, any of which may disrupt operations, negatively impact the Group’s reputation and have an adverse effect on its results of operations and financial

condition and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plan. Litigation (even where successful) results in an intensive use of resources and

management time leading to potential disruption. In addition, although intellectual property-related settlements, such as the 2024 settlement agreement with

Philip Morris Products S.A., allow the Group to focus on developing innovative product solutions, they could also have an adverse effect on the Group’s

results of operations and financial condition. For example, the payment of royalties would create higher costs for the Group, whereas the grant of licenses

and/or covenants not to sue could result in a competitive advantage of the Group’s competitors which, in turn, could result in lower demand for the Group’s

own products and cause the Group to fail to deliver on its strategic growth plans.

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

†Products sold in the U.S., including Vuse, Velo, Grizzly, Kodiak, and Camel Snus, are subject to FDA regulation and no reduced-risk claims will be made as to these products without agency clearance.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Item 4 - Information on the Company

Item 4.A - History and development of the company

Corporate Information

The Company is a public limited company incorporated under the name of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and is registered in England and Wales under

registered number 3407696. It was incorporated in July 1997 under the laws of England and Wales as a public limited company and is domiciled in the

United Kingdom. Its registered office is at Globe House, 4, Temple Place, WC2R 2PG, London. Telephone: +44 (0)20 7845 1000.

The Company’s agent for service in the U.S. for the purposes of the registration statements on Form F-3 (registration no. 333-288448) is Puglisi &

Associates, 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711 U.S. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) maintains an internet

site that contains BAT’s reports and other information (for example, BAT’s Form 20-F and other documents) filed electronically with the SEC. BAT’s SEC

filings are available to the public at the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov. BAT’s Form 20-F is also available on BAT’s website, http://www.bat.com.

History and Development of the Group

The Group has had a significant global presence in the tobacco industry for over 100 years. BAT Ltd. was incorporated in 1902, when the Imperial Tobacco

Company and the American Tobacco Company agreed to form a joint venture company. BAT Ltd. inherited companies and quickly expanded into major

markets, including India, Ceylon, Egypt, Malaya, Northern Europe and East Africa. In 1927, BAT Ltd. expanded into the U.S. market through its acquisition

of B&W.

During the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s, the Group diversified its business under the umbrella of B.A.T Industries p.l.c., with acquisitions in the paper, cosmetics,

retail and financial services industries, among others. Various business reorganisations followed as the business was eventually refocused on the Group’s

core cigarette, cigars and tobacco products businesses with BAT becoming a separately listed entity on the LSE in 1998.

The following is a summary of the significant mergers, acquisitions and disposals undertaken since 1998:

–1999 – global merger with Rothmans International;

–2000 – acquisition of Imperial Tobacco Canada;

–2003 – acquisition of Ente Tabacchi Italiani S.p.A., Italy’s state-owned tobacco company, Tabacalera Nacional in Peru and Duvanska Industrija Vranje in

Serbia;

–2004 – the U.S. assets, liabilities and operations, other than certain specified assets and liabilities, of BAT’s wholly-owned subsidiary, B&W, were

combined with RJR Tobacco Company to form Reynolds American Inc. As a result of the B&W business combination, B&W acquired beneficial

ownership of approximately 42% of the Reynolds American Inc. shares;

–2008 – acquisition of Tekel, the Turkish state-owned tobacco company and the cigarette and snus business of Skandinavisk Tobakskompagni A/S;

–2009 – acquisition of an effective 99% interest in Bentoel in Indonesia;

–2011 – acquisition of Protabaco in Colombia;

–2012 – acquisition of CN Creative Limited in the UK;

–2013 – entered into joint operations in China and paved the way for the Group Transformation launching our first Vapour product;

–2015 – acquisition of the shares not already owned by the Group in Souza Cruz in Brazil, and the acquisitions of the CHIC Group in Poland, and TDR

d.o.o., a cigarette manufacturer in Central Europe. Also in 2015, the Group increased its investment in Reynolds American Inc. by US$4.7 billion to

maintain the Group’s approximate 42% equity position following Reynolds American Inc.’s purchase of Lorillard Inc.;

–2016 – acquisition of Ten Motives in the UK;

–2017 – acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of Reynolds American Inc. the Group did not already own. Following completion of the acquisition, Reynolds

American Inc. became an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BAT and is no longer a publicly-held corporation. In 2017, the Group also acquired certain

tobacco assets from Bulgartabac Holding AD in Bulgaria and Fabrika Duhana Sarajevo (FDS) in Bosnia, acquired Winnington Holdings AB in Sweden

and acquired certain assets from Must Have Limited in the UK, including the electronic cigarette brand ViP;

–2018 – acquisition of Quantus Beteiligungs-und Beratungsgesellschaft mbH in Germany;

–2019 – acquisition of Twisp Proprietary Limited in South Africa and 60% of VapeWild Holdings LLC in the U.S.;

–2020 – acquisition of the nicotine pouch product assets of Dryft Sciences, LLC (Dryft) in the U.S. and the acquisition of Eastern Tobacco Company for

Trading in Saudi Arabia;

–2021 – entry into a strategic research and product development collaboration agreement with Organigram Inc., a licensed producer of cannabis and

cannabis-derived products in Canada and a wholly-owned subsidiary of publicly-traded Organigram Global Inc. (formerly known as Organigram Holdings

Inc.) and acquisition of a 19.9% equity stake in Organigram Global Inc. Also in 2021, the Group disposed of its Iranian subsidiary, BAT Pars Company

PJSC;

–2022 – acquisition of a 16% equity stake in Sanity Group GmbH, a German cannabis company. In 2022, the Group also made an investment, via a

convertible debenture in the amount of c.£48 million, into Charlotte’s Web Holdings, Inc., a U.S.-based hemp extract wellness products business;

–2023 – disposal of the Group's businesses in Russia and Belarus;

–2024 – partial sale of the Group's investment in ITC Ltd (ITC) in India, after which the Group's shareholding reduced to 25.45%. Also in 2024, further

investments in Organigram Global Inc. in Canada, increased the Group's equity stake to c. 30.6%, and the acquisition of Beni Oral Nicotine LLC in the

U.S.; and

–2025 – further partial sale of the Group's investment in ITC, after which the Group's shareholding reduced to 22.91%. Following the demerger of ITC’s

hotel business (ITC Hotels), that was completed on 1 January 2025, the Group recognised an initial direct stake in ITC Hotels of 15% as a non-current

investment on the balance sheet held at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income. In December 2025, the Group sold 9% of ITC Hotels in a block

trade with the retained direct stake reduced to 6.3%. Please refer to note 18 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts. Also in 2025, the Group settled

historical litigation in Canada (please refer to note 24 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts). The Group also concluded the final tranche of

investment in Organigram, increasing the equity stake to 36.8%, restricted to 30% voting rights (please refer to note 14 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the

Accounts.

Since the launch of our first Vapour product in 2013, we have been on a transformation journey to become a truly multi-category consumer products

business. We are creating new Smokeless products that encourage adult smokers, who would otherwise continue to smoke, to switch to scientifically-

substantiated, reduced-risk*† alternative.

Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Gross capital expenditures include purchases of property, plant and equipment and purchases of certain intangibles. The Group’s gross capital expenditures

for 2025, 2024 and 2023 were £648 million, £581 million and £541 million, respectively, representing investment in the Group’s global operational

infrastructure (including, but not limited to, the manufacturing network, trade marketing and IT systems). In 2025, this included £8 million of investments in

energy efficiency and renewable energy generation, water recycling and efficiency projects, waste reduction, and product innovation-led specification

improvements to enhance technical recyclability as part of our sustainability commitments (2024: £30 million).

We will continue to proactively assess the performance of our assets to ensure value is maximised through operational returns or through disposal. In 2026,

the Group expects to invest around £750 million of gross capital expenditure to enhance our growth opportunities and deliver operational efficiencies,

representing the ongoing investment in the Group’s operational infrastructure (as described above), including the continued investment in New Categories

across the Group. This is expected to be funded by the Group’s cash flows and existing facilities.

In addition, as part of our transformation, we invest in the Wellbeing and Stimulation space and through our venturing unit, Btomorrow Ventures, and in the

cannabis space, including in Organigram.

In 2025, we partially monetized our investment in ITC for £1,052 million in net proceeds. In 2024, a similar partial sale of our investment in ITC resulted in

net proceeds of £1,577 million. In 2025, following the demerger of ITC Hotels that was completed on 1 January 2025, the Group recognised an initial direct

stake in ITC Hotels of approximately 15% as a non-current investment on the balance sheet held at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income. In

December 2025, the Group sold 9% of ITC Hotels in a block trade, realising net proceeds of £318 million, with the retained direct stake reduced to 6.3%. In

2023, we sold our businesses in Russia and Belarus for net proceeds in the amount of £266 million.

For more information related to the most recent business developments and property, plant and equipment, please refer to notes 13, 14 and 27 in Part III -

Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Item 4.B - Business Overview

Overview

British American Tobacco p.l.c. is the parent holding company of the Group, a leading multi-category consumer goods business that provides tobacco and

nicotine products to millions of adult consumers around the world.

The Group, excluding the Group’s associated undertakings, is organised into three regions:

– The U.S.;

–Americas and Europe (AME), comprising markets operating in Europe, Latin America and Canada; and

–Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa (APMEA), comprising markets operating in Asia-Pacific, Middle East, Central Asia, Caucasus and Africa.

The Group’s range of combustible products covers all segments, from value-for-money to premium, with a portfolio of international, regional and local

tobacco brands to meet a broad array of adult tobacco consumer preferences wherever the Group operates.

The Group has also built a portfolio of smokeless tobacco and nicotine products – including Vapour products, Heated Products (HPs) and Modern Oral

products, which are collectively termed the New Categories, as well as Traditional Oral products.

The Group manages a globally-integrated supply chain and its products are distributed to retail outlets worldwide.

Multi-Category Portfolio

BAT is a consumer-focused business operating internationally. Our portfolio reflects our commitment to meeting the evolving and varied preferences of

today’s adult consumers.

Category	2025 Revenue	% of total revenue
New Categories	£3,621m	14.1%
Traditional Oral	£1,043m	4.1%
Combustibles	£20,201m	78.9%
Other	£745m	2.9%
Total	£25,610m	100.0%

For a breakdown of total revenues by category of activity for the financial years 2025, 2024 and 2023, see note 2 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Smokeless products

Our smokeless portfolio comprises all brands within New Categories (Vapour, Heated Products and Modern Oral) and the strategic Traditional Oral brands

in moist and snus.

Vapour

Vapour products contain an e-liquid, nicotine and flavours, and a battery-powered heating element. When activated, via puff or button, the heating element

heats the liquid and forms an aerosol, commonly known as vapour.

Vuse, our global Vapour brand, is the #1 brand in the category (in rechargeable closed system consumables and disposables in tracked channels). It

provides cigarette smokers, who would otherwise continue to smoke, with the opportunity to transition to smokeless alternatives*†.

Vapour revenue was down 10.4% to £1,542 million in 2025, largely driven by the continued proliferation of illegal single-use vapour products in the U.S.

and Canada, and the Group exiting the category in a number of APMEA markets. However, there are encouraging signs for Vuse in the U.S. with the

brand back to revenue growth in the second half of 2025 (compared to the first half of 2025 and full year 2024) – supported by increased enforcement

against illicit single-use vapour products at a Federal and State level.

Our new premium innovation, Vuse Ultra, offers adult consumers a differentiated, connected and personalised experience with a modern and stylish device.

We are encouraged by the early performance of Vuse Ultra in Canada, Germany and France.

As of the date of this Form 20-F, our Vapour brands are currently available in 57 markets.

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

Heated Products

Heated Products (HPs) have two main functional parts: a battery-powered device and a consumable, which contains a plant-based (tobacco leaf or non-

tobacco leaf) substance that is heated, not burned. Once the consumable has reached a certain temperature, it forms an aerosol releasing nicotine and flavours.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Our flagship Heated Product brand, glo, offers an alternative to smoking that doesn't involve burning and, following scientific studies, produces lower levels

of certain toxicants than cigarettes.

Revenue for the category was down by 0.7%, due to a translational foreign exchange headwind of 1.7%. On a constant currency basis, revenue was up 1.0%.

While growth in the category has been impacted by competitive pressure, momentum is building with the roll-out of glo Hilo in our largest profit pools.

glo Hilo and glo Hilo Plus are our new premium connected devices which provide adult consumers with superior dual-heating technology and an integrated

display, combined with a new consumables range, Virto and tobacco-free Rivo. We have continued the roll-out through 2025, with launches in Japan, Poland

and Italy.

As of the date of this Form 20-F, following a reassessment of our geographic footprint, glo is now available in 29 markets.

Modern Oral

Velo is our leading Modern Oral brand. Unlike inhalable products, Modern Oral products are nicotine pouches that are placed between the gum and upper lip

so that nicotine can be absorbed effectively. They are typically manufactured tobacco leaf-free.

Revenue for the category was up 47.4% to £1,165 million in 2025, largely driven by the successful roll-out of Velo Plus in the U.S.

Modern Oral was the fastest growing New Category, with strong volume and value share growth reflecting the strength of our portfolio in all regions.

In 2025, we launched our newest Modern Oral innovation, Velo Shift, offering adult consumers an innovative pouch shape and a new hexagonal can.

Opportunities for these products in markets with established oral nicotine consumption and beyond, are vast – including in emerging markets.

As of the date of this Form 20-F, our Modern Oral brands are currently available in 49 markets.

Traditional Oral

Traditional Oral products include snus and snuff. Snus is a moist form of oral tobacco originating from Sweden. It is available in loose form or as pouches.

With Traditional Oral products, consumers take a single portion or pouch and place it within the mouth, between the lip and gum. The nicotine and flavours

are then absorbed through the inner lining of the cheek.

As of the date of this Form 20-F, our Traditional Oral brands are currently available in 3 markets.

Combustibles

The Group sold 465 billion cigarette sticks and 12 billion other tobacco products (stick equivalents) in 2025. With 36 fully integrated cigarette manufacturing

facilities in 35 markets, the Group operates internationally.

As of the date of this Form 20-F, our combustible products are sold in over 140 markets.

Principal Markets

The Group, excluding the Group’s associated undertakings, is organised into three complementary regions, with a balanced presence in both high-growth

emerging markets and highly profitable developed markets.

Regions	2025 Revenue
United States of America (U.S.)	£11,534m
Americas and Europe (AME)	£9,309m
Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa (APMEA)	£4,767m
Total	£25,610m

For a breakdown of total revenues by geographic markets for the financial years 2025, 2024 and 2023, see Item 5.A on page 28 and note 2 in Part III - Item

18 Notes on the Accounts.

Our in-depth marketplace analysis delivers insights on consumer trends and segmentation, which facilitates our geographic brand prioritisation across our

regions and markets.

The U.S. is one of our three regions and is also a Top Market across our product categories (other than HP). In AME, our Top Markets by category are

Brazil, Germany, Mexico and Romania for Combustibles, Germany, Greece, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain and the Czech Republic for Heated

Products, Canada, France, Germany, Poland, Spain and the UK for Vapour and Denmark, Norway, Poland, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK for Modern

Oral. In APMEA, Japan and Pakistan are the Top Markets for Combustibles and Japan and South Korea for Heated Products.

For a discussion of the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations, see Item 5.A on page 28.

Seasonality

The Group’s business segments are not significantly affected by seasonality although in certain markets cigarette consumption trends rise during summer

months due to longer daylight time and tourism.

Raw Materials

The Group does not own tobacco farms or directly employ farmers. However, it sources tobacco leaf directly from approximately 91,000 contracted farmers

and third-party suppliers, primarily in emerging markets. We remain committed to enhancing the long-term sustainability and viability of our contracted

farmers by focusing on improving quality, the distribution of more resilient hybrid seeds and the implementation of tailored mechanisation to reduce

production costs and increased yields.

In Brazil, for example, our Global Leaf Agronomy Development (GLAD) centre develops agronomic solutions supported by technology. These solutions

improve crop management, optimise resource efficiency and help address challenges such as climate change and soil degradation. GLAD innovations are

now applied in 12 countries. For example, automated curing barns have reduced fuel consumption by up to 50% and manual labour requirements by a similar

proportion.

We expect our third-party suppliers to uphold comparable standards in managing their farmer contracts. We conduct annual reviews of our contracts, taking

into account projected Group requirements over the medium-term (2-3 years) to ensure stability of demand and supply on production volumes. The Group

also purchases tobacco leaf from India through our associate ITC, where a portion of leaf purchase occurs via an auction system. ITC maintains full

traceability of all purchases and monitors farmers for their adherence to required standards.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

As with any global agricultural commodity, international tobacco prices fluctuate yearly. Prices are influenced by multiple factors including production costs

(such as labour and agricultural inputs), local inflationary pressures, economic and political developments, and climatic conditions that affect the supply,

demand and crop quality.

Climate change-related risks may further contribute to tobacco price volatility. Even in a scenario in which global warming is limited to no more than 1.5°C

above pre-industrial levels, we anticipate medium- to long-term increases in energy prices which are likely to exert upward pressure on raw material costs.

Additionally, risks related to acute weather (e.g., extreme weather events, such as cyclones, floods or heatwaves) and chronic weather (continued change in

climate, resulting in changes to precipitation patterns and temperatures in general) are expected in the long-term (with respect to acute weather effects) and in

the short-term (with respect to chronic weather) to disrupt the agricultural supply chain further by reducing production capacity and yields, thereby increasing

raw material costs.

To mitigate the impact of leaf cost inflation, the Group maintains a diversified sourcing strategy built around multiple origins capable of supplying

interchangeable quality grades. This flexibility enables us to optimise procurement decisions in response to market conditions and reduces reliance on any

single geography. In addition, we operate a c,12‑month duration policy that provides forward visibility on pricing and availability, helping to smooth

short‑term fluctuations in supply and manage volatility in international tobacco markets. This structured approach supports cost stability, strengthens supply

resilience, and ensures continuity of high‑quality leaf for our manufacturing operations.

At the time of this report, the Group believes there is an adequate supply of tobacco leaf in the world markets to satisfy its current and anticipated production

requirements.

We also source a number of other materials as part of our production requirements, covering areas that include wrapping materials and filters for our

combustibles business and liquids, heaters and batteries for our New Categories products. We work closely with our suppliers to ensure a resilient supply

chain, with contingency sourcing in place. Contracts and sourcing agreements are reviewed regularly, to ensure competitive trading terms while recognising

that prices may be impacted by external factors. Our electronics supply chain includes multiple layers of suppliers, which create additional challenges for

managing human rights risks. We take a risk-based approach to our human rights due diligence, which includes evaluation through an independent risk

assessment platform and third-party audits, covering topics that are identified as the most relevant for the Group’s non-tobacco supply chain, such as working

conditions and forced labour. Sustainability represents about 10-15% of the supplier evaluation criteria and is in progress to be embedded in the contract

service levels agreements. In addition, our Supplier Code of Conduct applies to all our suppliers and outlines the actions we expect them to take in relation to

responsible mineral sourcing, and we are committed to engaging with our suppliers to build on supply chain traceability, as appropriate. We are currently

preparing for new regulatory requirements related to supply chain due diligence.

Raw material sourcing strategies are reviewed frequently (to ensure continuity of supply and cost efficiency) with other productivity initiatives (including

specification rationalisation) identified as part of the Group’s drive for productivity savings to further mitigate the impact of inflation and optimise cash flow.

We also have a vast network of suppliers of indirect goods and services that are unrelated to our products, such as for IT services and facilities management.

For more details on the volatility of raw material pricing as well as on the risks associated with the sourcing, please refer to Item 5.A - Raw materials and

other consumables paragraph on page 31 and Item 3.D, respectively.

Marketing

'Love our Consumer' is one of our values and consumers are the core of everything we do. Consumer-led product innovation is central to achieving our purpose and

we believe that our multi-category approach is the most effective way to meet the diverse preferences of adult nicotine consumers worldwide.

We engage with our adult consumers through extensive market research activities and sales interactions, led by our marketing teams across the Group.

We use a globally responsible approach to marketing, seeking to raise standards and prevent underage access, while growing our market share by

encouraging adult consumers to choose our products over those of our competitors.

As one of the most established tobacco and nicotine businesses in the world, we truly understand adult consumers and their diverse preferences. This,

combined with our data and analytics-led approach, helps us to gain insights and anticipate trends.

These insights enable the development and responsible marketing of our products, so that they are fit to satisfy consumer preferences.

Powered by our consumer insights platform, we focus on product categories and consumer segments across our global business that have the greatest

potential for sustainable growth. In addition, we engage loyalty programmes and other incentives to reward our adult consumers.

We work with customers to uphold responsible marketing and prevent underage access. Examples of our engagement with customers include:

–Ongoing dialogue - this represents most of our customer engagement and includes regular business meetings and performance reviews.

–Customer care portals and customer voice programmes - we operate helplines and websites for feedback and complaints, and survey retailers to assess

satisfaction via our Customer Engagement Index.

–Retail audits and engagements - we work with retail partners and conduct audits to help ensure adherence to our responsible marketing standards.

Our Responsible Marketing Principles

Our approach to responsible marketing is governed by our Responsible Marketing Principles (RMP) and Responsible Marketing Code (RMC). They apply to

all BAT entities and marketing suppliers working on our behalf. We seek to uphold the same high standards in every market in which we operate, even when

they are stricter than applicable local laws.

Our RMP, RMC and supporting guidelines govern how we market our products, with a particular focus on designing products for adult smokers and adult

nicotine consumers. Topics covered include Underage Access Prevention (UAP), mandatory health warnings and digital marketing content. The RMP and

RMC are underpinned by detailed guidelines and toolkits to facilitate their consistent application.

Processes are in place for reviewing and approving marketing content to facilitate compliance with both our standards and local laws.

Marketing in a digital age

We only use social media where the audience is predominantly adult. We do not use open social media for our combustibles brands. Where we use social

media partnerships to promote Smokeless products, we only select third-parties whose audience is predominately adult. Our e-commerce and social media

channels must also adhere to the requirements set out in the RMP and RMC. Our Digital Confidence Unit (DCU) is dedicated to monitoring social media

content 24/7 for compliance and reputational management purposes. To provide oversight, the team reviews our social media posts to check for compliance

with the RMP and RMC. The DCU engages with markets, as appropriate, to take swift, corrective action, in respect of any incidents identified.

Reporting and resolving incidents of non-compliance

Any allegations of non-compliance are managed and escalated by the relevant market. Regional Heads of Legal report any relevant findings to the Regional

Audit Committee and remediation actions are implemented, as appropriate. In 2025, we identified two incidents of non-compliance with local marketing

regulations resulting in a fine or penalty1.

Notes:

1.The data for the number of marketing incidents resulting in a fine or penalty is based on cases submitted under applicable governance by Regions and Direct Reporting Business Units (DRBUs) throughout the

year to the Responsible Marketing Committee. Incidents are only reported here when a fine is issued.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Patents and Trademarks

Our trademarks, which include the brand names under which our products are sold, are key assets which we consider, in the aggregate, to be important to the

business as a whole. As well as protecting our brand names by way of trademark registration, we also protect our innovations by means of patents and

designs in key global jurisdictions.

In February 2024, we entered into a settlement agreement with an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Philip Morris International Inc. (PMI) regarding the

infringement of certain patents and certain intellectual property rights, see Item 10.C. on page 88.

New Manufacturing Processes

As the Group increases its capabilities in new products, including New Categories, we are developing relationships with third parties to support the

manufacture of certain components inherent within our New Category products. We have several development and commercial supply contracts, licences,

and agreements with our supply partners to support our new manufacturing processes. Within these arrangements, IP ownership and lack of supply liability

clauses are embedded within the framework documentation to ensure the risk exposure is managed accordingly and we are free to develop or source

alternative manufacturing solutions to ensure continued supply for growth and/or profitability.

We are also developing in-house manufacturing capabilities, including the manufacture of HP and Modern Oral products, and we continue to invest in the

Group’s manufacturing infrastructure to support the Group in the future.

Statements Regarding Competitive Position

Statements referring to the competitive position of BAT and its subsidiaries are based on the Group’s belief and best estimates. In certain cases, such

statements and figures rely on a range of sources, including investment analyst reports, independent market surveys, and the Group’s own internal

assessments of market share.

The Group uses certain non-financial measures to assess its competitive position:

Volume

Volume is defined as the number of units sold. Units may vary between categories. This can be summarised for the principal metrics as follows:

–Factory-made cigarettes (FMC) – sticks, regardless of weight or dimensions;

–Roll-Your-Own/Make-Your-Own – kilos, converted to a stick equivalent based upon 0.8 grams (per stick equivalent) for Roll-Your-Own and between 0.5

and 0.7 grams (per stick equivalent) for Make-Your-Own;

–Traditional Oral – pouches (being 1:1 conversion to stick equivalent) and kilos, converted to a stick equivalent based upon 2.8 grams (per stick equivalent)

for Moist Snuff, 2.0 grams (per stick equivalent) for Dry Snuff and 7.1 grams (per stick equivalent) for other oral;

–Modern Oral – pouches, being 1:1 conversion to stick equivalent;

–Heated sticks – sticks, being 1:1 conversion to stick equivalent; and

–Vapour – units, being pods, bottles and disposable units. There is no conversion to a stick equivalent.

Volume is recognised in line with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, based upon transfer of control. It is assumed that there is no material

difference, in line with the Group’s recognition of revenue, between the transfer of control and shipment date.

Volume is used by management and investors to assess the relative performance of the Group and its brands within categories, given volume is a principal

determinant of revenue.

Volume Share

Volume share is the estimated number of units bought by adult consumers of a specific brand or combination of brands, as a proportion of the total estimated

units bought by adult consumers in the industry, category or other sub-category. Sub-categories include, but are not limited to, Heated Products, Modern

Oral, Traditional Oral, Total Oral or Cigarettes. Except when referencing particular markets, volume share is based on our Top markets. Top markets are

those markets that management determines are strategic in each category, with reliable share data from third parties. Management notes that the markets that

form the definition of Top markets may change between periods as this will reflect the development of the category within markets including their relative

revenue sizes.

Where possible, the Group utilises data provided by third-party organisations, including NielsenIQ, based upon retail audit of sales to adult consumers. In

certain markets, where such data is not available, other measures are employed which assess volume share based upon other movements within the supply

chain, such as sales to retailers. This may depend on the provision of data by customers including distributors/wholesalers.

Volume share is used by management to assess (and management believes that it is useful to users of the financial statements to understand) the relative

performance of the Group and its brands against the performance of its main competitors in the categories and geographies in which the Group operates. This

measure is also useful to understand the Group’s performance when seeking to grow scale within a market or category from which future financial returns

can be realised. Volume share provides an indicator of the Group’s relative performance in unit terms versus competitors.

Volume share in each period compares the average volume share in the period with the average volume share in the prior year (using the current year Top

markets). This is a more robust measure of performance, removing short-term volatility that may arise at a point in time. Due to the timing of available

information, volume share for 2025 is for the year ended 31 December 2025 unless otherwise stated.

However, in certain circumstances, related to periods of introduction to a market, in order to illustrate the latest performance, data may be provided as at the

end of the period rather than the average in that period. In these instances, the Group states these at a specific date (for instance, December 2025).

Please refer to page 20 for the Top Markets by region and by product category.

Value Share

Value share is the estimated retail value of units bought by adult consumers of a particular brand or combination of brands, as a proportion of the total

estimated retail value of units bought by adult consumers in the industry, category or other sub-category in discussion. Except when referencing particular

markets, value share is based on our Top markets. Top markets are those markets that management determines are strategic in each category, with reliable

share data from third parties. Management notes that the markets that form the definition of Top markets may change between periods as this will reflect the

development of the category within markets including their relative revenue sizes.

Where possible, the Group utilises data provided by third-party organisations, including NielsenIQ, based upon retail audit of sales to adult consumers. In

certain markets, where such data is not available, other measures are employed which assess value share based upon other movements within the supply

chain, such as sales to retailers. This may depend on the provision of data by customers (including distributors and wholesalers).

Value share is used by management to assess (and management believes that it is useful to users of the financial statements to understand) the relative

performance of the Group and its brands against the performance of its competitors in the categories and geographies in which the Group operates, specifically

indicating the Group’s ability to realise value relative to the market. The measure is particularly useful when the Group’s products and/or the relevant category

in the market in which they are sold has developed or achieved scale from which value can be realised.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Value share in each period compares the average value share in the period with the average value share in the prior year (using the current year Top markets).

This is a more robust measure of performance, removing short-term volatility that may arise at a point of time. Due to the timing of available information,

value share for 2025 is for the year ended 31 December 2025 unless otherwise stated.

However, in certain circumstances, related to periods of introduction to a market, in order to illustrate the latest performance, data may be provided as at the

end of the period rather than the average in that period. In these instances the Group states these at a specific date (for instance, December 2025).

Please refer to page 20 for the Top Markets by region and by product category.

Our Top Markets are defined as the Top markets by industry revenue. These markets represent:

–c.80% of total industry vapour revenue (rechargeable closed systems consumables and disposables in tracked channels) in 2024.

–c.80% of total industry HP revenue in 2024.

–c.90% of total industry Modern Oral revenue in 2024.

–c.60% of total industry cigarettes revenue in 2024.

Regulation of the Group’s business

Overview

The tobacco and nicotine industry remains one of the most heavily regulated consumer goods sectors globally, with manufacturers operating under diverse

and often complex regulatory frameworks. Nearly all markets impose restrictions on the manufacture, pricing, sale, marketing, packaging and use of tobacco

products. At the same time, regulation of new, innovative, non-tobacco nicotine products continues to evolve as governments seek to establish appropriate

frameworks for these categories. In some markets, entirely new regulatory regimes are being developed, while in others, emerging products are being brought

under existing rules that were not originally designed for them – for example, Modern Oral products being treated under pharmaceutical legislation or

regulated as food products. The Group continues to engage proactively with governments, regulators and other stakeholders to provide advice and experience

that can help to shape balanced, evidence-based policies and achieve reasonable and proportionate regulation across all product categories.

Broadly, regulation of tobacco and New Categories falls into the following categories:

Category bans: Prohibitions on the sale, import, possession, or use of specific products, including newer nicotine or tobacco alternatives.

Product regulation: Regulations governing product composition, ingredients, format, design and attributes – such as nicotine strength or flavour –

along with product safety standards and disclosure requirements.

Packaging and labelling: Requirements mandating health warnings and other information on packaging, as well as requirements regarding pack

design, including shape, size, weight, and colour and plain packaging requirements.

Advertising and sponsorship: Partial or comprehensive restrictions on advertising, promotion and sponsorship, including on brand stretching (the

association of tobacco brands with non-tobacco products) and limitations on the use of certain descriptors or brand names.

Retail regulation: Controls on where and how products can be sold, such as outlet types (e.g. specialists, supermarkets or vending machines),

display restrictions (e.g. above or below the counter), and requirements for age verification and adult purchase.

Place-based restrictions: Bans on smoking or vaping in designated public or private spaces.

Price-related measures: Policies influencing product prices, including excise taxes, minimum pricing, and other fiscal measures.

Responsibility obligations: Requirements under Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes, such as waste management initiatives, and

actions to combat illicit trade.

In addition to complying with local laws and regulations, the Group implements a range of global policies and standards that may go beyond local

requirements, reflecting its commitment to responsible business practices and high regulatory compliance standards.

The Group recognises and supports the objectives of governments and policymakers in reducing smoking rates and the associated health impacts, as well as

the role of regulation in achieving these goals. Accordingly, the Group endorses tobacco and nicotine regulations that are grounded in robust evidence,

tailored to local circumstances, effectively achieve intended policy objectives, and which avoid unintended consequences, such as the expansion of illegal

markets.

Progressive, science-based regulation—including forward-looking policies for Smokeless products – is essential to achieving a smokeless world and

supporting governments’ smoke-free ambitions, helping to build A Better Tomorrow™.

The Group believes that the development of regulations for Smokeless products, should follow the below principles:

–be based on science and evidence, and proportionate to the products’ risks compared with those of combustible tobacco

–facilitate adult awareness of smokeless alternatives and allow adult-only access

–ensure high product quality and environmental sustainability, while ensuring consumer relevance; and

–enable effective enforcement.

World Health Organization’s Framework Convention on Tobacco Control

A large proportion of the regulation of tobacco products has been driven at global level by the World Health Organization (WHO)’s international treaty: the

Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). The FCTC came into force in 2005 and contains provisions which seek to reduce tobacco consumption

and exposure to smoke. The original treaty is supplemented by one protocol on illicit trade and guidelines on the implementation of several of the treaty

obligations.

While the guidelines are not legally binding, they provide a framework for Parties to the treaty on implementing specific policies that target tobacco

consumption. To date, the FCTC has been ratified by 183 countries - not including the U.S.

Over time there have been growing efforts by tobacco-control advocates and public health organisations to encourage governments to regulate the tobacco

and nicotine industries in ways that go beyond the measures originally agreed in the FCTC. As a result, the scope of regulation is expected to continue to

expand, potentially encompassing products and areas not envisaged when the treaty was first adopted.

In recent years, the WHO and other public health bodies have been advancing what has been described as a broader interpretation of the FCTC, reframing its

objectives to encompass nicotine use rather than focusing solely on tobacco consumption. This is despite the original text referring to nicotine solely in the

context of dependence among tobacco users, not as a subject for wider regulation.

All engagement efforts by the tobacco industry are closely monitored by these organisations and are often erroneously characterised as unlawful. In turn, this

has an impact on the willingness of Parties to engage with the industry, which limits the opportunity for the tobacco industry to provide its experience and

expertise in the development of regulation around nicotine products.

The Eleventh Session of the Conference of the Parties to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (COP11) took place in November 2025.

Among other debates, proposals and decisions, COP11 featured a debate on Tobacco Harm Reduction (THR), in which a number of Parties expressed

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

support for a recommendation that Parties should consider it as a policy option when establishing national tobacco control frameworks and strategies.

However, no consensus was reached on the proposals. A decision on Article 19 (liability) was adopted, inviting Parties to consider recommendations from

the Expert Group – the Expert Group was created to examine the reasons for low implementation of Articles 9 and 10 (regulation of product contents and

disclosure) and related partial guidelines. Regarding environmental protection under Article 18, COP11 adopted a decision focusing on research, data

collection, awareness-raising and examination of potential regulatory pathways. Earlier proposals such as filter bans, mandatory classification of tobacco

waste as hazardous, and assertions of FCTC primacy in environmental fora were not included in the final text. Instead, the decision emphasises coordination

with environmental agreements and the preparation of a detailed report for COP12. No new guidelines were adopted at COP11. The next Conference of the

Parties (COP12) will take place in Armenia in November 2027.

EU Tobacco and Related Products Directive (2014/40/EU)

The most recent version of the EU Tobacco and Related Products Directive (2014/40/EU – colloquially called TPD2), which is the current main framework

for tobacco and nicotine product regulation for EU Member States, was adopted in April 2014 for transposition by May 2016. TPD2 seeks to ensure that the

same rules apply across all Member States, though they are also able to go beyond its requirements provided such measures are compatible with EU law.

For tobacco products, the main provisions of TPD2 include: a ban on the sale of cigarettes and roll-your-own tobacco with a characterising flavour, including

menthol flavours; requirements for combined pictorial and textual health warnings covering 65% of the two main pack surfaces (front and back) for

cigarettes; restrictions on pack shape and size, as well as ingredients reporting and ‘tracking and tracing’ requirements. The Directive also regulates vapour

products by introducing a nicotine limit of 20 mg/ml, a premarket notification requirement and ingredient reporting requirements and advertising restrictions.

In May 2021, the European Commission published a report reviewing the implementation of the Directive which concluded it had been successful in

reducing tobacco use but that more action was required, particularly on new categories such as vapour and tobacco heated products (THPs).

Stricter rules for THPs have already been adopted by way of a delegated act (Commission Delegated Directive 2022/2100), which removed the exemption

for THPs from the ban on tobacco products with characterising flavours and the requirement to carry certain health warnings (see the Regulation of

Ingredients, including Flavoured Tobacco Products section for details).

A revised legal instrument (TPD3), which may come in the form of an EU Regulation which would be immutable and directly applicable without any

transposition into national law, is currently being drafted. The European Commission is expected to propose a revision to the existing EU tobacco control

framework (both TPD2 and the Tobacco Advertising Directive) in 2027. The process of reviewing the tobacco control framework has been underway for the

last three years. A future framework will most likely take the form of a revised Directive, although directly applicable EU regulations are possible.

Specific provisions in any new Directive are yet to be confirmed. Recent Commission statements and publications - such as the EU’s Beating Cancer Plan

and Cardiovascular Health Plan - suggest that further restrictions will apply to traditional combustible tobacco products, which could include standardised

packaging, stricter ingredient rules and a ban on the use of plastic-containing filters. For vapour products, and where still permitted for THPs, changes could

include restrictions on flavours, packaging, communications and ingredients, and the extension of regulation to nicotine-free products. A revised TPD2 could

seek to regulate nicotine pouches, either by creating a new framework or potentially banning the category. Herbal Products for Heating are likely to also be

addressed by any Directive, although details on specifics are less clear for this category.

EU Single-Use Plastics and Environmental Regulation

The Single Use Plastics Directive (EU) 2019/904 (the SUP Directive) entered into force in July 2019. It mandates Member States to establish Extended

Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes to cover the costs of litter clean-up and to implement on-pack marking requirements for tobacco product filters.

Member States were required to transpose the SUP Directive into national law by 3 July 2021, with an implementation deadline of 3 July 2021 for pack

marking requirements and of 5 January 2023 for EPR schemes.

However, several Member States experienced delays in transposing and implementing the SUP Directive, resulting in EPR schemes becoming operational

months - or in some cases years - behind schedule. Spain, for instance, only published its implementing regulations in late 2024, while Greece began

discussing its own in early 2025. At the EU level, the European Commission issued long-awaited guidance in 2025 to assist Member States in defining cost

criteria for litter clean-up. It also confirmed plans to evaluate the SUP Directive by 2027 to assess its impact and determine whether revisions are required. A

public consultation and call for evidence was launched in December 2025, open for feedback through to March 2026.

The European Commission also held consultations on a proposed Circular Economy Act in 2025 and on reducing administrative burdens arising from

environmental legislation. Internationally, the UN Environment Programme’s Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee failed to reach agreement on a

legally binding treaty on plastic pollution, after opposition to a cap on plastic production from countries including Russia, India and the United States. The

Committee is expected to reconvene in 2026.

Restrictions on the Use of Tobacco and Vapour Products in Public and Private Places

The Group operates across various markets where restrictions are in place on smoking and vaping in certain private, public, and workplace settings, such as

restaurants, bars, beaches, and nightclubs. While the specifics of these restrictions vary, comprehensive bans on smoking, vaping and the use of THPs in

public and workplace environments have been established in markets such as the U.S., Canada, the UK, France, Spain, New Zealand, and Australia. More

recently, new restrictions have included restrictions on the use of such products within a specified distance from designated public areas, such as primary

schools, and/or in private places such as vehicles when children are present or balconies in shared housing.

Regulation of Ingredients, including Flavoured Products

Some countries have restricted or banned the use of certain flavours or ingredients in cigarettes and other tobacco, vapour and nicotine products. These

actions are typically based on claims that flavoured products disproportionately appeal to minors, encourage youth smoking initiation or can increase the

addictiveness or toxicity of products. In these cases, permitted flavours are often limited to tobacco and/or menthol variants only.

Such restrictions have been enacted in markets including the U.S., Canada, Australia and Türkiye. The EU’s TPD2 similarly banned the sale of cigarettes,

roll-your-own tobacco and THPs, with characterising flavours other than tobacco. However, some regulations relating to flavours currently face legal

challenges. In Brazil, for example, a proposed ban on ingredients with flavouring or aromatic properties, including menthol, remains unenforced due to

ongoing litigation.

Additionally, regulators in Europe are increasingly examining restrictions on flavours and other ingredients for RRPs*† . For example, Finland, the

Netherlands, Denmark, Spain and the UK have adopted, or are considering adopting, restrictions on flavours for vapour products. In 2023, an instrument

(called a Delegated Directive), issued by the European Commission, extended the ban in the TPD2 on characterising flavours for tobacco products to also

apply to THPs. Member States were required to apply the Directive from October 2023.

A growing number of countries have restricted, or are considering restrictions on flavours for nicotine pouches, including Canada, Denmark, Latvia and

Poland, while a very limited number, such as Spain, are considering flavour restrictions for Herbal Products for Heating. In a few cases, some countries have

sought to restrict flavours for all “nicotine products”, thereby seeking to capture all categories under flavour provisions.

Further legislation on ingredients for both cigarettes and RRPs*† is expected. The Conference of Parties to the FCTC has tasked a Working Group to expand

the partial guidelines on the regulation of the contents of tobacco products and tobacco product disclosures (Articles 9 and 10 of the FCTC). This Working

Group’s activity was suspended in 2018 and an Expert Group was created to examine the reasons for low implementation of Articles 9 and 10 and related

partial guidelines. Although the Expert Group reported back in 2021, COP10 could not agree on whether to proceed through a Working Group or an Expert

Group. COP11 again failed to resolve this question, deferring it to COP12 in 2027.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Plain and Standardised Packaging and Design

Plain (or ‘standardised’) packaging typically involves restrictions on using trademarks, logos, and colours on product packaging, allowing only a single

approved base colour and specifying the font, size, and placement of the brand name and variant. Tobacco control advocates have tended to prioritise these

measures, with non-binding FCTC guidelines suggesting that Parties "should" consider adopting plain packaging.

As of November 2025, 28 countries have either implemented or passed legislation for plain packaging requirements impacting cigarettes, including Australia,

Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Ireland, New Zealand, the Netherlands, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Türkiye and the UK. A number of other countries,

including but not limited to Spain, South Africa and potentially Indonesia, are currently actively considering introducing similar legislation.

More recently, some regulators and tobacco control advocates have examined measures which could apply to individual cigarettes, such as mandatory on-

product health messages. A series of such messages was approved in Canada and Australia, and regular cigarettes were required to carry the messages as of

April 2025 in both jurisdictions.

Notes:

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

Product Display Bans at Point of Sale and Licensing Regimes

Product display bans at the point of sale and licensing regimes have become relatively commonplace for combustible tobacco products and have been

implemented for several years in a number of countries, including in Norway, Iceland, Finland, New Zealand, Thailand, Canada, Australia, and the UK. A

small number of countries have also sought to extend these provisions to apply to RRPs*†.

Some countries, such as Hungary, Finland and Spain, have also sought to restrict the supply of tobacco products, including through the adoption of licensing

regimes limiting the number of retail outlets from which it is possible to purchase tobacco products or by prohibiting the sale of tobacco products within a

certain distance of specified public places.

Illicit Trade

The illegal market for tobacco products is an increasingly important issue for governments and the industry across the world with an increasing number

considering or adopting regulation to support anti-illicit trade activities.

These regulations may include mandatory "tracking and tracing" systems to help regulators identify where seized products entered the supply chain, security

features to prevent counterfeiting, and inspection and authentication requirements for seized products. For instance, the TPD2 mandates that all unit packets

of tobacco be marked with a unique, indelible identifier that provides various details about the product’s route-to-market when scanned.

In November 2012, FCTC Parties adopted the protocol to Eliminate Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products (Protocol), which includes a range of supply chain

control measures, such as the implementation of "tracking and tracing" technologies. As of November 2025, 72 parties, including the EU, have ratified the

Protocol.

Regulation of Reduced-Risk Products*† (RRPs)

The vapour products category has grown rapidly in both size and complexity in the past decade. However, there is still no consensus on how RRPs*† should

be regulated. The EU’s TPD2, for example, establishes frameworks for the regulation of novel tobacco products and vapour products by introducing nicotine

limits, health warning requirements, advertising restrictions and pre-market notification and post-market disclosure obligations. As noted above, the World

Health Organization and other public health organisations have also sought to widen the scope of the FCTC to include RRPs*†.

In countries where sales of vapour products are permitted, governments are seeking to regulate them more strictly, including by adopting bans on vaping in

public places, restrictions on flavours, requiring plain packaging and retail display bans. An increasing number of governments have moved to ban the sale of

single-use vapour products, with Belgium, the UK and New Zealand implementing bans in 2025.

Other RRPs*† such as nicotine pouches and THPs are also facing increasing scrutiny. In many jurisdictions, existing legislative definitions of ‘tobacco

products’ are interpreted as applying to THPs, thereby subjecting them to the same restrictions as those designed for traditional combustible tobacco

products, often without any need to change existing laws.

Countries including Brazil, India and Mexico, have expressly banned all RRPs*† while others, such as Australia and Japan, regulate vapour products as

medicinal products, thereby heavily restricting or effectively banning their sale.

A number of countries, including Netherlands, Belgium, France and Germany, have implemented or have passed regulations to ban Modern Oral products,

either through provisions banning their sale outright, or via classification as foodstuffs, meaning their sale is de facto prohibited. Certain European countries,

such as Spain and Luxembourg, have sought to de facto ban sales of nicotine pouches by limiting the amount of nicotine permitted in the products to levels

so low that the products would be unsatisfying for consumers. Other jurisdictions have sought to implement bans via their classification as tobacco substitutes

or medicinal products. It is considered likely that tobacco-free nicotine pouches will be regulated at a European level as part of the next revision of the

Tobacco Products Directive (TPD). It is also possible that Herbal Products for Heating could be addressed in the TPD.

Additional measures

Generational Sales Bans (GSBs) are among the latest significant developments under discussion in tobacco control policy. These measures seek to prohibit

the sale of tobacco products - and in some cases nicotine products - to anyone born after a specified date, meaning affected individuals would never legally be

permitted to purchase such products in their lifetime. The most prominent example is in the United Kingdom, where legislation proposes to ban the sale of

tobacco and THPs to anyone born on or after 1 January 2009.

The concept has attracted some international attention: the Maldives passed legislation to implement a similar ban in 2025; the Turkish Government is

reportedly drafting a bill with comparable provisions; and the Australian and Norwegian Governments have indicated they are assessing similar approaches.

In several other countries, individual lawmakers have also attempted to introduce GSB proposals, though none have yet been enacted. The real-world

implications of a full generational ban - including any impact on illicit trade - remain uncertain.

New Zealand became the first country to legislate for a GSB in 2022, introducing a ban on tobacco sales to anyone born on or after 1 January 2009.

However, these provisions were repealed by a subsequent government due to enforcement concerns and fears of fuelling an illicit market. Likewise, the

Malaysian Government sought to include GSB provisions in a 2023 bill, but they were later removed amid concerns over their constitutionality.

Another key measure that has garnered attention from regulators in recent years is the proposal to gradually reduce the nicotine content in combustible

tobacco products to levels that are ‘minimal’ or ‘non-addictive’. Notable countries that have initiated significant discussions on these proposals include New

Zealand, where the measure was approved in Parliament but subsequently repealed by the successor government, with concerns expressed as to the efficacy

of such a method for cessation and its potential to contribute significantly to illicit trade. In the U.S., plans to introduce a similar policy have been removed

from the Government’s list of immediate priorities.

Cannabis

The regulatory environment and consumer sentiment towards cannabis is also evolving. From the reclassification of medical cannabis in Germany, to the

roll-out of recreational pilot programs in Switzerland and the Netherlands, we are seeing progress across the globe. Such developments are essential to further

exploration of the category, and we will continue to monitor the changes in the regulatory environment as it evolves.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The U.S.

Through the Reynolds American Inc. (RAI) subsidiaries, the Group is subject to U.S. federal, state, and local laws and regulations. The Family Smoking

Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (FSPTCA), which was enacted in 2009, grants the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (FDA) broad authority over the

manufacture, sale, marketing, and packaging of tobacco products but initially limited the FDA’s authority to cigarettes, smokeless tobacco products, cigarette

tobacco and roll-your-own tobacco products. Elements of the FSPTCA include: filing of facility registrations, product listing, constituent testing and

ingredient information; obtaining the FDA's clearance for new products and product modifications; banning all characterising flavours other than tobacco or

menthol in cigarettes; establishing ‘user fees’ to fund the FDA’s regulation of tobacco products; requiring large pictorial warnings to be included on cigarette

packaging and advertising; directing FDA to establish good manufacturing practices; revising the labelling and advertising requirements for smokeless

tobacco products; and requiring the study of menthol. The U.S. Congress did limit the FDA’s authority in various ways, including prohibiting it from:

–Banning categories of tobacco products; and

–Requiring the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero.

On 10 May 2016, the FDA issued a final regulation, referred to as the Deeming Rule, deeming all remaining products that are “made or derived from

tobacco” to be subject to the FDA’s regulatory authority under the FSPTCA. The Deeming Rule became effective as of 8 August 2016, though some

requirements of the Deeming Rule had their own compliance dates. Such ‘deemed’ tobacco products subject to the FSPTCA include, among others,

electronic nicotine delivery systems (including e-cigarettes, e-hookah, e-cigars, vape pens, advanced refillable personal vapourisers, electronic pipes and e-

liquids mixed in vape shops), certain dissolvable tobacco products, cigars, pipe tobacco, and nicotine pouches.

The ‘pre-existing products’ date under the Final Rule for newly deemed products remained the same as the ‘pre-existing products’ date for those tobacco

products already subject to the FSPTCA – 15 February 2007 (known as ‘Pre-Existing Tobacco Products’). Any tobacco product that was not legally

marketed as of 15 February 2007 is considered a new tobacco product subject to premarket review by the FDA. The FDA established a compliance policy

allowing all newly deemed new tobacco products that were on the market as of 8 August 2016 to remain on the market so long as the manufacturer filed a

Premarket Tobacco Product Application (PMTA) by a specific deadline (9 September 2020).

In October 2019, R. J. Reynolds Vapor Company filed PMTAs for Vuse Solo. Based upon requirements of the FSPTCA that must be addressed in PMTAs,

and the FDA’s Guidance regarding the type of evidence required for such applications, the costs of preparing a PMTA are significant. R. J. Reynolds Vapor

Company thereafter filed PMTAs for the remaining Vuse products (Vibe, Ciro, and Alto) and the Velo products (pouch and lozenge) by the September 2020

deadline. Certain additional data from ongoing research relevant to the Alto and Velo applications were submitted as amendments to the PMTAs during the

FDA review process.

The FDA issued marketing granted orders for the Vuse Solo device and its tobacco (‘original’) flavour in October 2021, but issued a marketing denial order

for Vuse Solo flavours other than menthol (which were not on the market). That denial is being appealed with the FDA. In May 2022, the FDA issued

marketing granted orders for the Vuse Vibe device and its tobacco flavour and the Ciro device and its tobacco flavour but issued a marketing denial order for

flavours other than menthol (which were not on the market). R. J. Reynolds Vapor Company has appealed the denials issued for the relevant Vuse Vibe and

Ciro products by requesting further Agency review. We have received and are challenging the FDA's marketing denial orders dated January 2023 related to

Vibe and Ciro (menthol variants) and the FDA’s marketing denial orders dated March 2023 related to Solo (menthol variants).

In October 2023, the FDA issued a marketing denial order for Vuse Alto menthol and mixed-berry (the latter of which was not on the market). As with Vibe,

Ciro, and Solo, we challenged the denial order in court with retailers as co-petitioners. We have received court-ordered stays of enforcement of the FDA’s

denial orders for currently marketed menthol Vuse Alto, Solo, and Vibe products, which means these Vuse menthol products can continue to be marketed

and sold while the judicial review process continues. In the U.S., menthol variants account for 75% of total Vuse consumables (2024: 73%). In a case called

FDA v. Wages & White Lion Investments, L.L.C, the U.S. Supreme Court concluded that with respect to dessert, candy, and fruit-flavoured e-cigarettes sold

by another company, the FDA had not unlawfully changed positions on what evidence was required for those products, and the denial of the marketing

authorisation was rightful. We have arguments that the facts and circumstances of our cases are different from Wages & White Lion. There can be no

assurance, however, that the Vuse menthol or other flavours-related appeals will succeed. The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in 2025 on an important aspect of

R.J. Reynolds Vapor Company’s challenge to the FDA’s denial of menthol and mixed-berry Alto. Specifically, the Supreme Court held that retailers are

“adversely affected” and thus have a cause of action to challenge an FDA denial order. So the retailers affected by the FDA’s denial orders for Vuse menthol

products could validly challenge those orders in the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals. In two subsequent decisions, the Fifth Circuit held that venue is proper so

long as just one of the petitioners has its principal place of business in the circuit, which, assuming it is applied in the Vuse cases, would allow R.J. Reynolds

Vapor Company’s challenges to remain in the Fifth Circuit. The Vuse cases are now being held in abeyance until May 2026. The FDA agreed to review a

new application for menthol Vuse Alto, which R. J. Reynolds Vapour Company submitted in August 2025. The menthol Vuse products can therefore remain

on the market until at least May 2026. In May 2026, if the FDA has not decided the new application, the parties may agree to continue holding the cases in

abeyance for longer, or may proceed to merits briefing.

In July 2024, the FDA issued marketing granted orders for the Vuse Alto device as well as Vuse Alto Rich Tobacco and Golden Tobacco. The Group’s Velo

products remain on the market in the U.S., pending the FDA's decisions on their premarket tobacco product applications and there can be no assurance these

applications will be granted. If the FDA denies a marketing authorisation, then the relevant product(s) would need to be withdrawn from the market (unless a

court, or the agency via supervisory review, intervenes).

Legislation granting the FDA authority over synthetic nicotine products (products containing nicotine not ‘made or derived from tobacco’) went into effect in

April 2022, which required manufacturers of such products to file PMTAs by a May 2022 deadline to continue marketing those products.

In July 2024, the Group acquired the marketing rights to synthetic nicotine pouch products that had submitted PMTAs by the May 2022 deadline. Those

products are marketed as Velo Plus Pouches and Grizzly Pouches. The applications for those products remain pending with the FDA and the products are on

the market in the U.S. pending the FDA’s review. There can be no assurance that the application will be granted.

Comprehensive Plan for Tobacco and Nicotine Regulation

In March 2018, the Agency issued three Advance Notices of Proposed Rulemaking, seeking information on (1) the lowering of nicotine levels to non-

addictive or minimally addictive levels, (2) the impact of flavours (including menthol) in increased initiation among youth and young adults as well as

assisting adult smokers to switch to potentially less harmful forms of nicotine delivery, and (3) the patterns of use and public health impact of premium

cigars. In April 2022, the FDA published a proposed product standard that would ban menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes. The FDA accepted

public comment on this proposed rule through August 2022. RAI Services Company submitted a detailed comment to the FDA (available on the U.S.

Government's Regulations.gov website) opposing the proposed rule as unsupported by existing scientific evidence and with the potential for negative

unintended consequences. The Biden Administration initially announced a non-binding target date of August 2023 for issuing the final rule. The

administration then pushed the target date back to March 2024. Then, in April 2024, the Biden Administration announced that the final rule would be further

delayed, and the final rule has yet to be issued. The rule has now been withdrawn from the FDA’s list of priorities.

Additional regulation

In December 2022, the sale of all tobacco products with characterising flavours other than tobacco (including menthol) were banned in the state of California.

This has negatively impacted the Group's volumes in the U.S. In January 2025, California extended the prohibition to cover tobacco products that produce a

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

“cooling sensation” and instituted a registry for all “unflavored” tobacco products that can be sold in the state – this includes combustibles, Traditional Oral,

Modern Oral and Vapour products. The list took effect on 1 January 2026.

In April 2019, the FDA issued a proposed rule on the format and content of reports to demonstrate substantial equivalence. This follows on from the FDA’s

previous statements regarding the development of foundational rules so as to provide clarity and predictability to the tobacco product submission process,

including not only substantial equivalence applications but new product applications as well as MRTP applications. In September 2019, the FDA published a

proposed rule on the format and content of PMTAs.

The final foundational rules for substantial equivalence and PMTAs were published on 5 October 2021 and became effective on 4 November 2021. The FDA

has not yet promulgated its proposed rule for MRTP applications.

Under the FSPTCA, for a manufacturer to launch a new tobacco product or modify an existing tobacco product after 15 February 2007, the manufacturer

must obtain an order from the FDA authorising the new or modified product to be marketed. One exception is that a manufacturer that introduced a cigarette

or smokeless tobacco product between 15 February 2007 and 22 March 2011 could file a substantial equivalence report with the FDA demonstrating either

(1) that the new or modified product had the same characteristics as a product commercially available as at 15 February 2007, referred to as a predicate

product, or (2) if the new or modified product had different characteristics than the predicate product, that it did not raise different questions of public health.

A product subject to such report is referred to as a provisional product. A manufacturer may continue to market a provisional product unless and until the

FDA issues an order that the provisional product is not substantially equivalent, in which case the FDA could then require the manufacturer to remove the

provisional product from the market. Many of the RAI subsidiaries’ cigarette and smokeless tobacco products currently on the market are provisional

products.

In January 2017, the FDA issued its first proposed product standard whereby it would require the reduction, over a three-year period, of the levels of N-

nitrosonornicotine (NNN) contained in smokeless tobacco products. Since issuing this proposal, the FDA has simply stated that it is evaluating submitted

comments. The FDA’s semi-annual regulatory agenda has not listed the NNN proposal since its publication. Thus, it is not known whether or when this

proposed rule will be finalised, and, if adopted, whether the final rule will be the same as or similar to the proposed rule.

On 18 March 2020, the FDA issued a rule mandating the incorporation on cigarettes packages and advertising of graphic health warnings. The rule required

eleven new textual warnings, each accompanied by a specific graphic image, on the top 50% of the front and back of all cigarette packages, on the left 50%

of the front and back of cigarette cartons, and on 20% of all cigarette advertising in a location at the top of each advertisement, beginning 18 June 2021.

On 3 April 2020, RAI subsidiaries R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company and Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, in conjunction with several cigarette

manufacturers and retailers, filed a lawsuit seeking an order and judgment holding unlawful, enjoining, and setting aside the rule in its entirety. The court,

following multiple orders to delay the implementation of the rule, invalidated it as unconstitutional in December 2022. In February 2023, the FDA appealed

this decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On 21 March 2024, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit issued its opinion reversing

the court’s decision, and concluding that the warnings are constitutional. On 25 November 2024, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to review the Fifth

Circuit’s decision. Plaintiffs continue to pursue their remaining statutory claims against the rule.

On 13 January 2025, the District Court entered an order postponing the effective date of the rule pending final disposition of the remaining statutory claims.

The FDA appealed that order to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit; briefing has concluded and the court has not yet scheduled oral argument. In

the meantime, on 29 August 2025, in a separate case, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Georgia entered an order vacating the rule due to the

FDA’s failure to follow notice-and-comment procedures. The FDA has appealed that order to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit, and the

appeal remains pending.

Under the prior Biden Administration, the FDA announced its intention to issue a final rule to ban menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes. The

Trump Administration has listed the rule as withdrawn on the Spring 2025 Unified Agenda. It is not known whether or when this rule will be finalised, and, if

adopted, whether the final rule will be the same as or similar to the proposed rule.

On 15 January 2025, in the final days of the outgoing Biden Administration, the FDA issued a proposed product standard whereby the agency would limit

nicotine levels in cigarettes following a two-year effective date from publication of any final rule. The proposed rule was subject to public comment. RAI

companies submitted a detailed comment opposing the proposed comment deadline. The Trump Administration has listed the rule as “withdrawn” on the

Spring 2025 Unified Agenda.

Cigarettes and other tobacco products are subject to substantial taxes in the U.S. All states and the District of Columbia currently impose cigarette excise

taxes. Certain city and county governments, such as those of New York City, Philadelphia, and Chicago, also impose substantial excise taxes on cigarettes

sold in those jurisdictions. Also, all states and the District of Columbia currently subject smokeless tobacco products to excise taxes. Various states and the

District of Columbia impose a tax on Vapour products, such as e-cigarettes, and many other states have proposed taxes on Vapour products. Currently, there

is no federal tax on Vapour products.

State and local governments also consider and implement other legislation and regulation regarding the sale of tobacco products. Measures include, among

others, limiting or prohibiting the sale of flavours in tobacco products, restricting where tobacco products may be sold and increasing the minimum age to

purchase tobacco products.

The Group believes that, as a responsible business, it can contribute through information, ideas and practical steps, to help regulators address the key issues

regarding its products, including underage access, illicit trade, product information, product design, involuntary exposure to smoke and the development of

potentially less harmful products, while maintaining a competitive market that accommodates the significant percentage of adults who choose to be tobacco

consumers. The Group is committed to working with national governments and multilateral organisations and welcomes opportunities to participate in good

faith to achieve sensible and balanced regulation of traditional tobacco and potentially RRPs.

See also the Group’s risk factors related to legal, regulatory and compliance risks under Item 3.D.

Notes:

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

Item 4.C - Organizational structure

British American Tobacco p.l.c. is the Group’s parent company. We have a number of direct and indirect subsidiaries, incorporated across the globe. A

complete list of our subsidiaries is filed as Exhibit 8 to this Form 20-F.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Item 4.D - Property, plant and equipment

The Group uses a combination of in-house and contract manufacturers to manufacture its products.

BAT-owned manufacturing facilities1

	United States	AME	APMEA	Total
Fully integrated manufacturing	1	13	22	36
Other processing sites (including leaf threshing and OTP)	—	6	9	15
Sites manufacturing other products (including Snus, Modern Oral and Liquids)	2	5	—	7
Research and development facilities	1	2	3	6
Total	4	26	34	64

Note:

1.As of 31 December 2025.

The plants and properties owned or leased and operated by the Group’s subsidiaries are maintained in good condition and are believed to be suitable and

adequate for the Group’s present needs.

The technology employed in the Group’s factories is sophisticated, especially in the area of cigarette-making and packing where throughputs can reach

between 500 and 1,000 packs per minute. The Group can produce many different pack formats (e.g., the number of cigarettes per packet) and configurations

(e.g., bevel edge, round corner, international) to suit marketing and consumer requirements. New technology machines are sourced from the leading

machinery suppliers to the industry. Close cooperation with these organisations helps the Group support its marketing strategy by driving its product

innovations, which are brought to the market on a regular basis.

The Group utilises quality standards, processes and procedures covering the entire end-to-end value chain to help to ensure quality products are provided to

its customers and adult tobacco consumers according to the Group’s requirements and End Market regulatory requirements.

In 2025, the Group manufactured cigarettes in 36 cigarette factories in 35 countries. These plants and properties are owned or leased and operated by the

Group’s subsidiaries. The Group’s factory outputs and establishments vary significantly in size and production capacity. In line with our corporate

commitment to fight climate change, our factories have decarbonisation, water usage and waste optimisation programmes.

Also in 2025, the Group used third-party manufacturers to manufacture the components required, including the devices, related to New Categories. The

Group also used third-party manufacturers to supplement the Group’s own production facilities in the U.S. and Poland to bottle the liquids used in Vapour

products. Further, in 2025, the Group’s manufacturing facilities in Poland and Sweden (included in the above analysis) also undertook research and

development activities, but were not distinct sites from the manufacturing activities. As such, they were not recorded in the research and development

facilities to avoid the risk of double counting.

For more information on property, plant and equipment, please refer to note 13 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Item 5.A - Operating results

The following discussion is based on and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page 102

of this report.

Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations

The illicit market

The illicit tobacco market has continued to increase since the COVID-19 pandemic, and is estimated to have reached just above 15% of total global

volume in 2025. Exacerbated by the increased cost-of-living in many countries, overall illicit volumes are expected to approach an unprecedented level of

sales by 2027. Illicit trade exists in all world regions. Its growth is forecast to continue to worsen especially in Australasia, and the Middle East and Africa, in

the continued absence of effective enforcement and regulatory or fiscal changes.

Global combustibles regulation

Combustible tobacco products remain among the most tightly regulated consumer goods worldwide. Longstanding measures across many countries include

restrictions on flavour additives, standardised (or plain) packaging, prohibitions on smoking in enclosed public spaces, and bans on retail product displays – all

aimed at reducing the appeal, visibility and accessibility of tobacco.

In recent years, regulation has intensified further, with many governments – often drawing on World Health Organization (WHO) guidance – setting ‘smoke-

free’ or ‘tobacco endgame’ targets aimed at reducing adult smoking prevalence to below 5% within defined timeframes. To achieve these goals,

some countries have begun considering more novel or interventionist approaches.

One such approach is the generational sales ban (GSB), which would permanently prohibit the sale of cigarettes and other tobacco products to anyone born after a

specified year. The UK is among the most prominent examples, with legislation under consideration that would ban sales to individuals born on or after 1 January

The Maldives has enacted similar legislation, while the Turkish, Australian, Irish and Norwegian governments are among those reported to be evaluating

comparable measures to various degrees. Individual lawmakers in other countries and regional assemblies have also attempted to introduce GSB-style bills.

New Zealand and Malaysia were among the first countries to legislate for such policies but subsequently reversed course in 2023, citing concerns around

enforcement, proportionality and constitutional compatibility. The real-world implications of a full generational ban – including any impact on illicit trade – remain

uncertain. Other recent innovations include Canada and Australia’s introduction of requirements for individual health warnings to appear directly on cigarette

sticks.

Lastly, environmental considerations are increasingly shaping tobacco regulation. The European Union’s Single-Use Plastics Directive (SUP Directive)

requires Member States to establish extended producer responsibility schemes covering products such as cigarette filters. The European Commission has

commenced an evaluation of the SUP Directive – to be completed by July 2027 – to assess how it has worked in practice, collect evidence and opinions on

whether the current measures are sufficient, and identify areas for improvement. Proposals to restrict, phase out or more tightly regulate the use of filters in cigarettes

have been raised in a small number of countries.

At the global level, negotiations to develop an internationally binding instrument on plastic pollution, including in the marine environment, remain ongoing.

A number of stakeholders have advocated for the inclusion of measures specific to cigarette filters, signalling that sustainability issues are likely to be an

increasing focus in future tobacco regulation.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

See also the Group risk factors related to legal, regulatory and compliance risks under Item 3.D and the section regarding the regulation of the Group’s

business under Item 4.B for further details on regulation and the related risks.

AI and Optimisation

Artificial intelligence (AI) continues to transform how businesses operate, make decisions and engage with consumers. The integration of AI across product

design, logistics and marketing has accelerated, delivering efficiency gains, deeper insights and more tailored experiences. Yet the full extent of AI’s benefits

is still being realised. While some applications remain experimental or, in some cases, potentially overstated, others are already generating measurable

productivity improvements and reshaping competitive dynamics.

A changing workforce

Automation and intelligent systems are redefining roles and organisational structures. As demand for digital and analytical skills grows, companies are

rethinking talent strategies, upskilling employees and embedding AI into daily operations to boost performance and engagement. Those that adapt early are

likely to capture significant productivity and innovation gains.

Smarter decisions and empowered consumers

AI is enabling businesses to anticipate consumer needs and optimise product design, sustainability and quality. While consumers are using AI to discover,

compare and assess products, making informed, data-driven choices. The growing intersection of AI and personal health technology is also shaping

behaviour. From wearable devices and digital health assistants to personalised wellness recommendations, consumers are using AI to better understand and

manage their wellbeing. For the nicotine industry, these developments could influence how adult consumers seek information, evaluate alternatives and make

more health-conscious decisions – reinforcing the importance of transparency, accuracy and innovation in product development.

Continued transition to new products

The rapid adoption of new, lower risk*† nicotine products is transforming the global market. The category of alternative products has expanded well

beyond early vapour devices to include tobacco heating products (THPs), nicotine pouches, and – more recently – herbal products designed for

heating. These innovations are increasingly popular among adult consumers seeking to continue using nicotine while avoiding the risks of

combusting tobacco.

This shift represents one of the most significant structural changes in the history of the nicotine sector. By 2028, the global number of adult smokers

is projected to fall by around 20 million, driven both by evolving social attitudes towards smoking and the accelerating consumer migration towards

RRPs*†. RRPs are forecast to account for a steadily rising share of total industry revenue, reflecting both consumer demand and continued product

innovation.

Within this landscape, HPs are expected to grow by around 28% in volume over 2024–2029, while nicotine pouches are forecast to grow by

approximately 130%. Volume growth for vapour products is expected to remain inconsistent and broadly flat, reflecting continued legislative

uncertainty and regulatory grey areas in key markets.

New Categories Regulation

While alternative nicotine products are becoming more established across global markets, there remains significant divergence in how RRPs*† are regulated.

These products’ reduced-risk*† potential has been recognised by regulators in the UK and New Zealand, both of which have publicly stated that RRPs*†

represent a lower risk alternative to continued smoking. These countries have introduced proportionate regulatory frameworks that reflect this position while

maintaining strong safeguards to prevent underage access. Other markets, including Greece, the Czech Republic and Sweden, have also signalled cautious

support for Tobacco Harm Reduction as a complementary public health approach.

In contrast, several major markets – such as Brazil, Argentina, Mexico and India – remain sceptical of the potential public health benefits of RRPs*†. These

countries have opted to impose broad restrictions or outright bans on product categories such as vapour products and tobacco heated products. Belgium and

France, similarly, have prohibited the sale of nicotine pouches, while Kazakhstan has implemented a ban on vapour products. In other cases, governments

have adopted more limited prohibitions – such as non-tobacco flavour bans or product-specific restrictions – that nevertheless reduce consumer choice.

It is increasingly important that this debate be informed by evidence, ensuring that millions of adult smokers, who would otherwise continue to smoke, are

not discouraged from switching to reduced-risk*† alternatives.

The UK and Sweden illustrate how balanced, science-led regulations that make RRPs *† available to adult consumers can accelerate Tobacco Harm

Reduction.

The illicit RRP*† market

Stricter nicotine regulations globally have also created significant challenges for the legitimate industry. For example, in 2024 the illicit market is estimated to

have accounted for around 60% of global vapour product sales on a unit basis, being more than 76% of liquids (in litres) sold. We estimate that in the U.S.

illegal flavoured and single-use vapour products account for 70% of the total U.S. vapour market. This rapid growth has in part been fuelled by regulatory

gaps, particularly in regions with restrictive or unclear frameworks and inadequate enforcement. As a result, illicit products have proliferated the market.

Beyond Nicotine1

The Wellbeing and Stimulation category covers products that consumers are seeking to better manage their daily wellbeing. It is expected to grow

to £460 billion by 2030.

Some consumers are also beginning to look at alternative stimulant products that use nicotine-like analogues such as Ceretine, Metatine and Hippotine. These

substances replicate certain effects of nicotine. However, they are not regulated as such, placing analogue-based products in a regulatory grey area and

keeping them niche at present.

The nicotine and cannabis markets continue to evolve, and are expected to reach a combined US$1.2 trillion in value by 2029. While the growth of the adult-

use cannabis market is predominantly concentrated in the U.S., the global cannabis market is anticipated to expand as more countries reassess their

prohibitionist approaches.

In Europe, Germany became the first major EU Member State to legalise personal cultivation and possession for recreational use in 2024, with Luxembourg

and Malta taking similar steps and the Czech Republic legalising home cultivation and limited possession in 2026.

This shifting regulatory environment reflects a broader global trend, as governments assess the health, social and economic implications of legalisation and

seek to balance public health objectives with consumer preferences and emerging economic opportunities.

The global legal recreational cannabis market has grown, from around £5 billion (2019) to £13 billion (2024)2. It is predicted to continue to grow by 8%3

each year, with non-combustible formats driving this category growth.

We believe this is signalling a shift away from traditional smokable combustible cannabis formats into other, potentially less harmful, more progressive

consumption methods.

1.Unless otherwise stated, all data sources within this section are from Euromonitor International research published in 2025 and based on 2024 data (the latest full year available), unless otherwise stated.

All figures exclude China unless otherwise stated.

2.Euromonitor 2024 Market Sizing Data | Global.

3.Euromonitor 2024 Market Sizing Data | Global.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Cost of Living

Despite easing inflation in some regions, the cost of living remains a global challenge. Persistent pressures on energy, food and housing – alongside currency

volatility and uneven wage growth – continued to influence consumption patterns worldwide in 2025. Entering 2026, higher living costs and constrained

disposable income are prompting consumers across both developed and emerging markets to reassess spending priorities and value perceptions.

Global shifts in consumer behaviour

Consumers are becoming more deliberate in their purchasing choices – trading down in some categories, delaying discretionary spending and seeking

promotions or discounts wherever possible. Meanwhile, health, wellbeing and digital lifestyle management continue to shape preferences, even in cost-

conscious contexts. In emerging economies, affordability is a key driver of access and inclusion, while in more mature markets consumers are balancing

price sensitivity with innovation, quality and sustainability.

Balancing cost, health and value

Brands that respond with affordable innovation, transparent value propositions and locally relevant offerings are best placed to maintain loyalty. For the

nicotine industry, ensuring that Reduced-Risk Products*† (RRPs) remain accessible and competitively priced will be critical to supporting informed consumer

choice globally. Fiscal and regulatory frameworks that reflect relative risk potential can help sustain affordability, encourage switching for those who would

otherwise continue to smoke, and reinforce progress toward harm reduction in a cost-sensitive world.

Geopolitics and Trade

The global trading environment remains shaped by heightened geopolitical competition and economic realignment. As the policy shifts that followed the

2024 super-election cycle continue to take effect, governments are pursuing active approaches to industrial policy, supply-chain resilience and market access.

These dynamics will continue to influence trade flows and business strategy through 2026 and beyond, underscoring the importance of stability and

predictable global frameworks.

Evolving trade architecture

The world’s major economies – notably the U.S., China and the EU – are advancing distinct approaches to trade, technology and regulation. This has

encouraged innovation and regional investment, while also creating growing complexity and uneven standards across markets. Greater international

alignment around product quality, safety and sustainability standards will be essential to ensure fair competition, consumer protection and a level playing

field within global markets.

Building resilience

As global trade becomes more fragmented, resilience will depend on flexibility, foresight and engagement with evolving regulations. Businesses that can

adapt quickly will be best placed to manage disruption and maintain market continuity. For the nicotine industry, this means ensuring agile supply chains,

strong compliance systems and active participation in global efforts to enhance consistency and mutual recognition of product standards.

Notes:

All data sources within this section are from Euromonitor International research published in 2025 and based on 2024 data (the latest full year available), unless otherwise stated. All figures exclude China unless

otherwise stated.

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2025 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2024

Group Operating Review

Accounting Policies

The application of the accounting standards and the accounting policies adopted by the Group are set out in the Group Manual of Accounting Policies and

Procedures (GMAPP).

GMAPP includes the Group instructions in respect of the accounting and reporting of business activities, such as revenue recognition, asset valuations and

impairment testing, adjusting items, the accrual of obligations and the appraisal of contingent liabilities, which include taxes and litigation. Formal processes

are in place whereby central management and End Market management confirm adherence to the principles and the procedures and to the completeness of

reporting. Central analyses and revision of information are also performed to ensure and confirm adherence.

In order to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial information in accordance with IFRS, management has used estimates and assumptions that affect the

reported amounts of revenue, expenses and assets, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the date of the financial statements.

Accounting Estimates

The critical accounting estimates are described in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts and include:

–review of asset values, including goodwill and impairment testing;

–estimation of provisions, including as related to taxation and legal matters, specifically in respect of the Approved Plans in the Canadian litigation

settlement; and

–estimation and accounting for retirement benefit cost.

Accounting Judgements

The critical accounting judgements are described in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts and include:

–identification and quantification of adjusting items;

–determination as to the value of provisions and the exposures to contingent liabilities related to litigation (including as related to Canada) or other

outstanding claims;

–determination as to whether control (subsidiaries), joint control (joint arrangements), or significant influence (associates) exist in relation to investments

held by the Group;

–review of applicable exchange rates for transactions with and translation of entities in territories where there are restrictions on the free access to foreign

currency or multiple exchange rates; and

–the determination as to whether perpetual hybrid bonds should be classified as equity instead of borrowings.

Revenue

Reported revenue decreased 1.0% to £25,610 million, negatively impacted by a translational foreign exchange headwind of 3.1%.

On a constant currency basis, revenue grew by 2.1%. Our performance was driven by:

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

–The U.S. where revenue increased 2.3% to £11,534 million (up 5.5% at constant rates of exchange) driven by combustibles, which benefitted from both

strong price/mix (including excise duty drawback) contributing +12.3% and the success of the Velo Plus launch (with Modern Oral up 297% to £317

million (up 310% at constant rates of exchange))..

These more than offset lower combustibles volume (down 7.7%) and lower revenue in Vapour (down 6.4% to £934 million, being a decrease of 3.4% at

constant rates of exchange);

–AME, which was up 0.7% to £9,309 million (up 3.3% at constant rates of exchange). This was led by combustibles price/mix (+7.2%) and the growth of

Modern Oral (up 18.3% to £800 million, an increase of 17.3% at constant rates of exchange), which drove New Categories up 4.8% to £1,813 million (up

4.3% at constant rates of exchange) despite a decline in Vapour of 11.2% to £543 million (down 11.4% at constant rates of exchange); and

–APMEA, which was down 10.9% to £4,767 million (down 7.2% at constant rates of exchange) due to regulatory and fiscal challenges in Australia and

Bangladesh, partially offset by higher revenue in Pakistan, Nigeria and Indonesia.

New Categories continued to grow, with revenue up 5.5% to £3,621 million (up 7.0% at constant rates of exchange) driven by Modern Oral (up 47.4% to

£1,165 million, an increase of 48.0% at constant rates of exchange). While HP was down 0.7% to £914 million, this was an increase of 1.0% at constant rates

of exchange)). However, Vapour declined 10.4% to £1,542 million (down 8.6% at constant rates of exchange) due to the continued impact of illicit products

mainly in the U.S. and Canada and regulatory and excise changes in the UK, Poland and France and market exits.

Refer to pages 34 to 37 for a discussion on regional performance and pages 37 to 40 for a further discussion on the performance by category.

Profit From Operations

Profit from operations on a reported basis was up 265%, with reported operating margin up 28.4 ppts to 39.0%. This was driven by lower adjusting items of

£1,575 million (compared to £9,154 million in 2024), largely due to:

–movements in respect of the Canadian litigation settlement. While 2024 included a charge of £6.2 billion, 2025 benefited from a net credit of £524 million

following a change to the forecasted Canadian combustibles industry performance. This reduced the provision by £708 million (credit) but was partly offset by a

goodwill impairment charge of £184 million, described on page 162;

–the classification in 2025 of the Group's business in Cuba as held-for-sale, recognising a charge of £235 million (2024: £74 million); and

–the partial release of the provision recognised in respect of an excise assessment in Romania (2025: £15 million credit; 2024: £449 million charge).

Translational foreign exchange was a headwind of 3.1% or £364 million.

On an adjusted, constant rates basis, profit from operations was up 0.4%, despite inflation on our product costs estimated to be 5.8% (or £315 million). This

increase was largely due to the U.S., which was up 5.9%, and AME, up 1.7%. However, APMEA was down 17.9%, with the regional delivery largely driven

by the respective revenue performance discussed above.

The regional performance includes a total increase in New Categories contribution of £193 million to £442 million at constant rates.

Included within the Group’s adjusted profit from operations was £308 million (2024: £520 million) related to the Canadian business, excluding New

Categories.

Raw materials and other consumables costs decreased 2.2% to £4,465 million in 2025, compared to £4,565 million in 2024.

Our reported costs are impacted by translational foreign exchange, which was a tailwind in 2025.

Our cost base was negatively impacted by the macro-economic headwinds, with inflation of £315 million (or 5.8%) in 2025 mainly due to higher leaf prices

(impacted by adverse weather conditions) and manufacturing costs (labour and utilities). Results will likely continue to be impacted by inflationary forces

(particularly related to tobacco leaf). Such pressures were offset by efficiency initiatives delivering £327 million in 2025 in total savings.

We committed to deliver cost savings of over £1.2 billion in the three years to 2025 and have delivered £1.2 billion, in line with expectations.

Transactional foreign exchange was also a negative drag to our performance, at £96 million in 2025, due to movement in our operating currencies largely

against the US dollar.

Employee benefit costs increased 10.4% to £3,125 million (2024: £2,831 million). The increase in 2025 was driven by salary inflation, a £28 million charge

as the UK pension fund progressed towards a buy-out and a higher average overall headcount (2025: 50,290; 2024: 48,209), including an increased

headcount in the U.S. in line with reinvestment in trade capabilities.

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs declined by £554 million to £2,547 million in 2025 compared to £3,101 million in 2024. The charge

largely relates to the amortisation of certain U.S. combustibles brands over a useful economic life not exceeding 30 years from 1 January 2024.

However, the decrease was mainly due to a charge, in 2024, in respect of Camel Snus as the Group recognised an impairment charge of £646 million

reflecting the U.S. market dynamics as consumers of traditional snus products increasingly adopt Modern Oral variants and which did not repeat.

This was partly offset by the recognition in 2025 of goodwill impairment charges of £72 million in respect of Peru and £21 million (2024: £39 million) in

respect of Malaysia in response to the ongoing difficult trading conditions. Also in 2025, a goodwill impairment charge of £184 million was recognised to

reflect the revised forecast of the Group's Canadian business.

These are described in notes 4 and 7 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Expenditure on research and development, including employee benefit costs and depreciation, was £358 million in 2025 (2024: £380 million), with a focus

on products that could potentially reduce the risk associated with smoking conventional cigarettes.

Other operating income decreased by £148 million to £192 million (2024: £340 million), as income in 2024 included the settlement of historical litigation

in respect of the Fox River (£132 million).

Other operating expenses decreased by £7,198 million to £5,895 million (2024: increase of £5,555 million to £13,093 million).

Both years have been impacted by the provision recognised in relation to the Canadian litigation settlement. In 2024, a charge of £6,203 million was

recognised. In 2025, this was partially reversed, following a change to the forecasted Canadian combustibles industry performance impacting the present

value of the future liability, partially offset by the finalisation of the terms of the settlement, resulting in a net credit of £708 million as described in note 24 in

Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Furthermore in 2024, the Group recognised a charge in respect of an excise assessment in Romania of £449 million, which was reduced by £15 million in

2025.

The Group continued to invest in New Categories, maintaining the level of investment (in marketing spend and research and development) in line with 2024.

The Group incurred £49 million (2024: £66 million) of costs related to recycling (Take-Back and waste collection schemes).These charges are described in

note 33 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Adjusting items included within profit from operations totalled £1,575 million in 2025 (2024: £9,154 million). These mainly related to:

–trademark amortisation and impairment (2025: £1,584 million; 2024: £2,279 million) largely in respect of the impairment of certain of the U.S. acquired

brands as discussed within note 12 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts. The decrease in 2025 was mainly due to the adjustment for the impairment

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

charge (in 2024) in respect of Camel Snus of £646 million. Also in 2025, a goodwill impairment charge of £184 million was recognised to reflect the

revised forecast of the Group's Canadian business with goodwill impairment charges recognised of £72 million in respect of Peru and £21 million (2024:

£39 million) in respect of Malaysia in response to the ongoing difficult trading conditions;

–a net credit of £708 million in 2025 (compared to a charge of £6,203 million in 2024), in respect of the settlement provision in Canada discussed earlier;

–a credit in 2025 of £15 million (compared to a charge of £449 million in 2024)in respect of an excise assessment in Romania;

–a charge of £66 million mainly in respect of the Fit2Win programme, which will simplify the way we work, with increased agility and embedding digital

decision making;

–a charge of £39 million which related to the loss of a distribution facility in Ukraine following a missile attack in the second half of 2025;

–a charge of £235 million related to the classification of the Group's business in Cuba as held-for-sale (2024: £74 million);

–other litigation costs of £66 million (2024: £157 million) which, in both periods, was mainly in respect of U.S. litigation costs including Engle progeny and other

health-related claims. Refer to note 6(d) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts;

–a charge of £28 million recognised in respect of the proposed pension liability management programme as the UK pension fund progressed towards a buy-out;

–impairment charges in 2024 in respect of fixed assets related to the Group’s head office in London (£75 million) that did not repeat; and

–a credit in 2024 as the Group settled the historical litigation in respect of the Fox River (£132 million).

Adjusted profit from operations is the Group’s profit from operations before adjusting items referred to above.

Adjusted profit from operations decreased by 2.7% to £11,572 million (2024: £11,890 million). On a constant currency basis, this was an increase of 0.4%.

New Categories continued to improve their financial performance.

Included within the Group’s adjusted profit from operations was £308 million (2024: £520 million) related to the Canadian business, excluding New

Categories.

Operating Margin

Operating margin in 2025 was up 28.4 ppts to 39.0% compared to 10.6% in 2024. This improvement was largely due to the net impact of lower one-off items

described earlier, including the net impact of charges in respect of the provision recognised in relation to the Canadian settlement.

Excluding the adjusting items and the impact of translational foreign exchange, in 2025, adjusted operating margin decreased by 80 bps to 45.2% from

46.0% in 2024 at constant rates of exchange. The decrease was driven by the difficult trading in high margin markets including Australia and Canada which

more than offset the improved financial performance of New Categories.

Net Finance Costs

In 2025, net finance costs were £1,819 million, an increase of £721 million on 2024 which were £1,098 million.

The increase in net finance costs was largely due to:

–a net credit in 2024 of £590 million related to the capped cash debt tender offers, which targeted series of low-priced, long-dated GBP-, EUR- and USD-

denominated bonds, under which the Group repurchased bonds prior to their maturity in an aggregate principal amount of £1.8 billion, including

£15 million of accrued interest, completed in May 2024 and, including other costs of £3 million;

–a charge, in 2025, of £112 million related to the unwinding of the discount on the provision associated with the Approved Plans in Canada;

–interest of £66 million (2024: £8 million) in respect of a tax provision in the Netherlands (described in note 8 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts);

partly offset by

–a net monetary gain of £63 million related to Venezuela, due to the continued application of hyperinflation accounting under IAS 29; and

–lower finance costs related to FII GLO of £30 million (2024: £61 million), discussed within note 10(b) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Before adjusting items described above, adjusted net finance costs were 3.8% higher at £1,649 million (2024: £1,589 million), an increase of 5.5% at constant

rates of exchange, as 2025 was also impacted by a translational foreign exchange tailwind due to the relative movement of sterling of 1.7%.

This was largely due to lower interest income mainly related to balances held in Canada, as £2.6 billion was paid in line with the Approved Plans (discussed

on page 162) with interest income (net of fair value gains on derivatives) in Canada reducing from £126 million in 2024 to £57 million in 2025.

The Group’s average cost of debt was 5.0% in 2025, compared to 4.9% in 2024.

In 2021, the Group issued perpetual hybrid bonds totalling €2 billion. During 2025, the Group repurchased €1 billion of perpetual hybrid bonds and issued a

further €1.2 billion of perpetual hybrid bonds. The perpetual hybrid bonds are recognised, in line with IAS 32 Financial Instruments, as equity. Interest on

such instruments is recognised in reserves rather than as a charge to the income statement in net finance costs. Accordingly, in 2025, in line with IAS 33

Earnings Per Share, £87 million (2024: £42 million) has been recognised as a deduction from earnings similar to non-controlling interests.

The Group has debt maturities of around £2.4 billion in 2026 and around £2.9 billion in 2027. Due to higher interest rates, net finance costs are expected to

increase as debts are refinanced.

Associates and Joint Ventures

Associates largely comprised the Group’s shareholding in its Indian associate, ITC Limited (ITC) with investments in other associates including Organigram

Global Inc. (Organigram).

The Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, included at the pre-tax level under IFRS, decreased from £1,900 million to

£1,681 million in 2025.

ITC and ITC Hotels

The Group’s share of post-tax results in respect of ITC was 12.3% lower at £1,672 million (2024: £1,906 million).

In 2025, the Group recognised a credit of £333 million (net of tax) as an adjusting item, being the Group’s share of a gain recognised by ITC following the

demerger of ITC’s hotel business (ITC Hotels) that was completed on 1 January 2025. The Group’s initial direct stake was approximately 15% and

recognised as a non-current investment on the balance sheet held at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income. In December 2025, the Group sold 9%

of ITC Hotels in a block trade with the retained direct stake reduced to 6.3%. Please see note 14 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts. Net proceeds

from the sale amounted to £318 million.

However, the credit to the Income Statement was more than offset by a lower gain in respect of the sale by the Group of shares held in ITC. In 2025, the

Group sold 313.0 million ordinary shares held in ITC, realising a gain of £898 million. This compares to a gain of £1,361 million in 2024 when the Group

sold 436.9 million ordinary shares. The sale in 2025 represents 2.5% (2024: 3.5%) of ITC's ordinary shares.

The gains have been treated as an adjusting item in both years.

Included in the results for 2025 and 2024 are other adjusting items, which included a deemed gain of £6 million in 2025 (2024: £18 million), arising on the

deemed disposal of part of the Group’s shareholding in ITC (due to issuances of ordinary shares under the ITC Employee Share Option Scheme).

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

As a result of the above, the Group's share of ITC has reduced from 25.45% (31 December 2024) to 22.91% at 31 December 2025.

Organigram Global Inc.

On 28 February 2025, the Group made the third and final tranche investment in Organigram for CAD$42 million (£23 million), subscribing for 7,562,447

common shares and 5,330,728 preferred shares at a price of CAD$3.22 per share. As a result of this investment, BAT's ownership in Organigram increased to

36.8%.

VST Industries Limited

One of our associates, VST Industries Limited, recognised an adjusting gain in relation to a sale of land and buildings. The Group's share of this gain was

£3 million.

Excluding such adjusting items and the impact of translational foreign exchange, the Group’s share of associates and joint ventures on an adjusted, constant

currency basis declined 8.6% in2025 to £475 million (2024: £521 million), largely driven by the reduction in the Group’s shareholding in ITC.

Analysis of Profit from Operations, Net Finance Costs and Results from Associates and Joint Ventures - 2025
				At constant rates1
	Reported<br><br>£m	Adjusting<br><br>items<br><br>£m	Adjusted<br><br>£m	Impact of<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Adjusted<br><br>at CC1<br><br>£m
Profit from operations
U.S.	4,942	1,601	6,543	223	6,766
AME	3,433	(128)	3,305	72	3,377
APMEA	1,622	102	1,724	69	1,793
Total regions	9,997	1,575	11,572	364	11,936
Net finance costs	(1,819)	170	(1,649)	(27)	(1,676)
Associates and joint ventures	1,681	(1,239)	442	33	475
Profit before tax	9,859	506	10,365	370	10,735	Analysis of Profit from Operations, Net Finance Costs and results from Associates and Joint Ventures - 2024
---	---	---	---
	Reported<br><br>£m	Adjusting<br><br>items<br><br>£m	Adjusted<br><br>£m
Profit/(loss) from operations
U.S.	4,087	2,299	6,386
AME	(3,464)	6,784	3,320
APMEA	2,113	71	2,184
Total regions	2,736	9,154	11,890
Net finance costs	(1,098)	(491)	(1,589)
Associates and joint ventures	1,900	(1,379)	521
Profit before tax	3,538	7,284	10,822

Notes:

1.As translated in 2024 rates of exchange.

Tax

In 2025, the tax charge in the income statement was £2,094 million, compared to £357 million in 2024. The effective tax rates in the income statement were

therefore 21.2% in 2025 and 10.1% in 2024. These are affected by the inclusion of adjusting items described earlier and the associates and joint ventures’ post-

tax profit in the Group’s pre-tax results.

Excluding these items, the underlying tax rate for subsidiaries was 24.6% in 2025 and 24.9% in 2024. The marginal decrease in the underlying tax rate in 2025

largely reflects the mix of profits and changes in legislation (including the new Pillar Two rules, described in note 10(c) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the

Accounts).

See the section Non-GAAP measures on page 46 for the computation of underlying tax rates for the periods presented.

In September 2025, the Court of Appeal issued its judgment in respect of the ongoing tax disputes in the Netherlands. While further avenues of appeal are being

pursued, the Group has increased the provision by £171 million, with a total provision of £326 million at 31 December 2025. Please refer to the Tax Disputes

section within note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts of the Notes to the Accounts for further information.

Earnings Per Share

Profit for the year was £7,765 million, up 144.1% (2024: £3,181 million).

The improvement largely relates to the lower net impact in respect of the Canadian settlement described on page 162.

In both 2025 and 2024, the Group undertook a share repurchase programme, totalling £1.1 billion and £0.7 billion respectively. These reduced the number of

shares (for the purposes of the EPS calculation) by 0.67% (2024: 0.62%).

After accounting for the movement in non-controlling interests in the year, basic earnings per share were 351.0p (2024: 136.7p).

Diluted earnings per share were 349.1p in 2025, compared to 136.0p in 2024.

Earnings per share (EPS) are impacted by the adjusting items discussed earlier.

Adjusted diluted EPS, as calculated in note 11 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts, was 2.9% lower in 2025 at 352.1p, with 2024 at 362.5p.

Adjusted diluted EPS at constant rates would have been 0.7% ahead of 2024 at 365.0p.

Included within the Group’s adjusted diluted EPS at constant rates was 12.2p (2024: 21.4p) related to the Canadian business, excluding New Categories.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Regional Review

United States

Top Markets:

The U.S. is a top market for Cigarettes, Vapour, Modern Oral and Traditional Oral products

Volume (units)
	2025	vs 2024	2024
New Categories:
Vapour (units mn)	262	-8.8%	287
HP (sticks bn)	—	—	—
Modern Oral (pouches bn)	3.5	+249%	1.0
Traditional Oral (stick eq bn)	4.8	-8.9%	5.3
Cigarettes (bn sticks)	43	-7.7%	47
Other (bn sticks eq)*	1	-0.1%	—
Total Combustibles	44	-7.7%	47

Notes:

*Other includes MYO/RYO.

Revenue (m)
	vs 2024	2025	2025	vs 2024<br><br>(adj at cc)	2024
	%	FX	at CC	%	Reported
New Categories:
Vapour	-6.4%	29	963	-3.4%	998
HP	—	—	—	—	—
Modern Oral	+297%	10	327	+310%	80
Total New Categories	+16.1%	39	1,290	+19.8%	1,078
Traditional Oral	-5.0%	31	1,037	-2.0%	1,058
Total Smokeless	+5.6%	70	2,327	+9.0%	2,136
Combustibles	+1.4%	295	9,513	+4.6%	9,094
Other	+23.2%	4	63	+27.5%	48
Revenue	+2.3%	369	11,903	+5.5%	11,278
% of Smokeless	+70 bps				18.9%

All values are in British Pounds.

Revenue

In 2025, revenue increased 2.3%, despite a translational foreign exchange headwind, negatively impacting revenue by 3.2%. On a constant currency basis,

which we believe reflects the operational performance, revenue increased 5.5%. This was driven by the performance in:

Combustibles

Revenue was up 1.4% to £9,218 million. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 4.6%, as the positive impact of price/mix (including excise duty

drawback) of +12.3% more than offset a 7.7% reduction in volume, compared to the industry volume decline of 7.4%.

The U.S. combustibles industry continues to be negatively impacted by the adult nicotine consumer migration to alternative nicotine products (Vapour and

pouches). The level of poly-usage for combustibles consumers continued to increase as part of the consumer migration journey, reaching 53% in 2025, up 4

ppts from 2023. In addition, continued consumer affordability pressure resulted in downtrading to the deep-discount category (in which the Group is not

present).

Our volume share was down 10 bps while value share was up 30 bps following the commercial actions taken in 2024 to deliver sustainable value.

New Categories

Revenue was up 16.1% to £1,251 million, an increase of 19.8% (at constant rates of exchange), driven by:

–Modern Oral, where revenue increased by 297% (or 310% at constant rates of exchange), driven by higher volume (up 249%), following the successful

national roll-out of Velo Plus. Accordingly, our category volume share was up 11.6 ppts to 18.0% with value share growth of 9.1 ppts to 13.1%. This

performance has positioned Velo as the fastest growing brand in the category, reaching the number 2 position in both volume and value share.

While we await the outcome of our PMTA submission for new Velo variants, we have invested in higher capacity to support our sustainable growth agenda.

In addition, in August 2025, we expanded distribution of Grizzly nicotine pouches, reaching 1.8% national share by December 2025 - successfully capturing

Grizzly Traditional Oral consumers interacting with the Modern Oral category.

This was partly offset by:

–Vapour, where the U.S. is the world's largest market. Revenue was down 6.4%, a decline of 3.4% at constant rates of exchange, as price/mix (+5.4%) was

offset by an 8.8% decline in consumables volume driven by an industry decline of c.9% mainly due to the continued impact of illicit single-use vapour

products. There are encouraging signs for Vuse with the brand back to revenue growth in the second half of 2025 driven by increased enforcement at a

Federal and State level. We remain optimistic that Vuse will benefit as the authorities continue with enforcement initiatives in 2026. We maintained

leadership in value share with an increase in value share of 2.0 ppts to 51.7%*; and

*Based on estimated value share for Vapour in tracked channels (i.e., value share of rechargeable closed systems consumables and disposables sales in retail) in the Top Vapour markets. Top Vapour markets are defined

as the Top markets by industry revenue, being the U.S., Canada, the UK, France, Germany, Poland and Spain. These Top markets account for c.80% of total industry vapour revenue (rechargeable closed systems

consumables and disposables in tracked channels) in 2024.

Traditional Oral

Revenue was down 5.0% (down 2.0% on a constant currency basis), as price/mix (+6.9%) was more than offset by lower volume (down 8.9%) due to the

continued Poly-use* of Modern Oral by Traditional Oral consumers.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Value share in the U.S. decreased 40 bps, with volume share down 40 bps, negatively impacted by consumer migration predominantly in the aspirational

premium segment, where Grizzly is positioned.

*Refers to consumers consuming two or more tobacco and/or nicotine products.

Profit from Operations

Reported profit from operations increased by 20.9% to £4,942 million (2024: £4,087 million), as both an impairment charge of £646 million in respect of

Camel Snus (see page 31) and income (£132 million) related to Fox River recognised in 2024 did not repeat. Accordingly, reported operating margin was up

6.6 ppts to 42.8% (2024: 36.2%).

Excluding adjusting items (largely in respect of amortisation, impairment charges and income related to Fox River recognised in 2024) and a translational

foreign exchange headwind of £223 million, our performance was positively impacted by the growth in revenue (described above).

At constant rates of exchange, adjusted profit from operations was up 5.9% to £6,766 million, with adjusted operating margin up 20 bps.

Update on regulation

We are encouraged by the FDA's actions, the implementation of vapour directories and enforcement actions in 18 states, representing 48% of the legal

Vapour industry^. There are positive signs of illicit disposables decline and legal industry recovery in eight states (approximately 22% of the legal industry^).

However, we believe more effective enforcement is needed to drive a meaningful impact and legalise the vapour industry. This is why we took the proactive

step of filing two complaints with the U.S. International Trade Commission. One of those complaints is based on patent infringement while the other is based

on unfair trade practices.

Notes:

^Data sourced from tracked retail channels.

Also, as stated on the pages above, based upon the published science, we believe that a ban on menthol cigarettes would negatively affect, not benefit, public

health. We believe a ban on menthol is contrary to the FDA’s stated goal of reducing the health effects of tobacco use.

AME

Top Markets:

Cigarettes: Brazil, Germany, Mexico and Romania

HP: Germany, Greece, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Spain and the Czech Republic

Vapour: Canada, France, Germany, Poland, Spain and the UK

Modern Oral: Denmark, Norway, Poland, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK

Volume (units)
	2025	vs 2024	2024
New Categories:
Vapour (units mn)	244	-11.6%	276
HP (sticks bn)	8	-3.4%	8
Modern Oral (pouches bn)	7.5	+19.0%	6.3
Traditional Oral (stick eq bn)	0.7	-10.3%	0.8
Cigarettes (bn sticks)	227	-4.5%	238
Other (bn sticks eq)*	10	-12.4%	11
Total Combustibles	237	-4.9%	249

Notes:

*Other combustibles includes MYO/RYO.

Revenue (m)
	vs 2024	2025	2025	vs 2024<br><br>(adj at cc)	2024
	%	FX	at CC	%	Reported
New Categories:
Vapour	-11.2%	(1)	542	-11.4%	611
HP	+6.2%	1	471	+6.2%	443
Modern Oral	+18.3%	(6)	794	+17.3%	676
Total New Categories	+4.8%	(6)	1,807	+4.3%	1,730
Traditional Oral	+9.9%	(1)	36	+5.1%	34
Total Smokeless	+4.9%	(7)	1,843	+4.4%	1,764
Combustibles	-0.9%	226	7,200	+2.3%	7,039
Other1	+10.8%	20	505	+15.7%	438
Revenue	+0.7%	239	9,548	+3.3%	9,241
% of smokeless	+80 bps				19.1%

All values are in British Pounds.

Note:

1.Other revenue in AME largely relates to sales of leaf to external parties and revenue from warehousing and distribution of other fast moving consumer goods.

Revenue

Reported revenue was up 0.7%, negatively impacted by a translational foreign exchange headwind of 2.6%.

On a constant currency basis, which we believe reflects the operational performance, revenue increased by 3.3% to £9,548 million.

This was driven by the performance in:

Combustibles

Revenue was down 0.9% to £6,974 million, negatively impacted by a translational foreign exchange headwind of 3.2%.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

On a constant currency basis, revenue was 2.3% higher, largely driven by higher volume and pricing in Türkiye, Brazil and Mexico. These factors combined

with robust pricing in Romania to more than offset a reduction in revenue in Canada (due to lower price/mix and volume) and Germany (driven by lower

volume).

Cigarette value share was down 70 bps in 2025.

Cigarette volume share grew 10 bps with volume share up in Brazil and Mexico partially offset by Romania and Germany.

New Categories

Revenue was up 4.8% to £1,813 million, an increase of 4.3% at constant rates of exchange, driven by:

–Modern Oral, where we are category leaders, with volume up 19.0%. Revenue grew 18.3% or 17.3% at constant rates of exchange, while volume share of

the Modern Oral category was down 20 bps.

The volume and revenue growth reflects the strength of our portfolio in both established oral markets across Scandinavia, and markets that are more recent

adopters of Modern Oral such as the UK, Switzerland and Austria; and

–HP (revenue up 6.2% or 6.2% at constant rates of exchange), as higher revenue in Italy and Germany was partly offset by lower revenue in Romania largely

due to the prioritisation of resource allocation ahead of the wider roll-out of glo Hilo in the region.

These more than offset a decline from:

–Vapour (revenue down 11.2% or 11.4% at constant rates of exchange), largely driven by a decline in revenue in Canada (due to the continued lack of

enforcement against illegal flavoured vapour products) and regulatory and excise changes in the UK, Poland and France. Our value share* leadership was

down 60 bps with gains in Germany more than offset by a value share decline in Canada.

Our new premium innovation, Vuse Ultra, offers consumers a highly differentiated, connected and customisable experience. We are encouraged by the

early performance in Canada, Germany and France.

Our strategic focus is to drive growth in Vapour through premiumisation of rechargeable closed system products (including via Vuse Ultra) while

approaching the single-use product category, where relevant, in a responsible way.

*Based on estimated value share for Vapour in tracked channels (i.e., value share of rechargeable closed systems consumables and disposables sales in retail) in the Top Vapour markets.

Profit from Operations

Reported profit from operations increased to a profit of £3,433 million (from a loss of £3,464 million in 2024), largely due to movements in respect of the

Canadian litigation settlement. While 2024 included a charge of £6.2 billion, 2025 benefited from a net credit of £524 million following a change to the

forecasted Canadian combustibles industry performance. This reduced the provision by £708 million (credit) but was partly offset by a goodwill impairment

charge of £184 million. Please see note 6(c) and 24 (for more information on the movement in the provision) and note 12(e)(vii) (for more information on

goodwill) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Our performance was also negatively impacted by:

–the classification in 2025 of the Group's business in Cuba as held-for-sale, recognising a charge of £235 million (2024: £74 million) as discussed on page

170;

–a charge of £39 million which related to the loss of a distribution facility in Ukraine following a missile attack in the second half of 2025; and

–a goodwill impairment charge in Peru (£72 million) recognised due to the ongoing difficult trading conditions.

These were partially offset by a credit of £15 million in respect of an excise audit in Romania (2024: £449 million charge). Other fixed asset charges of £75

million in 2024 did not repeat.

Our performance was also negatively impacted by a translational foreign exchange headwind of £72 million or 2.2%.

Excluding the impact of currency and adjusting items (described above), the regional performance was driven by:

–Brazil (due to combustibles with higher volume and pricing);

–Romania (driven by pricing in combustibles); and

–Türkiye (led by the revenue performance in combustibles).

The increase was also due an improved financial performance across our New Categories; notably in Modern Oral (driven by Sweden, Switzerland and

Italy), Vapour (which became profitable on a category contribution basis) and a reduction in losses in HP driven by resource allocation.

At constant rates of exchange, adjusted profit from operations was up 1.7% in 2025.

Included within the Region’s adjusted profit from operations was £308 million (2024: £520 million) related to the Canadian business, excluding New

Categories.

APMEA

Top Markets:

Cigarettes: Japan and Pakistan

HP: Japan and South Korea

Volume (units)
	2025	vs 2024	2024
New Categories:
Vapour (units mn)	32	-38.2%	53
HP (sticks bn)	12	-3.9%	13
Modern Oral (pouches bn)	1.2	+24.7%	1.0
Traditional Oral (stick eq bn)	—	0.0%	0.0
Cigarettes (bn sticks)	195	-11.6%	220
Other (bn sticks eq)*	1	-26.9%	2
Total Combustibles	196	-11.7%	222

Note:

*Other combustibles includes MYO/RYO.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Revenue (m)
---	---	---	---	---	---
	vs 2024	2025	2025	vs 2024 (adj at<br><br>cc)	2024
	%	FX	at CC	%	Reported
New Categories:
Vapour	-41.2%	3	69	-39.4%	112
HP	-7.0%	12	465	-3.8%	478
Modern Oral	+39.8%	1	47	+44.2%	34
Total New Categories	-10.6%	16	581	-7.6%	624
Traditional Oral	0.0%	—	—	0.0%	—
Total Smokeless	-10.6%	16	581	-7.6%	624
Combustibles	-11.9%	177	4,199	-8.3%	4,552
Other	+16.3%	12	209	+23.7%	172
Revenue	-10.9%	205	4,989	-7.2%	5,348
% of smokeless	Flat				11.7%

All values are in British Pounds.

Revenue

In 2025, revenue declined 10.9% to £4,767 million.

Translational foreign exchange was a headwind of 3.7%.

On a constant currency basis, which we believe reflects the operational performance, revenue was down 7.2%. This was largely driven by:

Combustibles

Revenue was down 11.9% to £4,009 million. On a constant currency basis, revenue declined 8.3%, largely due to the regulatory and fiscal challenges

impacting combustibles in Australia and Bangladesh, partly offset by higher combustibles revenue in Nigeria, Indonesia and Pakistan.

Our combustibles value share declined 40 bps in 2025 with volume share down 40 bps as volume share gains in Pakistan were more than offset by reductions

in Japan.

New Categories

New Categories revenue was down 10.6% to £557 million, a decline of 7.6% at constant rates of exchange.

Revenue grew in Modern Oral (up 39.8% to £48 million, an increase of 44.2% at constant rates of exchange) with strong revenue growth in Global Travel

Retail (GTR), Pakistan, Japan and South Africa.

However, this was more than offset by a reduction in:

–HP (down 7.0% to £444 million, or a decline of 3.8% at constant rates of exchange), largely driven by Japan (which remains highly competitive alongside

the continued phase-out of our legacy super-slims platform) and South Korea, partially offset by a strong performance in Kazakhstan; and

–Vapour, as volume was down 38.2%, leading to a 41.2% reduction in revenue to £65 million, being a decline 39.4% at constant rates of exchange. This

was largely driven by lower volume in South Africa and New Zealand and by the Group exiting the category in a number of markets (including Malaysia

and Saudi Arabia).

Profit from Operations

Profit from operations was down 23.3% to £1,622 million (2024: £2,113 million), including a translational foreign exchange headwind of £69 million or

3.2%. The lower profit from operations was mainly driven by the revenue movements above.

In 2025, the Group recognised a further impairment charge of £21 million (2024: £39 million) in respect of Malaysia in response to the ongoing difficult

trading conditions.

Excluding adjusting items and translational foreign exchange, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates was down 17.9% to £1,793 million driven by:

–Australia, due to continued increases in the illicit segment which we estimate now accounts for more than 65% of the combustibles industry volume, with

the duty paid combustibles industry volume down more than 40% in 2025; and

–Bangladesh, driven by the increase in excise and minimum price in January 2025, necessitating an increase in consumer prices by 20-30%, which resulted

in a reduction in the duty paid combustibles industry volume by more than 20%.

However, these were partly offset by an increase in Pakistan (led by the growth of Modern Oral and pricing in combustibles), Nigeria (driven by higher

combustibles volume and improved combustibles pricing) and Indonesia (driven by higher combustibles volume and pricing).

For more details on the segmental analysis, please refer to note 2 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Please refer to page 28 for further details on our views regarding regulation affecting the Group’s results as well as for a discussion on regulatory

developments in Combustibles during 2025 and 2024.

Category Review

Vapour - Vuse

Vapour consumables volume declined 12.6% to 538 million units in 2025.

Led by Vuse, BAT maintained global Vapour value share* leadership with an increase in full-year closed system value share of 60 bps vs 2024.

Consumers of our Vapour products increased by 0.6 million to 12.7 million.

Proportion of Vapour revenue by region	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
U.S.	934	998
AME	543	611
APMEA	65	112
Total	1,542	1,721

Group Vapour performance was negatively impacted by:

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

–The U.S., the world's largest Vapour market, where Group volume was down 8.8% mainly due to the continued proliferation of illicit single-use vapour

products. Accordingly, revenue was down 6.4% (or 3.4% on a constant currency basis). However, we are encouraged by recent signs of Vuse returning to

revenue growth in the second half of 2025 in the U.S. supported by increased enforcement against illicit single-use vapour products. We maintained

leadership in value share with an increase in value share of 2.0 ppts to 51.7%*;

–AME, where revenue was 11.2% lower (a decline of 11.4% on a constant currency basis), largely driven by a decline in revenue in Canada (due to the

continued lack of enforcement against illegal flavoured vapour products) and regulatory and excise changes in the UK, Poland and France. Our value

share* leadership was down 60 bps with gains in Germany more than offset by a value share decline in Canada; and

–APMEA, where volume declined 38.2%, leading to a 41.2% reduction in revenue (being down 39.4% at constant rates), largely driven by lower volume in

South Africa and New Zealand and by the Group exiting the category in a number of markets (including Malaysia and Saudi Arabia).

Our new premium innovation, Vuse Ultra, offers consumers a highly differentiated, connected and customisable experience. We are encouraged by the early

performance in Canada, Germany and France.

consumables and disposables in tracked channels) in 2024.

Heated Products (HP) - glo

Proportion of Heated Products revenue by region	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
U.S.	0	0
AME	470	443
APMEA	444	478
Total	914	921

In 2025, total consumables volume declined 3.7% to 20.1 billion sticks.

In 2025, glo HP category volume share in the Top markets* declined 1.5 ppts impacted by competitive pressure in Japan and phase-out of legacy super-

slims.

Revenue was marginally lower, down 0.7% to £914 million (2024: £921 million). However, excluding the impact of the relative movements in sterling, at

constant rates of exchange revenue increased 1.0% in 2025 driven by Quality Growth focus in the largest profit pools.

In AME, volume was down 3.4%, with revenue up 6.2% (being an increase of 6.2% at constant rates), as higher revenue in Italy and Germany was partly

offset by lower revenue in Romania largely due to the prioritisation of resource allocation ahead of the wider roll-out of glo Hilo in the region.

In APMEA, volume was down 3.9%, with revenue down 7.0%, or 3.8% at constant rates, largely driven by Japan (which remains highly competitive

alongside the continued phase-out of our legacy super-slims platform) and South Korea, partially offset by a strong performance in Kazakhstan.

glo Hilo and glo Hilo Plus are our new premium connected devices which provide adult consumers with superior dual-heating technology and an integrated

display, combined with a new consumables range, Virto and tobacco-free Rivo. We have continued the roll-out through 2025, with launches in Japan, Poland

and Italy.

* Volume share is based upon the Top HP markets, which are defined as the Top markets by industry revenue. Top markets are Japan, South Korea, Italy, Germany, Greece, Poland, Romania, the Czech Republic,

Spain and Portugal. These Top markets account for c.80% of total industry HP revenue in 2024.

Modern Oral - Velo

Proportion of Modern Oral revenue by region	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
U.S.	317	80
AME	800	676
APMEA	48	34
Total	1,165	790

2025 maintained the momentum from 2024 with growth in volume and value. Volume was up 47.1% to 12.2 billion pouches.

Revenue increased 47.4% to £1,165 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, this was an increase of 48.0% in 2025 supported by price/mix of

0.9%.

Volume share of the Modern Oral category in our Top markets** was 33.4%, up 7.5 ppts compared to 2024. This was driven by the U.S. where our volume

share of Modern Oral increased by 11.6 ppts to 18.0%.

In AME, where we are category leaders, our volume was up 19.0%, with revenue up 18.3% (up 17.3% at constant rates) while volume share of the Modern

Oral category was down 20 bps.

The volume and revenue growth reflects the strength of our portfolio in both established oral markets across Scandinavia, and markets that are more recent

adopters of Modern Oral such as the UK, Switzerland and Austria.

In the U.S., revenue increased by 297% (or 310% at constant rates), driven by higher volume (up 249%), following the successful national roll-out of Velo

Plus. Accordingly, our category volume share was up 11.6 ppts to 18.0% with value share growth of 9.1 ppts to 13.1%. This performance has positioned Velo

as the fastest growing brand in the category, reaching the number 2 position in both volume and value share.

While we await the outcome of our PMTA submission for new Velo variants, we have invested in higher capacity to support our sustainable growth agenda.

In addition, in August 2025, we expanded distribution of Grizzly nicotine pouches, reaching 1.8% national share by December 2025 - successfully capturing

Grizzly Traditional Oral consumers interacting with the Modern Oral category.

In APMEA, our volume grew 24.7% and our revenue grew 39.8% (up 44.2% at constant rates), with strong revenue growth in Global Travel Retail (GTR),

Pakistan, Japan and South Africa. We continue to seek opportunities and develop the category in other markets as we believe that Modern Oral is an exciting

longer-term opportunity to commercialise reduced-risk products*†.

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

**Volume share is based upon the Top Modern Oral markets which are defined as the Top markets by industry revenue, being the U.S., Sweden, Denmark, Norway, Switzerland, the UK and Poland, accounting for c.90% of

total industry Modern Oral revenue in 2024.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Traditional Oral

Proportion of Traditional Oral revenue by region	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
U.S.	1,006	1,058
AME	37	34
APMEA	0	0
Total	1,043	1,092

Total revenue decreased 4.5% to £1,043 million from £1,092 million in 2024.

Translational foreign exchange was a headwind in 2025 of 2.8% due to the relative movement of sterling.

On a constant rates basis, revenue fell 1.7% in 2025. In 2025, volume declined 9.1% to 5.5 billion stick equivalents. While pricing remained strong (2025:

+7.4%; 2024: +4.8%), this was more than offset by the volume decline.

In the U.S. (which accounts for 96% of Group revenue from the category), revenue declined 5.0% or 2.0% at constant rates of exchange, as price/mix was

insufficient to offset the volume decline of 8.9%, due to the continued Poly-use^ with Modern Oral.

Value share in the U.S. decreased 40 bps, with volume share down 40 bps, negatively impacted by consumer migration predominantly in the aspirational

premium segment, where Grizzly is positioned.

Outside the U.S., revenue grew 9.9% or 5.1% at constant rates of exchange as pricing more than offset a 10.3% decline in volume in 2025.

Due to the ongoing U.S. market dynamics, as discussed on page 131, in 2024, the Group recognised an impairment charge of £646 million in respect of the

carrying value of Camel Snus. This reflects the reduced sales as consumers switch to alternative products including Modern Oral. Commencing 1 January

2025, Camel Snus has been assigned a 20-year useful economic life and commenced amortisation from that date which approximates to £22 million annually.

^Refers to consumers consuming two or more tobacco and/or nicotine products.

Combustibles

Performance Summary

Proportion of Combustibles revenue by region	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
U.S.	9,218	9,094
AME	6,974	7,039
APMEA	4,009	4,552
Total	20,201	20,685

Group cigarette volume was down 7.9% to 465 billion sticks as volume growth in Türkiye, Nigeria, Indonesia and Brazil was more than offset by lower

volume in a number of markets, mainly driven by Bangladesh, the U.S. and Poland and market exits (including Mali).

Revenue from combustibles declined 2.3% to £20,201 million, up 1.0% at constant rates of exchange as the Group benefitted from a robust price/mix

(including U.S. excise duty drawback) of +9.1%. This was partly offset by the lower volume (down 8.1%).

Our revenue performance was driven by:

–the U.S., where revenue increased 1.4% or 4.6% at constant rates of exchange, as the positive impact of price/mix (including excise duty drawback) of

+12.3% more than offset a 7.7% reduction in volume, compared to the industry volume decline of 7.4%. Our volume share was down 10 bps while value

share was up 30 bps following the commercial actions taken in 2024 to deliver sustainable value;

–AME, where revenue was down 0.9% due to translational foreign exchange. At constant rates of exchange, revenue was 2.3% higher, largely driven by

higher volume and pricing in Türkiye, Brazil and Mexico. These factors combined with robust pricing in Romania to more than offset a reduction in revenue

in Canada (due to lower price/mix and volume) and Germany (driven by lower volume); and

–APMEA, where revenue was down 11.9% or 8.3% at constant rates of exchange, due to regulatory and fiscal challenges impacting combustibles in

Australia and Bangladesh, partly offset by higher combustibles revenue in Nigeria, Indonesia and Pakistan.

Value and Volume Share

Group cigarette value share was flat in 2025 despite growth in the U.S. (up 30 bps), Brazil and Mexico. This was offset by lower cigarette value share in

Germany and Romania.

Group cigarette volume share was down 10 bps in 2025. The Group grew volume share in Brazil and Mexico. However, this was more than offset by lower

volume share in the U.S. (down 10 bps) and reductions in Germany, Romania and Japan.

Volume and value share are based upon the Top cigarette markets which are defined as the Top markets by industry revenue, being the U.S., Japan, Brazil, Germany, Pakistan, Mexico and Romania, accounting for c.60% of

total industry cigarettes revenue in 2024.

Strategic Brand Performance

In 2025, strategic cigarette brands’ value share grew 10 bps:

–Dunhill’s overall value share was flat despite declines in Brazil and Romania. Volume was 2.7% lower, largely driven by Bulgaria and South Korea and our

exit from Mali;

–Kent’s value share was down 10 bps as growth in Brazil was more than offset by lower value share in Romania and Japan. Volume was up 1.8%. Kent

increased volume in Türkiye and Brazil, which was partly offset by lower volume in Japan and Romania;

–Lucky Strike’s value share grew 50 bps, as growth in the U.S. and Brazil more than offset lower value share in Germany and Mexico. Volume declined

2.0% driven by Japan and Germany. This more than offset higher volume in Indonesia;

–Rothmans’ value share was flat, as growth in Brazil was offset by lower value share in Romania and Pakistan. Volume was 5.7% lower due to lower volume

in Poland, Ukraine, Zambia and Colombia. This more than offset higher volume in Nigeria; and

–Pall Mall’s value share was 20 bps lower as growth in Romania, Pakistan and Mexico was more than offset by lower value share in Germany and the U.S.

Volume was down 7.7% driven by lower volume in Poland, Nigeria, Pakistan, Germany and the U.S.

The Group’s U.S. domestic strategic combustibles portfolio value share was up 40 bps driven by the performance of Lucky Strike and Natural American

Spirit:

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

–Newport, with value share down 30 bps, and volume 9.9% lower;

–Natural American Spirit performed well with value share up 20bps. Volume was 3.7% down; and

–Camel, with value share down 10 bps and volume 13.5% down.

Volume of other tobacco products (OTP) declined 14.0% to 12 billion sticks equivalent, being 2.3% of the Group's combustible portfolio.

Beyond Nicotine

Btomorrow Ventures (BTV), the corporate venture capital arm of BAT, has completed 30+ investments since its launch in 2020.

BTV provides strategic value to the next generation of innovative companies, to support the Group’s purpose of creating A Better Tomorrow™.

In 2025, BTV’s Fund II, an additional £200 million second fund commitment from BAT announced in 2024, was repositioned.

Fund II now has a broader mandate, focusing on investments in:

–Smokeless nicotine products;

–business transformation and capability enablers;

–sustainability; and

–a continued focus on Wellbeing and Stimulation.

In 2025, BTV made five new investments, including Bloom Biorenewables and China Materialia Evergreen Fund.

In addition to this, BTV has continued to support its portfolio companies through seven follow-on rounds to the value of £7 million, including investments in

Awake, Mais Mu, Moment and Parallel Dots.

In November 2023, the Group announced the signing of an agreement for a further proposed investment in Organigram of CAD$125 million (£74 million),

payable across three tranches, with approvals received from the shareholders of Organigram on 18 January 2024.

In February 2025, we paid the last of the three tranches of the Group’s follow-on investment.

The Group’s equity position at 31 December 2025 was 36.8% (restricted to 30% voting rights).

The Group has continued to explore Beyond Nicotine organically through our subsidiary, The Water Street Collective Ltd.

Following a series of pilot launches of our own functional wellness shot brand, Ryde, we are continuing commercial expansion. Our scientifically formulated

range of Energy, Focus and Relax are available in three markets – Australia, Canada and the U.S. Our recent innovations of Sleep and Exercise shots are in

selected distribution across the U.S. and Australia.

While immaterial to the Group's results, Ryde is not sold in Canada by ITCAN but by another Group subsidiary. Accordingly, the performance does not form

part of the future settlement payments due as part of the Approved Plans, described in note 24 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Dividends

The Group pays its dividends to shareholders over four quarterly interim dividends. Quarterly dividends provide shareholders with a more regular flow of

dividend income and allow the Company to spread its substantial dividend payments more evenly over the year, aligning better with the cash flow generation

of the Group and so enable the Company to fund the payments more efficiently.

The Board has declared an interim dividend of 245.04p per ordinary share of 25p, payable in four equal quarterly instalments of 61.26p per ordinary share in

May 2026, August 2026, November 2026 and February 2027. This represents an increase of 2.0% on 2024 (2024: 240.24p per share, up 2.0%) and a payout

ratio, on 2025 adjusted diluted earnings per share, of 69.6% (2024: 66.3%).

The quarterly dividends will be paid to shareholders registered on either the UK main register or the South Africa branch register and to ADS holders, each

on the applicable record dates.

Under IFRS, the dividend is recognised in the year that it is approved by shareholders or, if declared as an interim dividend, by Directors, in the period that it

is paid.

The cash flow, prepared in accordance with IFRS, reflects the total cash paid in the period. Further details of the total amounts of dividends paid in 2025 and

2024 (with 2023 comparatives) are given in note 22 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Dividends are declared and payable in sterling except for those shareholders on the branch register in South Africa, where dividends are payable in rand, in

line with the requirements of the JSE. The equivalent dividends receivable by holders of ADSs in US dollars are calculated based on the exchange rate on the

applicable payment date.

Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2023

The discussion of 2023 results that are not necessary to an understanding of the Group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of

operations is excluded from this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws. Discussion of such 2023

metrics is contained in the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F 2024, which is available at bat.com/annualreport and has been filed with the SEC.

Information contained in pages 28 to 36, 42 to 59 and pages 395 to 410 of the Annual Report on Form 20-F 2024 are accordingly incorporated by reference

into this Form 20-F only to the extent such information pertains to the Group’s financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal year ended 31

December 2023.

Impact of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates

The principal currency exchange rates used to convert the results of the Group's foreign operations to sterling, for the purposes of inclusion and consolidation

within the Group's financial statements, are indicated in the table below.

Where the Group has provided results at constant rates of exchange, this refers to the translation of the results from the foreign operations at rates of exchange

prevailing in the prior period, thereby eliminating the potentially distorting impact of the movement in foreign exchange on the reported results.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Foreign Exchange Rates
---	---	---	---	---
	Average		Closing
	2025	2024	2025	2024
Australian dollar	2.045	1.937	2.017	2.023
Bangladeshi taka	160.886	147.803	164.432	149.662
Brazilian real	7.363	6.893	7.371	7.737
Canadian dollar	1.842	1.751	1.844	1.801
Chilean peso	1,253.837	1,206.394	1,212.663	1,245.543
Euro	1.167	1.181	1.145	1.209
Indian rupee	114.989	106.952	120.892	107.223
Japanese yen	197.243	193.583	210.830	196.827
Romanian leu	5.885	5.877	5.834	6.018
South African rand	23.562	23.423	22.287	23.633
Swiss franc	1.094	1.125	1.066	1.135
US dollar	1.319	1.278	1.345	1.252

Results on a Constant Translational Currency Basis

Movements in foreign exchange rates have impacted the Group’s financial results. The Group’s Management Board reviews certain of its results, including

revenue, revenue growth from New Categories, adjusted profit from operations and adjusted diluted earnings per share, at constant rates of exchange. The

Group calculates these financial measures at constant rates of exchange based on a re-translation, at prior year exchange rates, of the current year’s results of

the Group and, when applicable, its geographic segments. The Group does not adjust for the normal transactional gains and losses in profit from operations

that are generated by exchange movements. Although the Group does not believe that these measures are a substitute for IFRS measures, the Group’s

Management Board does believe that such results excluding the impact of currency fluctuations provide additional useful information to users of the financial

statements and are used by the Group’s Management Board as described above as they provide information regarding the Group’s operating performance on

a local currency basis. Accordingly, the constant rates of exchange financial measures appearing in the discussion of the Group results of operations

(beginning on page 30) should be read in conjunction with the information provided in note 2 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

In 2025 and 2024, results were affected by translational exchange rate movements.

In 2025, at the prevailing exchange rates, reported revenue declined by 1.0%, revenue from New Categories increased by 5.5% and adjusted profit from

operations decreased by 2.7% versus 2024. At constant rates of exchange, reported revenue would have increased by 2.1%, revenue from New Categories

would have increased by 7.0% and adjusted profit from operations would have increased by 0.4%. This lower performance at prevailing exchange rates reflects

the negative translational impact as a result of the relative strength of sterling.

In 2025 and 2024, adjusted diluted earnings per share was affected by translational exchange rate movements.

In 2025, the adjusted diluted earnings per share of 352.1p, a decrease of 2.9%, would, when translated at 2024 exchange rates, have been 365.0p, an increase

of 0.7%. This lower performance, in 2025, at prevailing exchange rates, reflects the negative translational impact as a result of the relative strength of sterling.

See also notes 2, 19 and 26 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Non-GAAP Measures

In the reporting of financial information, the Group uses certain measures that are not defined by IFRS, the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)

under which the Group reports. The Group believes that these additional measures, which are used internally, are useful to users of the financial information in

helping them understand the underlying business performance.

The principal non-GAAP measures which the Group uses are adjusted profit from operations, adjusted operating margin, adjusted net finance costs, adjusted

taxation, adjusted diluted earnings per share, which are before the impact of adjusting items and are reconciled from profit from operations, operating margin, net

finance costs, taxation, diluted earnings per share. The Group also uses adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, and underlying tax rate.

Adjusting items are significant items in profit from operations, net finance costs, taxation, the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures and

cash flow which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance. Adjusting items,

as identified in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, represent certain items of income and expense which the Group considers distinctive based on their

size, nature or incidence. In identifying and quantifying adjusting items, the Group applies a consistent policy that sets out the criteria an item must meet to be

classified as adjusting, as well at the types of items that are specifically excluded from being classified as adjusting.

The definition of adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

The Group also supplements its presentation of revenue in accordance with IFRS by presenting the non-GAAP component breakdowns of revenues by product

category (including revenue generated from Vapour, Heated Products, Modern Oral, New Categories as a whole, Traditional Oral, Smokeless products as a whole

and combustibles), including by geographic segment (including revenue generated in the United States, Americas and Europe and Asia-Pacific, Middle East

and Africa).

Revenue, at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Revenue before the impact of foreign exchange.

To supplement BAT’s revenue presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group’s Management Board, as the chief operating decision-maker, reviews revenue

at constant rates of exchange to evaluate the underlying business performance of the Group and its geographic segments. The Group’s Management Board

defines this measure as revenue retranslated at the prior periods’ rate of exchange.

The Group’s Management Board believes that revenue at constant rates of exchange provides information that enables users of the financial statements to

compare the Group’s business performance across periods without the impacts of translational foreign exchange. This measure has limitations as an

analytical tool. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to revenue at constant rates of exchange is revenue. Revenue at constant rates of exchange is not

a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, and is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to

revenue as determined in accordance with IFRS. Revenue at constant rates of exchange is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by

other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results as determined

in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles revenue to revenue at constant rates based on a re-translation of revenue for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rates.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Refer to note 2 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further discussion of the segmental results and for the reconciliation of revenue at current and

constant rates of exchange, as applicable, to segmental revenue and to Group revenue for the years ended 31 December 2025, 2024 and 2023.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Revenue	25,610	25,867
Impact of translational foreign exchange	804
2025 revenue re-translated at 2024 exchange rates	26,414	25,867
Change in revenue at prior year’s exchange rates (constant rates)	2.1%

Revenue by Product Category or Geographic Segment – Including Revenue from New Categories, at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Revenue by product category, and at the prior year’s prevailing exchange rate, derived from the principal product categories of

Combustibles, New Categories (being comprised of revenue from Vapour, HP and Modern Oral), and Traditional Oral, including by the

geographic segments of the United States, Americas and Europe, and Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa.

To supplement BAT’s revenue presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group’s Management Board, as the chief operating decision-maker, reviews revenue

growth from the principal product categories of combustibles, New Categories and Traditional Oral, including from the geographic segments of the United

States, Americas and Europe, and Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa, to evaluate the underlying business performance of the Group reflecting the focus of

the Group’s investment activity. The Group’s Management Board assesses revenue by product category, including by geographic segment, at constant rates

of exchange, translated to the Group’s reporting currency at the prior period’s prevailing exchange rates, derived from the Group’s combustibles portfolio

(including but not limited to Kent, Dunhill, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall, Rothmans, Camel (U.S.), Newport (U.S.) and Natural American Spirit (U.S.)), the

Group’s New Category portfolio (being Vapour, HP and Modern Oral) and the Group’s Traditional Oral portfolio and the Group’s operations in the United

States, Americas and Europe, and Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa.

The Group’s Management Board believes that the revenue performance by product category, including by geographic segment, provides information that enables

users of the financial statements to compare the Group’s business performance across periods and by reference to the Group’s investment activity. Revenue by

product category, including by geographic segment, has limitations as an analytical tool. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to revenue by product

category, including by geographic segment, is revenue. Revenue by product category, including by geographic segment, is not a presentation made in accordance

with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to revenue as determined in accordance with IFRS.

Revenue by product category, including by geographic segment, is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you

should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles revenue by product category to revenue by product category at constant rates based on a re-translation of revenue by product

category for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rates.

Reconciliation of revenue by product category to revenue by product category at constant rates of exchange (2025 - 2024)

For the year ended 31 December	2025					2024
Group	Reported<br><br>£m	vs 2024<br><br>%	Impact of<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>vs 2024<br><br>%	Reported<br><br>£m
New Categories:
Vapour	1,542	-10.4%	31	1,573	-8.6%	1,721
HP	914	-0.7%	16	930	+1.0%	921
Modern Oral	1,165	+47.4%	5	1,170	+48.0%	790
Total New Categories	3,621	+5.5%	52	3,673	+7.0%	3,432
Traditional Oral	1,043	-4.5%	30	1,073	-1.7%	1,092
Combustibles	20,201	-2.3%	686	20,887	+1.0%	20,685
Other	745	+13.2%	36	781	+18.7%	658
Revenue	25,610	-1.0%	804	26,414	+2.1%	25,867

Reconciliation of revenue by product category to revenue by product category at constant rates of exchange

For the year ended 31 December	2025					2024
U.S.	Reported<br><br>£m	vs 2024<br><br>%	Impact of<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>vs 2024<br><br>%	Reported<br><br>£m
New Categories:
Vapour	934	-6.4%	29	963	-3.4%	998
HP	—	—	—	—	—	—
Modern Oral	317	+297%	10	327	+310%	80
Total New Categories	1,251	+16.1%	39	1,290	+19.8%	1,078
Traditional Oral	1,006	-5.0%	31	1,037	-2.0%	1,058
Combustibles	9,218	+1.4%	295	9,513	+4.6%	9,094
Other	59	+23.2%	4	63	+27.5%	48
Revenue	11,534	+2.3%	369	11,903	+5.5%	11,278

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
For the year ended 31 December	2025					2024
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
AME	Reported<br><br>£m	vs 2024<br><br>%	Impact of<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>vs 2024<br><br>%	Reported<br><br>£m
New Categories:
Vapour	543	-11.2%	(1)	542	-11.4%	611
HP	470	+6.2%	1	471	+6.2%	443
Modern Oral	800	+18.3%	(6)	794	+17.3%	676
Total New Categories	1,813	+4.8%	(6)	1,807	+4.3%	1,730
Traditional Oral	37	+9.9%	(1)	36	+5.1%	34
Combustibles	6,974	-0.9%	226	7,200	+2.3%	7,039
Other	485	+10.8%	20	505	+15.7%	438
Revenue	9,309	+0.7%	239	9,548	+3.3%	9,241
For the year ended 31 December	2025					2024
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
APMEA	Reported<br><br>£m	vs 2024<br><br>%	Impact of<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>£m	Reported at cc<br><br>vs 2024<br><br>%	Reported<br><br>£m
New Categories:
Vapour	65	-41.2%	3	68	-39.4%	112
HP	444	-7.0%	15	459	-3.8%	478
Modern Oral	48	+39.8%	1	49	+44.2%	34
Total New Categories	557	-10.6%	19	576	-7.6%	624
Traditional Oral	—	—	—	—	—	—
Combustibles	4,009	-11.9%	165	4,174	-8.3%	4,552
Other	201	+16.3%	12	213	+23.7%	172
Revenue	4,767	-10.9%	196	4,963	-7.2%	5,348

Note:

cc: constant currency – measures are calculated based on a re-translation of the current year’s results of the Group at the prior year’s exchange rates and, where applicable, its geographical segments or product

categories.

Adjusted Profit From Operations (APFO) and Adjusted Operating Margin

Definition – Profit from operations before the impact of adjusting items and translational foreign exchange; and adjusted profit from operations as a

percentage of revenue.

To supplement BAT’s results from operations presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group’s Management Board, as the chief operating decision‑maker, reviews

adjusted profit from operations and adjusted operating margin, which is defined as APFO as a percentage of revenue, to evaluate the underlying business performance of

the Group and its geographic segments, to allocate resources to the overall business and to communicate financial performance to users of the financial statements.

APFO and adjusted operating margin are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to APFO is profit from operations. The most

directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted operating margin is operating margin which is profit from operations as a proportion of revenue. The definition of

adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

The Group’s Management Board believes that these additional measures are useful to the users of the financial statements and are used by the Group’s Management

Board as described above, because they exclude the impact of adjusting items which have less bearing on the routine ongoing operating activities of the Group, thereby

enhancing users’ understanding of underlying business performance and enabling users of the financial statements to compare the Group’s business performance across

periods. Additionally, the Group’s Management Board believes that similar measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in

their evaluation of companies comparable to the Group, many of which present an adjusted operating profit-related performance measure when reporting their results.

APFO and adjusted operating margin have limitations as analytical tools. They are not presentations made in accordance with IFRS, are not measures of financial

condition or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to profit for the year, profit from operations or operating margin as determined in accordance

with IFRS. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider these

performance measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles the Group’s profit from operations to APFO and to APFO at constant rates based on a re-translation of APFO for each year, at the previous

year’s exchange rates, and provides adjusted operating margin for the periods presented.

Refer to note 2 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further discussion of the segmental results and for the reconciliation of adjusted profit from

operations at current and constant rates of exchange to segmental profit from operations and to Group profit for the years ended 31 December 2025, 2024 and

2023.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
---	---	---
	£m	£m
Profit from operations	9,997	2,736
Add:
Restructuring	66	—
Amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles	1,584	2,279
(Credit)/charges in respect of Romania's other taxes	(15)	449
(Credit)/charges in respect of the Canada Approved Plans	(708)	6,203
Impairment charges in respect of Cuba's fixed assets	—	74
Impairment charges relating to the Group's head office in London	—	75
Impairment of goodwill	277	39
Charges in connection with disposal of associate	3	6
Pension liability management (buy-out)	28	—
Impairment on held-for-sale assets and associated costs	235	—
Charges in respect of DOJ investigation and OFAC investigation	—	4
Credit in respect of settlement of historical litigation in relation to the Fox River	—	(132)
Loss of a distribution facility in Ukraine	39	—
Other adjusting items (including Engle)	66	157
Adjusted profit from operations	11,572	11,890
Impact of translational foreign exchange	364
Adjusted profit from operations, translated at 2024 exchange rates	11,936	11,890
Change in adjusted profit from operations, translated at 2024 exchange rates	+0.4%
Operating Margin (Profit from operations as a % of revenue)	39.0%	10.6%
Adjusted Operating Margin (Adjusted profit from operations as a % of revenue)	45.2%	46.0%

Adjusted Net Finance Costs at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Net finance costs before the impact of adjusting items, and translational foreign exchange.

To supplement BAT’s performance presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group’s net finance costs are also presented before adjusting items (as defined in

note 1 and described in note 8(b) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts) and before the impact of translational foreign exchange. The Group’s

Management Board believes that adjusted net finance costs provides information that enables users of the financial statements to compare the Group’s business

performance across periods. The Group’s Management Board uses adjusted net finance costs as part of the total assessment of the underlying performance of

all the Group’s business interests. Adjusted net finance costs has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not

a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to the Group’s net finance costs as determined in accordance with

IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted net finance costs is net finance costs. Adjusted net finance costs is not necessarily comparable

to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute

analysis for, BAT’s results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

Adjusted net finance costs is also included in the calculation of Group’s presentation of adjusted diluted earnings per share, which is used within the Group's

incentive schemes, as reported under Item 6.B - Compensation.

The table below reconciles the Group’s net finance costs to adjusted net finance costs, and to adjusted net finance costs at constant rates based, on a re-

translation of adjusted net finance costs for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rates.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Finance costs	(2,033)	(1,349)
Finance income	214	251
Net finance costs	(1,819)	(1,098)
Less: Adjusting items in net finance costs	170	(491)
Adjusted net finance costs	(1,649)	(1,589)
Comprising:
Interest payable	(1,715)	(1,759)
Interest and dividend income	214	251
Fair value changes – derivatives	(521)	(90)
Exchange differences	373	9
Adjusted net finance costs	(1,649)	(1,589)
Impact of translational foreign exchange	(27)
Adjusted net finance costs, translated at 2024 exchange rates	(1,676)	(1,589)

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Adjusted Share of Post-Tax Results of Associates and Joint Ventures, at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures before the impact of adjusting items and translational foreign exchange.

To supplement BAT’s performance presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures is also presented

before adjusting items (as defined in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts). The Group’s Management Board believes that adjusted share of

post-tax results of associates and joint ventures provides information that enables users of the financial statements to compare the Group’s business

performance across periods. The Group’s Management Board uses adjusted share of post-tax results from associates and joint ventures as part of the total

assessment of the underlying performance of all the Group’s business interests. Adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures has

limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity, and should not be

considered as an alternative to the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly

comparable IFRS measure to adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures is share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures.

Adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a

result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results of operations as determined in

accordance with IFRS.

The definition of adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

The table below reconciles the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures to adjusted Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and

joint ventures, and to adjusted Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures at constant rates based on a re-translation of adjusted Group’s

share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rates.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	1,681	1,900
Issue of shares and changes in shareholding	(5)	(18)
Other exceptional items in ITC	(333)	—
Gain on partial divestment of shares held in ITC	(898)	(1,361)
Gain on sale of land and property by VST industries Limited	(3)	—
Adjusted Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	442	521
Impact of translational foreign exchange	33
Adjusted Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, translated at 2024 exchange rates	475	521

Adjusted Taxation at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Taxation before the impact of adjusting items and translational foreign exchange.

BAT management monitors the Group’s adjusted taxation to assess BAT’s underlying tax. The definition of adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III -

Item 18 Notes on the Accounts. Adjusted taxation is not a measure defined by IFRS. The Group’s Management Board believes that this additional measure is

useful to the users of the financial statements, and is used by BAT management, because it excludes the tax on adjusting items and adjusting tax (as described

in notes 10(d) and 10(e), respectively, in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts), thereby enhancing users’ understanding of underlying business

performance.

Adjusted taxation has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to

taxation as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted taxation is taxation. Adjusted taxation is not

necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this measure in isolation from, or as a

substitute analysis for, the Group’s taxation as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles taxation to adjusted taxation and adjusted taxation at constant rates, based on a re-translation of adjusted taxation for each year, at

the previous year’s exchange rates.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
UK corporation tax
– current year tax expense	15	15
– adjustments in respect of prior periods	2	9
Overseas tax
– current year tax expense	2,355	2,571
– adjustments in respect of prior periods	(296)	108
Current tax	2,076	2,703
Pillar Two income tax	82	79
Total current tax	2,158	2,782
Deferred tax	(64)	(2,425)
Taxation on ordinary activities	2,094	357
Adjusting items in taxation	104	157
Taxation on adjusting items	240	2,049
Adjusted taxation	(2,438)	(2,563)
Impact of translational foreign exchange	(84)
Adjusted taxation, translated at 2024 exchange rates	(2,522)	(2,563)

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Underlying Tax Rate and Underlying Tax Rate at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Tax rate incurred before the impact of adjusting items and translational foreign exchange and to adjust for the inclusion of the

Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures within the Group’s pre-tax results.

BAT management monitors the Group’s underlying tax rate to assess the tax rate applicable to the Group’s underlying operations, excluding the Group’s

share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures in BAT’s pre-tax results and adjusting items (as defined in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the

Accounts). Underlying tax rate is not a measure defined by IFRS. The Group’s Management Board believes that this additional measure is useful to the users

of the financial statements, and is used by BAT management, because it excludes the contribution from the Group’s associates, recognised after tax but

within the Group’s pre-tax profits, and adjusting items, thereby enhancing users’ understanding of underlying business performance.

Underlying tax rate has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative

to the effective tax rate as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to underlying tax rate is the effective tax rate,

calculated as taxation as a proportion of profit before taxation. Underlying tax rate is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other

companies. As a result, you should not consider this measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, the Group’s effective tax rate as determined in

accordance with IFRS.

The table below shows the computation of the Group’s underlying tax rate for the periods presented and underlying tax rate at constant rates based on a re-

translation of underlying tax rate for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rates and the related reconciliation of profit before taxation to adjusted profit

before taxation, excluding associates and joint ventures, and taxation on ordinary activities to adjusted taxation and adjusted taxation at constant rates of

exchange.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Profit before taxation (PBT)	9,859	3,538
Less:
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	(1,681)	(1,900)
Adjusting items within profit from operations	1,575	9,154
Adjusting items within finance costs	170	(491)
Adjusted profit before taxation, excluding associates and joint ventures	9,923	10,301
Impact of translational foreign exchange	337
Adjusted PBT, excluding associates and joint ventures, translated at 2024 exchange rates	10,260	10,301
Taxation on ordinary activities	(2,094)	(357)
Adjusting items within taxation and taxation on adjusting items	(344)	(2,206)
Adjusted taxation	(2,438)	(2,563)
Impact of translational foreign exchange on adjusted taxation	(84)
Adjusted taxation, translated at 2024 exchange rates	(2,522)	(2,563)
Effective tax rate	21.2%	10.1%
Underlying tax rate	24.6%	24.9%
Underlying tax rate (at 2024 exchange rates)	24.6%	24.7%

Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS), presented at both current and constant rates of exchange

Definition – Diluted earnings per share before the impact of adjusting items and after adjustments to the number of shares outstanding for the

impact of share option schemes whether they would be dilutive or not under statutory measures, presented at the current and the prior years’

rates of exchange.

BAT management monitors adjusted diluted EPS, a measure which removes the impact of adjusting items (as defined in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on

the Accounts) from diluted earnings per share. Adjusted diluted EPS is considered by the Group’s Management Board to be useful to the users of the financial

statements and is used by the Group’s Management Board, because it excludes the impact of adjusting items which have less bearing on the routine ongoing

operating activities of the Group, thereby enhancing users’ understanding of underlying business performance. The Group’s Management Board also believes that

adjusted diluted EPS provides information that enables users of the financial statements to compare the Group’s business performance across periods. Additionally,

the Group’s Management Board believes that similar measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of

companies comparable to the Group, many of which present an adjusted diluted EPS-related performance measure when reporting their result. Adjusted diluted

EPS is used by management as reported in note 11 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts, as an indicator of diluted EPS before adjusting items.

Adjusted diluted EPS is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Adjusted diluted EPS has limitations as an

analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to diluted EPS as determined in

accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted diluted EPS is diluted EPS.

The management also assesses adjusted diluted earnings per share (at current and constant rates) within the Group's incentive schemes, as reported under

Item 6.B - Compensation.

The table below reconciles diluted EPS to adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted diluted EPS, at constant exchange rates based upon a re-translation of adjusted

diluted EPS for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rate.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
---	---	---
	pence	pence
Diluted earnings per share	349.1	136.0
Effect of amortisation and impairment of goodwill, trademarks and similar intangibles	68.2	80.7
Effect of impairment charges in respect of the Group's head office	—	2.9
Effect of impairment charges in respect of the Group's operations in Cuba	—	1.6
Effect of settlement of historical litigation in relation to the Fox River	—	(4.9)
Effect of the changes in provision in relation to the Approved Plans in Canada and associated costs	(23.7)	205.0
Effect of charges in respect of DOJ and OFAC investigations	—	0.2
Effect of impairment of held-for-sale assets and associated costs	5.5	—
Effect of Romania other taxes	(0.7)	20.1
Effect of restructuring costs	1.8	—
Effect of other adjusting items in operating profit	5.1	5.3
Effect of adjusting items in net finance costs	4.9	(17.0)
Effect of gains related to the partial divestment of shares held in ITC	(40.8)	(61.1)
Tax associated with the partial divestment of shares held in ITC and hotels business demerger	1.6	1.6
Effect of associates’ adjusting items	(15.5)	(0.8)
Effect of adjusting items in respect of deferred taxation	(9.2)	(12.0)
Adjusting items in tax	4.5	4.9
Redemption of perpetual hybrid bond - difference in spot rates	1.3	—
Adjusted diluted earnings per share	352.1	362.5
Impact of translational foreign exchange	12.9
Adjusted diluted earnings per share, translated at 2024 exchange rates	365.0	362.5

Net Debt

Definition – Total borrowings, including related derivatives, less cash and cash equivalents and current investments held at fair value.

Management uses net debt to assess its financial capacity. Net debt is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to net

debt is total borrowings. The Group’s Management Board believes that this additional measure, which is used internally to assess the Group’s financial

capacity, is useful to the users of the financial statements in helping them to see how business financing has changed over the year. Net debt has limitations as

an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to total borrowings or total liabilities

determined in accordance with IFRS. Net debt is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. In addition, it does not

exclude restricted cash (as set out in note 21 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts) in the calculation. As a result, you should not consider this measure in

isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, the Group’s measures of financial position or liquidity as determined in accordance with IFRS. A reconciliation of borrowings to

net debt is provided in note 23 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Item 5.B - Liquidity and capital resources

The Group’s cash inflows derive principally from its operating activities. They are supplemented when required by cash flows from financing activities,

typically to support general corporate requirements but also, from time to time, to support acquisitions. The principal sources of liquidity for the Group are

cash flows generated from the operating business and proceeds from issuances of debt securities described below under ‘Capital Resources – Borrowings and

Net Debt’.

Treasury, Liquidity and Capital Structure

The Board reviews and agrees the overall treasury policies and procedures, delegating appropriate oversight to the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasury

function. The Treasury function is responsible for raising finance for the Group and managing the Group’s cash resources and the financial risks arising from

underlying operations. Clear parameters have been established, including levels of authority, on the type and use of financial instruments to manage the financial

risks facing the Group. Such instruments are only used if they relate to an underlying exposure; speculative transactions are expressly forbidden under the Group’s

treasury policy. All these activities are carried out under defined policies, procedures and limits, reviewed and approved by the Board, delegating oversight to the

Chief Financial Officer and Treasury Function. The treasury policies include a set of financing principles and key performance indicators. The Group’s treasury

position is monitored by a Corporate Finance Committee chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. Treasury operations are subject to periodic independent reviews

and audits, both internal and external. See note 26 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further detail.

It is the policy of the Group to maximise financial flexibility and minimise refinancing risk by issuing debt with a range of maturities, generally matching the

projected cash flows of the Group and obtaining this financing from a wide range of sources. The Group targets an average centrally managed debt maturity

of at least five years of which no more than 20% matures in a single rolling year. As at 31 December 2025, the average centrally managed debt maturity was

9.5 years (2024: 9.5 years) with the highest proportion maturing in a single rolling 12-month period being 15.1% (2024: 14.8%).

In order to manage its interest rate risk, the Group maintains both floating rate and fixed rate debt. The Group sets targets (within overall guidelines) for the

desired ratio of floating to fixed rate debt on a net basis (at least 50% fixed on a net basis in the short- to medium-term). The interest rate profile of liquid

assets included in net debt are considered to offset floating rate debt and are taken into account in determining the net interest rate exposure. At 31 December

2025, the relevant ratios of floating to fixed rate borrowings after the impact of derivatives were 24:76 (2024: 22:78). On a net basis, after offsetting liquid

assets and excluding cash and other liquid assets (including investments held at fair value) in Canada which were subject to certain restrictions under

Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act (CCAA) protection in 2024 (and were paid in the second half of 2025), the relevant ratio of floating to fixed rate

borrowings was 14:86 (2024: 13:87).

As part of the management of liquidity, funding and interest rate risk, the Group regularly evaluates market conditions and may enter into transactions, from

time to time, to repurchase outstanding debt, pursuant to open market purchases, tender offers or other means.

The Group continues to maintain investment‑grade credit ratings*, with ratings from Moody's, S&P and Fitch of Baa1 (stable outlook), BBB+ (stable

outlook), BBB+ (stable outlook), respectively.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The strength of the ratings has underpinned debt issuance and the Group is confident of its ability to successfully access the debt capital markets.

For more info on liquidity and capital resources, please refer to notes 23 and 26 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

*A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities. A credit rating may be subject to withdrawal or revision at any time. Each rating should be evaluated separately of any other rating.

Available facilities

It is Group policy that short-term sources of funds (including drawings under both the Group US$4 billion U.S. commercial paper (U.S. CP) programme

and the Group £3 billion euro commercial paper (ECP) programme) are backed by undrawn committed lines of credit and cash. Commercial paper is

issued by B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and B.A.T Capital Corporation and guaranteed by British American

Tobacco p.l.c. At 31 December 2025, commercial paper of nil was outstanding (2024: nil). Cash flows relating to commercial paper that have maturity

periods of three months or less are presented on a net basis in the Group’s cash flow statement.

At 31 December 2025, the Group had access to a £5.0 billion revolving credit facility. This facility was undrawn at 31 December 2025. In November 2025, the

Group refinanced its existing £5.2 billion facility at the reduced amount of £5.0 billion comprising (i) a £2.5 billion 364-day tranche with two one-year

extension options and a one-year term out option and (ii) a £2.5 billion five-year tranche with two one-year extension options.

During 2025, the Group refinanced or extended short-term bilateral facilities totalling £2.7 billion. As at 31 December 2025, nil was drawn on a short-term

basis with £2.7 billion undrawn and still available under such bilateral facilities. Cash flows relating to bilateral facilities that have maturity periods of three

months or less are presented on a net basis in the Group’s cash flow statement.

In January 2025, the Group entered into a medium-term facility of £468 million (equivalent), which was fully drawn as at 31 December 2025.

Following the initial filing in 2019, the Group's shelf registration statement on Form F-3 was renewed with the SEC in 2022 and again in 2025, pursuant to

which B.A.T Capital Corporation, BAT p.l.c. and B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. may issue debt securities guaranteed by certain members of the Group

from time to time. This forms part of the Group’s strategy to ensure flexible and agile access to capital markets and the registration statement is initially valid

for three years.

See also note 26 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Use of facilities

These facilities ensure that the Group has access to funding to supplement the cash available or generated by the business in the period to meet the

operational (including working capital) and general corporate requirements including, but not limited to, the timing of payments in relation to:

–dividends (2025: £5.2 billion; 2024: £5.2 billion);

–net capital expenditure (2025: £0.6 billion; 2024: £0.4 billion);

–Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order (FII GLO) as described on note 10(b) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts;

–Master Settlement Agreement and State Settlement Agreements in the U.S. (2025: £1.6 billion; 2024: £2.0 billion);

–refinancing obligations;

–share repurchase programme; and

–other corporate activity, litigation or acquisitions, as relevant.

Management believes that the Group has sufficient working capital for present requirements, taking into account the amounts of undrawn borrowing facilities

and levels of cash and cash equivalents, and the ongoing ability to generate cash.

Issuance, drawdowns and repayment in the period

–In March 2025, the Group repaid a €650 million bond at maturity and accessed the US dollar market under the SEC Shelf Programme, raising a total of

US$2.5 billion across three tranches;

–In June 2025, the Group repaid two bonds totalling an aggregate amount of US$3.0 billion at maturity;

–In August 2025, the Group repaid a £300 million bond at maturity;

–In September 2025, the Group accessed the US dollar market under the SEC Shelf Programme, raising US$750 million; and

–In October 2025, the Group issued two series of perpetual hybrid bonds, each in an aggregate principal amount of €600 million and concurrently launched

a tender offer for its outstanding €1.0 billion 3% perpetual hybrid bond (first callable in 2026). As a result, approximately 80.7% of the existing 3%

perpetual hybrid notes were repurchased at a slight premium, with the remaining 19.3% redeemed at their principal value in November 2025. Refer to note

22(d) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further details.

Cash Flow

Please refer to note 21 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further details.

Net cash generated from operating activities

Net cash generated from operating activities decreased by £3,783 million to £6,342 million in 2025 (from £10,125 million in 2024), largely due to the

payment of £2,560 million in the second half of 2025 in Canada as part of the Approved Plans.

2025 was also negatively impacted by translational foreign exchange due to the relative movements of sterling against the Group reporting currencies,

notably the US dollar.

In 2025, the decrease was also driven by:

–Lower dividends received from the Group's associates of £369 million (2024: £406 million), mainly related to ITC, largely reflecting the reduced

shareholding;

–An increase in tax paid of £2,926 million, compared to £1,854 million in 2024 as £678 million that was deferred in the U.S. from 2024 was paid in the first

half of 2025; and

–A payment related to the FII GLO of £479 million. The Group will make further payments of £222 million in 2026 and £41 million in 2027. Please see

note 10(b) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

These were partly offset by the net impact of payments in 2024 of the following items that did not repeat:

–The final payment in respect of the settlement agreements with the DOJ and OFAC in the amount of £267 million;

–A payment of £390 million following an excise assessment in Romania; and

–The receipt of £132 million following the successful conclusion of litigation concerning the Fox River.

In 2025, other litigation payments (mainly related to Engle and other health-related claims in the U.S. and in respect of Canada) were lower at £101 million

(2024: £147 million).

Net cash from investing activities

In 2025, net cash from investing activities was marginally higher, up to £1,387 million inflow (2024: £1,375 million inflow).

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

This was driven by the net movement from short-term investment products, including treasury bills, which were an inflow of £794 million in 2025, compared

to an inflow of £83 million in 2024 due to:

–the net proceeds of £318 million from the sale, in December 2025, of around 59% of the Group’s investment in ITC Hotels; and

–the liquidation of investments (£437 million) that were then included in the upfront payment in respect of Canada as part of the Approved Plans.

However, this was largely offset by lower net proceeds from the partial monetisation of our investment in ITC of £1,052 million compared to £1,577 million

in 2024.

Purchases of property, plant and equipment were higher than 2024, at £551 million (2024: £486 million).

In 2025, the Group invested £648 million in gross capital expenditure, an increase of 11.7% on the prior year (2024: £581 million). This included purchases

of property, plant and equipment related to the ongoing investment in the Group’s operational infrastructure, including the expansion of our New Categories

portfolio and enhancements to our Modern Oral capacity.

The Group expects its gross capital expenditure in 2026 to be approximately £750 million.

Net cash used in financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was an outflow of £8,762 million in 2025 (2024: £10,632 million outflow), with the outflow in each year largely driven

by:

–Dividend payments (2025: £5,238 million, up 0.5%; 2024: £5,213 million). The movement was driven by the higher dividend per share. However, the

increase was partially offset by the reduction in the number of shares due to the share buy-back programme undertaken in 2025 and 2024;

–The net repayment of borrowings (2025: £118 million; 2024: £2,422 million) as described on page 48;

–An outflow of £380 million (2024: £128 million) related to derivatives;

–A net inflow from the redemption and subsequent issuance of perpetual hybrid bonds of £167 million; and

–The purchases of shares under the 2025 share buy-back programme of £1,112 million compared to £698 million in 2024.

In 2025, interest paid decreased by 4.2% to £1,631 million (2024: £1,703 million).

Please refer to note 26 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further details.

Cash flow conversion

The conversion of profit from operations to net cash generated from operating activities may indicate the Group’s ability to generate cash from the profits

earned.

Based upon net cash generated from operating activities, the Group’s conversion rate was 63% compared to 370% in 2024, impacted, in both years, by the

provision recognised in respect of the Canadian settlement in 2024 and subsequent payment of cash and cash equivalents held in ITCAN during 2025.

Summary Cash Flow
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Cash generated from operating activities	8,899	11,573
Dividends received from associates	369	406
Tax paid	(2,926)	(1,854)
Net cash generated from operating activities	6,342	10,125
Net cash from investing activities	1,387	1,375
Net cash used in financing activities	(8,762)	(10,632)
Transferred to held-for-sale	(208)	—
Differences on exchange	(76)	(281)
(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents in the year	(1,317)	587

Restricted cash

Cash and cash equivalents include restricted amounts of £268 million (2024: £2,072 million) in respect of ITCAN which was previously in CCAA protection

(note 32 and note 24 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts). Accumulated cash and cash equivalents were paid into the Global Settlement Trust

Account as part of the Upfront Cash Contribution (each as defined in the Approved Plans, see note 24 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts) in the

second half of 2025. Due to ongoing restrictions associated with the Approved Plans in Canada, cash and cash equivalents held by ITCAN continue to be

considered restricted. As at 31 December 2025, further restricted cash and cash equivalents of £67 million (2024: £339 million) were principally due to

exchange control restrictions.

Investments held at fair value through profit and loss included restricted amounts, at 31 December 2024 of £437 million due to investments held by

subsidiaries in CCAA protection which were subsequently included in the settlement payments made in 2025 in respect of the Approved Plans in the

Canadian litigation.

At 31 December 2025, further restricted amounts of nil (31 December 2024: £60 million) were subject to potential exchange control restrictions (see note 18

in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts).

Assessment as a Going Concern

In conjunction with the assessment of viability, the Directors have also assessed the short-term cash flow forecasts and debt refinancing requirements.

The Group has, at the date of this report, sufficient existing financing available for its estimated requirements for at least the next 12 months and beyond in

respect of general corporate purposes, including in respect of the Master Settlement Agreement and State Settlement Agreements due in the U.S. in 2026 and

other known liabilities or future payments (including interim dividends).

The Group has £72 million of future contractual commitments (2024: £67 million) related to property, plant and equipment, as discussed in note 13 in Part III

Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

After reviewing the Group’s annual budget, plans and financing arrangements, including the availability of a £5.0 billion revolving credit facility, the

Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue operating and that it is therefore appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis

in preparing this Form 20-F.

Capital Expenditure

See discussion under Item 4.A.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Hedging Instruments

As discussed in note 19 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts, the Group hedges its exposure to interest rate movements and currency movements.

BAT’s cash flow hedges are principally in respect of sales or purchases of inventory and certain debt instruments. A certain number of forward foreign

currency contracts were used to manage the currency profile of external borrowings. Interest rate swaps have been used to manage the interest rate profile of

external borrowings, while cross-currency swaps have been used to manage the currency profile of external borrowings.

Capital - Borrowings and Net Debt Policy

The Group utilises cash pooling and zero balancing bank account structures in addition to intercompany loans and borrowings to ensure that there is the

maximum mobilisation of cash within the Group. The key objectives of treasury in respect of cash and cash equivalents are to protect the principal value of

the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, to concentrate cash at the centre to minimise the required long-term debt issuance, including perpetual hybrid debt

treated as an equity instrument, and to optimise the yield earned. The amount of debt the Group issues is determined by forecasting the net debt requirement

after the mobilisation of cash. Subsidiary companies are funded by share capital and retained earnings, loans from the central finance companies on

commercial terms or through local borrowings by the subsidiaries in appropriate currencies. All contractual borrowing covenants have been met and none

are expected to inhibit the Group’s operations or funding plans.

Borrowings and Net Debt

Total borrowings (which includes lease liabilities) decreased to £35,070 million in 2025 (2024: £36,950 million).

In 2025, translational foreign exchange, particularly related to the relative movement of the US dollar and Euro, was a tailwind of £1,810 million (2024:

£204 million headwind).

The movement in borrowings is impacted by the net repayment of bonds, as discussed on page 48, driven by the cash generated by the business after payment of

dividends to shareholders.

Total borrowings include £591 million (31 December 2024: £670 million) in respect of the purchase price allocation adjustments related to the acquisition of Reynolds

American Inc.

As discussed on page 48, the Group remains confident about its ability to access the debt capital markets successfully and reviews its options on a continuing basis.

Net debt is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as total borrowings (including related derivatives and lease liabilities) less cash and cash equivalents and

current investments held at fair value.

Net debt, at 31 December 2025, was £31,215 million (2024: £31,253 million), with the movement driven by:

–Net cash generated from operating activities , described on page 48;

–Net cash from investing activities, described on page 48;

–Net cash used in financing activities, described on page 49; and

–A foreign exchange tailwind of £1,121 million in 2025 (2024: £674 million headwind).

The following table sets out the Group’s long- and short-term borrowings as of the dates indicated:

				As of 31 December (m)1
	Currency	Maturity dates	Interest rates at 31 December 2025	2025	2023
Eurobonds2	Euro	2027 to 2045	1.3% to 5.4%	4,931	5,569
	UK sterling	2026 to 2055	2.3% to 6.0%	1,993	3,097
	Swiss franc	2026	1.4%	236	234
Bonds issued pursuant to<br><br>rules under the U.S.<br><br>Securities Act (as amended)2	US dollar	2026 to 2055	1.7% to 8.1%	26,655	29,913
Commercial paper2				—	—
Other loans				—	100
Bank loans				689	216
Bank overdrafts				37	103
Finance leases				529	498
Total				35,070	39,730

All values are in British Pounds.

Notes:

1.The financial data above has been extracted from the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

2.The issuers of these debt securities are B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T Capital Corporation, Reynolds American Inc., or R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, as applicable. British American Tobacco

p.l.c. is the ultimate guarantor in each case.

Perpetual hybrid bonds issued by the Company have been classified as equity and therefore excluded from borrowings.

Please refer to note 23 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for further details.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Except for certain indemnities, the Group has no significant off-balance sheet arrangements other than in respect of leaf purchase obligations. The Group has

contractual obligations to make future payments on debt guarantees. In the normal course of business, it enters into contractual arrangements where the

Group commits to future purchases of goods and services from unaffiliated and related parties.

It is anticipated that the Group will utilise a combination of cash generated from operations in the normal course of business, accessing available financing

facilities and the refinancing of existing debt.

The Group’s undiscounted contractual obligations as of 31 December 2025 were as follows:

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
	Payments due by period (m)
---	---	---	---	---
	Total	1–3 Years	3–5 Years	Thereafter
Long-term notes and other borrowings, exclusive of interest1	33,970	6,608	4,259	20,464
Interest payments related to long-term notes1	571	—	—	—
Lease liabilities	529	179	82	115
Purchase obligations2	919	67	—	—
Total cash obligations	35,989	6,854	4,341	20,579

All values are in British Pounds.

Notes:

1.For more information about the Group’s long-term debt, see note 23 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

2.Purchase obligations primarily include commitments to acquire tobacco leaf. Purchase orders for the purchase of other raw materials and other goods and services are not included in the table, as the Group’s

operating subsidiaries are not able to determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as purchase orders typically represent authorisations to purchase rather than

binding agreements.

The table above does not include any amounts that the Group may pay to fund its retirement benefit plans as the timing and amount of any such future

funding are unknown and dependent on, among other things, the future performance of defined benefit pension plan assets, interest rate assumptions and

other factors. The net retirement benefit scheme assets totalled £79 million as of 31 December 2025, which is net of pension assets of £6,302 million. The

Group expects to be required to contribute £22 million to its defined benefit plans during 2026. See note 15 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for

further information.

The above table also excludes any amounts in relation to service contracts which are disclosed in note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts. The

Group has £72 million of future contractual commitments (2024: £67 million) related to property, plant and equipment and £6 million of future contractual

commitments (2024: £5 million) related to intangible assets.

Retirement Benefit Schemes

The Group’s subsidiary undertakings operate defined benefit schemes, including pension and post-retirement healthcare schemes, and defined contribution

schemes. The most significant arrangements are in the U.S., the UK, Canada, Germany, Switzerland and the Netherlands. Together, schemes in these

territories account for over 90% of the total underlying obligations of the Group’s defined benefit arrangements and over 60% of the current service cost.

Benefits provided through defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as payments fall due. The liabilities arising in respect of defined benefit

schemes are determined in accordance with the advice of independent, professionally qualified actuaries, using the projected unit credit method. It is Group

policy that all schemes are formally valued at least every three years. Contributions to the defined benefit schemes are determined after consultation with the

respective trustees and actuaries of the individual externally funded schemes, taking into account regulatory environments.

The present total value of funded scheme liabilities as at 31 December 2025 was £5,404 million (2024: £5,705 million), while unfunded scheme liabilities

amounted to £695 million (2024: £734 million). The fair value of scheme assets decreased to £6,302 million from £6,612 million in 2024. The overall position

for all pension and healthcare schemes in Group subsidiaries amounted to a net asset of £79 million at the end of 2025, compared to a net asset of £117 million

at the end of 2024.

In respect of the UK Pension Fund, on 19 September 2025, the trustee entered into a buy-out transaction with Pension Insurance Corporation plc, with a

premium of £28 million paid on 22 September 2025 by the trustee from fund assets at that time. Please see note 15 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the

Accounts for further details.

Litigation and Settlements

As discussed in note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts, various legal proceedings or claims are pending or may be instituted against the Group.

Government Activity

The marketing, sale, taxation and use of tobacco products have been subject to substantial regulation by government and health officials for many years.

For information about the risks related to regulation, see page 23.

Summarised financial information

The following summarised financial information is required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and has been prepared as a requirement

of the Regulation S-X 3-10 in respect of the guarantees of:

–US$6.89 billion of outstanding bonds issued by B.A.T Capital Corporation (BATCAP) in connection with the acquisition of Reynolds American Inc.

(Reynolds American), including registered bonds issued in exchange for the initially issued bonds (the 2017 Bonds);

–US$10.12 billion of outstanding bonds issued by BATCAP pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 17, 2019, US$8.8 billion

of outstanding bonds issued by BATCAP pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 1, 2022 and US$0.75 billion of outstanding

bonds issued by BATCAP pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 1, 2025 pursuant to which BATCAP, BATIF or the

Company may issue an indefinite amount of debt securities; and

–US$2.50 billion of outstanding bonds issued by BATIF pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 17, 2019, and US$1 billion of

outstanding bonds issued by BATIF pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed on July 1, 2022, pursuant to which BATCAP, BATIF or

the Company may issue an indefinite amount of debt securities.

As of July 28, 2020, all relevant Group entities suspended their reporting obligations with respect to the US$4.6 billion (2024: US$6.7 billion) of Reynolds

American unsecured notes and US$22.1 million (2024: US$22.1 million) of Lorillard unsecured notes. As such, no summarised financial information is

provided with respect to these securities.

As described below, Reynolds American is a subsidiary guarantor of all outstanding series of BATCAP and BATIF bonds. Under the terms of the indentures

governing such notes, any subsidiary guarantor (including Reynolds American) other than BATCAP or BATIF, as applicable, BATNF and BATHTN, will

automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its guarantee, and such guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of

no further force or effect, in the event that (1) its guarantee of all then outstanding notes issued under the Group’s EMTN Programme is released or (2) at

substantially the same time its guarantee of the debt securities is terminated, such subsidiary guarantor is released from all obligations in respect of indebtedness

for borrowed money for which such subsidiary guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower). Under the EMTN Programme, Reynolds American’s

guarantee is released if at any time the aggregate amount of indebtedness for borrowed money, subject to certain exceptions, for which Reynolds American is

an obligor does not exceed 10% of the outstanding long-term debt of BAT as reflected in the balance sheet included in BAT’s most recent publicly released

interim or annual consolidated financial statements.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Reynolds American’s guarantee may be released notwithstanding Reynolds American guaranteeing other indebtedness, provided Reynolds American’s

guarantee of outstanding notes issued under the EMTN Programme is released. If Reynolds American’s guarantee is released, BAT is not required to replace

such guarantee, and the debt securities will have the benefit of fewer subsidiary guarantees for the remaining maturity of the debt securities.

Note:

The following summarised financial information report the unconsolidated contribution of each applicable company to the Group’s consolidated results and not the separate financial statements for each applicable

company as local financial statements are prepared in accordance with local legislative requirements and may differ from the financial information provided below. In particular, in respect of the U.S. region, all

financial statements and financial information provided by or with respect to the U.S. business or RAI (and/or RAI and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Reynolds Group)) are prepared on the basis of U.S. GAAP

and constitute the primary financial statements or financial information of the U.S. business or RAI (and/or the Reynolds Group). Solely for the purpose of consolidation within the results of BAT p.l.c. and the BAT

Group, this financial information is then converted to IFRS. To the extent any such financial information provided in these financial statements relates to the U.S. business or RAI (and/or the Reynolds Group), it is

provided as an explanation of the U.S. business’s or RAI’s (and/or the Reynolds Group’s) primary U.S. GAAP based financial statements and information.

The subsidiaries disclosed below are wholly-owned and the guarantees provided are full and unconditional, and joint and several:

a.British American Tobacco p.l.c. (as the parent guarantor), referred to as ‘BAT p.l.c.’ in the financials below;

b.B.A.T Capital Corporation (as an issuer or a subsidiary guarantor, as the case may be), referred to as ‘BATCAP’ in the financials below;

c.B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. (as an issuer or a subsidiary guarantor, as the case may be), referred to as ‘BATIF’ in the financials below;

d.B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. (as a subsidiary guarantor), referred to as ‘BATNF’ in the financials below;

e.Reynolds American Inc. (as a subsidiary guarantor), referred to as ‘RAI’ in the financials below; and

f.British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (as a subsidiary guarantor of the 2017 Bonds only), referred to as ‘BATHTN’ in the financials

below.

In accordance with Regulation S-X 13-01, information in respect of investments in subsidiaries that are not issuers or guarantors has been excluded from

non-current assets as shown in the balance sheet table below. The ‘BATHTN’ column in the summarised financial information is only applicable in the

context of the 2017 Bonds. British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (BATHTN) is not an issuer nor guarantor of any of the other

securities referenced in this note. None of the issuers or other guarantors has material balances with or an investment in BATHTN. Investments in

subsidiaries represents share capital acquired in relation to or issued by subsidiary undertakings.

	Summarised Financial Information
Year ended 31 December 2025	BAT p.l.c.<br><br>£m	BATCAP<br><br>£m	BATIF<br><br>£m	BATNF<br><br>£m	RAI<br><br>£m	BATHTN<br><br>£m
Income Statement
Revenue	—	—	—	—	—	—
(Loss)/profit from operations	(170)	(3)	—	—	—	3
Dividend income	7,432	—	1	—	6,111	44
Net finance income/(costs)	448	(35)	224	—	(561)	(65)
Profit/(loss) before taxation	7,710	(38)	225	—	5,550	(18)
Taxation on ordinary activities	(15)	9	4	—	125	(87)
Profit/(loss) for the year	7,695	(29)	229	—	5,675	(105)
Intercompany Transactions – Income Statement
Transactions with non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries (expense)/<br><br>income	(167)	1	—	—	30	—
Transactions with non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries net finance<br><br>income	293	769	777	—	22	—
Dividend income from non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries	7,432	—	—	—	6,111	44
	Summarised Financial Information
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
Year ended 31 December 2024	BAT p.l.c.<br><br>£m	BATCAP<br><br>£m	BATIF<br><br>£m	BATNF<br><br>£m	RAI<br><br>£m	BATHTN<br><br>£m
Income Statement
Revenue	—	—	—	—	—	—
(Loss)/profit from operations	(149)	(9)	(20)	—	—	1
Dividend income	6,477	—	—	—	5,263	185
Net finance income/(costs)	501	(81)	1,062	1	(496)	(34)
Profit/(loss) before taxation	6,829	(90)	1,042	1	4,767	152
Taxation on ordinary activities	(9)	(9)	(5)	—	111	(89)
Profit/(loss) for the year	6,820	(99)	1,037	1	4,878	63
Intercompany Transactions – Income Statement
Transactions with non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries (expense)/<br><br>income	(152)	(9)	(17)	—	31	(1)
Transactions with non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries net finance<br><br>income	316	563	1,234	—	24	—
Dividend income from non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries	6,477	—	—	—	5,263	185

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
	Summarised Financial Information
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
As at 31 December 2025	BAT p.l.c.<br><br>£m	BATCAP<br><br>£m	BATIF<br><br>£m	BATNF<br><br>£m	RAI<br><br>£m	BATHTN<br><br>£m
Balance Sheet
Non-current assets	1,076	19,255	2,184	1,436	12	1
Current assets	12,062	23,153	47,989	50	1,364	7
Non-current liabilities	1,575	18,908	9,469	1,436	8,618	3
Non-current borrowings	1,571	18,813	9,295	1,436	8,572	—
Other non-current liabilities	4	95	174	—	46	3
Current liabilities	65	23,502	36,502	49	1,647	283
Current borrowings	32	23,471	36,261	49	195	1
Other current liabilities	33	31	241	—	1,452	282
Intercompany Transactions – Balance Sheet
Amounts due from non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries	11,175	13,946	51,965	—	1,342	8
Amounts due to non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries	2	2,728	36,622	—	1	1
Investment in subsidiaries (that are not issuers<br><br>or guarantors)	27,234	—	718	—	23,892	1,549
	Summarised Financial Information
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
As at 31 December 2024	BAT p.l.c.<br><br>£m	BATCAP<br><br>£m	BATIF<br><br>£m	BATNF<br><br>£m	RAI<br><br>£m	BATHTN<br><br>£m
Balance Sheet
Non-current assets	1,917	18,996	2,292	1,358	292	77
Current assets	9,736	18,504	46,197	48	1,221	15
Non-current liabilities	1,577	18,503	11,526	1,358	7,707	20
Non-current borrowings	1,571	18,257	11,227	1,358	7,657	—
Other non-current liabilities	6	246	299	—	50	20
Current liabilities	72	19,010	32,984	47	3,257	129
Current borrowings	37	18,967	32,708	46	1,751	1
Other current liabilities	35	43	276	1	1,506	128
Intercompany Transactions - Balance Sheet
Amounts due from non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries	9,690	15,082	50,595	—	1,478	15
Amounts due to non-issuer/non-guarantor subsidiaries	2	3,942	32,707	—	2	1
Investment in subsidiaries (that are not issuers<br><br>or guarantors)	27,234	—	718	—	25,659	1,466

Perpetual hybrid bonds

On 27 September 2021, BAT p.l.c. issued two €1 billion perpetual hybrid bonds. During 2025, the Group repurchased €1 billion of perpetual hybrid bonds

and issued a further €1.2 billion of perpetual hybrid bonds. The perpetual hybrid bonds have been classified as equity as there is no contractual obligation to

either repay the principal or make payments of interest (note 22(d)) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

BAT p.l.c.’s unconsolidated contribution to the Group’s consolidated equity results is shown below:

BAT p.l.c.

As at 31 December	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Total equity	38,732	37,238
Share capital	577	585
Share premium	123	121
Perpetual hybrid bonds	1,893	1,685
Other equity	36,139	34,848

Item 5.C - Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

Expenditure on research and development, including employee benefit costs and depreciation, was £358 million in 2025 (2024: £380 million; 2023:

£408 million), with a focus on products that could potentially reduce the risk associated with smoking conventional cigarettes.

Demonstrating the reduced-risk*† status of Smokeless products, compared to smoking, can only be done with robust science. Every year we invest significantly to

find innovative ways to contribute to THR.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

We use various analytical and pre-clinical techniques, specialised laboratory technology and expertise to test our products, and aim to ensure they meet high

quality standards. This is complemented by collaborations with global external researchers, and clinical research organisations, who bring

independent, specialist expertise that enhance our internal capabilities.

We are always innovating, experimenting, and delivering new THR solutions. This is why our Science and Product Innovation are so important,

accelerating pioneering approaches to our Smokeless products.

We invested approximately £276 million in 2025 on the research and development of New Category products. We continue to enhance our capabilities while

collaborating with researchers around the globe.

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

Patents and trademarks

Our trademarks, which include the brand names under which our products are sold, are key assets which we consider, in the aggregate, to be important to the

business as a whole. As well as protecting our brand names by way of trademark registration, we also protect our innovations by means of patents and

designs in key global jurisdictions.

Item 5.D - Trend information

As a global business, operating at scale within a rapidly evolving landscape, our markets are shaped by long-term consumer, economic,

cultural and social trends. We continue to respond to this changing environment by developing and advancing our strategy and long-

term priorities.

The trends in and their potential effects on our business are discussed throughout in Item 3.D Risk Factors, Item 4.B Business Overview, Item 5.A Operating

Results and Item 5.B Liquidity and Capital Resources above. In addition, we emphasize the trend of consumers increasingly accepting alternatives to

traditional cigarettes.

The Global Nicotine Market

The global nicotine market is evolving at a rapid pace, characterised by the growing presence of oral nicotine and heated products across multiple

jurisdictions, and the continued uptake of vapour products by smokers. This remains a complex and fast-moving landscape, as new Reduced-Risk Products

(RRPs)*† are developed and launched globally.

Global Market for Combustibles and Smokeless

The latest data indicates that the legal global tobacco and nicotine market was worth around US$939 billion in 2024. Combustible cigarettes remain, by a

considerable margin, the largest product category within this market.

Although cigarettes are among the most heavily regulated consumer products globally – and despite legal cigarette volumes being forecast to decline by around

0.2% over 2024-2029 – roughly 20% of the world’s adult population continue to choose to smoke.

Without access to suitable smokeless alternatives, a sizeable proportion of this group is likely to maintain their current patterns of consumption.

The U.S. combustibles industry continues to be negatively impacted by the adult nicotine consumer migration to alternative nicotine products (Vapour and

pouches). The level of poly-usage for combustibles consumers continued to increase as part of the consumer migration journey, reaching 53% in 2025, up 4

ppts from 2023. In addition, continued consumer affordability pressure resulted in downtrading to the deep-discount category (in which the Group is not

present).

Transformation Driving Quality Growth

Our corporate purpose is to build A Better Tomorrow™ by reducing the health impact of our business. To accelerate the next phase of our transformation, we

are committed to Building a Smokeless World. We will deploy our global multi-category portfolio to actively encourage adult smokers – who would

otherwise continue to smoke – to Switch to Better*† nicotine products, and continue to seek long-term opportunities Beyond Nicotine in Wellbeing and

Stimulation, realising the multi-stakeholder benefits of A Better Tomorrow™.

Our commitment is demonstrated by our ambition to become a predominantly smokeless business, with over 50% of our revenue from Smokeless products by

Revenue growth in the global nicotine industry is accelerating through the development of New Categories.

We continue to make progress towards our target of 50 million adult consumers of our Smokeless products by 2030, adding another 4.7 million in 2025 to a

total of 34.1 million.

Prioritising where and which products to focus on within the largest profit pools guides our resource allocation decisions. Our New Categories business

continues to deliver profitable growth, on a category contribution basis. Category Contribution reflects the marginal contribution of the categories to the

Group’s financial performance. This measure includes all attributable revenue and costs.

We strive to continue to profitably and responsibly manage our transition away from combustibles, generating funds to further invest in our transformation

and deliver sustainable profit growth and cash flow over the long-term.

In order to achieve this, our refined strategic pillars will act as our executional compass, and we will measure performance using KPIs to track our journey.

A product transformation programme is underway to enable a simpler and rationalised product portfolio to enable adjusted gross margin growth.

As part of this, we continue to refine the number of tobacco leaf grades, blends, cigarette formats and stock keeping units (SKUs) in our portfolio.

To deliver category contribution growth, we will focus on marketing spend optimisation and on simplifying our combustibles portfolio to enable the delivery of

a managed combustibles transition.

Building a Sustainable Future for Our Stakeholders

Building a Sustainable Future is about seeking to actively migrate smokers – who would otherwise continue to smoke – away from cigarettes and to

smokeless alternatives sustainably, responsibly and with integrity.

BAT’s vision is to Build a Smokeless World. As we transition to A Better Tomorrow™, we are committed to doing so responsibly – by reducing our reliance

on natural resources, managing our environmental impact and respecting human rights across our business operations and supply chain. Through these actions,

we are enhancing business resilience and positioning BAT for enduring success in a rapidly evolving landscape. At the same time, we strive to create meaningful

impact in the communities where we operate and empower our people to drive positive change. Our sustainability strategy is anchored in four interconnected

impact areas - Climate, Nature, Circularity, and Communities - beyond Tobacco Harm Reduction. By focusing on these impact areas, we aim to mitigate risks,

strengthen resilience, and create positive value across our value chain. As our 2025 targets reach maturity, we have set four clear targets under each strategic pillar

to guide our efforts through 2030 and beyond. These targets enable us to proactively manage sustainability impacts, regulatory changes, and evolving stakeholder

expectations. Action plans are already underway, and we are committed to tracking and transparently sharing our progress as our transformation continues. Our

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

achievements to date, including significant reductions in GHG emissions, water use and waste, and value chain collaboration demonstrate our commitment to

deliver.

As we continue working towards reducing the health impact of our products and further embedding sustainability in our business, we seek to drive growth,

create shared value and build a stronger, more resilient BAT.

Our THR Approach

We aim to provide smokers – who would otherwise continue to smoke – with a choice of Smokeless products that deliver similar satisfaction to cigarettes in

their nicotine delivery, use, and sensorial experience. For example, while we are clear that our New Category products (excluding certain products within the

Modern Oral category) are not cessation products and are not marketed as such, some independent studies suggest that vapour products are more successful

than nicotine replacement therapy in helping people stop smoking2 by providing a satisfactory alternative.

With four global categories of reduced-risk*† products: Heated Products, Vapour Products, Oral Tobacco Products and Modern Oral Products, significant

progress has been made. It is estimated that there are now more than 115 million3 consumers of Smokeless products globally. The latest estimate of the

global number of vapour product consumers alone is over 86 million4.

Stakeholders increasingly expect us to demonstrate that we are a purpose-driven business, and to continue to make progress towards our ambition to Build a

Smokeless World.

Demonstrating the reduced-risk*† status of Smokeless products, compared to smoking, can only be done with robust science. Every year we invest significantly to

find innovative ways to contribute to THR.

We use various analytical and pre-clinical techniques, specialised laboratory technology and expertise to test our products, and aim to ensure they meet high

quality standards. This is complemented by collaborations with global external researchers, and clinical research organisations, who bring

independent, specialist expertise that enhance our internal capabilities.

We are always innovating, experimenting, and delivering new THR solutions. This is why our Science and Product Innovation are so important,

accelerating pioneering approaches to our Smokeless products.

THR substantiation

As most smokeless alternatives are relatively new to the market, they lack long-term epidemiological data that could show their overall impact on public

health. Therefore, it is necessary to take a 'weight of evidence' approach, using the best available data to draw conclusions.

Drawing on work by the U.S. Institute of Medicine, we use our nine-step risk assessment framework. This evaluates the emissions, exposure and risk profile of

our Smokeless products and compares them to cigarettes or other comparators.

In terms of THR scientific substantiation, our New Category products have been evaluated in peer-reviewed pre-clinical, clinical, and population level

research publications and journals, summarising significant reductions in emissions, exposure and risk markers versus smoking.

We aim to follow best practice and adhere to high standards of governance and ethics in all our scientific research. We publish our science, which undergoes

rigorous peer-reviews, and we participate at global scientific conferences. As of 31 December 2025, our scientists have published 276 scientific papers about

our Smokeless products.

Dynamic Business Making Active Choices for the Future

Our multi-category portfolio benefits from decades of consumer insights that have driven our No. 1 global revenue position in combustibles.

In addition, leveraging the benefits of our expertise in science and R&D, our manufacturing, distribution and marketing has enabled us to build three global

New Category brands, Vuse, glo and Velo, delivering over £3 billion of annual revenue.

Our long-standing experience operating within complex regulatory, legal and fiscal frameworks provides us with a compelling competitive advantage to

transform within the wider tobacco industry over the long-term. With our Corporate and Regulatory Affairs function we are driving a more proactive,

science-led engagement with all stakeholders.

We will continue to increase investment in new capabilities, including enhancing our innovation pipeline, leading responsible New Category development

and further leveraging our broad digital enablers. Our transformation will also be accelerated by a culture of inclusivity and collaboration, supported by senior

talent recruitment from a diverse range of industries. Together with our Chief People Officer, we are focused on developing a skills-enabled and performance-

driven organisation.

We continuously monitor and assess our capital allocation framework to:

–unlock shareholder value through investing in the right opportunities;

–optimise the return on our investments;

–maximise our cash generation;

–reduce our leverage; and

–generate sustainable cash returns for our shareholders.

Notes:

*Based on the weight of evidence and assuming a complete switch from cigarette smoking. These products are not risk free and are addictive.

3.Tobacco Intelligence, Regulatory & Market Intelligence for Alternative Tobacco & Nicotine Products, Nicotine Pouch Market Database, Quarter 1 Report. 2024.

4.WHO global report on trends in prevalence of tobacco use 2000-2024 and projections 2025-2030. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2025. Available at: www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240116276.

Item 6 - Directors, senior management and employees

Item 6.A - Directors and senior management

Board of Directors

Note: * denotes external listed company appointments

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Luc Jobin
---
Chair (66)<br><br>Chair of the Nominations Committee
Nationality: Canadian<br><br>Appointed: Chair since April 2021; Non-Executive Director since July 2017<br><br>Experience: Luc was President and Chief Executive Officer of Canadian National Railway Company from July 2016 until March 2018, following his<br><br>tenure as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer between June 2009 and June 2016. He was Executive Vice President of Power Corporation<br><br>of Canada, an international financial services company. Prior to this, Luc was Chief Executive Officer of Imperial Tobacco Canada, having previously<br><br>served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Luc also served as an independent Non-Executive Director of Reynolds American Inc.,<br><br>from 2008 until its acquisition by the Group<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Luc contributes deep financial, regulatory and M&A expertise and business transformation experience to<br><br>the Board. His extensive knowledge of North American markets and consumer businesses enhances the Board’s strategic perspective<br><br>External appointments: No external appointments		Tadeu Marroco
---
Chief Executive (59)
Nationality: Brazilian<br><br>Appointed: Chief Executive since May 2023; Director since August 2019<br><br>Experience: Tadeu was appointed Chief Executive in May 2023, having first joined the Main Board as Finance and Transformation Director in August<br><br>2019. Tadeu joined the Group in 1992 and joined the Management Board as Director, Business Development in 2014. He subsequently held roles on the<br><br>Management Board as Regional Director, Western Europe, and Regional Director, Europe and North Africa, and Director, Group Transformation, and<br><br>Deputy Finance Director<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Tadeu brings to the Board a wealth of strategic leadership, management, and innovation experience drawn<br><br>from finance and general leadership roles across the Group. His understanding of the business and proven ability to drive transformation position him to<br><br>lead the Group in delivering our ambition to Build a Smokeless World and create A Better TomorrowTM<br><br>External appointments: No external appointments		Holly Keller Koeppel
---
Senior Independent Director (67)<br><br>Member of the Nominations Committee
Nationality: American<br><br>Appointed: Senior Independent Director since April 2024; Non-Executive Director since July 2017<br><br>Experience: Until 2018, Holly was Senior Advisor to Corsair Capital LLC following her tenure as Managing Partner and Co-Head of Infrastructure. Prior to that, she<br><br>was Co-Head of Citi Infrastructure Investors, and held financial and general leadership roles at Consolidated Natural Gas Company and American Electric Power<br><br>Company, Inc. (AEP), where she ultimately served as Chief Financial Officer. She previously served as independent Non-Executive Director of Reynolds American<br><br>Inc., from 2008 until its acquisition by the Group and of Vesuvius plc<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Holly’s extensive international financial management experience across a range of industry sectors<br><br>enables her to make significant and informed contributions to the Board<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Non-Executive Director and member of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Sustainability Committee of Shell plc<br><br>–Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Flutter Entertainment plc<br><br>–Director and Chair of the Financial Audit Committee of AES Corporation<br><br>–Director and Governance, HS&E Committee Member of Core Natural Resources, Inc.		Krishnan (Kandy) Anand
---
Non-Executive Director (68)<br><br>Chair of the Remuneration Committee; member of the Nominations Committee
Nationality: American<br><br>Appointed: February 2022<br><br>Experience: Kandy has held leadership roles across a number of major consumer goods companies. At Molson Coors Brewing Company he was Chief<br><br>Growth Officer, CEO of Molson Coors International and Head of Strategy, M&A and Transformation. He also held key positions at the Coca-Cola<br><br>Company, including President, Coca-Cola Philippines and Vice President, Global Commercial Leadership. Earlier in his career, Kandy held marketing<br><br>leadership positions at Unilever plc. Kandy previously served on the boards of Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen Inc. and Empower Acquisition Company<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Kandy brings valuable international expertise to the Board. His experience across the consumer goods<br><br>sector enables him to contribute key insights in commercial marketing, strategic growth and transformation<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Director of Wingstop Inc.*<br><br>–Chief Executive Officer of Igniting Business Growth L.L.C.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Karen Guerra
---
Non-Executive Director (69)<br><br>Member of the Nominations Committee and Remuneration Committee
Nationality: British<br><br>Appointed: September 2020<br><br>Experience: Karen has held a range of senior executive roles, including President and Director General of Colgate Palmolive France, and Chair and<br><br>Managing Director of Colgate Palmolive UK Limited. She previously served as a Non-Executive Director of several leading international companies,<br><br>including RS Group plc (formerly Electrocomponents p.l.c.), Davide Campari-Milano S.p.A., Paysafe PLC, Inchcape PLC, Samlerhuset BV, Swedish<br><br>Match AB and Amcor p.l.c. (formerly Amcor Limited)<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Karen brings extensive international experience and commercial acumen to the Board, with particularly<br><br>valuable contributions in marketing, sales, and consumer goods insights<br><br>External appointments: Independent Director of Société Bic S.A.*		Uta Kemmerich Keil
---
Non-Executive Director (59)<br><br>Member of the Audit Committee and Nominations Committee
Nationality: German<br><br>Appointed: February 2025<br><br>Experience: Uta previously served as Chief Executive Officer, Personal Healthcare International at Procter & Gamble. Before that, Uta spent 19 years at<br><br>Merck Group in leadership roles including Chief Executive Officer and President, Consumer Health Division, and Chief Executive Officer, Allegropharma<br><br>and Global Business Unit Head, Allergy, as well as Head of Corporate M&A, Treasury and Finance. Earlier in her career, Uta was a Senior Financial<br><br>Auditor at Hoechst AG. Uta was previously Non-Executive Director at Affirmed N.V., Biotest AG, Gothaer Krankenversicherung, and Allgemeine<br><br>Versicherung<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Uta’s extensive transformational and M&A knowledge drawn from her experience across the consumer<br><br>goods and pharmaceutical sectors enable her to make valuable strategic contributions<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Non-Executive Director and Audit Chair of Beiersdorf AG*<br><br>–Non-Executive Director of Klosterfrau Healthcare Group<br><br>–Non-Executive Director of Schott AG<br><br>–Director of Farco Pharma GmbH<br><br>–Advisory board member of Röchling SE & Co KG		Véronique Laury
---
Non-Executive Director (60)<br><br>Member of the Audit Committee and Nominations Committee
Nationality: French<br><br>Appointed: September 2022<br><br>Experience: Throughout her career in international retail, Véronique has held a variety of leadership roles. From 2014 to 2019, she was Chief Executive<br><br>Officer of Kingfisher plc, an international home improvement company operating well-known brands across Europe including B&Q, Castorama, Brico<br><br>Dépôt, Screwfix and Koçtaş. During her 16-year tenure at Kingfisher she also served as Chief Executive Officer and Commercial Director at both B&Q<br><br>and Castorama. Véronique previously served on the Board of WeWork Inc.<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Véronique brings to the Board international experience across complex retail markets, along with valuable<br><br>expertise in consumer goods, strategy, transformation, and digital innovation<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Board member of Inter IKEA Holding B.V.<br><br>–Board member of Eczacıbaşı Holding Company<br><br>–Board member of Société Bic S.A.*

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Darrell Thomas
---
Non-Executive Director (65)<br><br>Chair of the Audit Committee; member of the Nominations Committee
Nationality: American<br><br>Appointed: December 2020<br><br>Experience: Darrell most recently served as Vice President and Treasurer for Harley-Davidson, Inc., having previously held senior finance positions<br><br>including Interim Chief Financial Officer for Harley-Davidson, Inc. and Chief Financial Officer for Harley Davidson Financial Services, Inc. Prior to this, he<br><br>was Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, PepsiCo, Inc. following 19 years in banking focused on capital markets and corporate finance. Darrell was<br><br>previously an Independent Director of Pitney Bowes Inc.<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Darrell’s extensive operational and management experience and knowledge of capital markets, finance<br><br>and treasury enhances the Board’s strategic and financial oversight<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Non-Executive Director of Vontier Corporation<br><br>–Independent Director of Dorman Products Inc.<br><br>–Non-Executive Director of Scotia Holdings (US) Inc.<br><br>–Member of the Finance Committee of Sojourner Family Peace Center, Inc.		Serpil Timuray
---
Non-Executive Director (56)<br><br>Member of the Nominations Committee and Remuneration Committee
Nationality: Turkish/British<br><br>Appointed: December 2023<br><br>Experience: Serpil served on Vodafone plc’s Group Executive Committee from 2014 to June 2025, holding roles including CEO of Vodafone<br><br>Investments, CEO of Europe Cluster, Group Chief Commercial and Strategy Officer, and CEO of Africa, Middle East, Asia, Pacific. Prior to joining<br><br>Vodafone in 2009 as CEO of Vodafone Türkiye, Serpil was CEO of Danone Dairy Türkiye. Her career began in marketing at Procter & Gamble where she<br><br>was subsequently a member of their Türkiye Executive Committee. Previously, Serpil was a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Corporate Social<br><br>Responsibility Committee at Danone plc, and held various Non-Executive Director roles in technology, including at TPG Telecom plc<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Serpil’s proven international CEO experience in delivering large-scale transformations and growth in<br><br>complex, regulated, and competitive markets across the technology, telecommunications and fast-moving consumer goods sectors enables her to contribute<br><br>valuable strategic, operational, and marketing insights to the Board<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Founding Chair of Change the Face Alliance<br><br>–Board member of World Economic Forum’s Digital Leaders of Europe<br><br>–Board member of World Turkish Business Council		Matthew Wright
---
Non-Executive Director (63)<br><br>Member of the Nominations Committee and Remuneration Committee
Nationality: British<br><br>Appointed: November 2025<br><br>Experience: From 1993 to 2013, Matthew held several senior roles at the global leadership consultancy Russell Reynolds Associates, including Chief<br><br>Executive, President, and Board Member. He also served as Head of Asia and Europe, and was a member of both the Global Executive Committee and the<br><br>Global Operating Committee. Earlier in his career, he held roles at Korn/Ferry International, Knight Wendling, and Cripps Leadership Advisors (formerly<br><br>Cripps Sears Ltd)<br><br>Relevant skills and contribution to the Board: Matthew brings extensive experience to the Board, having led and advised global organisations through<br><br>periods of growth and transformation. His proven leadership capabilities and strong people skills enhance the Board’s ability to foster a culture aligned with<br><br>BAT’s vision for a sustainable future<br><br>External appointments:<br><br>–Non-Executive Director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Ltd<br><br>–Chairman of Cripps Leadership Advisors<br><br>–Chair Designate and Senior Advisor of Movemeon

Independence

The Board considers the Chair and all Non-Executive Directors to be independent under the independence requirements outlined in the NYSE listing standards.

The Board considers all Non-Executive Directors to be independent, as they are free from any business or other relationships that could interfere materially with, or

appear to affect, their judgement.

Luc Jobin was determined by the Board to be independent on his appointment as Chair, as reported in the Company’s Annual Report and Form 20-F for

2020.

The Board has determined Holly Keller Koeppel to be independent, having taken into account her service on the board of Reynolds American Inc. (Reynolds

American) as an independent, non-executive director. Luc and Holly were originally appointed to the Board in 2017 following the acquisition of Reynolds

American and pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger with Reynolds American.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Management Board

For Tadeu Marroco’s full biography please refer to page 56 above.

Javed Iqbal
Interim Chief Financial Officer and Director, Digital and Information (53)
Nationality: Pakistani<br><br>Javed is currently Interim Chief Financial Officer, having been appointed on 26 August 2025. He also previously served as Interim Finance Director from<br><br>May 2023 to April 2024. Javed joined the Management Board as Director, Digital and Information in April 2022. He originally joined BAT in 1996 as a<br><br>Management Trainee, Finance. Since then Javed has held a number of senior roles, including Area Director for Middle East, South Asia and North Africa		James Barrett
---
Director, Business Development (51)
Nationality: British<br><br>James joined the Management Board as Director, Business Development in September 2023. He has been with BAT since joining as a Management<br><br>Trainee in 1996. During his career at BAT, James has held various senior roles in finance globally, including Group Finance Controller, Head of M&A and<br><br>most recently, Consumer Director, Beyond Nicotine		Luciano Comin
---
Chief Marketing Officer (56)
Nationality: Italian/Argentinian<br><br>Luciano was appointed Chief Marketing Officer in September 2024. He first joined the Management Board in 2019 as Regional Director, Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa,<br><br>and has since served in several roles including Marketing Director, Combustibles and Marketing Director, Combustibles & New Categories. Luciano has held a number of<br><br>senior regional marketing roles during his career at BAT, having first joined in 1992		Zafar Khan
---
Director, Operations (53)
Nationality: Pakistani<br><br>Zafar joined the Management Board as Director, Operations in February 2021. Having first joined BAT in 1996, Zafar has held senior roles including Regional<br><br>Head of Operations Asia Pacific & Middle East, Group Head of Plan, Service & Logistics, Regional Head of Plan and Service for Western Europe, Head of<br><br>Operations, Bangladesh, and Group Head of New Categories Operations		Dr Cora Koppe-Stahrenberg
---
Chief People Officer (60)
Nationality: German<br><br>Cora joined the Management Board as Chief People Officer in November 2023. Immediately prior to joining BAT, she was Global Head of Human<br><br>Resources at Fresenius Medical Care, a publicly listed global healthcare company. Earlier in her career she held senior HR leadership roles at various<br><br>multinational companies across the financial services sector		Paul McCrory
---
Director, Legal and General Counsel (53)
Nationality: Irish<br><br>Paul was appointed as Director, Legal and General Counsel on 1 January 2026. He first joined the Management Board as Director, Corporate and<br><br>Regulatory Affairs in September 2023, and has been with BAT since 2006. During his career at BAT, Paul has held a number of senior roles including<br><br>Head of Commercial Legal and Assistant General Counsel Corporate and Group Company Secretary		Pascale Meulemeester
---
Regional Director, Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa (46)
Nationality: Belgian<br><br>Pascale was appointed to the Management Board as Regional Director, Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa from 1 January 2026, having joined<br><br>BAT in September 2025. She previously held several senior roles at Barry Callebaut Group, a global chocolate and cocoa organisation, most<br><br>recently serving as President Western Europe. Earlier in her career at Barry Callebaut Group she led growth and transformation in different<br><br>geographies, including in the Asia-Pacific region. Prior to this Pascale spent several years at Mars Inc. following her time at Sara Lee Corporation

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Fred Monteiro
---
Regional Director, Americas & Europe (59)
Nationality: Brazilian<br><br>Fred joined the Management Board in April 2023 as Regional Director for the Americas & Europe. Having first joined BAT in 1987, he has held a number<br><br>of roles including as Area Director for Central Europe South, General Manager of BAT Japan, Marketing Director for BAT's Next Generation Products<br><br>business and Regional Head of Marketing for Europe and North Africa		Dr James Murphy
---
Director, Research and Science (50)
Nationality: Irish<br><br>James was appointed Director, Research and Science in March 2023, having joined the Management Board in February 2023. He has been with BAT for<br><br>more than 19 years in various senior roles including EVP U.S. Scientific Research & Development based in the U.S., as well as Group Head of PRRP<br><br>Science and Regional Product Manager for Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa		Johan Vandermeulen
---
Chief Operating Officer (58)
Nationality: Belgian<br><br>Johan was appointed Chief Operating Officer in July 2023. He initially joined the Management Board in 2014 as Regional Director for Eastern Europe, Middle East and<br><br>Africa, and was subsequently Regional Director, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. He has been with BAT for more than 30 years, and has held previous roles including<br><br>General Manager in Russia and Turkey and Global Brand Director for Kent		David Waterfield
---
President and CEO, Reynolds American Inc. (53)
Nationality: British<br><br>David joined the Management Board as President and CEO of Reynolds American Inc. in July 2023. He first joined BAT in 1998. During his career at BAT he has<br><br>held previous roles including Regional Marketing Manager, Eastern Europe and Middle East Area, Area Director for Western Europe and Head of International<br><br>Brand Group		Kingsley Wheaton
---
Chief Corporate Officer (53)
Nationality: British<br><br>Kingsley was appointed Chief Corporate Officer in September 2024. On 1 October 2025 he additionally assumed the responsibilities of the role of Director,<br><br>Corporate and Regulatory Affairs. He has held several Management Board positions since 2012, most recently as Chief Strategy & Growth Officer. He<br><br>joined the Group in 1996 and has held various senior marketing positions, including Managing Director, Next Generation Products, Regional Director,<br><br>Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa, Chief Marketing Officer, and Chief Growth Officer

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Item 6.B - Compensation

Summary of the Current Remuneration Policy

The current Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 16 April 2025.

Current Directors’ Remuneration Policy – Summary
Fixed Pay – Salary
Attracts and retains high-calibre individuals to deliver the Group’s long term strategy. Salaries are reviewed annually, taking into account factors including individual<br><br>performance, experience and business performance, and reference appropriate market data1 and the approach taken for the general UK employee population. Annual<br><br>salary increases for the Chief Executive will be held at or below the UK employee average for the lifetime of the Remuneration Policy.
Fixed Pay – Pensions and Benefits
Pension provides competitive post-retirement benefits arrangements in the form of a Defined Contribution benefit equivalent to a maximum of up to 15%<br><br>of salary, aligned with the rate applicable to the wider UK workforce. Market competitive benefits are provided consistent with the role.
Short-Term Incentive2
Incentivises the attainment of corporate targets aligned to the Group's strategic objectives on an annual basis, with a deferred element to ensure alignment<br><br>with shareholders' interests. The Chief Executive's on-target opportunity is 125% of salary and maximum is 250% of salary. The Chief Financial Officer's<br><br>on-target opportunity is 100% of salary and maximum is 200% of salary. The STI is normally awarded 50% in cash and 50% in shares. Once the minimum<br><br>shareholding requirements have been met, further STI awards will normally be awarded 75% in cash and 25% in shares. Malus and clawback provisions<br><br>apply.
Long-Term Incentive2
A combination of stretching targets aligned with long-term strategy delivery that provides a balance relevant to the Group's business and market conditions<br><br>as well as alignment between Executive Directors' and shareholders' interests. Awards granted under the Group's PSP vest and are released to participants<br><br>five years from the grant date, only to the extent that the performance conditions are satisfied at the end of the three-year performance period, and an<br><br>additional holding period of two years has been completed. Annual maximum award of 600% of salary for the Chief Executive and 450% of salary for the<br><br>Chief Financial Officer. Malus and clawback provisions apply.
Shareholding (including post-employment)
Strengthens the long-term alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders. Executive Directors are required to hold BAT shares<br><br>equal to the value of 600% of salary for the Chief Executive and 450% for the Chief Financial Officer during their service, and post-employment are<br><br>required to maintain the same level of shareholding (or, if lower, their shareholding on their cessation date) until the second anniversary of cessation of<br><br>employment.

Notes:

1.International Pay Comparator group: Altria, AstraZeneca, Bayer, Coca-Cola, Danone, Diageo, GlaxoSmithKline, Heineken, Imperial Brands, Kraft Heinz, L'Oréal, LVMH, Mondelēz International, Nestlé, Nike,

Novartis, Procter & Gamble, PepsiCo, Philip Morris International, Reckitt Benckiser, Siemens, Unilever and Vodafone.

2.Further details on the performance measures for the performance period ended 31 December 2025 can be found on pages 63 and 64.

Malus and Clawback

Amounts paid under the STI are subject to clawback provisions, and awards made under the Deferred Share Bonus Scheme (DSBS) and the Performance

Share Plan (PSP) are subject to malus and clawback provisions. Malus and clawback provisions apply to DSBS awards and the cash portion of the STI for the

duration of three years from the date of the award and to PSP awards for the duration of five years from the date of award. The Committee considers these time

horizons appropriate, recognising the nature and performance timeframes of each incentive whilst providing sufficient time to identify and address any issues

that may arise. Malus and clawback may be applied in circumstances including where:

–there has been a material misrepresentation in relation to the performance of any Group company, relevant business unit and/or the participant;

–an erroneous calculation was made in assessing the extent to which an award vested or bonus was paid, which in either case resulted in the value of the award or payment

being more than it should have been;

–participant misconduct;

–participant caused a material loss for any Group company as a result of (a) reckless, negligent or wilful actions, or (b) inappropriate behaviour or behaviour that is not aligned

with the Group’s corporate values;

–participant contributed to serious reputational damage of any Group company or one of its business units; or

–there is an insolvency event or corporate failure.

Where the Committee determines that these provisions are to be applied, the number of shares subject to outstanding awards may be reduced (malus) and/or

the participant may be required to repay up to the excess value which was paid or vested (clawback). Clawback may also be effected by the number of shares

subject to outstanding awards being reduced and/or by a reduction in other cash or share-based awards held by the participant.

The above provisions are supplemented by the additional malus and clawback policy which is compliant with the requirements of the New York Stock

Exchange (the NYSE) listing standards for NYSE-listed companies to adopt malus and clawback policies that meet the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act

and the SEC’s final rules implementing clawback provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (i.e., cases in which there has been an accounting restatement due to

material non-compliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws).

The Committee confirms that no malus or clawback provisions were applied during the reporting year.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The below section of this Item 6.B - Compensation sets out the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2025.

Executive Director remuneration earned in the year ended 31 December 2025

Single figure of remuneration
	Executive Directors
	Tadeu Marroco		Soraya Benchikh1
£’000	2025	2024	2025	2024
Salary2	1,410	1,374	525	533
Pension	212	206	69	70
Taxable benefits3	249	206	357	411
Other emoluments4	8	4	—	2
Short-Term Incentives	2,743	2,700	817	796
Long-Term Incentives5,6	1,954	1,606	—	—
Incentives buyout	—	—	—	2,969
Total Remuneration	6,576	6,096	1,768	4,781
Total Fixed Pay	1,871	1,786	951	1,014
Total Variable Pay7	4,705	4,310	817	3,767

Notes:

1.Soraya Benchikh stepped down from the Board on 26 August 2025, and as such the figures shown for the 2025 financial year are for the part of the year during which Ms Benchikh served on the Board. Soraya

Benchikh's 2024 salary was pro-rated from her start date with BAT on 1 May 2024. Please refer to page 77 for further details with regards to Payments to past Directors.

2.Tadeu Marroco's 2025 salary figure reflects the increases applied during the year, i.e. it was £1,384,000 per annum between 1 January and 31 March and £1,419,000 per annum between 1 April and 31 December

Soraya Benchikh’s 2025 salary figure reflects the increases applied during the year i.e. it was £800,000 per annum between 1 January and 31 March and £828,000 per annum between 1 April and 26 August

2025.

3.Soraya Benchikh’s 2025 taxable benefits include standard benefits with a total sum of £118,655, and relocation payments with a total sum of £237,736 which cover the schooling and housing support agreed as

part of her appointment terms.

4.The amounts included as Other emoluments relate to the all-employee share schemes: (1) Share Reward Scheme representing the value of ordinary shares awarded in 2025 in line with the scheme rules, and the

(2) Sharesave Scheme representing the face value of the discount on options exercised during the year, if applicable.

5.The 2023 LTI award is due to vest, by reference to performance on 22 March 2026, based on completion of the three-year performance period on 31 December 2025. The value shown is based on the average

share price for the three-month period ended 31 December 2025 of 4,099p and includes accumulated notional dividends. 27.5% of the value of the award is attributable to share price appreciation. The actual

value of shares to vest will be the value on 22 March 2028, when the award will fully vest after the expiry of the additional two-year extended vesting period.

6.LTIP values shown for

2024

have been restated to reflect the actual closing BAT share price of 3,136p on the date the awards were adjusted for performance and include accumulated dividends.

7.No malus or clawback provisions were applied during the year.

The following sections provide further detail on the figures in the above table, including the underlying calculations and assumptions and the Committee’s

performance assessment for variable remuneration.

Salary
Salaries are normally reviewed annually in February with salary changes effective from April. Tadeu Marroco's salary was increased by 2.5% (from<br><br>£1,384,000 to £1,419,000) and Soraya Benchikh’s base salary was increased by 3.5% (from £800,000 to £828,000) in April 2025. Both increases were<br><br>below the average level of the wider UK workforce (4%).		Pension
---	---	---
The pension values shown in the table represent company contributions of up to 15% of an annual<br><br>base salary to the Defined Contribution arrangements in line with the contribution level for the<br><br>wider UK workforce. No excess retirement benefits have been paid to, or receivable by, the<br><br>Executive Directors in 2025 and neither was entitled to defined benefits pension arrangements.	£'000	Employer pension<br><br>contributions
	Tadeu Marroco	£212
	Soraya Benchikh	£69		Benefits
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
The table below summarises the benefits provided to the Executive Directors in 2025. Where relevant, the costs include VAT and a gross-up for tax.
£'000	Car or car<br><br>allowance	Health insurance	Tax<br><br>advice	Company<br><br>driver	Security1	Relocation<br><br>benefits2	Other3	Total Benefits
Tadeu<br><br>Marroco4	£1	£14	£67	£30	£75	—	£62	£249
Soraya<br><br>Benchikh4,5	£13	£22	£10	£16	—	£238	£58	£357

Notes:

1.Security costs relate to property security assessment, installation of security system, annual maintenance and monitoring of personal and home security systems.

2.Soraya Benchikh received the second instalment of the housing (£181,132 gross) and schooling (£56,604 gross) payments in relation to 2025 in line with her appointment terms.

3.Other benefits include expenses relating to attendance at company-sponsored events which are treated by HMRC as taxable benefit in the United Kingdom. The amounts include tax gross-up, where relevant.

4.In addition to taxable benefits, other non-taxable benefits were provided to Executive Directors including Life and Accident Insurance.

5.Soraya Benchikh stepped down from the Board on 26 August 2025, and as such the figures shown are for the part of the year during which Ms Benchikh served on the Board. Please refer to page 77 for further

details with regards to Payments to past Directors.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Short-Term Incentive outcomes for the 2025 award
---	---
In 2025, we maintained focus in delivering against our strategic priorities, reinforcing our commitment to the Group’s ambition of transforming into a<br><br>predominantly Smokeless business. Our STI performance metrics support a balanced focus on top and bottom-line delivery, emphasising returns on<br><br>incremental investment as we continue to transform and invest in new products and innovations. From 2025, we have introduced the ‘Sustainability –<br><br>Climate’ metric, with a 10% weighting. The reduction in greenhouse gas emissions is a key priority for the Group. This metric directly supports our stated<br><br>ambition to reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions from our operations by 50% by 2030 (versus 2020 baseline) and is directly linked to our externally reported<br><br>targets.
Total revenue growth (10%)	Group revenue growth was 2.1% at constant rates of exchange, resulting in<br><br>maximum outcome for this performance measure.
Adjusted profit from operations growth (30%)	Adjusted profit from operations (as adjusted for Canada, at constant rates)<br><br>increased by 2.3% to £11,628 million, resulting in a 20.3% outcome out of a<br><br>30% maximum for this performance measure.
Adjusted cash generated from operations (25%)	Cash delivery (including U.S. tax that was deferred from 2024 and paid in<br><br>2025) continued to be strong, realising £7,140 million of adjusted cash<br><br>generated from operations (at constant rates), resulting in maximum<br><br>outcome for this performance measure.
Transformation metrics
New Categories revenue growth (12.5%)	New Categories revenue (at constant rates) increased by 7.0% to £3,673<br><br>million, resulting in no payout as threshold performance for this<br><br>performance measure was not achieved.
New Categories adjusted gross profit margin improvement (12.5%)	New Categories gross profit margin continued to improve increasing by<br><br>2.1%, resulting in maximum outcome for this performance measure.
Sustainability (10%)	Delivered a 46.6% reduction in Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from our<br><br>2020 baseline, resulting in maximum outcome for this performance

The table below illustrates STI performance compared to the targets.

STI performance measures, weightings and outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2025
Measure1		Weighting	Threshold (0%)	Maximum (100%)	Result	Outcome (max)
Total revenue growth	Year on year % growth at<br><br>constant rates of exchange	10%	1.0%	2.0%	+2.1%	10.0%	(10.0)%
Adjusted profit from<br><br>operations growth2	Year on year % growth at<br><br>constant rates of exchange<br><br>(as adjusted for Canada)	30%	1.5%	2.8%	+2.3%	20.3%	(30.0)%
Adjusted cash<br><br>generated from<br><br>operations	Annual adjusted cash<br><br>generated from operations<br><br>at constant rates of<br><br>exchange	25%	£6.5bn	£6.8bn	£7.1bn	25.0%	(25.0)%
New Categories<br><br>revenue growth	Year on year improvement<br><br>% revenue from Vapour,<br><br>HP and Modern Oral at<br><br>constant rates	12.5%	9.0%	15%	+7.0%	0.0%	(12.5)%
New Categories<br><br>adjusted gross profit<br><br>margin improvement	Year on year % accretion<br><br>of Vapour, HP and<br><br>Modern Oral products at<br><br>constant rates of exchange	12.5%	0.8%	1.8%	+2.1%	12.5%	(12.5)%
Sustainability	% reduction (versus 2020<br><br>baseline) in Scope 1 and 2<br><br>GHG emissions	10.0%	42.6%	46.3%	46.6%	10.0%	(10.0)%
Total outcome as % of maximum					77.8%		(100)%

Notes:

1.Non-GAAP measures: New Categories revenue, New Categories adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted profit from operations and adjusted cash generated from operations are non-GAAP measures consistent

with the Group's assessment of performance for remuneration purposes. Please refer to pages 70 to 73 for definitions of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable IFRS

measure where applicable.

2.Due to the initial uncertainty surrounding the timing of the implementation of the Approved Plans in Canada, the STI targets for 2025 were set excluding the Canadian business. Therefore, the performance of the

2025 adjusted profit from operations was reviewed as adjusted for Canada, excluding New Categories (at constant rates). The 2024 adjusted profit from operations outcome figure was therefore also adjusted to

exclude 100% of the Canadian business (excluding New Categories). This approach is consistent with management’s assessment of the Group’s performance as it relates to Canada.

Following evaluation of the formulaic outcomes of the STI, the Committee considered the results against the underlying performance of the Group

and concluded that the outcomes were a fair reflection of performance delivered in what continues to be challenging and volatile market conditions

and no adjustments were required.

Under the Remuneration Policy, 50% of the annual STI is ordinarily deliverable as an award of BAT shares under DSBS, reducing to 25% once

Executive Directors have met their shareholding requirements. DSBS awards will be deferred for a three-year period and will be released in March

For performance year 2025, 25% of the STI will be delivered in shares under the DSBS for Tadeu Marroco as his shareholding requirement has

been met as at 31 December 2025 (please refer to page 66 for details). In accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the 2025 STI for Ms

Benchikh will be paid fully in cash and pro-rated in line with the agreed separation arrangements.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The 2025 STI outcome for the Executive Directors is as follows:

STI outcome for the year ended 31 December 2025
	Base salary for 2025 ('000)	Maximum<br><br>opportunity as % of<br><br>base salary		STI outcome (out<br><br>of 100%)		STI award achieved<br><br>(£’000)1	Delivered<br><br>in cash (£’000)	Deferred<br><br>in shares (£’000)
Tadeu Marroco	1,410	250%	x	77.8%	=	£2,743	£2,057	£686
Soraya Benchikh2	525	200%	x	77.8%	=	£817	£817	£0

All values are in British Pounds.

Notes:

1.Malus and clawback provisions apply. No further performance conditions apply.

2.Soraya Benchikh stepped down from the Board on 26 August 2025, and as such the figures shown for the 2025 financial year are for the part of the year during which Soraya served on the Board.

Long-Term Incentive outcome for the 2023-2025 award
The 2023 LTIP measures below were set under the terms of our 2022 Directors' Remuneration Policy. The performance over the three‑year period reflected<br><br>mixed delivery against the targets. Strong operating cash flow conversion and resilient shareholder returns were delivered; however, adjusted EPS, Group<br><br>revenue growth and New Categories revenue growth did not meet the thresholds, resulting in no vesting for these measures. Since target-setting for the<br><br>2023 LTI award, there have been changes in the Group's operating environment which could not have been anticipated at the time targets were confirmed,<br><br>therefore, the 2023 LTI outcome should be considered in this context. In particular, the continued growth of illicit vapour products in key markets was not<br><br>anticipated. These developments adversely impacted performance over the period, with the most pronounced impact on New Categories revenue and a<br><br>broader impact on Group revenue metrics. The performance results were assessed over the three-year period from 2023 - 2025 as follows:
Total shareholder return (TSR) (20%)	BAT TSR ranked 5th amongst our TSR peers resulting in 17.6% vesting for this measure.
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (EPS)<br><br>(30%)	Adjusted diluted EPS is measured at current and constant rates of exchange (equally weighted). The three-<br><br>year EPS compound annual growth rate (CAGR) was 0.2% and 4.1% at current and constant rates,<br><br>respectively, resulting in no vesting for this measure.
Group revenue growth (15%)	The three-year Group revenue CAGR was 2.2% at constant rates of exchange, resulting in no vesting for<br><br>this measure.
New Categories revenue growth (15%)	The three-year New Categories revenue CAGR was 12.1% at constant rates of exchange, resulting in no<br><br>vesting for this measure.
Operating cash flow conversion ratio (20%)	We have continued to demonstrate the ongoing strength of the Group in turning operating performance into<br><br>cash, resulting in a 100.6% operating cash flow conversion ratio at current rates of exchange over the three<br><br>years, resulting in full vesting for this measure.

The table below illustrates performance compared to the targets.

LTI performance measures, weightings and outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2025
Measure1		Weighting	Threshold (0%)	Maximum (100%)	Result	Outcome (max)
Relative TSR2	Relative to a peer group of<br><br>international FMCG<br><br>companies	20%	Median	UQ	5th	17.6%	(20)%
EPS growth at<br><br>current rates of<br><br>exchange3	Compound annual growth<br><br>in adjusted diluted EPS<br><br>measured at current rates of<br><br>exchange	15%	5%	10%	0.2%	0.0%	(15)%
EPS growth at<br><br>constant rates of<br><br>exchange3	Compound annual growth<br><br>in adjusted diluted EPS<br><br>measured at constant rates<br><br>of exchange	15%	5%	10%	4.1%	0.0%	(15)%
Group revenue<br><br>growth3	Compound annual growth<br><br>measured at constant rates<br><br>of exchange	15%	3%	5%	2.2%	0.0%	(15)%
New Categories<br><br>revenue growth	Compound annual New<br><br>Categories growth<br><br>measured at constant rates<br><br>of exchange	15%	20%	30%	12.1%	0.0%	(15)%
Operating cash flow<br><br>conversion ratio	Ratio over the performance<br><br>period at current rates of<br><br>exchange	20%	85%	95%	100.6%	20.0%	(20)%
Total vesting as % of maximum					37.6%		(100)%

Notes:

Non-GAAP measures: Adjusted diluted EPS (at current and constant rates of exchange), Group revenue (at constant rates of exchange), New Categories revenue (at constant rates of exchange) and operating

cash flow conversion ratio are non-GAAP measures used by the Remuneration Committee to assess performance of the 2023-2025 LTI. Please refer to pages 70 to 73 for definitions of these measures and a

reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable IFRS measure where applicable.

Relative TSR: Peer group constituents for the 2023-2025 LTIP were: Altria Group, Anheuser-Busch InBev, Carlsberg, Coca-Cola, Diageo, Heineken, Imperial Brands, Japan Tobacco, PepsiCo, Pernod Ricard,

Philip Morris International, Procter & Gamble, Reckitt Benckiser, and Unilever.

3.In assessing performance results for the 2023 LTI award against the targets set at the start of the performance period, performance has been assessed by (i) removing the impact of the disposal of the Russian and

Belarusian businesses from the 2023 and 2024results; and (ii) consistent with management’s approach to assessing the performance of Canada as applied for 2025, Group revenue growth reflects the full

consolidation of the Canadian business. Adjusted earnings per share has, however, been adjusted to exclude the contribution from Canada (excluding New Categories), reflecting the removal of 100% of the profit

after interest and tax from all sources in Canada (excluding New Categories) from the Group’s performance.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Following evaluation of the formulaic outcomes for the LTI, the Committee considered the results against the underlying performance of the Group and

concluded that the outcomes were a fair reflection of performance delivered in what continues to be challenging and volatile market conditions and no

adjustments were required on this basis. In addition, the Committee considered share price fluctuations over the period since grant, and were satisfied no

windfall gains have occurred. The Committee concluded that share price growth over the vesting period reflects genuine growth in value due to true

performance and enhanced future prospects, which is reflected in both Chief Executive’s remuneration and shareholder experience and, therefore, no

adjustment to the award is required. The Committee noted that the value of the 2023 award is at this stage indicative. Shares will not be released to the Chief

Executive until after the expiration of the two-year additional extended vesting period on 22 March 2028

The 2023–2025 LTIP outcome for the Executive Directors is as follows:

2023-2025 LTIP outcome
	Shares awarded	Vesting %	Number of shares<br><br>to vest	Dividend equivalent<br><br>£'0001	Total value to vest<br><br>£’0002	Impact of share price<br><br>change £'0003
Tadeu Marroco	108,165	37.6%	40,670	£287	£1,954	£459

Notes:

1.Value of the dividend equivalents accrued on the proportion of the award that is due to vest only. Dividend equivalents will be delivered as shares following the expiry of the two-year extended vesting period on

22 March 2028.

2.The value of ordinary shares to vest is calculated using the average share price for the three-month period ended 31 December 2025 of 4,099p. The actual value of shares to vest will be the value on 22 March

2028, when the award fully vests and is released to the Chief Executive.

3.27.5% of the value of the award is attributable to share price appreciation and no discretion has been exercised as a result of share price appreciation or depreciation.

The below table details the shares awarded under the PSP and DSBS during the 2025 financial year.

Details in relation to scheme interests granted during the year ended 31 December 2025.

	Plan	Date of award	Shares awarded1	Market price<br><br>at award (pence)2	Face value<br><br>£’000	Performance<br><br>period3	Date from which shares<br><br>will be released
Tadeu Marroco	PSP	17 Apr 2025	261,214	3,179	8,304	2025-2027	17 Apr 2030
	DSBS4	20 Mar 2025	42,462	3,179	1,350	n/a	20 Mar 2028
Soraya Benchikh5	PSP	17 Apr 2025	113,243	3,179	3,600	2025-2027	17 Apr 2030
	DSBS4	20 Mar 2025	12,527	3,179	398	n/a	20 Mar 2028

Notes:

1.Shares awarded represent potential maximum opportunity.

2.The market price at award is the price used to determine the number of ordinary shares subject to the awards, which is calculated in the ordinary course as the average of the closing mid-market price of an

ordinary share over the three dealing days preceding the date of grant. An award price of 3,179 pence per share was used for the PSP award granted to the Executive Directors, consistent with the award price

used for the PSP award granted to the wider population on 20 March 2025.

3.The performance period for the PSP award is from 1 January 2025 - 31 December 2027. The proportion of the award that will vest for achieving threshold performance is 15% of maximum opportunity and 100%

of award will vest at maximum.

4.DSBS awards relate to the 2024 performance as disclosed in the Annual Report and Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2024.

5.Soraya Benchikh stepped down from the Board on 26 August 2025. In line with the Remuneration Committee’s decision, Soraya will retain a pro‑rated portion of the PSP award granted in 2025. Following

pro‑ration, the maximum number of shares that may vest, subject to the achievement of applicable performance conditions, is 12,582. Her outstanding DSBS award granted in 2025 over 12,527 shares (in respect

of performance in 2024) will be released in line with the original schedule in March 2028, subject to malus and clawback provisions.

Further details in relation to performance conditions attaching to outstanding scheme interests
	PSP awards granted in 2025
	1 January 2025–31 December 2027
	Weighting	Threshold<br><br>(15% vests)	Maximum<br><br>(100% vests)
Relative TSR1<br><br>Ranking against a peer group of international FMCG companies	20%	Median	Upper<br><br>quartile
EPS growth at constant rates of exchange2<br><br>Compound annual growth (CAGR) in adjusted diluted EPS measured at constant rates of exchange	25%	3% CAGR	7% CAGR
Operating cash flow conversion ratio<br><br>Measured at current rates of exchange, as a percentage of APFO2	20%	94%	99%
Smokeless revenue / Total revenue<br><br>Smokeless revenue over total revenue measured at current rates of exchange	10%	21%	24%
New Categories contribution margin<br><br>New Category contribution over New Category revenue measured at constant rates of exchange	10%	20%	25%
Return on capital employed2<br><br>Annual average growth on adjusted basis measured at current rates of exchange	15%	0.6%	0.8%

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Further details in relation to performance conditions attaching to outstanding scheme interests
---	---	---	---
	PSP awards granted in 2024
	1 January 2024–31 December 2026
	Weighting	Threshold<br><br>(15% vests)	Maximum<br><br>(100% vests)
Relative TSR1<br><br>Ranking against a peer group of international FMCG companies	20%	Median	Upper<br><br>quartile
EPS growth at current rates of exchange2<br><br>Compound annual growth (CAGR) in adjusted diluted EPS measured at current rates of exchange	15%	2% CAGR	6% CAGR
EPS growth at constant rates of exchange2<br><br>Compound annual growth (CAGR) in adjusted diluted EPS measured at constant rates of exchange	15%	2% CAGR	6% CAGR
Revenue growth<br><br>Compound annual growth (CAGR) measured at constant rates of exchange	15%	3% CAGR	5% CAGR
New Categories revenue growth<br><br>Compound annual growth (CAGR) measured at constant rates of exchange	15%	15% CAGR	25% CAGR
Operating cash flow conversion ratio<br><br>Measured at current rates of exchange, as a percentage of APFO2	20%	87.5%	97.5%

Notes:

1.The relative TSR peer group constituents for the LTIP awards granted in 2024 and 2025 are: Altria Group, Anheuser-Busch InBev, Carlsberg, Coca-Cola, Diageo, Heineken, Imperial Brands, Japan Tobacco,

PepsiCo, Pernod Ricard, Philip Morris International, Procter & Gamble, Reckitt Benckiser, and Unilever.

2.As adjusted for Canada. The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

Executive Directors’ shareholding requirements

Executive Directors are encouraged to build up a high level of personal shareholding to ensure a continuing alignment of interests with shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to hold BAT shares equal to the value of 600% of salary for the Chief Executive and 450% for the Chief Financial Officer

during their service, and post-employment are required to maintain the same level of shareholding (or, if lower, their shareholding on their cessation date)

until the second anniversary of cessation of employment, with a sale restriction mechanism in place for this period.

If, at any time, an Executive Director does not meet the requirements of the shareholding guidelines, the individual may, generally, only sell a maximum of

up to 50% of any ordinary shares vesting (after tax) under the Company share plans until the threshold required under the shareholding guidelines has been

met. Waiver of compliance with guidelines is permitted with the approval of the Remuneration Committee in circumstances where a restriction on a

requested share sale could cause undue hardship. No such applications were received from the Executive Directors during 2025.

Non-Executive Directors are expected to purchase shares in the Company on the open market to build up a shareholding in the Company during the term of their

appointment.

Executive Directors’ shareholding as at the year ended 31 December 2025 audited
	No. of eligible ordinary<br><br>shares held at<br><br>31 Dec 20251	Value of eligible ordinary<br><br>shares held at 31 Dec 20252<br><br>£'000	Actual percentage (%) of<br><br>base salary at<br><br>31 Dec 2025	Shareholding requirements<br><br>(% of base salary 31 Dec 2025)	Compliance with<br><br>shareholding<br><br>requirement
Tadeu Marroco	292,071	12,308	867%	600%	Yes
Former Executive Director<br><br>Soraya Benchikh3	80,667	3,399	251%	450%	No

Notes:

1.Eligibility of shares: (a) ordinary shares owned outright; (b) unvested ordinary shares under the DSBS, which represent deferral of earned bonus, are eligible and count towards the requirement on a net-of-tax basis;

(c) unvested ordinary shares under the LTI plan are not eligible and do not count towards the requirement during the performance period, but the estimated notional net number of ordinary shares held during the LTI plan

Extended Vesting Period and the PSP additional two-year holding period are eligible and will count towards the requirement; (d) unvested ordinary shares granted as a buy-out award on recruitment are eligible to count

towards the requirement on a net-of-tax basis; and (e) ordinary shares held in trust under the all-employee share plan are not eligible and do not count towards the shareholding requirement.

2.Value of ordinary shares shown above: this is based on the closing mid-market share price on 31 December 2025 of 4,214p.

3.Soraya Benchikh remains subject to a two-year post-employment shareholding requirement of the lower of 450% of salary and her in-role shareholding, which applies only in respect of shares acquired since becoming an

Executive Director. Ms Benchikh’s shareholding at the time of stepping down from the Board (26 August 2025) was 411% of salary; disposals made by Ms Benchikh between stepping down and 31 December 2025 relate

solely to shares that were not subject to the Company's post-employment shareholding requirement.

Remuneration in the context of the wider workforce

The Group’s remuneration policies and practices are founded on a high degree of alignment and consistency across the organisation. Accordingly,

remuneration for senior management is determined considering the remuneration principles that apply to the Executive Directors, and similar principles also

form the basis of the remuneration arrangements for the wider workforce.

The reward strategy for all employees is built around and designed to deliver the following objectives:

–Attract, retain and engage a diverse talent pool for competitive advantage;

–Offer a reward that is externally competitive and internally equitable as well as being commercially sustainable; and

–Align with short-term and long-term shareholder interests

The key difference between Executive Directors’ remuneration and the wider employee population is the increased emphasis on long-term performance in

respect of Executive Directors, with a greater percentage of their total remuneration being performance-related and delivered in BAT shares. This includes an

additional two-year holding period on the PSP, and post-employment shareholding requirements which do not apply to other employees.

The following table summarises the remuneration structure for the wider workforce.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Element	Wider workforce remuneration
---	---
Salary	–Salary ranges across all grades are set by reference to external market data. Individual positioning within the set salary ranges will<br><br>depend on level of experience, responsibility and individual performance.<br><br>–A globally consistent pay comparator group, derived from the International Pay Comparator Group used by the Remuneration<br><br>Committee for executive pay benchmarking, is utilised across all levels of the organisation for pay benchmarking purposes, with an<br><br>appropriate level of flexibility provided to end markets.
Pension &<br><br>Benefits	–Retirement benefits and other benefit arrangements are provided to employees based on and to reflect local market practice.<br><br>–Company pension contribution rates for Executive Directors and the wider UK workforce are aligned.
Short-Term<br><br>Incentive	–Our International Executive Incentive Scheme (IEIS) is operated consistently across the organisation and has more than 1,690<br><br>employees participating. It is designed to reward employees for the delivery of financial, strategic and operational targets.<br><br>–The IEIS is globally aligned for all managers in senior management roles, including Executive Directors, and for the most senior<br><br>managers, a portion of any award receivable is deferred in BAT shares for three years, granted under the DSBS, and the remaining<br><br>portion is delivered in cash. Both cash and deferred share awards are subject to malus and clawback. Approximately 460 employees<br><br>globally participate in the DSBS.<br><br>–Corporate annual bonus plans are in operation for employees in corporate functions designed to mirror the basic construct of the<br><br>IEIS and with performance metrics which align with the IEIS. Approximately 17,280 employees globally participate in the<br><br>corporate annual bonus plans.<br><br>–Functional incentive schemes are in operation in non-corporate functions with functional performance metrics incorporated to<br><br>provide line of sight for participants.
Long-Term<br><br>Incentives	–The Group operates two globally aligned discretionary LTI plans designed to reward and retain our senior talent while incentivising<br><br>long-term business results and shareholder value creation, aligning interests of our senior leaders with those of shareholders.<br><br>–Performance Share Plan (PSP) awards are granted to the Group's most senior leaders (circa 160), including the Management Board,<br><br>which are subject to the same performance measures and three-year performance period as for the Executive Directors. Executive<br><br>Directors' awards are also subject to the additional two-year holding period.<br><br>–Restricted Share Plan (RSP) awards are granted to circa 1,960 senior leaders globally and are subject to continuous employment<br><br>conditions during the three-year vesting period. The Executive Directors do not participate in the RSP.<br><br>–Discretionary share awards are subject to malus and clawback for all participants.
All-employee<br><br>share schemes	–Our all-employee share schemes are key to fostering a culture of ownership amongst our employees. In the UK, all employees (circa<br><br>2,470) are eligible to participate in the Company's all-employee share schemes, the Partnership Share Scheme and the Share Reward<br><br>Scheme under our UK Share Incentive Plan and the Sharesave Scheme. Similar plans are also offered in Germany and Belgium.

Pension, retirement and similar benefits

For further information on pension, retirement and similar benefits, please refer to notes 15 and 30 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Remuneration policy implementation for 2026

Base Salary for 2026
The Remuneration Committee has determined the Chief Executive’s salary following a comprehensive review. In reaching its decision, the Committee<br><br>considered several factors, including: the average salary increase for the wider UK workforce, the Chief Executive’s individual contribution and the Group’s<br><br>underlying performance in 2025. The salary increase also aligns with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy commitment that annual salary increases for the<br><br>Chief Executive will remain at or below the UK employee average for the duration of the new Policy.
Chief Executive	Current Base salary	Base salary from 1 Apr 2026	Percentage change %
Tadeu Marroco	£1,419,000	£1,468,000	3.5%	Pensions and Benefits
---
No changes have been made to the pension and benefits provision for Executive Directors, noting that the pension provision for Executive Directors has<br><br>been aligned with the wider UK workforce since 2019.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Short-Term Incentive for 2026
---	---	---
STI opportunity levels for Executive Directors will be in line with those set out in our Directors’ Remuneration Policy. Due to the commercial sensitivity of<br><br>the targets, details for the year ending 31 December 2026 will be disclosed retrospectively under Item 6.B - Compensation in the Annual Report on Form<br><br>20-F for the year ending 31 December 2026 (the Form 20-F 2026).<br><br>For 2026, the Committee has agreed to refocus the New Categories gross profit STI measure from margin accretion to absolute profit growth. Investments<br><br>in product innovations and the continued premiumisation of our New Categories portfolio are a strategic area of focus for the Group, hence re-focusing this<br><br>metric to New Categories gross profit performance provides a more appropriate measure of in-year performance at this stage in the Group’s transformation.<br><br>New Categories margin accretion remains an important area of focus and is represented in the LTI through the New Categories Contribution Margin metric.<br><br>The following performance measures and weightings will apply to the STI in 2026:
2026 STI performance measures and weightings
Total revenue growth	10%	Measures year-on-year % growth in total revenue at constant rates of exchange.
Adjusted profit from operations1	30%	Measures year-on-year % growth at constant rates of exchange on an adjusted for<br><br>Canada basis.
Adjusted cash generated<br><br>from operations2	25%	Measures annual adjusted cash generated from operations at constant rates.
Transformation metrics
New Categories revenue growth	12.5%	Measures year-on-year % improvement in revenue from Vapour, HP and Modern<br><br>Oral at constant rates.
New Categories gross profit growth	12.5%	Measures gross profit growth delivered by Vapour, HP and Modern Oral products<br><br>at constant rates of exchange.
Sustainability – Climate	10%	Measures annual % reduction (versus 2020 baseline) in Scope 1 and 2 GHG<br><br>emissions from direct operations including direct emissions from BAT owned<br><br>facilities and indirect emissions associated with purchased energy.
Total	100%

Notes:

1.Consistent with management’s assessment of the Group’s performance as it relates to Canada, from 2026 the charge will (following the underlying terms of the Approved Plans) be 85% of the profit after interest

and tax from all sources in Canada, excluding New Categories, reducing in future periods in line with the Approved Plans. The calculation of the Adjusted Profit from Operations metric for remuneration

purposes will be adjusted accordingly. Due to the initial uncertainty surrounding the timing of the implementation of the Approved Plans, the 2025 Adjusted Profit from Operations outcome figure excluded

100% of the Canadian business (excluding New Categories). The Committee reserves the right to review this approach in light of a change in circumstances or other relevant factors in the future. Any adjustments

will be fully explained in the Form 20-F 2026

2.Net cash generated from operating activities, less net finance costs, net capital expenditure, dividends from associates and dividends paid to non-controlling interests and before cash paid/received in respect of

litigation. Adjusted CGFO is measured at constant rates of exchange.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Performance Share Plan (PSP) awards for 2026
---	---	---	---
LTI opportunity levels for Executive Directors will be in line with those set out in our Directors’ Remuneration Policy.<br><br>The PSP performance measures strengthen the focus on portfolio transformation, together with the incentivisation of the continued financial performance of<br><br>the Group, creating a strong alignment with the Group’s long-term strategy delivery and the interests of shareholders. The measures and targets for the 2026<br><br>PSP awards are set out below.<br><br>The targets have been set having carefully considered our internal forecasts and external market expectations for future growth, as well as the current business<br><br>environment in which the Group is operating. The Committee is confident that the targets remain suitably stretching and incentivising for participants, ensuring<br><br>only maximum payout for exceptional performance. In addition, the Committee retains discretion to determine whether the formulaic outcome of the 2026 PSP<br><br>at vesting is a fair reflection of underlying business performance and consistent with the shareholder experience over the performance period and, if not, to<br><br>adjust the outcome accordingly.
PSP measures	Weighting	Threshold (15%)	Maximum (100%)
Relative TSR1<br><br>BAT's total shareholder return over the performance period relative to<br><br>the total shareholder return of the TSR peer group.	20%	Median	Upper Quartile
Earnings per Share2 (at constant rates) CAGR<br><br>Measures adjusted, diluted EPS compound annual growth rate<br><br>(CAGR) over a three-year performance period at constant rates of<br><br>exchange.	25%	3.5%	7.5%
Operating Cash Flow Conversion Ratio<br><br>Measures average operating cash flow as a % of Adjusted Profit from<br><br>Operations over the performance period at current rates of exchange.	20%	94%	99%
Transformation metrics
Smokeless Revenue / Total Revenue<br><br>Measures revenue delivered from New Categories, Traditional Oral<br><br>and Beyond Nicotine products over total revenue at current rates of<br><br>exchange.	10%	21.5%	25.0%
New Categories Contribution Margin<br><br>Measures New Categories Contribution over New Categories<br><br>revenue, where New Categories Contribution is the contribution to<br><br>APFO from Vapour, HP and Modern Oral products. It is stated after<br><br>deduction of attributable costs and allocated cross category shared<br><br>costs, before the deduction of administrative overheads and excluding<br><br>the impact of adjusting items in line with the policy for APFO. The<br><br>measure is assessed at constant rates of exchange.	10%	20.0%	25.0%
Return on Capital Employed2,3<br><br>Measures annual average ROCE growth on an adjusted basis at<br><br>current rates over a three-year performance period: profit from<br><br>operations, excluding adjusting items and including dividends<br><br>received from associates and joint ventures as a proportion of average<br><br>total assets less current liabilities. Measurement is based on an<br><br>average growth rate over the three-year performance period to<br><br>moderate potential foreign exchange rate fluctuations which may<br><br>impact the ROCE in a specific year.	15%	0.6%	0.8%
Total	100%

Notes:

1.The 2026 TSR peer group constituents are: Altria Group, Anheuser-Busch InBev, Carlsberg, Coca-Cola, Diageo, Heineken, Imperial Brands, Japan Tobacco, PepsiCo, Pernod Ricard, Philip Morris International,

Procter & Gamble, Reckitt Benckiser, and Unilever.

2.Consistent with management’s assessment of the Group’s performance as it relates to Canada, from 2026 the charge will (following the underlying terms of the Approved Plans) be 85% of the profit after interest

and tax from all sources in Canada, excluding New Categories, reducing in future periods in line with the Approved Plans. The calculation of Earnings per share and ROCE metrics for remuneration purposes will

be adjusted accordingly. Due to the initial uncertainty surrounding the timing of the implementation of the Approved Plans, the 2025 Earnings per share outcome figure excluded 100% of the Canadian business

(excluding New Categories). The Committee reserves the right to review this approach in light of a change in circumstances or other relevant factors in the future. Any adjustments will be fully explained under

item 6.B - Compensation in future Annual Reports on Form 20-F.

3.The approach taken is consistent with the Group’s financial reporting standards. Material events (e.g. material impairments and/or acquisitions) will be reported to and considered by the Committee as part of the

assessment of the Group’s underlying performance. The Committee reserves the right to review this approach in light of a change in circumstances or other relevant factors in the future. Any adjustments will be

fully explained under Item 6.B - Compensation in future Annual Reports on Form 20-F.

Chair and Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration for the Year Ended 31 December 2025

The following table shows the single figure of remuneration for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors in respect of qualifying services for the year ended 31

December 2025, together with comparative figures for 2024.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
	Base fee’000	Chair/Committee membership fees1’000	Taxable benefits2’000	Total remuneration ’000
---	---	---	---	---
	20253	20253	20253	20253
Luc Jobin (Chair)4	736	—	19	755
Kandy Anand	105	58	8	171
Karen Guerra	105	33	3	141
Holly Keller Koeppel5,6	148	33	206	387
Uta Kemmerich-Keil (17/02/2025)	92	29	9	130
Véronique Laury	105	33	2	140
Darrell Thomas6	105	58	161	324
Serpil Timuray	105	33	4	142
Matthew Wright (01/ 11/ 2025)	17	6	1	24
Former Non-Executive Directors
Murray Kessler (stepped down 17/02/2025)6	14	4	—	18
Total	1,532	287	413	2,232

All values are in British Pounds.

Notes:

1.Committee memberships are shown, together with changes during the year, in the reports of the respective committees in the Governance sections of the Directors’ Report.

2.Benefits for the Chair in 2025 comprised health insurance and ‘walk-in’ medical services of £10,566 (2024: £10,113), hotel accommodation and travel expenses of £5,920 (2024: £4,320), and security service

cost of £2,208 (2024: £2,394). The benefits for the other Non-Executive Directors principally comprised travel-related expenses incurred in connection with individual and/or accompanied attendance at certain

business functions and/or events and ‘walk-in’ medical services. The figures shown are grossed-up for tax (as appropriate) as, in line with the UK market, it is the normal practice for the Company to pay the tax

that may be due on any benefits.

3.The 2025 fees and benefits reflect the following appointment dates: Uta Kemmerich-Keil’s appointment as a Non-Executive Director on 17 February 2025 and Matthew Wright's appointment as a Non-Executive

Director on 1 November 2025, and Holly Keller Koeppel stepping down from the Audit Committee with effect from 31 December 2025.

4.Luc Jobin receives a pension in respect of prior service to Imasco Limited (acquired in 2000 by the Group) and Imperial Tobacco Canada Limited, a subsidiary of BAT. In 2025, this amount was CAD$150,228

(£81,030), and CAD$150,228 (£83,824) in 2024.

5.Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Reynolds American Inc. (DCP): as a former outside director of Reynolds American Inc. Holly Keller Koeppel participated in the DCP under which she elected to

defer payment of a portion of her Reynolds American retainers and meeting attendance fees to a Reynolds American stock account. Following the acquisition of Reynolds American by BAT, amounts deferred to

a stock account (Deferred Stock Units or DSUs) mirror the performance of, and receive dividend equivalents based on, BAT American Depository Shares (ADSs). The DSUs of Holly Keller Koeppel are

disclosed as a note to ‘Summary of Directors’ share interests'. DSUs deferred under the DCP will be paid in accordance with the terms of the DCP, section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as

amended, and the Director’s existing deferral elections.

6.Taxable benefits for Holly Keller Koeppel and Darrell Thomas in 2025 as well as taxable benefits for Murray Kessler in 2024 included expenses relating to attendance at company-sponsored events which are

treated by HMRC as taxable benefit in the United Kingdom. The amounts include tax gross-up, where relevant.

2026 Non-Executive Directors’ fees

The 2026 Non-Executive Directors’ fees structure is set out in the table below. The Chair's fee and the fees for Non-Executive Directors have been reviewed

with the changes below to apply in May 2026. Adjustments to fees have taken into consideration the increasing demands placed on the Board, the strategic

agenda of the business, the complexity of the sector and the approach to salary adjustments among the wider UK workforce. The Chair's fee will be adjusted

by 3.5% and the fees of Non-Executive Directors, when viewed in aggregate, will be adjusted by 3.5%.

	Fees from 1 May 2026<br><br>£	Fees to 30 April 2026<br><br>£
Chair's fee	771,000	745,000
Base fee	108,500	104,800
Senior Independent Director	43,150	43,150
Audit Committee: Chair	43,150	43,150
Audit Committee: Member	20,700	20,000
Nominations Committee: Chair	—	—
Nominations Committee: Member	15,525	15,000
Remuneration Committee: Chair	43,150	43,150
Remuneration Committee: Member	20,700	20,000

Non-GAAP measures used with the Group’s remuneration schemes

For certain measures within the Group’s remuneration schemes, management is assessed on the performance of Canada on an ongoing basis. As the Chief

Operating Decision Maker, the Management Board (from 1 January 2025) assesses the performance of the Group by reviewing adjusted profit from operations as

adjusted for Canada using the prior year translational exchange rate (constant rate) to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources to the overall business

on a regional basis.

This recognises a charge calculated in line with the Approved Plans (as described in note 24 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts) – based on a percentage of

Imperial Tobacco Canada Limited's and Imperial Tobacco Company Limited's (together ITCAN) adjusted profit from operations from all sources in Canada,

excluding New Categories. This charge (decreasing over time) will continue until the aggregate settlement amount is paid. This is reflected in the adjusted

performance of the Group within the Group’s remunerations schemes and is referred to as ‘as adjusted for Canada’. This approach presents the economic delivery

from the AME region in a manner comparable to that of the other regions in the Group. Due to the initial uncertainty of timing of the implementation of the

Approved Plans, 100% of the Canadian business (excluding New Categories) was excluded from both 2024 and 2025.

Full reconciliations from the relevant IFRS measure have been provided below.

Adjusted Profit From Operations (APFO) as Adjusted for Canada and Adjusted Operating Margin as Adjusted for Canada

Definition – Profit from operations before the impact of adjusting items (including, as applicable, adjustments in respect of Canada) and translational

foreign exchange; and adjusted profit from operations (including, as applicable, adjustments in respect of Canada), as a percentage of revenue.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

As management is assessed on APFO at constant rates also as adjusted for Canada within the Group's incentive schemes, as reported under this Item 6.B -

Compensation, this measure is also presented adjusting for the performance of Canada (excluding New Categories). The table below reconciles the Group’s APFO

at constant rates to APFO as adjusted for Canada at constant rates based on a re-translation of adjusted profit from operations for each year, at the previous year’s

exchange rates, and provides adjusted operating margin as adjusted for Canada for the periods presented. Refer to note 2 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the

Accounts for further discussion of the segmental results and for the reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations at current and constant rates of exchange to

segmental profit from operations and to Group profit for the years ended 31 December 2025, 2024 and 2023.

APFO as adjusted for Canada and adjusted operating margin as adjusted for Canada have limitations as analytical tools. They are not presentations made in

accordance with IFRS, are not measures of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to profit for the year, profit from operations

or operating margin as determined in accordance with IFRS. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other

companies.

APFO as adjusted for Canada and adjusted operating margin as adjusted for Canada are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to

APFO as adjusted for Canada is profit from operations. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted operating margin as adjusted for Canada is

operating margin which is profit from operations as a proportion of revenue. The definition of adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on

the Accounts.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Adjusted profit from operations re-translated at 2024 rates as per page 44	11,936	11,890
Adjustments in respect of Canada1, translated at 2024 rates	(308)	(520)
Adjusted profit from operations as adjusted for Canada, translated at 2024 exchange rates	11,628	11,370
Change in adjusted profit from operations as adjusted for Canada, translated at 2024 exchange rates	2.3%

1.The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin both as adjusted for Canada1 and at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Profit from operations before the impact of adjusting items and translational foreign exchange, and before all non production/

attributable distribution costs and presented adjusting for the performance of Canada (excluding New Categories), in £ and as a proportion of

revenue (at constant rates).

New Category adjusted gross margin (being a sub-set of Group adjusted gross margin as adjusted for Canada) is included within the Group's incentive

schemes, as reported under this Item 6.B - Compensation.

Costs are incurred by the products either directly as incurred by the product or category or, when incurred by products via an allocation of shared distribution

mechanism in a market, such costs are allocated based upon each category’s revenue as a proportion of total revenue from that market.

The definition of adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Adjusted gross profit and adjusted gross margin (both as adjusted for Canada) have limitations as analytical tools. They are not presentations made in

accordance with IFRS, are not measures of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to profit from operations

as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted gross profit as adjusted for Canada is profit from operations.

The most comparable IFRS measure to adjusted gross margin as adjusted for Canada is profit from operations as a proportion of revenue. Adjusted gross

profit and adjusted gross margin (both adjusted for Canada) are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

1.The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

Category Contribution and Category Contribution Margin both as adjusted for Canada1 and at Constant Rates of Exchange

Definition – Profit from operations before the impact of adjusting items and translational foreign exchange, having allocated costs that are

attributable to a product category and presented adjusting for the performance of Canada (excluding New Categories), in £ and as a proportion

of revenue (at constant rates).

New Category contribution and New Category contribution margin (being a sub-set of Group category contribution and Group category contribution margin)

are included within the Group's incentive schemes, as reported under this Item 6.B - Compensation.

These measures reflect the marginal contribution of the Group’s principal product categories to the Group’s financial performance. These measures include

all attributable revenue and costs. These measures are provided in aggregate as certain costs are incurred across all New Categories and are not product

specific. However, certain overhead costs that are not category specific are excluded from category contribution. Where costs are incurred by products via a

shared distribution mechanism in a market, such costs are allocated based upon each category’s revenue as a proportion of total revenue from that market.

The definition of adjusting items is explained in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Category contribution and category contribution margin (both adjusted for Canada) by products as measures of the Group’s performance have limitations as

analytical tools. They are not presentations made in accordance with IFRS, are not measures of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered

as alternatives to profit from operations as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to category contribution as

adjusted for Canada is profit from operations. The most comparable IFRS measures to category contribution margin as adjusted for Canada is profit from

operations as a proportion of revenue. Category contribution and category contribution margin (both adjusted for Canada) are not necessarily comparable to

similarly titled measures used by other companies.

1.The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Reconciliations of Profit from Operations to Adjusted Profit from Operations, Category Contribution, Category Contribution Margin,

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Margin, at Constant Rates of Exchange and including adjustments in respect of Canada

(excluding New Categories).

The following reconciliations are provided to support the definitions of the above measures as explained on page 71 with respect to Group adjusted profit

from operations, adjusted gross profit and adjusted gross margin, at constant rates of exchange (including adjustments in respect of Canada), being measures

used by management and used within the incentive schemes.

For the year ended 31 December	2025
	Group reported<br><br>£m	New Categories<br><br>£m	Traditional<br><br>Oral<br><br>£m	Combustibles<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>£m
Revenue at 2024 exchange rates (see page 41)	26,414	3,673	1,073	20,887	781
Profit from Operations	9,997
Operating margin	39.0%
Adjusting items (see page 43)	1,575
Impact of translational FX	364
Adjustments in respect of Canada1	(308)
Adjusted profit from operations as adjusted for Canada	11,628
vs 2024	2.3%
Adjusted operating margin as adjusted for Canada	44.0%
Other costs that are not attributable to categories	2,053
Category Contribution as adjusted for Canada	13,681	442	798	12,235	206
Category Contribution margin as adjusted for Canada	51.8%	12.0%	74.3%	58.6%	26.4%
Category spend (Marketing Investment and R&D)	3,860	1,703	91	1,992	74
Adjusted Gross profit as adjusted for Canada	17,541	2,145	889	14,227	280
vs 2024	3.4%	11.0%	-0.9%	2.5%	8.9%
Adjusted Gross margin as adjusted for Canada	66.4%	58.4%	82.8%	68.1%	35.8%
Impact of translational FX	483	29	26	414	14
Adjusted Gross profit at current rates as adjusted for Canada	17,058	2,116	863	13,813	266	For the year ended 31 December	2024
---	---	---	---	---	---
	Group reported<br><br>£m	New Categories<br><br>£m	Traditional Oral<br><br>£m	Combustibles<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>£m
Revenue	25,867	3,432	1,092	20,685	658
Profit from Operations	2,736
Operating margin	10.6%
Adjusting items (see page 43)	9,154
Adjustments in respect of Canada1	(520)
Adjusted profit from operations as adjusted for Canada	11,370
Adjusted operating margin as adjusted for Canada	44.0%
Other costs that are not attributable to categories	1,848
Category Contribution as adjusted for Canada	13,218	249	840	11,931	198
Category Contribution margin as adjusted for Canada	51.1%	7.3%	76.9%	57.7%	30.1%
Category spend (Marketing Investment and R&D)	3,747	1,683	58	1,947	59
Adjusted Gross profit as adjusted for Canada	16,965	1,932	898	13,878	257
Adjusted Gross margin as adjusted for Canada	65.6%	56.3%	82.2%	67.1%	39.1%	at Constant FX
---

1.The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS), presented at both current and constant rates of exchange, as adjusted for Canada

Definition – Diluted earnings per share before the impact of adjusting items and the performance of Canada (where appropriate, and excluding

New Categories), after adjustments to the number of shares outstanding for the impact of share option schemes whether they would be dilutive

or not under statutory measures, presented at the current and the prior years’ rates of exchange.

As management is assessed on adjusted diluted EPS at constant rates also as adjusted for Canada within the Group's incentive schemes, as reported under this Item

6.B - Compensation, this measure is also presented adjusting for the performance of Canada (excluding New Categories).

Adjusted diluted EPS as adjusted for Canada is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Adjusted diluted EPS as

adjusted for Canada has limitations as an analytical tool is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be used in isolation from, or as a

substitute for, diluted EPS as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted diluted EPS as adjusted for

Canada is diluted EPS.

The definition of adjusting items is explained in note in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

The table below reconciles adjusted diluted EPS to adjusted diluted EPS as adjusted for Canada at current exchange rates and at constant exchange rates

based upon a re-translation of adjusted diluted EPS for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rate.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
---	---	---
	pence	pence
Adjusted diluted earnings per share as per page 46	352.1	362.5
Adjustments in respect of Canada1	(11.6)	(21.4)
Adjusted diluted earnings per share as adjusted for Canada2	340.5	341.1
Adjusted diluted earnings per share, at 2024 exchange rates as per page 46	365.0	362.5
Adjustments in respect of Canada1, translated at 2024 exchange rates	(12.2)	(21.4)
Adjusted diluted earnings per share as adjusted for Canada, translated at 2024 exchange rates	352.8	341.1

1.The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

2.The Group’s dividend pay-out ratio is with reference to adjusted diluted earnings per share, at current rates. Based upon a dividend of 245.04p in 2025 (2024: 240.24p), this was a dividend pay-out ratio of 69.6% in

2025 (2024: 66.3%).

Operating Cash Flow Conversion Ratio

Definition – Net cash generated from operating activities before the impact of adjusting items and dividends from associates and excluding taxes

paid and net capital expenditure, as a proportion of adjusted profit from operations.

This measure is used within the Group’s incentive schemes as reported under this Item 6.B - Compensation, as an indicator of the Group’s ability to turn profits into

cash.

Operating cash flow conversion ratio (calculated as operating cash flow as a proportion of adjusted profit from operations) has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a

presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to measures of liquidity or financial position as determined in accordance with

IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to operating cash flow conversion ratio is cash conversion ratio, calculated as net cash generated from operating

activities as a proportion of profit from operations. Operating cash flow conversion ratio is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other

companies.

The table below reconciles net cash generated from operating activities to operating cash flow. The table also provides cash conversion ratio and operating

cash flow conversion for the periods presented.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Net cash generated from operating activities	6,342	10,125
Cash related to adjusting items	3,267	824
Dividends from associates	(369)	(406)
Tax paid	2,926	1,854
Net capital expenditure	(612)	(434)
Other	—	1
Operating cash flow	11,554	11,964
Adjusted profit from operations*	11,572	11,890
Cash conversion ratio**	63%	370%
Operating cash flow conversion ratio	100%	101%

Notes:

*See page 44 for a reconciliation of profit from operations to adjusted profit from operations.

**Net cash generated from operating activities as a percentage of profit from operations.

Adjusted Cash Generated from Operations (at Current and Constant Rates of Exchange)

Definition – Net cash generated from operating activities before the impact of adjusting items, excluding dividends received from associates, and

after dividends paid to non-controlling interests, net interest paid and net capital expenditure, and translational foreign exchange.

Adjusted cash generated from operations is a measure of cash flow which is used within the Group’s incentive schemes, as reported under this Item 6.B -

Compensation.

Adjusted cash generated from operations has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be

considered as an alternative to measures of liquidity or financial position as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS

measure to adjusted cash generated from operations is net cash generated from operating activities. Adjusted cash generated from operations is not

necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this measure in isolation from, or as a

substitute analysis for, the Group’s results of operations or cash flows as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles net cash generated from operating activities to adjusted cash generated from operations and adjusted cash generated from

operations at constant rates, based upon a re-translation of adjusted cash generated from operations for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rate.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
---	---	---
	£m	£m
Net cash generated from operating activities	6,342	10,125
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests	(100)	(121)
Net interest paid	(1,582)	(1,669)
Net capital expenditure	(612)	(434)
Effect of deferral of U.S. tax, in line with the federal disaster declaration in central and western North Carolina	—	(700)
Cash related to adjusting items within adjusted cash generated from operations	3,176	360
Other costs excluding litigation and restructuring costs	27	399
Dividends from associates	(369)	(406)
Adjusted cash generated from operations	6,882	7,554
Impact of translational foreign exchange	258
Adjusted cash generated from operations, translated at 2024 exchange rates	7,140	7,554

In 2024, the Group deferred tax payments in the U.S. from 2024 to 2025 totalling US$895 million. At 2024 rates of exchange this was £700 million, but

£678 million at 2025 rates of exchange. For the purposes of management incentives in 2024, as this was not included in the target, the positive effect of the

deferral was removed. However, the payment was included in the target for management incentives in 2025 and no adjustment has been made in the

calculation of adjusted cash generated from operations. On a normalised basis, adjusting both years for the respective impact of the deferral, adjusted cash

generated from operations would have been £7,560 million, or £7,840 million at constant rates of exchange in 2025 compared to £7,554 million in 2024.

Adjusted Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) and Adjusted Return on Capital Employed as adjusted for Canada

Definition – Profit from operations, excluding adjusting items and including dividends from associates and joint ventures and

other adjusting items (including in respect of Canada (excluding New Categories)), as a proportion of average total assets less current

liabilities in the period.

Adjusted ROCE and Adjusted ROCE as adjusted for Canada are used within the Group’s incentive schemes, as reported under this Item 6.B - Compensation.

Adjusted ROCE and adjusted ROCE as adjusted for Canada are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted

ROCE and adjusted ROCE as adjusted for Canada is profit from operations as a proportion of average total assets less current liabilities.

Adjusted ROCE and adjusted ROCE as adjusted for Canada have limitations as analytical tools. They are not presentations made in accordance with IFRS

and should not be considered as an alternative to other measures that may be derived from the financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Adjusted ROCE and adjusted ROCE as adjusted for Canada are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. The

definition of adjusting items is provided in note 1 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

The table below reconciles profit from operations to adjusted profit from operations including dividends from associates and joint ventures, including as

adjusted for Canada and provides the constituent parts of average capital employed.

For the year ended 31 December	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Profit from operations	9,997	2,736
Adjusting items	1,575	9,154
Dividends received from associates and joint ventures	369	406
Adjusted profit from operations, inclusive of dividends from associates and joint ventures	11,941	12,296
Adjustments in respect of Canada1	(293)	(520)
Adjusted profit from operations, inclusive of dividends from associates and joint ventures and as adjusted for<br><br>Canada1	11,648	11,776
Total Assets	109,290	118,899
Current Liabilities	14,524	18,743
Capital employed at balance sheet date	94,766	100,156
Average capital2	97,461	101,600
Adjusted ROCE	+12.3%	+12.1%
Adjusted ROCE as adjusted for Canada1	+12.0%	+11.6%

1.The adjustment in respect of Canada is discussed on page 70, with the adjustment based upon the profit after interest and tax from all sources, excluding New Categories, in Canada.

2.Average capital is the average capital employed (being the net of total assets less current liabilities) at the prior year and current year balance sheet dates.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Item 6.C - Board practices

Board tenure and attendance at meetings

Attendance at Board meetings in 20251
		Attended/Eligible to<br><br>attend
Name	Director since	Meetings4
Luc Jobin5	2017	9/9
Tadeu Marroco3(d)	2019	8/9
Kandy Anand3(a)	2022	8/9
Karen Guerra3(a)	2020	8/9
Holly Keller Koeppel2(e)	2017	9/9
Uta Kemmerich-Keil2(a), 3(b)	2025	7/8
Véronique Laury3(c)	2022	7/9
Darrell Thomas3(d)	2020	8/9
Serpil Timuray3(e)	2023	8/9
Matthew Wright2(b), 3(d)	2025	1/2
Soraya Benchikh2(c), 3(g)	2024-2025	3/4
Murray S. Kessler2(d), 3(f)	2023-2025	0/1

Notes:

1.Number of meetings in 2025: The Board held nine meetings in 2025, four of which were ad hoc. An ad hoc meeting was called in May 2025 to review succession planning for the Management Board. Two ad hoc

meetings were called in August 2025, the first to consider transition of the role of Chief Financial Officer and the second to review further succession planning for the Management Board and matters relating to the

Company’s share buy-back programme. An ad hoc meeting was also called in December 2025 to consider Board Committee composition.

2.Composition: The Board of Directors is shown as at the date of this Form 20-F; (a) Uta Kemmerich-Keil joined the Board with effect from 17 February 2025 on her appointment as a Non-Executive Director; (b)

Matthew Wright joined the Board with effect from 1 November 2025 on his appointment as a Non-Executive Director; (c) Soraya Benchikh stepped down from the Board with effect from 26 August 2025; (d)

Murray S. Kessler stepped down from the Board with effect from 17 February 2025; (e) Holly Keller Koeppel will step down from the Board with effect from the conclusion of the 2026 Annual General Meeting

and will not be proposed for re-election.

3.Attendance at meetings: Due to prior commitments: (a) Kandy Anand and Karen Guerra did not attend the second ad hoc meeting called at short notice in August 2025; (b) Uta Kemmerich-Keil did not attend the

scheduled meeting in April 2025; (c) Véronique Laury did not attend the ad hoc meeting called at short notice in May 2025 and the second ad hoc meeting called on short notice in August 2025; (d) Tadeu

Marroco, Darrell Thomas and Matthew Wright did not attend the ad hoc meeting called at short notice in December 2025; (e) Serpil Timuray did not attend the first ad hoc meeting called at short notice in August

2025; (f) Murray Kessler did not attend the scheduled meeting in February 2025; (g) Soraya Benchikh did not attend the ad hoc meeting called at short notice in May 2025. The first ad hoc meeting in August

2025 convened to consider transition of the role of Chief Financial Officer was not attended by Soraya Benchikh.

4.Number of meetings in2026: Five Board meetings are scheduled for 2026, with ad hoc meetings convened as may be required.

5.The Board has unanimously decided to extend Luc Jobin's tenure as Chair for a period of up to two years until the Company's Annual General Meeting in April 2028, with the aim of appointing a new Chair

within that time. Luc's re-election will be presented for annual shareholder approval at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in the usual way.

Terms of Appointment to the Board

Details of the Directors’ terms of appointment and the Company’s policy on payments for loss of office are set out in the 2025 Directors’ Remuneration

Policy (set out in the Remuneration Report in the Company’s Annual Report and Form 20-F for 2024). The Executive Directors have rolling one-year

contracts. Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts with the Company but instead have letters of appointment for one year, with an expected time

commitment of 25 to 30 days per year. Fees for Non-Executive Directors and the Chair cannot currently exceed in aggregate an annual sum of £2,500,000 as

authorised by shareholders with reference to the Company's Articles of Association. Any Director who holds any other office in the Company (including the

office of Chair of the Board), serves on any Committee of the Board, or performs services that the Directors consider go beyond the ordinary duties of a

Director may be paid such additional remuneration as the Directors may determine.

All Directors must retire from office at each annual general meeting (AGM) and seek re-election, except any Director appointed by the Board after notice of

that AGM has been given and before the AGM has been held. All of the Directors of the Company will be subject to re-election at the forthcoming AGM to

be held on 15 April 2026 in accordance with the Articles.

Terms of Appointment for the Chair of the Board and other Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors, including the Chair of the Board, are appointed as officeholders, not employees. In any given year, the period of appointment runs

from the close of the Company’s last AGM to the close of the Company’s next AGM.

The Chair of the Board may terminate his or her appointment with one month’s written notice, and the Company may give a compensation payment in lieu

of all or part of such notice. The Chair may be removed by the Company prior to the expiry of his or her term of appointment by three months’ written notice

or a compensation payment in lieu of all or part of such notice.

A Non-Executive Director may terminate his or her appointment at any time in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. Alternatively, a

Non-Executive Director’s appointment will terminate if: (1) the Board requests that he or she not offer himself or herself for re-election at the next AGM; (2)

the Non-Executive Director is not re-elected at the next AGM; (3) the Non-Executive Director is required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of

the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association; or (4) the Non-Executive Director is removed as Director or otherwise required to vacate office

under any applicable law.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The Chair of the Board and other Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any discussion on their own respective remuneration.

Chair of the Board and Non-Executive Directors
Fees	The Chair of the Board receives a single all-inclusive fee. Other Non-Executive Directors receive a base fee and may also receive<br><br>additional fees in respect of committee membership and/or chairmanship.<br><br>The Committee considers annually the fee payable to the Chair of the Board and the Board considers fees payable to the other<br><br>Non-Executive Directors. This process may take into account factors including the breadth and demands of the relevant role as<br><br>well as comparison with fees paid by the comparator group of companies used in the base salary review of Executive Directors.<br><br>The annual review does not necessarily result in a change to the fees.<br><br>The Company has the discretion to pay additional fees to the Chair of the Board and/or Non-Executive Directors should the<br><br>Company require significant additional time commitment in exceptional or unforeseen circumstances.<br><br>Fees may be paid in cash or a combination of cash and shares, with the proportion to be paid in shares in a year to be disclosed in<br><br>the relevant Directors' Remuneration Report.<br><br>It is anticipated that any future aggregate increase in fees for the Chair of the Board and other Non- Executive Directors will<br><br>generally be in the range of the increases in the base pay of UK-based employees in the Group.1
Benefits, travel and<br><br>related expenses	The Chair of the Board and Non-Executive Directors may be reimbursed for the cost of travel, accommodation and related<br><br>expenses incurred in connection with their duties and are eligible to use general practitioner ‘walk-in’ services. The Chair of the<br><br>Board and Non-Executive Directors and their partners may attend hospitality or similar functions.<br><br>Benefits for the Chair of the Board may also include: the use of a Company driver; private medical insurance and personal accident<br><br>insurance benefits; the provision of home and personal security; and assistance in relation to personal tax matters.<br><br>If necessary, the Company will pay for independent professional advice in connection with the performance of duties as Chair of<br><br>the Board and Non-Executive Directors.<br><br>The Company provides D&O insurance and an indemnity to the Chair of the Board and Non-Executive Directors to cover costs<br><br>and liabilities incurred in the execution of their duties.<br><br>In instances where any benefits, reimbursements or expenses are classified by HMRC as a benefit to the Chair of the Board and<br><br>Non-Executive Directors, it is also the practice of the Company to pay any tax due on any such benefits.
Other	There are no formal requirements or guidelines to hold shares in the Company. The Chair of the Board and Non-Executive<br><br>Directors are not eligible to participate in the British American Tobacco share schemes, bonus schemes or incentive plans, or be a<br><br>member of any Group pension plan.

Note:

1.Fees for Non-Executive Directors and the Chair cannot currently exceed in aggregate an annual sum of £2,500,000 as authorised by shareholders with reference to the Company's Articles of Association. Any

Director who holds any other office in the Company (including the office of Chair of the Board), serves on any Committee of the Board, or performs services that the Directors consider go beyond the ordinary

duties of a Director may be paid such additional remuneration as the Directors may determine.

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment

Non-Executive Directors, including the Chair of the Board, have letters of appointment which are signed annually upon re-election at the AGM and are

available for inspection at the AGM or at the Company's registered office. For further details on appointment and reappointment of Non-Executive Directors,

see the Governance section on pages 81 to 82.

Non-Executive Director recruitment

The remuneration package for new Non-Executive Directors is determined within the confines of the Policy table for Non-Executive Directors fees, and

subject to the Articles of Association. Non-Executive Directors are not offered variable remuneration or retention awards. When determining the benefits for

a new Chair of the Board, the individual circumstances of the future Chair will be taken into account.

Non-Executive Director termination of office

No payments for loss of office will be made to Non-Executive Directors.

Executive Director service contracts and loss of office provisions

The table below sets out the effective dates of the Executive Directors' service contracts.

Executive Director	Effective date of current service contract
Tadeu Marroco	15 May 2023
Soraya Benchikh	1 May 2024*

*Ms Benchikh stepped down from the Board on 26 August 2025. Her service contract was terminated on 31 December 2025.

Copies may be inspected at the Company’s registered office.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Provision
---	---
Notice period	Employed on a permanent contract, terminable by either party on one year’s notice. The Company may require the Executive<br><br>Director to be on garden leave during all or any part of the period of notice (whether given by the Executive Director or the<br><br>Company).
Contractual terms	The contracts include obligations which could give rise to, or impact upon, remuneration and/or payments for loss of office.<br><br>The primary obligations under the contracts which may give rise to remuneration or payments for loss of office are as follows:<br><br>–to terminate the contract only on the expiry of 12 months’ written notice or to make a payment in lieu of notice in respect of all,<br><br>or the unexpired part, of the 12 months’ notice calculated based on: (1) salary at then current base pay; and (2) the cost to the<br><br>Company of providing private medical expenses insurance and personal accident insurance (or the Company may, at its option,<br><br>continue those benefits for the unexpired period of the notice). In determining the value of a payment in lieu of notice the<br><br>Company shall not be required to reward failure on the part of the Executive Director and shall have regard to corporate<br><br>governance standards at the termination date. The Company may, at its reasonable discretion, make the payment in lieu of notice<br><br>in phased monthly or quarterly instalments and may determine that it should be reduced in accordance with the duty on the part<br><br>of the Executive Director to mitigate their loss; and<br><br>–to continue to pay the Executive Director’s salary and contractual benefits during any garden leave period.<br><br>In addition to the contractual rights to a payment on loss of office, the Executive Director may have statutory and/or common law<br><br>rights to certain additional payments depending on the circumstances of the termination.
Treatment of STI<br><br>and Deferred Bonus<br><br>Scheme (DSBS)<br><br>awards	The following provisions will normally apply:<br><br>–In the event of death, disability, injury or ill health, and other circumstances at the Committee’s discretion, any STI in the year of<br><br>departure is pro-rated based on service and deferred awards under the DSBS will vest upon termination of employment.<br><br>–Payments made during a notice period or after cessation may, at the discretion of the Committee, be made in cash only.<br><br>–STI amount payable will be determined based on the assessment of the actual full-year performance and paid at the normal time.<br><br>–In other circumstances (including resignation and summary dismissal), no STI award will be made and DSBS awards will lapse<br><br>unless the Committee, in its absolute discretion, decides otherwise.
Treatment of PSP<br><br>awards	PSP awards will be treated in accordance with the applicable plan rules. The following provisions will normally apply:<br><br>–In the event of disability, injury or ill health, and other circumstances at the Committee’s discretion outstanding awards will<br><br>continue to vest and will ordinarily be reduced pro-rata for time elapsed during the performance period.<br><br>–Awards will remain subject to the same vesting period, performance conditions, holding period and malus and clawback<br><br>provisions, as if the Executive Director had remained in employment.<br><br>–The extent to which awards vest will be determined by the Committee taking into account the extent to which the performance<br><br>conditions have been satisfied.<br><br>–In the event of death, the award will vest in full on the date of death.<br><br>–In other circumstances (including resignation and summary dismissal): unvested awards will lapse on cessation of employment,<br><br>unless the Committee, in its absolute discretion, decides otherwise.
All-employee share<br><br>schemes	Executive Directors are treated in accordance with the scheme rules, in the same manner as applies to all employees.
Other	The Company may make payment of legal fees and/or other professional advice fees incurred by an individual in connection with<br><br>their termination of employment, and/or fees for outplacement services. Payment may also be made in relation to accrued but<br><br>untaken holiday.<br><br>Reimbursement of reasonable relocation costs where an Executive Director (and, where relevant, his or her family) had originally<br><br>relocated to take up the appointment; this may include the shipment of personal goods and winding-up his or her affairs in the UK<br><br>and the incidental costs incurred in doing so.<br><br>In certain circumstances, the Committee may approve new contractual arrangements with departing Executive Directors,<br><br>potentially including (but not limited to) settlement, confidentiality, restrictive covenants and/or consultancy arrangements. These<br><br>arrangements would only be entered into where the Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its<br><br>shareholders to do so.

For a summary of the current Remuneration Policy, see Item 6.B, on page 61.

Payments to past Directors or for loss of office

Ms Benchikh stepped down from the Board on 26 August 2025. Arrangements relating to Ms Benchikh's departure were approved by the Remuneration

Committee and are consistent with the Directors' Remuneration Policy and the relevant incentive plan rules.

Ms Benchikh remained employed for the period from 26 August 2025 to 31 December 2025, and received £296,032 base salary and benefits with a total

value of £102,022 (pension, medical and personal accident insurance, and tax advice from the Company’s nominated advisers). A capped contribution of

£30,000 (plus VAT) was made towards legal fees incurred in connection with her departure and she has also received executive outplacement services with a

value of £70,000 (plus VAT).

For the period from 1 January 2026 to 23 August 2026 (being the remainder of her 12-month notice period), Ms Benchikh will receive a payment in lieu of

notice equivalent to salary (£531,968). Payments will be made in equal monthly instalments, subject to mitigation. Insured benefits (medical insurance and

personal accident cover) with a total value of £21,823 will continue to be provided until the end of the notice period. No further Company contributions will

be made to Ms Benchikh’s UK Defined Contribution arrangement after 31 December 2025.

In May 2026, Ms Benchikh will also receive the final housing allowance payment (£96,000) and schooling support (£30,000), in line with her contractual

entitlements and will continue to be entitled to receive tax advice for 2026 with a value of up to £30,000 (plus VAT) with the Company covering any

associated tax liability arising.

Ms Benchikh will receive a pro-rated bonus under the Company’s STI Plan for the 2025 financial year, reflecting her service as an Executive Director during

that period. In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the bonus will be paid wholly in cash, without deferral.

Her outstanding deferred bonus award granted in 2025 over 12,527 shares (in respect of performance in 2024) will be released in line with the original

schedule in March 2028, subject to malus and clawback provisions. Ms Benchikh will also retain a pro-rated portion of her long-term incentive awards

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

granted in 2024 and 2025. These awards remain outstanding in respect of 66,285 and 12,582 shares, respectively, and will vest on their respective normal

vesting dates, subject to performance assessment, and will be released following a two-year holding period in March 2029 and March 2030, respectively.

Both awards remain subject to malus and clawback provisions. Ms Benchikh retained her outstanding buy-out awards granted in 2024, to be released on the

original schedule (23,368 shares having been released in September 2025, and a further 42,550 shares to be released in September 2026). Share awards shall

continue to accrue dividend equivalents, in accordance with the terms on which they were granted.

At the termination date, Ms Benchikh held 128 shares under the BAT Share Incentive Plan. In accordance with HMRC-approved rules, 40 shares awarded

under the BAT Share Incentive Plan were sold to cover applicable taxes in accordance with HMRC-approved rules. The remaining 92 shares (including an

additional 4 shares purchased on 7 January 2026) were transferred to her. She will remain subject to the post-employment shareholding requirement in

respect of shares she acquired as an Executive Director until 26 August 2027.

Except as outlined above, no other payments were made to past Directors or in respect of loss of office. For further details related to the Executive

Directors’ compensation see note 30 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

Current Members
Darrell Thomas (Chair)
Uta Kemmerich-Keil
Véronique Laury

Audit Committee Terms of Reference

Revised terms of reference for the Audit Committee were introduced with effect from 1 November 2025 to reflect the introduction of Provision 29 of the UK

Corporate Governance Code 2024 (the 2024 Code). For the Committee’s terms of reference see www.bat.com/governance

Audit Committee Role

As set out in its terms of reference, the Audit Committee monitors and reviews:

–integrity of the Group’s financial statements and formal announcements relating to the Company’s performance, considering any significant financial

reporting issues, significant judgements and estimates reflected in them, before their submission to the Board;

–consistency of the Group’s accounting policies;

–effectiveness of, and makes recommendations to the Board on, the Group’s risk management and internal control framework. This includes accounting

controls, auditing matters, other material controls (including financial, operational, reporting and compliance controls) and business risk management

systems. From financial year 2026, this will also include advice to the Board to support its annual declaration of the effectiveness of material controls;

–effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function;

–independence, performance, effectiveness and objectivity of the Company’s external auditors, makes recommendations to the Board as to their

reappointment (or for a tender of audit services where appropriate), and approves their terms of engagement and the level of audit, audit-related and non-

audit fees; and

–assurance activities conducted by the external assurance provider in relation to Group reporting and scope of assurance activities, makes recommendations

for their appointment, and approves their terms of engagement and fees.

Attendance at meetings in 20251(a), 2(a)
		Meeting attendance3,4
Name	Member since	Attended/<br><br>Eligible to attend
Darrell Thomas2(b)	2020	5/5
Uta Kemmerich-Keil1(b), 2(c)	2025	3/4
Véronique Laury	2022	5/5
Holly Keller Koeppel2(b), 2(e)	2017-2025	5/5
Karen Guerra 2(d)	2021-2025	0/0

Notes:

1.Meetings: (a) the Committee held five meetings in 2025. Five meetings of the Committee are scheduled for 2026. Additional meetings are convened on an ad hoc basis as required during the year; (b) Uta

Kemmerich-Keil did not attend the scheduled meeting in April 2025 due to prior commitments.

2.Membership: (a) all members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors in accordance with the 2024 Code Provisions 10 and 24 and applicable U.S. federal securities laws and NYSE listing

standards. The Board has determined each Committee member to meet the financial literacy requirements applicable under NYSE listing standards. Each member of the Committee has recent and relevant

financial experience in accordance with the 2024 Code. The Committee has competence in accounting and Committee members as a whole have competence relevant to the sectors the Group operates in as

required by the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; (b) Darrell Thomas is, and Holly Keller Koeppel was during 2025, designated as an audit committee financial expert in accordance with

applicable U.S. federal securities laws and NYSE listing standards; (c) Uta Kemmerich-Keil joined the Committee on 17 February 2025 on her appointment to the Board; (d) Karen Guerra ceased to be a member

of the Committee with effect from 10 February 2025 when she joined the Remuneration Committee; (e) Holly Keller Koeppel ceased to be a member of the Committee with effect from 31 December 2025.

3.The Chief Financial Officer attends all Committee meetings but is not a member. Other Directors may attend by invitation. The Director, Legal and General Counsel, the Group Head of Internal Audit and the

external auditors generally attend all meetings of the Committee.

4.The Committee met alone with the external auditors, and, separately with the Group Head of Internal Audit, at the end of every Committee meeting. The Committee also meets periodically with management.

Key Activities in 2025

Regular work programme includes reviewing:

–the Group’s annual results, half-year results, the application of accounting standards and the external auditors’ reports where results are audited;

–the basis of preparation and accounting judgements, including application of segmental reporting;

–adjusting items, applicable accounting treatments and the use of alternative performance measures;

–the annual programme of assessment of goodwill and intangibles impairment;

–the steps taken to validate the Group’s ‘going concern’ assessment at half-year and year-end;

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

–the Group’s liquidity position, including current facilities and financing needs;

–the assessment of Group viability, taking into account the Group's current position, Principal Risks and associated stress-testing analysis, and steps taken to

determine the Group’s viability statement at year-end, prior to review by the Board;

–significant tax matters for the Group, including rate of taxation and external developments that may impact the Group's tax position;

–accounting treatment applicable to post-employment benefits liabilities and assets;

–the internal processes followed for the preparation of the Combined Annual and Sustainability Report 2025 (the Annual Report) and confirming that the

processes appropriately facilitated the preparation of an Annual Report that is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;

–the Group’s external auditors’ year-end audit, including the key audit matters, critical audit matters, assessments of materiality and the Group’s control

environment, and assessment of independence of the Group’s external auditors;

–the Group's risk management and internal control framework, including the effectiveness of accounting and other material controls, including financial,

operational, reporting and compliance controls;

–risks to the Group, including the Group risk register, prioritisation and categorisation of Group risks, relevant mitigating factors and emerging risks to the

Group;

–oversight of management’s activities to ensure ongoing compliance with the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOx) (discussed under Item 15 - Controls

and procedures);

–the Company’s status as a Foreign Private Issuer for the purposes of U.S. securities laws;

–regular reports from the Group Head of Internal Audit on internal audits of markets, business units, processes, operations and major change initiatives,

management responses to internal audit findings and action plans put in place to address any issues raised;

–progress against the internal audit plan for 2025 and design of the 2026 internal audit plan;

–the Group’s sustainability performance on an annual basis, including performance against the Group’s sustainability targets, the Group’s responsible

marketing framework and under-age access prevention activities;

–external assurance activities performed by the independent assurance provider over selected sustainability metrics and related disclosures and review of

assurance outcomes with the assurance provider;

–annual and interim reports on the Group’s Delivery with Integrity compliance programme, and monitoring compliance with the SoBC, incident reporting

and the effectiveness of Speak Up channels, prior, to review by the Board;

–the outcomes of human rights assessments for countries in which Group companies operate that are identified to have a higher degree of exposure to

human rights risks in 2025, including policy compliance, standards, controls and local measures in place to enhance human rights risk management;

–periodic reports from the Group’s Corporate Audit Committee and Regional Audit Committees;

–the annual report from the Group Head of Security on security risks, losses and any instances of fraud arising during the preceding year;

–half-year and year-end reports on the Group’s political contributions; and

–the Committee's effectiveness and any actions for the subsequent year, following the annual review of the Committee's performance.

Remuneration Committee

Remuneration Committee current members
Kandy Anand (Chair)
Karen Guerra
Serpil Timuray
Matthew Wright

Remuneration Committee Terms of Reference

Revised terms of reference for the Remuneration Committee were introduced with effect from 1 November 2025. The Committee’s terms of reference align

with the 2024 Code as it applies to the Company from 1 January 2025. For the Committee’s terms of reference see www.bat.com/governance

Remuneration Committee Role

As set out in the Terms of Reference, the Remuneration Committee is responsible for:

–determining and proposing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (including salary, benefits, performance-based variable rewards and retirement benefits)

for shareholder approval;

–determining, within the terms of the approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the specific remuneration packages for the Chair and the Executive

Directors, on appointment, on review and, if appropriate, any compensation payment due on termination of appointment;

–the setting of targets applicable for the Company’s performance-based variable reward schemes and determining achievement against those targets, including

consideration of factors relating to any potential adjustments, for example, to reflect changes in the Group’s business context such as restructuring, mergers and

acquisitions activity; exercising discretion where appropriate and as provided by the applicable scheme rules and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy;

–reviewing Group workforce remuneration and related policies and the alignment of incentives and rewards with Group culture, taking these into account in setting the

remuneration policy for Executive Directors, members of the Management Board and the Company Secretary, providing feedback to the Board on workforce reward,

incentives and conditions applicable across the Group, and supporting the Board’s monitoring of the Group’s culture and its alignment with the Group’s purpose, values

and strategy;

–setting remuneration for members of the Management Board and the Company Secretary; and

–monitoring and advising the Board on any major changes to the policy on employee benefit structures for the Group.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Attendance at meetings in 20252(a)
---	---	---
Name	Member<br><br>since	Meeting attendance<br><br>Attended/Eligible to attend1
Kandy Anand	2022	8/8
Karen Guerra2(b)	2025	8/8
Serpil Timuray	2023	8/8
Murray S. Kessler2(c)	2023 - 2025	0/1
Matthew Wright2(d)	2025	2/2

Notes:

1.Number of meetings in 2025: The Committee held eight meetings in 2025, four of which were ad hoc. Four meetings of the Committee are scheduled for 2026. Additional meetings are convened on an ad hoc

basis as required during the year.

2.Membership: (a) all members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors in accordance with the 2024 Code Provisions 10 and 32 and applicable NYSE listing standards; (b) Karen Guerra joined

the Committee with effect from 10 February 2025; (c) Murray Kessler was unable to attend the scheduled meeting in February 2025 due to prior commitments and he ceased to be a member of the Committee on

stepping down from the Board with effect from 17 February 2025; (d) Matthew Wright joined the Committee with effect from 1 November 2025.

Regular work programme

2025

The Remuneration Committee:

–reviewed the Chair's fee from 1 May

2025

, taking into account market positioning, the external market environment and the level of salary increases

awarded to UK employees;

–reviewed salary for the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer to take effect from 1 April

2025

, taking into account market positioning, the

external market environment including stakeholder expectations and shareholder perspectives, individual performance and the level of salary increases

awarded to UK employees;

–reviewed salaries for members of the Management Board and the Company Secretary from 1 April

2025

, taking into account market positioning, the

external market environment, individual performance and the level of salary increases awarded to UK employees;

–assessed the achievement against the targets for the

2024

STI award and set the STI targets for

2025

to provide an appropriate degree of stretch within the

target ranges to drive performance in alignment with the Group's strategic objectives and shareholder interests;

–reviewed updates on performance against the

2025

STI target measures and for outstanding LTI awards;

–assessed the achievement against the performance conditions for the vesting of the

2022

LTIP award, determined the contingent level of LTI awards for

March

2025

and reviewed the associated performance conditions;

–assessed the achievement against the targets for the

2024

Share Reward Scheme and set the targets for the

2025

award;

–reviewed the Annual Statement and the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December

2024

prior to its approval by the Board and

subsequent proposal to shareholders at the Company’s AGM on 16 April

2025

;

–reviewed the

2025

AGM voting results relating to remuneration resolutions, market trends in the context of that annual general meeting season and

corporate governance developments relating to executive remuneration and wider workforce remuneration in the UK and the U.S.;

–monitored the continued application of the Company’s shareholding guidelines for Executive Directors and members of the Management Board; and

–reviewed the Committee’s effectiveness following the Board and Committees review process.

Other activities in

2025

The Remuneration Committee:

–determined the final Directors’ Remuneration Policy to be proposed to shareholders at the Company’s 2025 AGM, discussed in detail in the Company’s

Annual Report and Form 20-F for 2024, available on bat.com;

–reviewed the rules of the new British American Tobacco Performance Share Plan to be proposed to shareholders at the Company’s 2025 AGM;

–determined the remuneration payable to Soraya Benchikh on stepping down as Chief Financial Officer, applying the Directors’ Remuneration Policy

including the exercise of discretion in respect of Ms Benchikh’s retention of her buy-out awards as well as awards granted under the Company’s

performance-based variable reward schemes and relevant plan rules;

–reviewed the terms of appointment and associated remuneration, and terms relating to termination of employment, in connection with changes to

Management Board roles during the year;

–assessed various aspects of the Group’s workforce remuneration strategy and alignment with our values and strategic objectives and Executive Directors’

remuneration, with specific focus on variable pay architecture and external market positioning for management grade employees across the Group;

–reviewed the rules of the British American Tobacco Sharesave Scheme to be proposed for renewal to shareholders at the Company’s 2026 AGM;

–reviewed updates on the Group’s employee benefits and wellbeing strategy and initiatives implemented in the year, including initiatives to manage

retirement benefits liabilities and de-risking activities;

–reviewed the Group's pay equality data and associated reporting, including UK gender pay reporting for 2024 for applicable UK Group companies prior to

publication in March 2025, and voluntary reporting on international gender pay and ethnicity pay; and

–reviewed the provision of advisory support to the Committee.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Nominations Committee

Nominations Committee current members
Luc Jobin (Chair)
Kandy Anand
Karen Guerra
Holly Keller Koeppel
Uta Kemmerich-Keil
Véronique Laury
Darrell Thomas
Serpil Timuray
Matthew Wright

Nominations Committee Terms of Reference

Revised terms of reference for the Nominations Committee were introduced with effect from 1 November 2025. The Committee’s terms of reference align

with the 2024 Code as it applies to the Company from 1 January 2025. For the Committee’s terms of reference see www.bat.com/governance

Nominations Committee Role

As set out in the Terms of Reference, the Nominations Committee is responsible for:

–reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board, its Committees and the Management Board on a regular basis to ensure they have an

appropriate balance of skills, experience, knowledge and, in relation to the Board, independence;

–overseeing plans and processes for orderly succession for appointments to the Board, its Committees, the Management Board and Company Secretary to

maintain a combination of skills and experience and to ensure progressive refreshing of both Boards;

–making recommendations to the Board on suitable candidates for appointments to the Board, its Committees, the Management Board and Company

Secretary, ensuring that the procedure for those appointments is rigorous, made on merit against objective criteria, and has due regard for the promotion of

diversity, inclusion and equal opportunity;

–assessing the time needed to fulfil the roles of Chair, Senior Independent Director and Non-Executive Director, and ensuring Non-Executive Directors have

sufficient time to fulfil their duties;

–overseeing the development of a pipeline of diverse, high-performing potential Executive Directors, Management Board members and other senior

managers; and

–implementing the Board Inclusion & Diversity Policy (maintained in alignment with the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules) and

monitoring progress towards the achievement of its objectives.

Attendance at meetings in 20251(a), 2(a)
		Meeting attendance3
Name	Member since	Attended/Eligible to attend
Luc Jobin	2017	9/9
Kandy Anand1(b)	2022	8/9
Karen Guerra1(b)	2020	8/9
Holly Keller Koeppel	2017	9/9
Uta Kemmerich-Keil1(b), 2(b)	2025	6/8
Véronique Laury1(b)	2022	7/9
Darrell Thomas1(b)	2020	8/9
Serpil Timuray	2023	9/9
Matthew Wright1(b), 2(c)	2025	1/2
Murray Kessler1(b), 2(d)	2023-2025	0/1

Notes:

1.Number of meetings in 2025: (a) the Committee held nine meetings in 2025, five of which were ad hoc. Four meetings of the Committee are scheduled for 2026. Additional meetings are convened on an ad hoc

basis as required; (b) due to prior commitments: Kandy Anand and Karen Guerra did not attend the second ad hoc meeting called at short notice in August 2025; Uta Kemmerich-Keil did not attend the ad hoc

meeting in April 2025; Véronique Laury did not attend the ad hoc meeting called at short notice in May 2025 and the second ad hoc meeting called at short notice in August 2025; Darrell Thomas and Matthew

Wright did not attend the ad hoc meeting called at short notice in December 2025; and Murray Kessler did not attend the scheduled meeting in February 2025. Uta Kemmerich-Keil did not attend the scheduled

meeting in December 2025 due to illness.

2.Membership: (a) all members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors in accordance with the 2024 Code Provisions 10 and 17 and applicable U.S. federal securities laws and NYSE listing standards; (b)

Uta Kemmerich-Keil joined the Committee on 17 February 2025 on her appointment to the Board; (c) Matthew Wright joined the Committee on 1 November 2025 on his appointment to the Board; (d) Murray Kessler

ceased to be a member of the Committee on stepping down from the Board on 17 February 2025.

3.Other attendees: the Chief Executive and the Chief People Officer attend meetings by invitation but not as members.

4.Egon Zehnder Limited is an independent executive search firm, which applies the Standard and Enhanced Codes of Conduct for Executive Search Firms. The firm has no connections with the Company or its

Directors other than in respect of the provision of executive search and consultancy services.

5.Spencer Stuart & Associates Limited is an independent executive search firm, which applies the Standard and Enhanced Codes of Conduct for Executive Search Firms. The firm has no connections with the

Company or its Directors other than in respect of the provision of executive search and consultancy services.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Key Activities in 2025

–Succession planning for the role of Chair of the Board.
–Succession planning for the role of Senior Independent Director and recommending to the Board the appointment of Karen Guerra as Senior Independent<br><br>Director with effect from conclusion of the 2026 AGM, when Holly Keller Koeppel steps down from the Board.
–Making recommendations to the Board in relation to the transition of the role of Chief Financial Officer and appointment of Javed Iqbal as Interim Chief<br><br>Financial Officer.
–Succession planning for the role of Chief Financial Officer.
–Making recommendations to the Board to appoint Uta Kemmerich-Keil as a Non-Executive Director and member of the Audit and Nominations<br><br>Committees, Matthew Wright as a Non-Executive Director and a member of the Remuneration and Nominations Committees and Karen Guerra as a<br><br>member of the Remuneration Committee.
–Ongoing review of the profile, capabilities and experience required of future Non-Executive Directors, taking into account the Group’s strategic<br><br>objectives and the Directors’ skills matrix, to support future Non-Executive Director succession planning activities.
–Reviewing plans for Management Board restructuring and succession planning and making recommendations to the Board to implement changes to the<br><br>structure and composition of the Management Board.
–Making recommendations to the Board in relation to Directors’ annual appointment and re-election at the 2026 Annual General Meeting (or election for<br><br>the first time, as applicable).
–Reviewing Executive Directors' and Management Board members’ annual performance assessments and overseeing the development of a pipeline of<br><br>potential candidates for Management Board roles.
–Overseeing efforts to promote an inclusive and high-performing culture across the Group as part of the Group’s talent strategy, and progress in building<br><br>diverse representation in talent pipelines and creating enablers across the global organisation.

Item 6.D - Employees

As at 31 December 2025, the number of persons employed by the Group was 47,797 worldwide. The Group believes that its labour relations are good.

Certain temporary employees are included in the below figures. The number of such temporary employees is approximately 714 in 2025 and largely relates

to seasonal workers within operations.

The following table sets forth the number of Group employees by region in 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Region (number of employees worldwide)	As at 31 December
	2025	2024	2023
U.S.	4,496	4,192	3,763
AME	31,073	31,347	30,100
APMEA	12,228	13,450	12,862
Total employees	47,797	48,989	46,725

Note:

1.Included within the employee numbers for AME are certain employees in different locations in respect of central functions. Some of the costs of these employees are allocated or charged to the various regions

and markets in the Group.

Details of the Group’s average employees by region can be found in note 29 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

In 2025, we entered into a strategic partnership with Accenture – an example of our digital transformation in action. This partnership gives us access to

Accenture’s technology ecosystem, AI solutions and its strategic collaboration with technology companies.

These capabilities will help us to further simplify our processes, accelerate our speed to market, upskill talent and reduce costs over the medium to long-term,

utilising Accenture’s global delivery network to complement our existing shared service centre hub locations. Please refer to note 5(a) in Part III - Item 18 Notes on

the Accounts.

Also in 2025, as discussed in note 7 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts, in 2025, the Group commenced the Fit2Win programme, a structured time-

bound programme to review processes, ways of working including use of data and automation, route to market, overhead costs and organisational design.

The programme will deliver efficiencies and facilitate faster, more agile and effective decision-making.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Item 6.E - Share ownership

Directors and Management Board Summary of Directors’ Share Interests

		Outstanding scheme interests 31 Dec 20251
	Ordinary shares<br><br>held at<br><br>31 Dec 2025	Unvested awards<br><br>subject to<br><br>performance<br><br>conditions and<br><br>continued<br><br>employment<br><br>(LTIP, PSP)	Unvested awards<br><br>subject to<br><br>continued<br><br>employment only<br><br>(DSBS, LTIP in<br><br>extended vesting<br><br>period and<br><br>buyout awards)	Unvested<br><br>interests<br><br>(Sharesave)	Total ordinary<br><br>shares subject<br><br>to outstanding<br><br>scheme interests	Total of all<br><br>interests in<br><br>ordinary shares<br><br>at 31 Dec 2025
Executive Directors
Tadeu Marroco2	197,613	651,195	182,997	1,192	835,384	1,032,997
Soraya Benchikh3	39,204	78,867	78,445	746	158,058	197,262
Chair of the Board
Luc Jobin4	90,236				—	90,236
Non-Executive Directors
Kandy Anand4	7,585				—	7,585
Karen Guerra	23,400				—	23,400
Holly Keller Koeppel5	—				—	—
Uta Kemmerich-Keil (appointed 17/02/2025)	—				—	—
Véronique Laury	1,650				—	1,650
Darrell Thomas4	4,600				—	4,600
Serpil Timuray	3,369				—	3,369
Matthew Wright (appointed 01/11/2025)	—				—	—
Murray Kessler (stepped down 17/02/2025)4, 6	5,000				—	5,000

Changes from 31 December 2025:

–Tadeu Marroco: purchased 4 ordinary shares on 7 January 2026 and 3 ordinary shares on 4 February 2026 under the SIP. In addition, on 4 February 2026 Tadeu Marroco received 33 ordinary shares under the SIP

as a result of the quarterly dividend paid to shareholders and 364 ordinary shares, representing dividend equivalents due on outstanding DSBS awards.

–There were no changes in the interests of the Chair and the other Non-Executive Directors.

Notes:

1.On 25 March 2025, Tadeu Marroco received 20,325 shares following the vesting of his 2022 awards under the DSBS. On 1 May 2025, Tadeu Marroco exercised 624 options granted to him under the UK

Sharesave scheme. No other options were exercised by Directors in 2025.

2.Tadeu Marroco: ordinary shares held include 2,528 held by the trustees of the BAT Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

3.Soraya Benchikh: holdings are as at the date she stepped down from the Board (26 August 2025). Ordinary shares held include 112 held by the trustees of the BAT Share Incentive Plan (SIP). The 78,445 figure

includes the 2025 DSBS award and the buyout awards granted to Ms Benchikh on her appointment, as referred to at page 242 of the 2024 Annual Report.

4.American Depositary Shares (ADSs): each of the interests in ordinary shares held by Luc Jobin, Kandy Anand, Darrell Thomas and Murray Kessler consists of an equivalent number of BAT ADSs, each of which

represents one ordinary share in the Company.

5.Holly Keller Koeppel: at the date of this report, Holly Keller Koeppel, being a former director of Reynolds American Inc. and a participant in the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Reynolds American

(DCP), holds Deferred Stock Units (DSUs) which were granted prior to becoming a Director of BAT. In accordance with an election made by Holly Keller Koeppel in December 2016, a proportion of her DSUs

representing her fees as a director of Reynolds American Inc. for 2017 are payable from January 2023 over a period of 10 years, with the remainder of her DSUs (representing her fees as a director of Reynolds

American Inc. in prior years) becoming payable following her cessation as a Director of BAT. Each DSU entitles the holder to receive a cash payment equal to the value of one BAT ADS. The number of DSUs

increases on each dividend date by reference to the value of dividends declared on the ADSs underlying the DSUs. Ms Koeppel currently holds 35,816 DSUs (2024: 33,906 DSUs).

6.Murray Kessler: holdings are as of the date of departure (17 February 2025).

Directors and Management Board

No Directors or Management Board Members own more than 1% of the ordinary shares in issue. At 5 February 2026, the Directors and Management Board

collectively held interests (or their calculated equivalents) under the Company share schemes of: 969,322 ordinary shares, 785,150 restricted share units, 2,102,170

performance share units, 9,817 options over ordinary shares (options outstanding are exercisable between 1 May 2026 and 1 November 2029 at option

prices ranging from 1,927p to 2,472p, depending on the grant date) and 35,816 deferred share units. For further information on share base payments

(including share options), please refer to note 28 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts. See also Item 6.B - Compensation.

Item 7 - Major shareholders and related party transactions

Item 7.A - Major shareholders

Security Ownership of Ordinary Shares

As at 5 February 2026 there were 29,117 record holders of ordinary shares listed on the LSE (including Citibank as the depositary bank for the ADSs) and

2,167,870,213 of such ordinary shares outstanding. As at that date, to BAT’s knowledge, 298 record holders, representing 0.02% of the ordinary shares listed

on the LSE, had a registered address in the U.S. As at 5 February 2026, there were 1,069 record holders of ordinary shares listed on the JSE (including PLC

Nominees (Proprietary) Limited as the nominee for the dematerialised ordinary shares listed on the JSE) and 141,768,549 of such ordinary shares

outstanding. As at such date, to BAT’s knowledge, 63 record holders, representing 0.13% of the ordinary shares listed on the JSE had a registered address in

the U.S. As at 5 February 2026, based on information received from Citibank, there were 7,357 record holders of ADSs and 402,498,428 ADSs outstanding.

As at that date, based on information received from Citibank, 7,300 record holders, representing 99.99% of ADSs representing ordinary shares,

had a registered address in the U.S.

Major Shareholders

At 31 December 2025, the Company had received notification of the following interests in voting rights pursuant to section 5.1.2 of the Disclosure and Transparency

Rules (DTRs). Additional notifications of substantial interests received by the Company between 1 January and 5 February 2026 are set out in Note 3 below.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Name	Number of<br><br>voting rights	% of issued<br><br>voting rights1
---	---	---
The Capital Group Companies, Inc.2, 3	417,273,195	19.15
Spring Mountain Investments Ltd.	61,410,486	2.82
BlackRock, Inc	132,891,526	6.10
Standard Bank Group Limited	74,103,515	3.40

Notes:

1.The percentage of issued share capital as at 31 December 2025, excluding treasury shares.

2.Includes 83,462,006 ordinary shares represented by ADRs.

3.On 23 January 2026, The Capital Group Companies, Inc. notified the Company that, on 22 January 2026, its interest in the Company’s ordinary share capital had decreased to a total of 410,903,888 voting rights,

representing 18.87% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at that date.

4.All shares held by the significant shareholders represent the Company's ordinary shares. These significant shareholders have no special voting rights compared with other holders of the Company's ordinary

shares.

Significant Shareholding Disclosure

The Company is aware of the following interests from filings by shareholders made under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as at the date of this

report:

Holder	Schedule 13G/13D Filing<br><br>Date1	Date of holding	Ordinary shares held	Percentage of ordinary share<br><br>capital held2
Portfolio Services Ltd3	16 October 2025	14 October 2025	61,410,486	2.8%
	16 May 2025	15 May 2025	115,474,398	5.3%
	26 January 2024	31 December 2023	234,328,476	10.5%
	8 December 2023	7 December 2023	225,064,318	10.1%
	10 February 2023	31 December 2022	198,285,158	8.9%
BlackRock, Inc.	17 October 2025	30 September 2025	143,266,873	6.5%
	23 April 2025	31 March 2025	120,528,637	5.5%
	22 October 2024	30 September 2024	147,648,482	6.7%
	6 February 2024	31 December 2023	173,760,660	7.8%
	31 January 2023	31 December 2022	172,502,866	7.7%
Capital International Investors, a division of<br><br>Capital Research and Management<br><br>Company4	13 May 2025	31 March 2025	197,450,039	9.0%
	14 February 2025	31 December 2024	151,516,865	6.9%
	7 February 2024	29 December 2023	120,859,227	5.4%
	13 February 2023	30 December 2022	115,107,720	5.1%
Capital Research Global Investors, a<br><br>division of Capital Research and<br><br>Management Company4	13 August 2025	30 June 2025	192,380,424	8.8%
	13 February 2025	31 December 2024	155,851,331	7.1%
	7 February 2024	29 December 2023	134,227,673	6.0%
	13 February 2023	30 December 2022	126,794,516	5.7%
Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd5	3 September 2025	2 September 2025	4,647,718	0.2%
	8 August 2025	26 August 2025	132,926,664	6.1%

Notes:

1.In addition to the Schedule 13G and 13D filings made with the SEC, in accordance with the DTRs, shareholders must notify the Company if their shareholding reaches, exceeds or falls below 3% of total voting

rights and each 1% threshold thereafter. The notifications received by the Company during the past three years to the best of the Company’s knowledge are set out in the notes below.

2.The percentage of issued share capital held is with reference to the number of ordinary shares held by the holder as at the date of the event triggering the relevant Schedule 13G filing. The percentage of the

Company's issue share capital shown excludes treasury shares.

3.Kenneth B. Dart is beneficial owner of all outstanding shares of Portfolio Services Ltd and Spring Mountain Investments Ltd. Spring Mountain Investments Ltd notified the Company on:

– 18 May 2023 that on 16 May 2023 it had a direct interest in 201,404,985 ordinary shares, representing 9.00% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 8 December 2023 that on 7 December 2023 it had a direct interest in 224,329,318 ordinary shares representing 10.03% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 18 December 2023 that on 15 December 2023 it had a direct interest in 231,975,495 ordinary shares representing 10.37% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 26 March 2025 that on 24 March 2025 it had a direct interest in 230,700,705 ordinary shares representing 10.47% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 10 April 2025 that on 8 April 2025 it had a direct interest in 220,113,676 ordinary shares representing 10.00% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 17 April 2025 that on 15 April 2025 it had a direct interest in 202,945,636 ordinary shares representing 9.22% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 22 April 2025 that on 17 April 2025 it had a direct interest in 195,879,636 ordinary shares representing 8.90% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 25 April 2025 that on 23 April 2025 it had a direct interest in 187,072,659 ordinary shares representing 8.50% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 2 May 2025 that on 30 April 2025 it had a direct interest in 174,497,951 ordinary shares representing 7.93% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 8 May 2025 that on 6 May 2025 it had a direct interest in 160,272,849 ordinary shares representing 7.29% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 9 May 2025 that on 7 May 2025 it had a direct interest in 153,351,011 ordinary shares representing 6.97% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 16 May 2025 that on 15 May 2025 it had a direct interest in 115,474,398 ordinary shares representing 5.25% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 29 September 2025 that on 25 September 2025 it had a direct interest in 108,966,148 ordinary shares representing 4.98% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 10 October 2025 that on 8 October 2025 it had a direct interest in 86,395,586 ordinary shares representing 3.95% of the total voting rights at that date; and

– 16 October 2025 that on 14 October 2025 it had a direct interest in 61,410,486 ordinary shares representing 2.81% of the total voting rights at that date.

4.The notifications regarding the holdings by The Capital Group Companies, Inc., listed below, indicate that Capital Research and Management Company is part of a chain of controlled undertakings with The

Capital Group Companies, Inc. The Capital Group Companies, Inc. notified the Company on:

– 11 May 2023 that on 10 May 2023 it had an indirect interest in 290,195,446 ordinary shares, representing 12.98% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 21 June 2024 that on 20 June 2024 it had an indirect interest in 289,142,364 ordinary shares, representing 13.01% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 10 July 2024 that on 8 July 2024 it had an indirect interest in ordinary shares of 287,970,670 ordinary; and financial instruments pursuant to DTR 5.3.1 R (1)(b) which refer to 246,755 voting rights,

representing 12.96% and 0.01%, respectively, of the total voting rights at that date;

– 31 July 2024 that on 30 July 2024 it had an indirect interest in 289,303,974 ordinary shares, representing 13.04% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 2 December 2024 that on 29 November 2024 it had an indirect interest in 310,426,805 ordinary shares, representing 14.04% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 15 January 2025 that on 14 January 2025 it had an indirect interest in 332,948,937 ordinary shares, representing 15.08% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 7 February 2025 that, on 6 February 2025, it had an indirect interest in 355,299,930 ordinary shares, representing 16.10% of the total voting rights at that date;

– 6 March 2025 that, on 5 March 2025, it had an indirect interest in 375,105,434 ordinary shares, representing 17.02% of the total voting rights at that date;

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

– 6 June 2025 that, on 5 June 2025, it had an indirect interest in 397,019,255 ordinary shares, representing 18.07% of the total voting rights at that date; and

– 10 July 2025 that, on 9 July 2025, it had an indirect interest in 417,273,195 ordinary shares, representing 19.01% of the total voting rights at that date.

5.The Schedule 13D filing by Standard Bank of South Africa Ltd, listed above, indicates that SBG Securities (Pty) Ltd is a subsidiary of the Standard Bank Group. Standard Bank Group Limited notified the

Company on 31 January 2025 that on 29 January 2025 it had a direct interest in 74,103,515 ordinary shares, representing 3.35% of the total voting rights at that date.

6.All shares held by the significant shareholders represent the Company's ordinary shares. These significant shareholders have no special voting rights compared with other holders of the Company's ordinary shares.

To the extent known by BAT, BAT is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation, any foreign government or by any other natural

or legal person, severally or jointly. BAT is not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of

the Group.

Item 7.B - Related party transactions

Please refer to note 30 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts for more details on related party transactions.

Item 8 - Financial Statements

Item 8.A - Consolidated statements and other financial information

Please refer to Part III - Item 18 - Financial Statements in the Notes on the Accounts for our consolidated financial statements and report of our independent

registered public accounting firm, including note 31 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts, and Item 3.D (Risk Factors-Legal, Regulatory and

Compliance Risks).

Dividends and Dividend Policy

The Group pays its dividends to shareholders over four quarterly interim dividends. Quarterly dividends provide shareholders with a more regular flow of

dividend income and allow the Company to spread its substantial dividend payments more evenly over the year, aligning better with the cash flow generation

of the Group and so enable the Company to fund the payments more efficiently. The Board seeks to reward shareholders with a progressive dividend, which

is to pay dividends of 65% of long-term sustainable earnings calculated with reference to adjusted diluted earnings per share, as defined on page 46, and

reconciled from earnings per share in note 11 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

The quarterly dividends will be paid to shareholders registered on either the UK main register or the South Africa branch register and to ADS holders, each

on the applicable record dates.

Dividends are declared and payable in sterling except for those shareholders on the branch register in South Africa, where dividends are payable in rand, in

line with the requirements of the JSE. The equivalent dividends receivable by holders of ADSs in US dollars are calculated based on the exchange rate on the

applicable payment date.

Item 9 - The Offer and listing

Item 9.A - Offer and listing details

Share Prices and Listing

Stock Market Listings

Main Market – London Stock Exchange (LSE)

The primary market for BAT’s ordinary shares is the LSE (Share Code: BATS; ISIN: GB0002875804). BAT’s ordinary shares have been listed on the LSE

main market since 8 September 1998 and are a constituent element of the FTSE 100 Index.

Secondary Listing – Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE Limited), South Africa

BAT’s ordinary shares have a secondary listing and are traded in South African rand on the Main Board of the JSE in South Africa (Abbreviated name:

BATS; Trading code: BTI). BAT’s ordinary shares have been listed on the JSE since 28 October 2008 and are a constituent element of the JSE Top 40 Index.

American Depositary Shares (ADSs) – New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)

BAT ordinary shares trade in the form of BAT ADSs in the U.S. under the symbol BTI (CUSIP Number: 110448107). The BAT ADSs have been listed on

the NYSE since 25 July 2017 as a Sponsored Level III ADS programme for which Citibank, N.A. is the depositary (the ‘Depositary’) and transfer agent. Each

ADS represents one ordinary share. ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs).

Item 9.C - Markets

Please refer to Item 9.A above.

Item 10 - Additional information

Item 10.B - Memorandum and Articles of Association

The Company is a public limited company incorporated under the name of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and is registered in England and Wales under

registered number 3407696. Under the UK Companies Act 2006 (the UK Companies Act), the Company’s objects are unrestricted. The following

descriptions summarise certain provisions of the Company’s current Articles of Association (the Articles) (as adopted by special resolution at the AGM on 19

April 2023), applicable English and Welsh law and the UK Companies Act. Please refer to Exhibit 1 for the Articles. Copies of the Articles are also available

on bat.com. The Articles may be altered or added to, or completely new articles may be adopted, by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company,

subject to the provisions of the UK Companies Act.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Share capital – structure
---
Ordinary shares
–all of the Company’s ordinary shares are fully paid
–no further contribution of capital may be required by the Company from the holders of such shares
Alteration of share capital – the Company by ordinary resolution may:
–consolidate and divide all or any of its shares into shares of a larger nominal amount than its existing shares
–divide or sub-divide any of its shares into shares of a smaller nominal amount than its existing shares
–determine that, as between the shares resulting from such a sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others
Alteration of share capital – the Company, subject to the provisions of the UK Companies Act, may:
–reduce its share capital, its capital redemption reserve and any share premium account in any way
–purchase its own shares, including redeemable shares, and may hold such shares as treasury shares or cancel them
Dividend rights
–shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but not in excess of the amount recommended by the Directors
–the Directors may pay interim dividends out of distributable profits
–no dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of the profits available for distribution as specified under the provisions of the UK Companies Act
Share capital – structure continued
–the Directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, pay scrip dividends or satisfy the payment of a dividend by the<br><br>distribution of specific assets
–unclaimed dividends for a period of 12 years shall be forfeited and cease to be owed by the Company
–specific provisions enable the Directors to elect to pay dividends by bank or electronic transfer only		Share capital
---
Voting at general meetings
–at a general meeting which has been convened as a hybrid meeting, on a poll, or otherwise by a show of hands, unless a poll is demanded
–on a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by the shareholder
–on a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person has one vote regardless of the number of shares held by that shareholder
–every proxy appointed by a shareholder and present at a general meeting has one vote except that if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one<br><br>shareholder entitled to vote on the resolution and is instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote for the resolution and by one or more others to<br><br>vote against it, or is instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote in one way and is given discretion as to how to vote by one or more others<br><br>(and wishes to use that discretion to vote in the other way), they have one vote for and one vote against the resolution
–a shareholder (or their duly appointed proxy) entitled to more than one vote need not use all their votes or cast all the votes they use in the same way
–a poll may be demanded by any of the following:<br><br>–the Chair of the meeting;<br><br>–the majority of the Directors present at the meeting;<br><br>–not less than five shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting;<br><br>–a shareholder or shareholders representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting<br><br>(excluding any voting rights attached to treasury shares); or<br><br>–a shareholder or shareholders holding shares which confer a right to vote on the resolution at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has<br><br>been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right (excluding any voting rights attached to treasury<br><br>shares)		Matters transacted at general meetings
---
–ordinary resolutions can include resolutions for the appointment, reappointment and removal of Directors, the receiving of the Annual Report, the<br><br>declaration of final dividends, the appointment and reappointment of the external auditor, the authority for the Company to purchase its own shares and<br><br>the grant of authority to allot shares
–an ordinary resolution is passed when a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which there is a quorum vote in favour of the resolution
–special resolutions can include resolutions amending the Company’s Articles and resolutions relating to certain matters concerning a winding‑up of the<br><br>Company
–a special resolution is passed when not less than three-quarters of the votes cast at a meeting at which there is a quorum vote in favour of the resolution
–quorum for a meeting of the Company is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorised representative(s) of a<br><br>corporation which is a shareholder and entitled to vote
–voting record date: the Company may specify a time not more than 48 hours before the time of the meeting (excluding any part of a day that is not a<br><br>working day) by which a person must be entered on the register of members in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting
–postponement of a meeting: the Directors may postpone the time at which the meeting is held and/or change the place(s) of a meeting any number of<br><br>times before the meeting is held
–form of general meetings: the Directors may decide in relation to any general meeting (including a postponed or adjourned meeting) whether it is to be<br><br>held as a physical meeting or a hybrid meeting, and may make such arrangements as they may decide in connection with the facilities for participation by<br><br>electronic means (but may not convene a purely electronic meeting)

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Share capital – pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares
---
–holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Articles – the ability of the Directors to cause the Company to issue shares, securities<br><br>convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted
–under the UK Companies Act, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation,<br><br>which may be contained in a company’s articles of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for<br><br>more than five years
–under the UK Companies Act, a company may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making<br><br>an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless<br><br>this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders		Restrictions on transfers of shares
---
–Directors may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share in certificated form which is not fully paid, provided that such a refusal<br><br>would not prevent dealings in shares in certificated form which are not fully paid from taking place on an open and proper basis
–the Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a share in certificated form (whether fully paid or not) unless the instrument of transfer:(a) is lodged,<br><br>duly stamped, and is deposited at the registered office of the Company or such other place as the Directors may appoint and is accompanied by a<br><br>certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the<br><br>transfer; (b) is in respect of only one class of share; and (c) is in favour of not more than four transferees
–for uncertificated shares, transfers shall be registered only in accordance with the terms of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 so that<br><br>Directors may refuse to register a transfer which would require shares to be held jointly by more than four persons
–if the Directors refuse to register a share transfer, they must give the transferee notice of this refusal as soon as practicable and in any event within two<br><br>months of the instrument of transfer being lodged with the Company		Repurchase of shares
---
–subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, the Company may purchase its own shares in accordance with the UK Companies Act
–any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the<br><br>purchase, thereby reducing the amount of the Company’s issued share capital		Directors
---
Appointment and retirement
–a Board of Directors of not fewer than five Directors and not subject to any maximum (unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of<br><br>shareholders)
–Directors and the Company (by ordinary resolution) may appoint a person who is willing to act as a Director
–all Directors must retire from office at each annual general meeting (AGM) and seek re-election, except any Director appointed by the Board after notice<br><br>of that AGM has been given and before the AGM has been held. All of the Directors of the Company will be subject to re-election at the forthcoming<br><br>AGM to be held on 15 April 2026 in accordance with the Articles
–fees for Non-Executive Directors and the Chair are determined by the Directors but cannot currently exceed in aggregate an annual sum of £2,500,000,<br><br>unless determined otherwise by ordinary resolution of the shareholders. This is subject to the provision that any Director who holds any other office in the<br><br>Company (including for this purpose, the office of Chair of the Board), serves on any Committee of the Board, or performs services that the Directors<br><br>consider go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such additional remuneration as the Directors may determine
–the remuneration of the Executive Directors is determined by the Remuneration Committee, which comprises independent Non‑Executive Directors
Disclosure of interests
–the Articles require disclosure, subject to certain limited exceptions, of Directors’ interests in transactions that may result in a conflict of interest,<br><br>including those which may arise as a result of the Director’s office or employment or persons connected with such Director, and identify procedures to<br><br>resolve such conflicts of interest
Meetings and voting
–the quorum for a meeting of Directors is two Directors
–the Directors may delegate any of their powers to a person or a committee
–the Articles place a general prohibition on a Director voting at a Board meeting on any matter in which they have an interest other than by virtue of their<br><br>interest in shares in the Company
–the Articles restrict a Director’s ability to vote on any resolution concerning a matter in which such Director has a material interest, unless such Director’s<br><br>interest arises only because the resolution relates to the giving of guarantees; the provision of indemnities; insurance proposals; retirement benefits; and<br><br>other specified transactions or arrangements with a company in which the Director may have an indirect interest
Borrowing and other powers
–the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (present and<br><br>future) and uncalled capital
–the Directors may also issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
Additional disclosures
---
Disclosure of ownership of shares
–there are no provisions in the Articles whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of the Company’s ordinary shares are<br><br>required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under statute and regulation
Director retirement
–there is no requirement for a Director to retire on reaching any age
Sinking funds
–there is no sinking fund provision in the Articles applicable to the Company’s ordinary shares
Limitations on voting and shareholding
–there are no limitations under the Articles restricting the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote in relation to ordinary shares<br><br>in the Company
Distribution of assets on a winding up
–if the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by law, divide among the<br><br>members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall<br><br>be carried out as between the members or different classes of members<br><br>–the liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he may with the like<br><br>sanction determine, but no member shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is a liability
Anti-takeover devices and change of control
–there are no provisions in the Articles that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a takeover, or change of control, of the Company<br><br>–under English law, the Company’s Directors have a fiduciary duty to take only those actions that are in the interests of the Company and any anti-<br><br>takeover devices employed by the Directors in the future, if any, must accordingly be in the interests of the Company<br><br>–the Company is also subject to the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “City Code”), which governs the conduct of mergers and takeovers in the<br><br>UK. Any takeover of the Company would have to be in accordance with the City Code

Item 10.C - Material contracts

The Master Settlement Agreement & State Settlement Agreements

In 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers (including R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Lorillard and Brown & Williamson, businesses which are now

part of Reynolds American) entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) with attorneys general representing most U.S. states and territories. The

MSA imposes a perpetual stream of future payment obligations on the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers. The amounts of money that the participating

manufacturers are required to annually contribute are based upon, among other things, the volume of cigarettes sold and market share (based on cigarette

shipments in that year). Since 1998, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company has entered into a number of settlement agreements with various other tobacco

manufacturers, various states, the District of Columbia and the Puerto Rico relating to Non-Participating Manufacturer (NPM) Adjustment claims.

During 2012, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, various other tobacco manufacturers, 17 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico reached a final

agreement related to Reynolds American’s 2003 MSA activities, and three more states joined the agreement in 2013. Under this agreement, R.J. Reynolds

Tobacco Company has received credits of more than US$1 billion in respect of its NPM Adjustment claims related to the period from 2003 to 2012. These

credits have been applied against the company’s MSA payments over a period of five years from 2013, subject to, and dependent upon, meeting the various

ongoing performance obligations. During 2014, two additional states agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2003 to 2012. R.J. Reynolds

Tobacco Company received US$170 million in credits, which have been applied over a five-year period from 2014. During 2015, another state agreed to settle

NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2004 to 2014. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company received US$285 million in credits, which have been applied

over a four-year period from 2016. During 2016, no additional states agreed to settle NPM disputes. During 2017, two more states agreed to settle NPM

disputes related to claims for the period 2004 to 2014. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company received US$61 million in credits, which have been applied over a

five-year period from 2017. During 2018, nine more states agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2004 to 2019, with an option through

2022, subject to certain conditions. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company received US$182 million in credits for settled periods through 2017, which have been

applied over a five-year period from 2018. Also in 2018, a 10th additional state agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2004 to 2024,

subject to certain conditions. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company received US$205 million in credits for settled periods through 2017, which have been applied

over a five-year period from 2019. In the first quarter of 2020, certain conditions set forth in the 2018 agreements were met for those 10 states. In addition, in

August 2020, 24 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2018 to 2022. In 2022, an

additional state settled NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2005 to 2028. It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive US$130

million in credits for settled periods through 2018, which will be applied over a five-year period from 2022. In 2023, an additional state settled NPM disputes

related to claims for the period 2005 to 2029. It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive a credit of US$29 million for settled periods

through 2018, which will be applied over a five-year period from 2024. In the first quarter of 2024, an additional state settled NPM disputes related to claims

for the period 2005 to 2031. It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive a credit of US$11 million for settled periods through 2018, which

will be applied over a five-year period from 2024. In the third quarter of 2024, an additional state settled NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2005 to

It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive a credit of US$69 million for settled periods through 2011, which will be applied over a

five-year period from 2026. In the second quarter of 2025, an additional state settled NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2005 through 2031. It is

estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive a credit of US$99 million for settled periods through 2019, which will be applied over a five-year

period from 2025. In the fourth quarter of 2025, 39 states agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2025 through 2027. Credits in respect

of future years’ payments and the NPM Adjustment claims would be accounted for in the applicable year and will not be treated as adjusting items. Only

credits in respect of prior year payments are included as adjusting items.

The BAT Group is subject to substantial payment obligations under the MSA and the state settlement agreements with the states of Mississippi, Florida, Texas

and Minnesota (such settlement agreements, collectively “State Settlement Agreements”). Reynolds American Inc.'s operating subsidiaries' expenses and

payments under the MSA and the State Settlement Agreements for 2025 amounted to US$2,037 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$2,140

million in respect of settlement cash payments; for 2024 amounted to US$2,160 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$2,535 million in respect of

settlement cash payments; for 2023 amounted to US$2,516 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$2,874 million in respect of settlement cash

payments; for 2022 amounted to US$2,951 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$3,129 million in respect of settlement cash payments; for 2021

amounted to US$3,420 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$3,744 million in respect of settlement cash payments; for 2020 amounted to

US$3,572 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$2,848 million in respect of settlement cash payments; and for 2019 amounted to US$2,762 million

in respect of settlement expenses and US$2,918 million in respect of settlement cash payments.

R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company divested certain brands to Imperial Tobacco Group (ITG) in 2015. In 2020, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised

additional expenses, included above, under the State Settlement Agreements in the states of Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Minnesota related to these divested

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

brands. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised US$241 million of expense for payment obligations to the state of Florida for the ITG acquired brands from

the date of divestiture, 12 June 2015, as a result of an unfavourable judgment. In addition, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised US$264 million related to

the resolution of claims against it in the states of Texas, Minnesota and Mississippi for payment obligations to those states for the ITG acquired brands from the

date of divestiture. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company settled certain related claims with Phillip Morris USA under the State Settlement Agreements in the states of

Mississippi, Texas and Minnesota for US$8 million. In June 2022, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company settled PM USA's claims relating to the calculation of the

base-year net operating profits for the ITG acquired brands for US$37 million. In 2025, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised US$44 million in additional

expenses related to a settlement with the State of Mississippi resolving prior operating profit disputes. In December 2025, the Delaware Supreme Court affirmed a

lower court’s judgment awarding Reynolds American and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company approximately US$370 million for prior settlement payments with

interest. No amounts associated with this judgment have been recognised at this time and none will be recognised until receipt of the judgment award becomes

virtually certain.

Fourth Amended and Restated Court-Appointed Mediator’s and Monitor’s CCAA Plan of Compromise and Arrangement

On 1 March 2019, a judgment was rendered by the Québec Court of Appeal in two Québec class actions awarding damages and interest against Imperial Tobacco

Canada Limited (Imperial) and the Canadian subsidiaries of Philip Morris International Inc. (PMI) and Japan Tobacco International (JTI) in the amount of

CAD$15.6 billion (£8.7 billion), most of which was on a joint and several basis, of which Imperial’s share was CAD$10.4 billion (£5.8 billion) (the Quebec Case).

At that time, there were numerous other proceedings and claims that were pending in a number of Canadian jurisdictions against the tobacco industry. These

proceedings included claims for economic losses arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases (such as medical recoupment claims brought by

the various provincial governments) and numerous other claims for personal injury and economic losses relating to smoking (both class actions and individual

cases), seeking to recover hundreds of billions of Canadian dollars.

JTI-MacDonald Corp ((JTIM) a subsidiary of JTI and a co-defendant in the cases) filed for creditor protection under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act

(the CCAA) on 8 March 2019. On 12 March 2019, Imperial and Imperial Tobacco Company Limited (together with Imperial, ITCAN) filed for creditor protection

under the CCAA. In seeking protection under the CCAA, ITCAN was looking to resolve not only the Quebec Case but also all other tobacco litigation in Canada

under an efficient and court supervised process, while continuing to trade in the normal course. On 22 March 2019, Rothmans, Benson & Hedges Inc. ((RBH) a

subsidiary of PMI) also filed for CCAA protection. The need for a mediation process to resolve all the outstanding litigation across the country was recognised. The

Hon. Warren Winkler (the retired Chief Justice of Ontario) was appointed as a mediator in all three filings to ensure that the disparate creditor groups and interests

could be managed in an efficient and confidential manner, leading to a comprehensive and industry-wide resolution.

On 6 March 2025, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice (the Court) sanctioned the court-appointed mediator’s and monitor’s plan of compromise and arrangement

for ITCAN to resolve all outstanding tobacco litigation in Canada. Substantially similar plans were sanctioned by the Court for RBH and JTIM (collectively, the

Approved Plans). The Approved Plans (as they were amended on 27 August 2025) were implemented on 29 August 2025 and resolve all Canadian tobacco

litigation and provide a full and comprehensive release to the defendants and their related companies, including ITCAN, BAT p.l.c. and all related Group

companies for all past, present and future tobacco claims in Canada.

Under the Approved Plans, ITCAN, RBH and JTIM (collectively, the Companies) are required to pay an aggregate settlement amount of CAD$32.5 billion

(approximately £17.6 billion). This amount is to be funded by:

–an upfront payment equal to all the Companies’ cash and cash equivalents that was on hand as of 31 July 2025 (including investments held at fair value) plus

certain court deposits (subject to an aggregate industry holdback of CAD$750 million (£407 million) allocated in March 2025 to RBH) plus 85% of any cash tax

refunds that may be received by the Companies on account of the upfront payments; and

–annual payments based on a percentage (initially 85%, reducing over time) of each of the Companies’ net income after taxes, based on amounts generated from

all sources, excluding New Categories, until the aggregate settlement amount is paid.

By the end of 2025, ITCAN had paid CAD$5.5 billion (£3.0 billion) in respect of its upfront payment obligation, which included an escrow payment made

between December 2015 and June 2017 of CAD$758 million (£411 million) and payments during the second half of 2025 of CAD$4.8 billion (£2.6 billion).

In addition, ITCAN’s payment obligation based on the period from 1 August 2025 to 31 December 2025 is currently estimated to amount to CAD$156

million (approximately £85 million) and will be due on 30 July 2026.

Other Agreements

Settlement Agreement between Nicoventures Trading Limited and Philip Morris Products S.A.

On 1 February 2024, Nicoventures Trading Limited, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c., entered into a settlement agreement

with Philip Morris Products S.A., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Philip Morris International Inc. (the Settlement Agreement).

Pursuant to this Settlement Agreement, among other things, both parties have agreed to take all actions, as necessary, to dismiss with prejudice, subject to certain limited

exceptions, certain pending legal proceedings between the parties and their respective affiliates concerning certain Vapour products and Heated Products (HP)

(including devices and consumables) without admission of liability, and to fully and finally discharge without admission of liability any injunctions granted to the parties

and their respective affiliates in such proceedings. The parties have also agreed to a mutual release of presently known and past, present and future claims arising out of or

relating to, among other things, such proceedings, the infringement of the patents at issue in the proceedings and certain intellectual property rights relating to certain

products existing on or before a specified date.

Additionally, the parties have agreed to covenants not to sue, on a perpetual, royalty-bearing or royalty-free basis, as the case may be, in respect of patents

associated with certain existing or changed Vapour or HP products. The parties have also agreed to covenants not to sue on a perpetual, royalty-free basis in

respect of, among other things, the manufacture of products, accessories, replacement parts and upgrade parts, or their respective components, and research

and development of such products, accessories, replacement parts, upgrade parts and components. The Settlement Agreement is for a term of eight years

from 1 February 2024 and is substantially worldwide in scope.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Significant agreements with Change of Control Provisions

Nature of agreement	Key provisions
The revolving credit facilities agreement, effective 6 November 2025,<br><br>entered into between the Company, B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c.,<br><br>B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and B.A.T Capital Corporation (as<br><br>borrowers and, in the case of the Company, as a guarantor) and HSBC<br><br>Bank plc (as agent) and certain financial institutions (as lenders), pursuant<br><br>to which the lenders have agreed to make available to the borrowers<br><br>£5.0 billion for general corporate purposes (the Facility).	–should a borrower (other than the Company) cease to be a direct or indirect<br><br>subsidiary of the Company, such borrower shall immediately repay any<br><br>outstanding advances made to it and shall cease to be a borrower under the<br><br>Facility; and<br><br>–where there is a change of control in respect of the Company, the lenders<br><br>can require all amounts outstanding under the Facility to be repaid.
During 2025, the Group arranged, extended and/or renewed short-term<br><br>bilateral facilities with core relationship banks for a total amount of £2.7<br><br>billion. B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. is the borrower under these<br><br>facilities and the Company is the guarantor. As at 31 December 2025, nil<br><br>was drawn on a short-term basis.	–should the borrower cease to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of the<br><br>Company, the borrower shall immediately repay any outstanding advances<br><br>made to it under these facilities; and<br><br>–where there is a change of control in respect of the Company, the lenders<br><br>can require all amounts outstanding under these facilities to be repaid.
On 25 July 2017, the Company acceded as a guarantor under the indenture<br><br>of its indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary Reynolds American Inc. The<br><br>securities issued under the indenture include approximately US$4.6 billion<br><br>aggregate principal amount of unsecured Reynolds American Inc. debt<br><br>securities.	–with respect to each series of debt securities issued under the indenture,<br><br>upon a change of control event, combined with a credit ratings downgrade<br><br>of the series to below investment-grade level (such downgrade occurring on<br><br>any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could<br><br>result in a change of control event until the end of the 60-day period<br><br>following public notice of the occurrence of a change of control event),<br><br>Reynolds American Inc. is obligated to make an offer to repurchase all debt<br><br>securities from each holder of debt securities. As a guarantor under the<br><br>indenture, the Company guarantees such payments.
Rules for the awards under the long-term incentive plans 2007 and 2016<br><br>(“LTIPs”), Performance Share Plan (“PSP”), Restricted Share Plan<br><br>(“RSP"), 2019 Deferred Annual Share Bonus Scheme ("DSBS") and<br><br>2016 Sharesave Scheme ("Sharesave").	–in the event of a change of control of the Company as a result of a takeover,<br><br>reconstruction or winding-up of the Company (not being an internal<br><br>reorganisation), LTIP, PSP, RSP, DSBS and Sharesave awards will vest<br><br>(and in the case of an option, become exercisable for a limited period) in<br><br>accordance with the applicable plan rules. The LTIP and PSP awards will<br><br>vest based on the period of time that has elapsed during the relevant<br><br>performance period(s) and the achievement of the performance conditions<br><br>measured at the end of the most recent quarter or (in the case of LTIPs<br><br>granted under the 2007 plan) on the date the awards vests by the<br><br>Remuneration Committee using such information it considers to be<br><br>appropriate. The RSP awards will vest based on the time elapsed since the<br><br>grant date of the award, the DSBS awards will vest in full and Sharesave<br><br>awards will vest to the extent of each participant’s savings at exercise; and<br><br>–the rules of the LTIPs, PSP, RSP, DSBS and Sharesave allow (as an<br><br>alternative to early release) participants, if permitted, to exchange their<br><br>existing awards for new awards of shares in the acquiring company on a<br><br>comparable basis.

Item 10.D - Exchange Controls

There are currently no UK foreign exchange controls or restrictions on remittance of dividends on the ordinary shares other than restrictions

applicable to certain countries and persons subject to UK economic sanctions.

Item 10.E - Taxation

Shareholder Taxation Information

The following discussion summarises material U.S. federal income tax consequences and UK taxation consequences to U.S. holders of owning and disposing

of ordinary shares or ADSs, this information is accurate as at 9 February 2026. This discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws

of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction or under any U.S. federal laws other than those pertaining to income tax. This discussion is based upon the U.S.

Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the ‘U.S. Tax Code’), the Treasury regulations promulgated under the U.S. Tax Code and court and administrative rulings

and decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof. These laws may change, possibly retroactively, and any change could affect the accuracy of the statements

and conclusions set forth in this discussion.

This discussion addresses only those U.S. holders of ordinary shares or ADSs who hold such equity interests as capital assets within the meaning of Section

1221 of the U.S. Tax Code. Further, this discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to U.S. holders in light

of their particular circumstances or that may be applicable to them if they are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including,

without limitation:

–a bank or other financial institution;

–a tax-exempt organisation;

–an S corporation or other pass-through entity and an investor therein;

–an insurance company;

–a mutual fund;

–a regulated investment company or real estate investment trust;

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

–a dealer or broker in stocks and securities, or currencies;

–a trader in securities that elects mark-to-market treatment;

–a U.S. holder subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the U.S. Tax Code;

–a U.S. holder that received ordinary shares or ADSs through the exercise of an employee stock option, pursuant to a tax qualified retirement plan or

otherwise as compensation;

–a U.S. holder that is a tax-qualified retirement plan or a participant or a beneficiary under such a plan;

–a person that is not a U.S. holder (as defined below);

–a person that has a functional currency other than the US dollar;

–a person required to recognise any item of gross income as a result of such income being recognised on an applicable financial statement;

–a U.S. holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that holds such equity interest as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, conversion or other integrated

transaction;

–a U.S. holder that owns (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of ordinary shares or ADSs by vote or by value; or

–a U.S. expatriate.

The determination of the actual tax consequences to a U.S. holder will depend on the U.S. holder’s specific situation. U.S. holders of ordinary shares or

ADSs should consult their own tax advisers as to the tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs, in each case, including the

applicability and effect of the alternative minimum tax and any state, local, foreign or other tax laws and of changes in those laws.

For purposes of this discussion, the term U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs (as the case may be) that:

–is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation, including any entity treated as a

corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organised in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of

Columbia; (iii) a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorised to

control all substantial decisions of the trust or it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or (iv) an

estate that is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its income regardless of its source; and

–is not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a partner in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds

ordinary shares or ADSs generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding any such

equity interest should consult their own tax advisers.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Relating to the Ownership and Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition by U.S. holders of ordinary shares or

ADSs. This discussion assumes that BAT is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as

described below.

ADSs

A U.S. holder of ADSs, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by

such ADSs. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of ordinary shares for or from ADSs will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

The gross amount of distributions on the ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of BAT’s current or accumulated

earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such income will be includable in a U.S. holder’s gross income as ordinary

income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. holder. Such dividends will be treated as foreign source income and will not be eligible for

the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the U.S. Tax Code.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. investors, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A

qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that

the Treasury determines to be satisfactory for these purposes and that includes an exchange of information provision. The Treasury has determined that the

treaty between the United States and the United Kingdom meets these requirements, and BAT believes that it is eligible for the benefits of the treaty.

However, non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that

elect to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the U.S. Tax Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of

taxation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to

positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. U.S. holders should consult

their own tax advisers regarding the application of these rules to their particular circumstances.

The amount of any dividend paid by BAT in sterling (including any such amount in respect of ADSs that is converted into US dollars by the depositary bank)

will equal the US dollar value of the sterling actually or constructively received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend

is so received by the U.S. holder, regardless of whether the sterling are converted into US dollars. If the sterling received as a dividend are converted into US

dollars on the date received, the U.S. holder generally will not be required to recognise foreign currency exchange gain or loss in respect of the dividend

income. If the sterling received as a dividend are not converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a basis in sterling equal to

their US dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss realised on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of sterling will be treated as U.S. source

ordinary income or loss. U.S. holders of ADSs should consult their own tax advisers regarding the application of these rules to the amount of any dividend

paid by BAT in sterling that is converted into US dollars by the depositary bank.

To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds BAT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under U.S.

federal income tax principles, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis of the

ordinary shares or ADSs, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds the U.S. holder’s tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain

recognised on a sale or exchange, as described below. BAT does not expect to determine earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax

principles. Therefore, notwithstanding the foregoing, U.S. holders should expect that distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for U.S.

information reporting purposes.

Distributions by BAT of additional ordinary shares (which may be distributed by the depositary bank to a holder of ADSs in the form of ADSs) to a U.S.

holder that is made as part of a pro rata distribution to all holders of ordinary shares and ADSs in respect of their ordinary shares or ADSs, and for which

there is no option to receive other property (not including ADSs), generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. The basis of any new ordinary

shares (or ADSs representing new ordinary shares) so received will be determined by allocating the U.S. holder’s basis in the previously held ordinary shares

or ADSs between the previously held ordinary shares or ADSs and the new ordinary shares or ADSs, based on their relative fair market values on the date of

distribution.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Passive foreign investment company

A passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) is any foreign corporation if, after the application of certain ‘look-through’ rules: (1) at least 75% of its

gross income is ‘passive income’ as that term is defined in the relevant provisions of the U.S. Tax Code; or (2) at least 50% of the average value of its assets

produce ‘passive income’ or are held for the production of ‘passive income.’ The determination as to PFIC status is made annually.

BAT does not believe that it is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a PFIC, and BAT expects to operate in such a manner so as not to become a PFIC. If,

however, BAT is or becomes a PFIC, U.S. holders could be subject to additional U.S. federal income taxes on gain recognised with respect to the ordinary

shares or ADSs and on certain distributions, plus an interest charge on certain taxes treated as having been deferred under the PFIC rules. Non-corporate U.S.

holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from BAT if it is a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividends are

paid or in the preceding taxable year. BAT’s U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to BAT’s PFIC status.

Taxation of capital gains

Upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, a U.S. holder will generally recognise capital gain or loss for U.S. federal

income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised on the disposition and the U.S. holder’s

adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs as determined in US dollars. Such gain or loss generally will be U.S. source gain or loss, and will be long-

term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. Certain non-corporate U.S. holders may be eligible

for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of net long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

The amount realised on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares for an amount in foreign currency will be the US dollar value of that

amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, the U.S. holder will recognise U.S. source foreign currency exchange gain or loss (taxable

as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the US dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the

date of sale, exchange or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are

sold by a cash-basis U.S. holder (or an accrual-basis U.S. holder that so elects), the amount realised will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the

settlement date for the sale, and no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be recognised at that time.

A U.S. holder’s tax basis in ordinary shares or ADSs will generally equal the US dollar cost of the ordinary shares or ADSs. The US dollar cost of ordinary

shares purchased with foreign currency will generally be the US dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase, or the settlement date for the

purchase in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are purchased by a cash-basis U.S. holder (or an accrual-basis U.S.

holder that so elects).

Information with respect to foreign financial assets

Individuals and certain entities that own ‘specified foreign financial assets’ with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 are generally required to file

information reports with respect to such assets with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Depending on the individual’s circumstances, higher threshold

amounts may apply. Specified foreign financial assets include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the

following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (1) stocks and securities issued by non-U.S. persons; (2) financial

instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-U.S. issuers or counterparties; and (3) interests in non‑U.S. entities. If a U.S. holder is subject to

this information reporting regime, the failure to file information reports may subject the U.S. holder to penalties. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own

tax advisers regarding their obligations to file information reports with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs.

Medicare net investment tax

Certain persons who are individuals (other than non-resident aliens), estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) their ‘net

investment income’ (in the case of individuals) or ‘undistributed net investment income’ (in the case of estates and trusts) (which includes dividend income in

respect of, and gain recognised on the disposition of, ordinary shares or ADSs) for the relevant taxable year; and (2) the excess of their modified adjusted

gross income (in the case of individuals) or adjusted gross income (in the case of estates and trusts) for the taxable year over specified dollar amounts. U.S.

holders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the applicability of this provision to their ownership of ordinary shares or ADSs.

Credits or deductions for UK taxes

As indicated under ‘Material UK tax consequences’ below, dividends in respect of, and gains on the disposition of, ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject

to UK taxation in certain circumstances. A U.S. holder may be eligible to claim a credit or deduction in respect of UK taxes attributable to such income

or gain for purposes of computing the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. The U.S. foreign tax credit rules are

complex, and U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the availability of U.S. foreign tax credits and the application of the U.S. foreign

tax credit rules to their particular situation.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to dividend payments and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary

shares or ADSs. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder that: (1) furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number (TIN), certifies that

such holder is not subject to backup withholding on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or appropriate successor form) and otherwise complies with all

applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules; or (2) provides proof that such holder is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. Backup

withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a holder’s U.S.

federal income tax liability, if any, provided that such holder furnishes the required information to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner. The

Internal Revenue Service may impose a penalty upon any taxpayer that fails to provide the correct TIN.

This summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences is not tax advice. The determination of the actual tax consequences for a U.S.

holder will depend on the U.S. holder’s specific situation. U.S. holders of ordinary shares or ADSs, in each case, should consult their own tax

advisers as to the tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs, including the applicability and effect of the alternative

minimum tax and any state, local, foreign or other tax laws and of changes in those laws.

Material UK Tax Consequences

The following paragraphs summarise material aspects of the UK tax treatment of U.S. holders of ordinary shares or ADSs and do not purport to be either a

complete analysis of all tax considerations relating to holding ordinary shares or ADSs or an analysis of the tax position of BAT. They are based on current

UK legislation and what is understood to be current HMRC practice, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

The comments are intended as a general guide and (otherwise than where expressly stated to the contrary) apply only to U.S. holders of ordinary shares or

ADSs (other than under a personal equity plan or individual savings account) and who are the absolute beneficial owners of such shares. These comments do

not deal with certain types of shareholders such as charities, dealers in securities, persons holding or acquiring shares in the course of a trade, persons who

have or could be treated for tax purposes as having acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs by reason of their employment, collective investment schemes,

persons subject to UK tax on the remittance basis and insurance companies. You are encouraged to consult an appropriate independent professional tax

adviser with respect to your tax position.

Tax on chargeable gains as a result of disposals of ordinary shares or ADSs

Subject to the below, U.S. holders will not generally be subject to UK tax on chargeable gains on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs provided that they do

not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in connection with which the

ordinary shares or ADSs are held.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

A U.S. holder who is an individual, who has ceased to be resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom for a period of less than five years and who

disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may be liable for UK tax on capital gains (in the absence of any available exemptions or reliefs). If

applicable, the tax charge will arise in the tax year that the individual returns to the United Kingdom.

Tax on dividends

BAT is not required to withhold UK tax at source from dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs.

U.S. holders will not generally be subject to UK tax on dividends received from BAT provided that they do not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the

United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in connection with which the ordinary shares or ADSs are held.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT)

Based on current published HMRC practice and recent case law, transfers of ADSs should not be subject to SDRT or stamp duty. The transfer of an

underlying ordinary share to the ADS holder in exchange for the cancellation of an ADS should also not give rise to a stamp duty or SDRT charge.

Transfers of ordinary shares outside of the depositary bank, including the repurchase of ordinary shares by BAT, will generally be subject to stamp duty or

SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given, except as described above in connection with the cancellation of an ADS. If

ordinary shares are redeposited into a clearance service or depositary system, the redeposit will attract stamp duty or SDRT at the higher rate of 1.5%.

The purchaser or the transferee of the ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be responsible for paying any stamp duty or SDRT payable. Where stamp duty

or SDRT is payable, it is payable regardless of the residence position of the purchaser.

Inheritance tax

A gift or settlement of ordinary shares or ADSs by, or on the death of, an individual shareholder may give rise to a liability to UK inheritance tax even if the

shareholder is not a resident of, or domiciled in, the United Kingdom.

A charge to inheritance tax may arise in certain circumstances where ordinary shares or ADSs are held by close companies and trustees of settlements.

However, pursuant to the Estate and Gift Tax Treaty 1980 (the “Treaty”) entered into between the United Kingdom and the United States, a gift or settlement

of ordinary shares or ADSs by shareholders who are domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Treaty may be exempt from any liability to UK

inheritance tax.

Item 10.H - Documents on display

The Company is subject to the information requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 applicable to foreign private issuers. In accordance

with these requirements, the Company files its Form 20-F and other documents with the SEC. BAT’s SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s

website, www.sec.gov. The Company’s Form 20-F is also available on the Company’s website, http://www.bat.com. The information on our website is not

incorporated by reference into this Form 20-F.

Item 10.J - Annual Report to security holders

The Registrant intends to submit the Annual Report to security holders in electronic format on 13 February 2026, in accordance with the Edgar Filer

Manual.

Item 11 - Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

For quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, please refer to note 26 in Part III - Item 18 Notes on the Accounts.

Item 12 - Description of securities other than equity securities

Item 12.D - American Depositary Shares

Fees and Charges Payable by ADS Holders

Citibank, N.A. (Citibank) was appointed as the depositary bank (the “Depositary”) for BAT’s ADS programme pursuant to the Amended and Restated

Deposit Agreement dated 1 December 2008 and amended as of 14 February 2017 and 14 June 2017 between BAT, the Depositary and the owners and

holders of ADSs (the “Deposit Agreement”). Citibank was reappointed as the Depositary pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement

dated 26 November 2018 (the “Restated Deposit Agreement”) and pursuant to a Letter Agreement effective from 1 December 2023 (the "Letter

Agreement").

The Restated Deposit Agreement provides that ADS holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide

any service for which a fee is payable, until the applicable fee has been paid.

Service	Fees
Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of ordinary shares (excluding issuances as a result of<br><br>distributions of shares described below)	Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued1
Cancellation of ADSs	Up to US$0.05 per ADS surrendered1
Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e., sale of rights and other<br><br>entitlements)	Up to US$0.05 per ADS held2
Distribution of ADSs pursuant to: (1) stock dividends or other free stock distributions; or<br><br>(2) exercise of rights to purchase additional BAT ADSs	Up to US$0.05 per ADS held
Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e.,<br><br>spinoff shares)	Up to US$0.05 per ADS held
Depositary bank services	Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Notes:

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

1.Under the terms of a separate agreement between BAT and the Depositary, the Depositary has agreed to waive the fees that would otherwise be payable in connection with the issuance of ADSs upon deposit

of ordinary shares and the cancellation of ADSs and corresponding withdrawal of ordinary shares, in each case by BAT or any of its affiliates, officers, directors or employees. The terms of this separate

agreement may be amended at any time by BAT and the Depositary.

2.Under the Restated Deposit Agreement, cash dividends paid in respect of ADSs are subject to a fee of up to US$0.05 per ADS payable to the Depositary. Currently, under the terms of the Letter Agreement,

such dividends are subject to a fee of up to US$0.04 per ADR per year (a fee of US$0.01 per dividend based on the distribution of four quarterly cash dividends per year). Under the Letter Agreement, the

dividend fee may not be varied by the Depositary without the consent of BAT.

In addition, ADS holders may be required under the Restated Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary: (a) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties)

and other governmental charges; (b) registration fees; (c) certain cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses; (d) the expenses and charges

incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (e) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance

with applicable exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the custodian or

any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of deposited securities. The Depositary may: (a) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell for

the account of any ADS holder any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge; and (b) deduct from any cash

distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other governmental charges on account.

Fees and Payments Made by the Depositary to BAT

Under the terms of the contractual arrangements set out in the separate agreement between BAT and the Depositary referred to above, BAT received a total

of approximately US$15.6 million from the Depositary, comprising fees charged in respect of dividends and a contribution to BAT’s ADS programme

administration costs for the year ended 31 December 2025.

In 2025, these programme administration costs principally included those associated with AGM proxy mailings, exchange listing and regulatory fees, foreign

private issuer analysis, legal fees, share registration fees and other expenses incurred by BAT in relation to the ADS programme. Under these contractual

arrangements, the Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the ADS programme.

All enquiries regarding ADS holder accounts and payment of dividends should be addressed to:

Citibank Shareholder Services

PO Box 43077, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3077, U.S.

Tel: +1 888 895 2025 (toll-free) or +1 781 575 4555

Email: Citibank@shareholders-online.com

Website: www.citi.com/dr

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Part II

Item 15 - Controls and procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures

The Group maintains ‘disclosure controls and procedures’ (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)), that are designed to ensure that

information required to be disclosed in reports the Group files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the

time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Management, including the Chief

Executive and the Interim Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our Management, including the Chief Executive and the Interim Chief Financial Officer,

recognise that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the

objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide

absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Group have been detected. The Group’s disclosure controls and procedures

have been designed to meet, and Management believes that they meet, reasonable assurance standards.

Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and the Interim Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Group disclosure

controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b) as of the end of the period covered by this Form 20-F. Based on that evaluation, the Chief

Executive and the Interim Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Group disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable

assurance level.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the oversight of the Chief Executive and the Interim Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate

internal control over financial reporting for the Group. The Group’s internal control over financial reporting consists of processes which are designed to:

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Group’s financial statements for external reporting

purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB; provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditure are made only in accordance with the

authorisation of Management; and provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposal

of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Management has assessed the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting (as

defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934) based on the updated Internal Control‑Integrated Framework

issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013). Based on that assessment, Management has determined

that the Group’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as at 31 December 2025.

Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or

overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are

subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures

may deteriorate.

Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audits the Group’s consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness

of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2025, the attestation report in respect of which is included in this document.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are

reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A - Audit committee financial expert

All members of the Audit Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors in accordance with the 2024 Code Provisions 10 and 24 and applicable U.S.

federal securities laws and NYSE listing standards.

During the period covered by the report, Darrell Thomas is and Holly Keller Koeppel was, designated by the Board as an audit committee financial expert in

accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and NYSE listing standards.

Item 16B - Code of ethics

The NYSE rules require U.S. companies to adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for all directors, officers and employees and promptly

disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. The Group Standards of Business Conduct (the SoBC) apply to all employees in the

Group, including senior Management and the Board, and satisfy the NYSE requirements. All Group companies have adopted the SoBC (or localised

versions). The SoBC also set out the Group’s whistleblowing policy, enabling employees, in confidence and anonymously, to raise concerns without fear of

reprisal, including concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. The SoBC is available at bat.com/sobc.

The Company has also adopted a code of ethics for its Chief Executive, Finance Director (current title: Chief Financial Officer), Group Financial Controller

and Group Chief Accountant as required by the provisions of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules issued by the SEC. No waivers or

exceptions to the Code of Ethics were granted in 2025. The Code of Ethics includes requirements in relation to confidentiality, conflicts of interest and

corporate opportunities, and obligations for those senior financial officers to act with honesty and integrity in the performance of their duties and to promote

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures in all reports and other documents submitted to the SEC, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, and

any other regulatory agency. For further details regarding the Code of Ethics, please refer to the Exhibit 11.1 on Item 19.

The Company considers that these codes and policies address the matters specified in the NYSE rules for U.S. companies.

Item 16C - Principal Accountant Fees and Services

A breakdown of audit, audit-related, tax services and non-audit fees paid to KPMG firms and associates in 2025 is provided in note 6(m) in Part III - Item 18

Notes on the Accounts.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures - Group Auditor Independence Policy (AIP)

The key principle of the AIP is that the Group’s external auditors may only be engaged to provide services where the provision of those services does not

impair auditor independence and objectivity. The AIP does not permit the Committee to delegate its responsibilities to the external auditors and the external

auditors are only permitted to provide audit, audit-related and permissible non-audit services in accordance with the AIP. Audit services are approved in

advance by the Committee on the basis of an annual engagement letter and the scope of audit services is agreed by the Committee with the external auditors.

Subject to the restrictions specified in the AIP, the external auditors may also provide certain permissible non-audit services with prior approval in

accordance with the AIP. The requirement for appropriate prior approval of permissible non-audit services may be waived only if the aggregate amount of all

permissible non-audit services provided is less than 5% of the total amount paid to the external auditors during the reporting year, where those services were

not recognised to be non-audit services at the time of engagement, and provided those permissible non-audit services are promptly brought to the attention of

the Committee and their provision is approved prior to completion of the audit in the relevant reporting year.

The provision of permissible non-audit services must be put to tender if expected spend exceeds limits specified in the AIP, unless a waiver of this

requirement, in accordance with the terms of the AIP, is agreed by the Chief Financial Officer and notified to the Committee.

The AIP:

–requires appropriate prior approval for all audit, audit-related and permissible non-audit services, except in respect of permissible non-audit services falling

within the exceptions described above;

–prohibits the provision of certain types of services by the external auditors, including those with contingent fee arrangements, expert services unrelated to audit

and other services prohibited by U.S. securities laws, the PCAOB and/or the FRC;

–prohibits the Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer, Group Financial Controller and Group Chief Accountant (or any person serving in an equivalent

position) from having been employed by the external auditors in any capacity in connection with the Group audit for two years before initiation of an audit;

–specifies requirements in respect of audit partner rotation, including for both the lead and the concurring external audit partners to rotate off the Group audit

engagement at least every five years, and not to recommence provision of audit or audit-related services to the Group for a further five years; and

–provides authority for the Committee to oversee any allegations of improper influence, coercion, manipulation or purposeful misleading in connection with

any external audit, and to review any issues arising in the course of engagement with the external auditors.

Item 16D - Exemptions from the Listing Standards for audit committee

Not applicable.

Item 16E - Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

On 18 March 2024, the Company announced the launch of a share buy-back programme to purchase £1.60 billion of its own ordinary shares of 25 pence

each (the ‘Programme’) by 31 December 2025, with £700 million to be purchased in 2024, and the remaining £900 million to be purchased in 2025. The

Programme commenced on the same date. On 28 May 2025, the Company announced that the existing Programme would be extended to buy back an

additional £200 million of its ordinary shares, increasing the total amount to be repurchased in 2025 to £1.1 billion. On 9 December 2025, the Company

announced that the existing Programme would be extended to purchase an additional £1.3 billion of its ordinary shares in 2026. All shares purchased

pursuant to the Programme will be cancelled to reduce the issued share capital of the Company.

Under the Programme, the Company purchased 30,282,076 ordinary shares of 25 pence each for a total consideration of £1.1 billion in 2025 (average price

of £36.32 per share), representing 1.39% of the Company's issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at 31 December 2025. All shares purchased

under the Programme in 2025 were cancelled.

The following table provides details of ordinary share purchases made under the Programme, or made by the trustees of employee share ownership plans

(ESOPs) and other purchases of ordinary shares made to satisfy the commitments to deliver shares under certain employee share-based payment plans.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
	Total number of shares<br><br>purchased1	Average price<br><br>paid per<br><br>share £2	Total number of shares<br><br>purchased under<br><br>the Programme3, 4	The maximum £ of shares<br><br>that may yet be purchased<br><br>under the Programme3, 4
---	---	---	---	---
2025
January	2,619,631	29.997693	2,615,893	£821,527,384.07
February	2,370,061	31.564474	2,265,167	£750,078,645.72
March	2,247,220	31.417930	2,243,531	£679,589,038.77
April	3,871,457	31.492971	2,472,501	£601,695,520.71
May4	3,112,533	32.299005	2,453,438	£722,672,751.17
June	2,075,387	35.086814	2,071,724	£649,977,769.88
July	3,102,010	37.435658	3,098,337	£533,977,847.25
August	2,327,604	42.195304	2,238,078	£439,446,278.85
September	2,580,875	40.556606	2,577,874	£334,897,554.57
October	3,660,339	38.441120	3,657,017	£194,320,695.85
November	2,399,976	41.688073	2,318,180	£97,662,151.85
December	2,273,002	43.014759	2,270,336	£7,089.96
TOTAL	32,640,095		30,282,076

Notes:

1.Total number of shares purchased under the Programme, by trustees of ESOPs and under certain employee share-based plans. During the year ended 31 December 2025, a total of 2,358,019 shares were

purchased in addition to shares purchased under the Programme. All share purchases were of ordinary shares of 25p each and were carried out on the open-market or were other transactions related to employee

share-based plans. No purchase of ADSs took place during the year ended 31 December 2025.

2.Average price paid across purchases made under the Programme, by the trustees of ESOPs and under certain employee share-based plans.

3.On 18 March 2024, the Company announced a Programme to purchase £1.60 billion (US$2.04 billion) of its own shares. The Programme will end no later than 31 December 2025. Authorisation was given at the

2025 AGM to buy-back up to 220.45 million ordinary shares.

4.On 28 May 2025, the Company announced that the existing Programme would be extended to buy back a further £200 million (US$269.38 million) of its ordinary shares.

Item 16G - Corporate Governance

Principles

In the U.S., ADSs of the Company are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The significant differences between the Company’s corporate

governance practices as a UK company and those required by NYSE listing standards for U.S. companies are discussed below.

The Company has applied a set of board governance principles, which reflect the 2024 Code and its principles-based approach to corporate governance.

NYSE rules require U.S. companies to adopt and disclose on their websites corporate governance guidelines. The Company complies with UK requirements,

including a statement in its 2025 Annual Report of how the Company has applied the principles of the 2024 Code and that the Company has complied with

the provisions of the 2024 Code.

Independence

The Company’s Board governance principles require that all Non-Executive Directors be determined by the Board to be independent in character and

judgement and free from any business or other relationships that could interfere materially with, or appear to affect, their judgement. The Board also has

formal procedures for managing conflicts of interest. The Board has determined that, in its judgement, the Chair of the Board and all of the Non-Executive

Directors are independent. In doing so, the Board has taken into consideration the independence requirements outlined in the NYSE’s listing standards and

considers these to be met by the Chair and all of its Non-Executive Directors.

Non-Executive Director Meetings

Meetings of the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Chair and without any Executive Director present, are scheduled in the Board calendar. These meetings

are usually held following scheduled Board meetings, with additional Non-Executive Director meetings convened where required.

The Executive and the Non-Executive Directors also meet annually, led by the Senior Independent Director and without the Chair present, to discuss the

Chair’s performance.

Committees

The Company has a number of Board Committees that are broadly comparable in purpose and composition to those required by NYSE rules for domestic

U.S. companies. For instance, the Company has a Nominations (rather than nominating/corporate governance) Committee and a Remuneration (rather than

compensation) Committee. The Company also has an Audit Committee, which NYSE rules require for both U.S. companies and foreign private issuers.

These Committees are composed solely of Non-Executive Directors and, in the case of the Nominations Committee, the Chair of the Board whom the Board

has determined to be independent in the manner described above.

Each Board Committee has its own terms of reference, which prescribe the composition, main tasks and requirements of each of the Committees (see Item

6.C - Board Practices).

Under U.S. securities laws and the listing standards of the NYSE, the Company is required to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule

10A-3 under the Exchange Act and Section 303A.06 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. The Company’s Audit Committee complies with these

requirements. The Company’s Audit Committee does not have direct responsibility for the appointment, reappointment or removal of the independent

auditors. Instead, it follows the UK Companies Act by making recommendations to the Board on these matters for it to put forward for shareholder approval

at the AGM.

One of the NYSE’s additional requirements for the audit committee states that at least one member of the audit committee is to have ‘accounting or related

financial management expertise’. The Board has determined that Darrell Thomas and Holly Keller Koeppel possess such expertise and also possess the

financial and audit committee experience set forth in both the 2024 UK Code and SEC rules. Darrell Thomas is and Holly Keller Koeppel was designated as

an Audit Committee financial expert as set out in Item 16A of Form 20-F. The Board has also determined that each Audit Committee member meets the

financial literacy requirements applicable under NYSE listing standards. For further information on how the Company’s Directors meet ethics standards

pursuant to NYSE requirements please refer to Item 16B.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans

The NYSE rules for U.S. companies require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions

to those plans. The Company complies with UK requirements that are similar to the NYSE rules. The Board, however, does not explicitly take into

consideration the NYSE’s detailed definition of what are considered ‘material revisions’.

Independent Director Contact

Interested parties may communicate directly with the independent Directors, individually or as a group, by sending written correspondence addressed to the

independent Director(s) to the attention of the Company Secretary at the following address: c/o Caroline Ferland, Company Secretary, British American

Tobacco p.l.c., Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG.

Item 16J - Insider trading policies

The British American Tobacco Code for Share Dealing (the BAT Code) governs the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of BAT's securities by Directors,

employees (including senior management), contractors, and consultants of the Group.

The BAT Code is reasonably designed to promote compliance with the UK's Market Abuse Regulation and other applicable insider trading laws, rules and

regulations, and any listing standards applicable to the Group. The BAT Code is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.2 to this Form 20-F.

Item 16K - Cybersecurity

Cyber security is crucial to the Group’s business operations, as the Group relies on IDT systems and networks to conduct core activities, including

manufacturing, distribution, marketing, customer service, science, research and development, and financial and management reporting.

The Board acknowledges that cyber security threats present significant risks to the Group’s business, reputation, financial condition and competitive position, as well as to

the security and privacy of our consumers, employees and other stakeholders. These risks are pertinent as the Group introduces new technologies from time to time as part

of its business transformation, such as loyalty programmes, connected technologies and other interactive platforms which may alter the Group’s risk profile and increase

the Group’s exposure to cyber threats.

To mitigate these risks, the Group implements processes to identify, assess and manage material cyber security risks. These processes are integrated into the

Group’s overall risk management systems and processes, overseen by the Board and implemented by management. These processes include:

–implementing appropriate technical and organisational security measures, such as defensive technologies, encryption, authentication, and backup and

recovery systems, to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all Group systems and networks, and the data stored on or transmitted through

them;

–providing regular training and awareness programmes to Group company employees and contractors on cyber security best practices and procedures,

adherence to our Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC) (including cyber security and information security requirements) and responding to other relevant

issues as required;

–maintaining vendor management processes for key vendors, including conducting due diligence and incorporating contractual obligations, intended to

ensure that third-party service providers with access to Group IDT systems and networks, or that process or store Group data, adhere to our cyber security

requirements and standards;

–developing, maintaining and testing the Group’s incident response and business continuity procedures designed to enable the Group to promptly detect,

contain, analyse, report and recover from any potential or actual incidents and establish the Group’s resiliency from technology-related incidents;

–engaging external assessors, consultants and other third parties as appropriate, to support the Group’s cyber security risk assessment, identification and

management processes and to provide independent assurance and recommendations; and

–engaging with relevant internal and external stakeholders, such as regulators, law enforcement authorities, customers and other industry stakeholders, on

cyber security matters and being prepared to disclose any material cyber security risks or incidents in a timely and transparent manner.

Our Group SoBC and Supplier Code of Conduct include requirements for all Group employees, contractors as well as suppliers to conduct themselves in a

way that reduces cyber security risk and protects the Group’s systems and data.

The Group regularly reviews and updates its cyber security risk processes to support alignment with business objectives, regulatory requirements and

industry standards.

To support the ongoing transformation of the Group’s business and product portfolio, the Group is strengthening its digital risk management programme.

This includes updating cyber security controls and incident response plan, expanding the cyber security team, increasing business-wide engagement, and

extending coverage to a wider range of technologies and solutions. These efforts aim to improve identification, management, monitoring and reporting of

cyber risks. Insights from audits, assessments, and incident reports are regularly reviewed and integrated to enhance cyber resilience and awareness across the

Group.

Cyber security risk management is integrated into, and follows, the Group’s risk identification process. Cyber security risks are integrated into the Group risk

Cyber security governance and oversight

The Board is responsible for the Group's strategy, including oversight of the Group’s IDT and cyber security strategy, and for reviewing the effectiveness of

its risk management and internal control systems.

On an annual basis, the Board reviews the Group risk register, which incorporates cyber security risks. In 2025, the Board was briefed on the Group’s cyber

security incident response plan and approach to incident classification by the Director, Digital & Information and the Group Chief Information Security

Officer (CISO) (reporting to the Director, Digital & Information).

Through the Audit Committee’s terms of reference, the Board has delegated certain responsibilities to the Audit Committee, including the review of the

Group's risk management and internal control framework to ensure there is due process for risk identification and management, monitoring the effectiveness

of material controls, reviewing the Group risk register and emerging risks, and monitoring procedures and controls for safeguarding assets including cyber

security controls.

The Audit Committee reviews the Group risk register twice annually and is briefed periodically on the cyber risk landscape and Group cyber resilience by the

Group CISO. The Audit Committee also receives reports from the Corporate Audit Committee, which monitors the effectiveness of risk management and

internal controls across the Group’s functions and oversees the Group’s cyber security risk management framework.

The Group maintains a dedicated cyber security team, led by the Group CISO, responsible for developing and implementing the Group’s cyber security

strategy, standards and procedures, including to address any material incident that might arise.

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The Group's cyber security team has appropriate professional expertise, knowledge and experience in the field, including to identify, assess and manage

cyber security risks, maintain appropriate security monitoring, incident response and business continuity procedures, and to implement those should an

incident arise. Senior cyber security team members, including the Group CISO, all have prior relevant industry experience.

The Group CISO has over 25 years of information security and IT experience with the Group and previously served as the Deputy CISO for the Group.

Relevant industry certifications are also held within the cyber security team, for example, Certified Information Security Manager (CISM), Certified

Information Systems Auditor (CISA), Certified in Risk and Information Systems Controls (CRISC), Certified Incident Handler, Certified Forensic Analyst

and Certified Information Systems Security Professional.

The Group's cyber security team actively monitors and evaluates the evolving cyber security threat landscape. It assesses the security posture of the Group’s

IDT landscape using various tools, including vulnerability scans, penetration tests and control assessments. Specialists are engaged on an annual basis to

assess the Group’s cyber security programme and identify and prioritise cyber security risks and vulnerabilities.

Key findings from these assessments and incident summaries are reported periodically to the Director, Digital & Information, and to the Audit Committee

where applicable, accompanied by recommendations for mitigating or addressing any identified risks. Any significant cyber security incidents would be

reported as soon as reasonably practicable to the Audit Committee and the Board in accordance with the Group’s incident response procedures.

For additional information on cyber security threats and how these could materially affect our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition,

refer toItem 3.D - Group risk factor 'Disruption to the Group’s or its third-party providers’ digital and information technologysystems’, including by

cyberattack, human error, or the malicious manipulation or disclosure of confidential or sensitive information' on page 4.

100

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Part III

Item 17 - Financial Statements

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

Item 18 - Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying Group Balance Sheet of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and subsidiaries (the Group) as of December 31, 2025,

and 2024, the related Group Income Statement, Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Statement of Changes in Equity, and Group Cash

Flow Statement for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial

statements). We also have audited the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in

Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of

December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,

2025, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our

opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 based on criteria

established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions

The Group’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial

reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s report

on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and an

opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public

Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the

U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain

reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and

whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated

financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a

test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting

principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the

risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.

Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a

reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial

reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s

internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,

accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are

recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and

expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide

reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have

a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any

evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the

degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were

communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the

consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit

matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the

critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Recoverability of Newport, Natural American Spirit (NAS), and Grizzly trademarks arising from the Reynolds American Inc. acquisition in

2017.

As discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group, as at December 31, 2025, has intangible assets related to Newport, NAS

and Grizzly trademarks of £37,351 million, arising from the 2017 acquisition of Reynolds American.

We identified the evaluation of the impairment analysis of Newport, NAS and Grizzly trademarks arising from the 2017 acquisition of Reynolds

American as a critical audit matter. There was a high degree of auditor judgment involved in evaluating: (i) projected sales volumes used in the

analysis of the recoverable amount for Newport, NAS and Grizzly trademarks including the volume growth associated with the launch of the Grizzly

Modern Oral product portfolio; (ii) the post-tax discount rate used in the analysis for recoverable amount of NAS and Grizzly trademarks; (iii) the

terminal growth rate used in the analysis for the recoverable amount of Grizzly trademarks; and (iv) the long-term volume growth rates beyond the

five year forecast period used in the analysis of the recoverable amount of the Newport and NAS trademarks.

101

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating

effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the impairment testing process, including controls related to the development of the projected sales

volume, post-tax discount rates, terminal growth rates, and long-term volume growth rates. In addition, we assessed the impairment analysis by:

–assessing and challenging the projected sales volume growth rates, terminal growth rates, and long-term volume growth rates against externally

derived publicly available data, including broker and analyst reports, industry reports, macro-economic assumptions and market share reports;

–challenging the projected sales volumes by comparing the historical projections to actual results to assess the Group’s ability to accurately forecast;

–performing sensitivity analysis on the projected sales volumes, terminal growth rates, long-term volume growth rates, and post-tax discount rates to

assess the impact of changes in these assumptions on the amount of headroom for the Newport, NAS, and Grizzly trademarks; and

–involving a valuation professional with specialised skills and knowledge, who assisted in independently developing a range of post-tax discount

rates using market data points for comparable companies and comparing these market rates to those utilised by the Group.

Provision arising from litigation in Canada

As discussed in Note 24 and Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group’s operating companies in Canada, Imperial Tobacco Canada

Limited (“Imperial”), received an unfavourable judgment on the smoking and health class actions certified by the Quebec Superior Court. As a result

of this judgment, in 2019 Imperial and Imperial Tobacco Company Limited (together with Imperial, ITCAN) filed for creditor protection under the

Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (the “CCAA”). In October 2024, while under CCAA, the court-appointed mediator and monitor filed a

proposed plan of compromise and arrangement to resolve all outstanding tobacco litigation in Canada. Substantially similar proposed plans were also

filed for Rothmans, Benson & Hedges Inc. and JTI-Macdonald Corp. (collectively the “Proposed Plans”). Under the Proposed Plans, if ultimately

sanctioned and implemented, ITCAN, Rothmans, Benson & Hedges Inc. and JTI-Macdonald Corp would pay an aggregated settlement amount of

CAD$32.5 billion (approximately £18 billion). In March 2025, the court approved an amended version of the Proposed Plans which were

subsequently implemented in August 2025 and now referred to as Approved Plans. Management continues to recognise a provision of £2,794 million

as of December 31, 2025 to reflect management’s best estimate of the Group’s obligation.

We identified the evaluation of the provision arising from litigation in Canada as a critical audit matter because complex and subjective auditor

judgment was required in evaluating the Group’s ability to estimate the timing and extent of any future economic outflow arising from the ultimate

resolution of the Canadian litigation. This involved evaluating the assumptions related to the rate at which volumes will decline and the execution of

future pricing plans (collectively “projected net revenue”) and the discount rate applied in determining this estimate and the related disclosure.

Changes to those assumptions in combination could have had a significant effect on the Group’s provision.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating

effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the legal process including controls related to the estimation of the timing and extent of any future

economic outflow arising from the ultimate resolution of the Canadian litigation. In addition, we assessed the Canadian legal proceedings by:

–reading letters received directly from the Group's external and internal legal counsel that evaluated the current status of the Canadian legal

proceedings;

–assessing and challenging ITCAN’s projected net revenue and discount rate by examining externally derived publicly available data, and historical

trends;

–challenging the projected net revenue by comparing the historical projections to actual results to assess ITCAN’s ability to accurately forecast;

–performing sensitivity analyses on ITCAN’s projected net revenue and discount rate to assess the impact of changes in these assumptions on the

amount of the provision recorded; and

–assessing whether the Group’s disclosures detail the key estimates and sensitivities including any impact of changes to key assumptions used in the

estimation of the provision for ITCAN.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2015.

London, United Kingdom

February 11, 2026

102

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Balance Sheet

		31 December
	Notes	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Assets
Intangible assets	12	86,934	94,276
Property, plant and equipment	13	4,483	4,379
Investments in associates and joint ventures	14	1,521	1,902
Retirement benefit assets	15	880	937
Deferred tax assets	16	2,032	2,573
Trade and other receivables	17	288	282
Investments held at fair value	18	333	146
Derivative financial instruments	19	135	110
Total non-current assets		96,606	104,605
Inventories	20	4,382	4,616
Income tax receivable		470	67
Trade and other receivables	17	3,802	3,604
Investments held at fair value	18	16	513
Derivative financial instruments	19	162	186
Cash and cash equivalents	21	3,827	5,297
		12,659	14,283
Assets classified as held-for-sale		25	11
Total current assets		12,684	14,294
Total assets		109,290	118,899
Equity – capital and reserves
Share capital	22(a)	577	585
Share premium, capital redemption and merger reserves	22(b)	26,675	26,665
Other reserves	22(c)	(4,148)	(902)
Retained earnings	22(c)	22,929	21,610
Owners of the parent		46,033	47,958
Perpetual hybrid bonds	22(d)	1,893	1,685
Non-controlling interests	22(e)	219	352
Total equity		48,145	49,995
Liabilities
Borrowings	23	31,708	32,638
Retirement benefit liabilities	15	801	820
Deferred tax liabilities	16	10,343	11,679
Other provisions for liabilities	24	3,161	4,071
Trade and other payables	25	484	685
Derivative financial instruments	19	124	268
Total non-current liabilities		46,621	50,161
Borrowings	23	3,362	4,312
Income tax payable		1,129	1,681
Other provisions for liabilities	24	608	3,044
Trade and other payables	25	9,328	9,550
Derivative financial instruments	19	91	156
		14,518	18,743
Liabilities associated with assets classified as held-for-sale		6	—
Total current liabilities		14,524	18,743
Total equity and liabilities		109,290	118,899

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board

Luc Jobin

Chair

11 February 2026

103

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Income Statement

		For the years ended 31 December
	Notes	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Revenue1	2	25,610	25,867	27,283
Raw materials and consumables used		(4,465)	(4,565)	(4,545)
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress		239	129	(96)
Employee benefit costs	3	(3,125)	(2,831)	(2,664)
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs	4	(2,547)	(3,101)	(28,614)
Other operating income	5	192	340	432
Loss on reclassification from amortised cost to fair value		(12)	(10)	(9)
Other operating expenses	6, 33	(5,895)	(13,093)	(7,538)
Profit/(loss) from operations	2	9,997	2,736	(15,751)
Net finance costs	8	(1,819)	(1,098)	(1,895)
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	2,9	1,681	1,900	585
Profit/(loss) before taxation		9,859	3,538	(17,061)
Taxation on ordinary activities	10	(2,094)	(357)	2,872
Profit/(loss) for the year		7,765	3,181	(14,189)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent		7,764	3,068	(14,367)
Non-controlling interests		1	113	178
		7,765	3,181	(14,189)
Earnings/(loss) per share
Basic	11	351.0	136.7	(646.6)
Diluted	11	349.1	136.0	(646.6)

Note:

1.Revenue is net of duty, excise and other taxes of £32,160 million, £33,818 million and £36,917 million for the years ended 31 December 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

104

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

		For the years ended 31 December
	Notes	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Profit/(loss) for the year		7,765	3,181	(14,189)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:		(3,278)	(50)	(3,317)
Foreign currency translation and hedges of net investments in foreign operations
– differences on exchange from translation of foreign operations		(3,330)	(195)	(4,049)
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year	22(c)	2	—	552
– net investment hedges – net fair value gains on derivatives		151	20	236
– net investment hedges – differences on exchange on borrowings		(20)	17	9
Cash flow hedges
– net fair value gains		2	65	59
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year		16	36	12
– tax on net fair value gains in respect of cash flow hedges	10(f)	(13)	(23)	(23)
Investments held at fair value
– net fair value losses	18	—	—	(6)
Associates
– share of other comprehensive expense, net of tax	9	(133)	(13)	(107)
–differences on exchange reclassified to profit or loss	9,22(c)	47	43	—
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:		(83)	(7)	(57)
Retirement benefit schemes
– net actuarial losses	15	(10)	(19)	(106)
– movements in surplus restrictions	15	(67)	(14)	24
– tax on actuarial losses and movements in surplus restrictions	10(f)	—	(1)	30
Investments held at fair value
– net fair value losses	18	(2)	(6)	—
Associates – share of other comprehensive (expense)/income, net of tax	9	(4)	33	(5)
Total other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax		(3,361)	(57)	(3,374)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax		4,404	3,124	(17,563)
Attributable to:
Owners of the parent		4,425	3,013	(17,699)
Non-controlling interests		(21)	111	136
		4,404	3,124	(17,563)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

105

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Statement of Changes in Equity - 2025

		Attributable to owners of the parent
	Notes	Share<br><br>capital<br><br>£m	Share<br><br>premium,<br><br>capital<br><br>redemption<br><br>and merger<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>reserves1<br><br>£m	Retained<br><br>earnings<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>attributable<br><br>to owners of<br><br>parent<br><br>£m	Perpetual<br><br>hybrid<br><br>bonds<br><br>£m	Non-<br><br>controlling<br><br>interests1<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>equity<br><br>£m
Balance at 1 January 2025		585	26,665	(902)	21,610	47,958	1,685	352	49,995
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the<br><br>year comprising:		—	—	(3,267)	7,692	4,425	—	(21)	4,404
Profit for the year		—	—	—	7,764	7,764	—	1	7,765
Other comprehensive expense<br><br>for the year		—	—	(3,267)	(72)	(3,339)	—	(22)	(3,361)
Other changes in equity
Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in<br><br>total assets		—	—	21	—	21	—	—	21
Employee share options
–value of employee services	28	—	—	—	83	83	—	—	83
–proceeds from new shares issued	22(b)	—	2	—	—	2	—	—	2
Dividends and other appropriations
–ordinary shares	22(f)	—	—	—	(5,240)	(5,240)	—	—	(5,240)
–to non-controlling interests		—	—	—	—	—	—	(108)	(108)
Purchase of own shares
–held in employee share<br><br>ownership trusts		—	—	—	(61)	(61)	—	—	(61)
–share buy-back programme, shares bought<br><br>back and cancelled	22(c)(vi)	(8)	8	—	(1,114)	(1,114)	—	—	(1,114)
Perpetual hybrid bonds
–proceeds, net of issuance fees	22(d)	—	—	—	—	—	1,050	—	1,050
–redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds, net of<br><br>costs	22(d)	—	—	—	(39)	(39)	(844)	—	(883)
–tax on issuance fees		—	—	—	—	—	2	—	2
–coupons paid	22(d)	—	—	—	(55)	(55)	—	—	(55)
–tax on coupons paid		—	—	—	14	14	—	—	14
Non-controlling interests – acquisitions	27(c)	—	—	—	(15)	(15)	—	(4)	(19)
Other movements		—	—	—	54	54	—	—	54
Balance at 31 December 2025		577	26,675	(4,148)	22,929	46,033	1,893	219	48,145

Note:

Included in other reserves and non-controlling interests is a combined loss of £9 million in respect of assets transferred to held-for-sale. Refer to note 27(d)(i).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

106

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Statement of Changes in Equity - 2024

		Attributable to owners of the parent
	Notes	Share<br><br>capital<br><br>£m	Share<br><br>premium,<br><br>capital<br><br>redemption<br><br>and merger<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Retained<br><br>earnings<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>attributable to<br><br>owners of<br><br>parent<br><br>£m	Perpetual<br><br>hybrid<br><br>bonds<br><br>£m	Non-<br><br>controlling<br><br>interests<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>equity<br><br>£m
Balance at 1 January 2024		614	26,630	(894)	24,531	50,881	1,685	368	52,934
Total comprehensive (expense)/<br><br>income for the year comprising:		—	—	(21)	3,034	3,013	—	111	3,124
Profit for the year		—	—	—	3,068	3,068	—	113	3,181
Other comprehensive expense for the year		—	—	(21)	(34)	(55)	—	(2)	(57)
Other changes in equity
Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in<br><br>total assets		—	—	13	—	13	—	—	13
Employee share options
–value of employee services	28	—	—	—	70	70	—	—	70
– proceeds from new<br><br>shares issued		—	6	—	—	6	—	—	6
Dividends and other appropriations
–ordinary shares	22(f)	—	—	—	(5,209)	(5,209)	—	—	(5,209)
–to non-controlling interests		—	—	—	—	—	—	(127)	(127)
Purchase of own shares
–held in employee share<br><br>ownership trusts		—	—	—	(94)	(94)	—	—	(94)
– share buy-back programme	22(c)(vi)	—	—	—	(698)	(698)	—	—	(698)
– shares bought back and cancelled	22(a),(b)	(7)	7	—	—	—	—	—	—
Treasury shares cancelled	22(a),(b)	(22)	22	—	—	—	—	—	—
Perpetual hybrid bonds
–coupons paid	22(d)	—	—	—	(56)	(56)	—	—	(56)
–tax on coupons paid		—	—	—	14	14	—	—	14
Other movements		—	—	—	18	18	—	—	18
Balance at 31 December 2024		585	26,665	(902)	21,610	47,958	1,685	352	49,995

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

107

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Statement of Changes in Equity - 2023

		Attributable to owners of the parent
	Notes	Share<br><br>capital<br><br>£m	Share<br><br>premium,<br><br>capital<br><br>redemption<br><br>and merger<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Retained<br><br>earnings<br><br>£m	In respect of<br><br>assets held-<br><br>for-sale<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>attributable to<br><br>owners of<br><br>parent<br><br>£m	Perpetual<br><br>hybrid<br><br>bonds<br><br>£m	Non-<br><br>controlling<br><br>interests<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>equity<br><br>£m
Balance at 1 January 2023		614	26,628	2,655	44,081	(295)	73,683	1,685	342	75,710
Total comprehensive income for<br><br>the year comprising:		—	—	(3,281)	(14,418)	—	(17,699)	—	136	(17,563)
(Loss)/profit for the year		—	—	—	(14,367)	—	(14,367)	—	178	(14,189)
Other comprehensive income for<br><br>the year		—	—	(3,281)	(51)	—	(3,332)	—	(42)	(3,374)
Other changes in equity
Cash flow hedges reclassified<br><br>and reported in total assets		—	—	27	—	—	27	—	—	27
Employee share options
–value of employee services	28	—	—	—	71	—	71	—	—	71
–proceeds from new shares<br><br>issued		—	2	—	—	—	2	—	—	2
Dividends and other<br><br>appropriations
–ordinary shares	22(f)	—	—	—	(5,071)	—	(5,071)	—	—	(5,071)
–to non-controlling interests		—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(110)	(110)
Purchase of own shares						—	—
–held in employee share<br><br>ownership trusts		—	—	—	(110)	—	(110)	—	—	(110)
Perpetual hybrid bonds
–coupons paid	22(d)	—	—	—	(58)	—	(58)	—	—	(58)
–tax on coupons paid		—	—	—	14	—	14	—	—	14
Reclassification of equity in<br><br>respect of assets classified as<br><br>held-for-sale	27(d)	—	—	(295)	—	295	—	—	—	—
Other movements		—	—	—	22	—	22	—	—	22
Balance at 31 December 2023		614	26,630	(894)	24,531	—	50,881	1,685	368	52,934

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

108

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Group Cash Flow Statement

		For the years ended 31 December
	Notes	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Profit/(loss) for the year		7,765	3,181	(14,189)
Taxation on ordinary activities		2,094	357	(2,872)
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures		(1,681)	(1,900)	(585)
Net finance costs		1,819	1,098	1,895
Profit/(loss) from operations		9,997	2,736	(15,751)
Adjustments for
– depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs	4	2,547	3,101	28,614
– decrease in inventories		112	35	265
– increase in trade and other receivables		(295)	(269)	(487)
– decrease in Master Settlement Agreement payable	6	(79)	(294)	(287)
– (decrease)/increase in trade and other payables		(207)	58	640
– decrease in net retirement benefit liabilities		(31)	(76)	(111)
– (decrease)/increase in other provisions for liabilities	24	(3,409)	6,322	(489)
– other non-cash items		264	(40)	436
Cash generated from operating activities		8,899	11,573	12,830
Dividends received from associates		369	406	506
Tax paid		(2,926)	(1,854)	(2,622)
Net cash generated from operating activities		6,342	10,125	10,714
Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received		201	187	145
Dividends received		1	—	—
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(551)	(486)	(460)
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment		37	145	54
Purchases of intangibles		(153)	(122)	(141)
Proceeds on disposals of intangibles		31	39	27
Purchases of investments	18	(54)	(216)	(448)
Proceeds on disposals of investments	18	848	299	405
Investment in associates and acquisitions of other subsidiaries net of cash acquired		(29)	(48)	(37)
Proceeds from disposal of shares in associate, net of tax		1,052	1,577	—
Disposal of subsidiary, net of cash disposed of	27(d)	4	—	159
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities		1,387	1,375	(296)
Cash flows from financing activities
Interest paid on borrowings and financing related activities		(1,631)	(1,703)	(1,682)
Interest element of lease liabilities		(40)	(37)	(30)
Capital element of lease liabilities		(177)	(165)	(162)
Proceeds from increases in and new borrowings		3,814	2,404	5,134
Reductions in and repayments of borrowings		(3,932)	(4,826)	(6,769)
Outflows relating to derivative financial instruments		(380)	(128)	(480)
Purchases of own shares - share buy-back programme	22(c)	(1,112)	(698)	—
Purchases of own shares held in employee share ownership trusts	22(c)	(61)	(94)	(110)
Proceeds from the issue of perpetual hybrid bonds, net of issuance costs	22(d)	1,050	—	—
Redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds, net of costs	22(d)	(883)	—	—
Coupon paid on perpetual hybrid bonds		(54)	(56)	(59)
Dividends paid to owners of the parent		(5,238)	(5,213)	(5,055)
Investments in relation to non-controlling interests	30	(19)	—	—
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests		(100)	(121)	(105)
Other		1	5	4
Net cash used in financing activities		(8,762)	(10,632)	(9,314)
Net cash flows (used in)/generated from operating, investing and financing activities		(1,033)	868	1,104
Transferred (to)/from held-for-sale*		(208)	—	368
Differences on exchange		(76)	(281)	(292)
(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents in the year		(1,317)	587	1,180
Net cash and cash equivalents at 1 January		5,104	4,517	3,337
Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December	21	3,787	5,104	4,517

Note:

*Included in the transferred from held-for-sale in 2023 is £102 million of foreign exchange loss due to the devaluation of the Russian ruble, as explained in note 27(d)(ii).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

109

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

1 Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention except as described in the accounting

policy below on financial instruments. In performing its going concern assessment, management considered forecasts and liquidity requirements covering a

period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements and including the Group’s ability to fund its operations and generate

cash to pay for debt as it falls due and takes into account the payments arising from the Master Settlement Agreement due in the U.S. in 2026, payments

under the Approved Plans in Canada (refer to note 24) and other known liabilities or future payments (including interim dividends), as they fall due. This

assessment includes consideration of geopolitical events and the general outlook in the global economy, as well as plausible downside scenarios after taking

into account the Group’s Principal Risks and how they could impact the Group’s operations. Any mitigating actions, should they be required, are all within

management’s control and could include reductions in discretionary spending such as acquisitions and capital expenditure, or drawdowns on committed

facilities. After reviewing the Group’s annual budget, plans and financing arrangements, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to

continue operating and that it is therefore appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Form 20‑F.

In preparing the financial statements, management has considered the impact of climate change, particularly in the context of the risks identified in the TCFD

disclosure and determined that the impact is not expected to be material:

–On the going concern and viability of the Group, over the next three years;

–On the Group’s assessment of future cash flows (including as related to the capital expenditure plans as related to the Group’s Scope 1 and 2 GHG

emission reduction commitments) as used in impairment assessments for the value in use of non-current assets including goodwill (note 12(b)); and

–In respect of factors including useful lives and residual values that determine the carrying value of non-financial current assets.

There has been no material impact identified on the financial reporting judgements and estimates. Management is aware that the risks related to climate

change are developing and subject to frequent change. Accordingly, these judgements and estimates will be kept under review as the future impacts of

climate change on the Group’s financial statements depend on environmental, regulatory and other factors outside of the Group’s control which are not all

currently known.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of

revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The key estimates and assumptions

are set out in the accounting policies below, together with the related notes to the accounts.

The critical accounting judgements include:

–the determination as to whether control (subsidiaries), joint control (joint arrangements), or significant influence (associates) exists in relation to the

investments held by the Group. This is assessed after taking into account the Group’s ability to appoint Directors to the entity’s Board, its relative

shareholding compared with other shareholders, any significant contracts or arrangements with the entity or its other shareholders and other relevant facts

and circumstances. The application of these policies to Group subsidiaries in certain territories, including Canada, is explained in note 32;

–the review of applicable exchange rates for transactions with and translation of entities in territories where there are restrictions on free access to foreign

currency, or multiple exchange rates;

–the determination as to whether to recognise provisions and the exposures to contingent liabilities related to pending litigation or other outstanding claims,

as well as other contingent liabilities. Refer to note 24 for the provision associated with the Approved Plans in Canada. The accounting policy on

contingent liabilities, which are not provided for, is set out below and the contingent liabilities of the Group are explained in note 31. Judgement is

necessary to assess the likelihood that a pending claim is probable (more likely than not to succeed), possible or remote;

–the determination as to whether perpetual hybrid bonds should be classified as equity instead of borrowings (note 22(d)); and

–the identification and quantification of adjusting items. These are separately disclosed as memorandum information as explained below, and the impact of

these on the calculation of adjusted earnings per share is described in note 11.

The critical accounting estimates include:

–the review of intangible asset values, including goodwill and certain trademarks and similar intangibles. The key assumptions used in respect of the

impairment testing are the determination of cash-generating units, the budgeted and forecast cash flows of these units, the long-term growth rate for cash

flow projections and the rate used to discount the cash flow projections. These are described in note 12;

–the estimation of amounts to be recognised in respect of taxation and legal matters, and the estimation of other provisions for liabilities and charges are

subject to uncertain future events, may extend over several years and so the amount and/or timing may differ from current assumptions. The accounting

policy for taxation is explained below. The recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities, together with a note of unrecognised amounts, are shown in note

16, and a contingent tax asset is explained in note 10(b). Other provisions for liabilities and charges are as set out in note 24 including those in relation to

Canada. Litigation related deposits are shown in note 17. The application of these accounting policies to the payments made and credits recognised under

the Master Settlement Agreement by Reynolds American Inc. (Reynolds American) is described in note 6(b); and

–the estimation of and accounting for retirement benefit costs. The determination of the carrying value of assets and liabilities, as well as the charge for the

year, and amounts recognised in other comprehensive income, involves judgements made in conjunction with independent actuaries. These involve

estimates about uncertain future events on a country-by-country basis, including life expectancy of scheme members, salary and pension increases,

inflation, as well as discount rates and asset values at the year-end. The assumptions used by the Group and sensitivity analyses are described in note 15.

110

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Such estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances and

constitute management’s best judgement at the date of the financial statements. In the future, actual experience may deviate from these estimates and

assumptions, which could affect the financial statements as the original estimates and assumptions are modified, as appropriate, in the year in which the

circumstances change.

These consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 11 February 2026.

With effect from 1 January 2025, the Group has adopted an Amendment to IAS 21 The Effect of Changes In Exchange Rates in respect of assessing whether

a currency is exchangeable into another currency and, when it is not, in determining the exchange rate to use and the disclosures to provide. The requirements

of the Amendment are largely consistent with the Group’s existing practice and the impact of applying these amendments was not material.

With effect from 1 January 2024, the Group has adopted the Amendments to IAS 7 Cash Flow Statements and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures in

respect of disclosures relating to Supplier Financing Arrangements. Applying these amendments impacted certain disclosures in the notes to the financial

statements. In addition, Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements have clarified certain aspects of the classification of liabilities as current

or non-current. The impact of these amendments was not material.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial information includes the financial statements of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its subsidiary undertakings, collectively ‘the

Group’, together with the Group’s share of the results of its associates and joint arrangements.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Group. Non-controlling interests represent the share of earnings or equity in subsidiaries that is not attributable,

directly or indirectly, to shareholders of the Group.

Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination are measured at fair value at the date of acquiring control. Disposals of subsidiaries and

businesses due to sale or market withdrawal are accounted for as disposals from the date of losing control and may be classified as held-for-sale disposal

groups at the balance sheet date if specific tests under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held For Sale and Discontinued Operations are met. Discontinued

operations, where applicable, comprise material disposal groups representing a significant geographical area of operations or business activities.

Associates comprise investments in undertakings, which are not subsidiary undertakings or joint arrangements, where the Group exercises significant

influence. They are accounted for using the equity method.

Joint arrangements comprise contractual arrangements where two or more parties have joint control and where decisions regarding the relevant activities of

the entity require unanimous consent. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. The Group accounts for its share of the assets, liabilities,

income and expenses of joint operations.

Foreign currencies and hyperinflationary territories

The functional currency of the Parent Company is sterling and this is also the presentation currency of the Group. The income and cash flow statements of

Group undertakings expressed in currencies other than sterling are translated to sterling using exchange rates applicable to the dates of the underlying

transactions. Average rates of exchange in each year are used where the average rate approximates the relevant exchange rate at the date of the underlying

transactions. Assets and liabilities of Group undertakings are translated at the applicable rates of exchange at the end of each year.

The results and net assets of the Group’s foreign operations are predominantly denominated in currencies, including US dollars, Euros and Canadian dollars,

which are readily exchangeable into sterling or other freely convertible currencies.

The Group also operates in certain jurisdictions, including hyperinflationary jurisdictions such as Venezuela, where there are restrictions on free access to

foreign currency, or where multiple exchange rates may apply, and the applicable rates of exchange for Group Reporting are regularly reviewed for these

territories, with applicable exchange rates being estimated using observable data such as inflation-adjusted exchange rates or based on premiums paid to

obtain hard currency from financial institutions. The results and net assets of subsidiaries operating in these territories are not material to the Group.

The differences arising on the retranslation to sterling of Group undertakings with functional currencies other than sterling are presented as a separate

component of equity in the Translation reserve within Other reserves, as shown in note 22. They are recognised in the income statement when the gain or loss

on disposal of a Group undertaking is recognised.

Transactional foreign exchange gains and losses on the revaluation or settlement of receivables and payables are recognised in the income statement, except

when deferred in equity on intercompany net investment loans, on qualifying net investment hedges, or as qualifying cash flow hedges. Foreign exchange

gains or losses recognised in the income statement are included in profit from operations or net finance costs depending on the underlying transactions that

gave rise to these exchange differences.

In addition, for hyperinflationary countries where the effect on the Group results would be significant, the financial statements in local currency are adjusted

to reflect the impact of local inflation prior to translation into sterling, in accordance with IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies.

Where applicable, IAS 29 requires all transactions to be indexed by an inflationary factor to the balance sheet date, potentially leading to a monetary gain or

loss on indexation. The results and balance sheets of operations in hyperinflationary territories are translated at the period end rate.

Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets

Provisions are recognised when either a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event exists at the balance sheet date, it is probable that an

outflow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reasonable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Subsidiaries and associate companies are defendants in tobacco-related and other litigation. These exposures are regularly reviewed on an on-going basis and

provision for this litigation (including legal costs) is made at such time as an unfavourable outcome becomes probable and the amount can be reasonably

estimated.

Contingent assets are possible assets whose existence will only be confirmed by future events not wholly within the control of the entity and are not

recognised as assets until the realisation of income is virtually certain.

Where a provision has not been recognised, the Group records its external legal fees and other external defence costs for tobacco-related and other litigation

as these costs are incurred.

As explained in note 17, certain litigation-related deposits are recognised as assets within loans and other receivables where management has determined that

these payments represent a resource controlled by the entity. These deposits are held at the fair value of consideration transferred less impairment, if

applicable, and have not been discounted.

Taxation

Tax is chargeable on the profits for the period, together with deferred tax. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or

substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements operate and generate taxable

income.

Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the

related deferred tax asset is realised or deferred tax liability is settled. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable

profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

111

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which

case it is recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income or the statement of changes in equity.

The Group has exposures in respect of the payment or recovery of taxes and the financial statements reflect the probable outcome with estimated amounts

determined based on the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on which method is expected to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty.

Equity instruments

Instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements. Instruments that cannot

be settled in the Group’s own equity instruments and that include no contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset are classified as equity.

Equity instruments issued by the Group are recognised at the proceeds received, net of issuance costs.

Goodwill

Goodwill in respect of the acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, net of impairment, where applicable. In respect of associates and joint

ventures, goodwill is included in the carrying value of the investment in the associated company or joint venture.

Intangible assets other than goodwill

The intangible assets shown on the Group balance sheet consist mainly of trademarks and similar intangibles, including certain intellectual property, acquired

by the Group’s subsidiary undertakings and computer software.

Acquired trademarks and similar assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortised

but are reviewed annually for impairment. Other trademarks and similar assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their remaining useful lives,

consistent with the pattern of economic benefits expected to be received, which previously did not exceed 20 years. With effect from 1 January 2024, the

Group’s previously indefinite-lived combustible trademarks and similar assets are amortised on a straight-lined basis over periods not exceeding 30 years.

The revision in useful economic life reflects the ongoing challenging macro-economic conditions and revised forecasts in the U.S., with an expected increase

in amortisation expense of £1.4 billion per annum. In addition, with effect from 1 January 2025, Camel Snus was designated as a definite-lived intangible

asset and amortised on a straight-line basis with a remaining useful economic life of 20 years, increasing the annual amortisation charge for the Group’s

brands and trademarks by £22 million. The Group's other non-combustible trademarks will remain as indefinite-lived assets. Any impairments of trademarks

are recognised in the income statement, but increases in trademark values are not recognised.

Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment, and, with the exception of global software solutions, is amortised on a

straight-line basis over periods ranging from three years to five years. Global software solutions are software assets designed to be implemented on a global

basis and used as a standard solution by all of the operating companies in the Group. Historically, these assets were amortised on a straight-line basis over

periods not exceeding 13 years. With effect from 1 January 2023, global software solutions are amortised on a straight-line basis over periods not exceeding

15 years. The revision in useful life is a result of ongoing use of Global software solutions due to the extension of third-party supplier support.

Property, plant and equipment

Purchased property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis

to write off the assets over their useful economic life. Purchased freehold and leasehold property are depreciated at rates between 2.0% and 4% per annum,

and plant and equipment at rates between 5% and 25% per annum.

No depreciation is provided on freehold land or assets classified as held-for-sale. Non-current assets are classified as held-for sale if their carrying value will

be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use and if all of the conditions of IFRS 5 are met.

Leased assets and lease liabilities

The Group applies IFRS 16 Leases to contractual arrangements which are, or contain, leases of assets. Right-of-use assets are included as part of property,

plant and equipment in note 13, with the lease liabilities included as part of borrowings in note 23. Right-of-use lease assets are initially recognised at an

amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted for initial direct costs in relation to the assets, then depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their

estimated useful lives. Lease liabilities are initially recognised at an amount equal to the present value of estimated contractual lease payments at the

inception of the lease, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease if this can be readily determined, or the applicable incremental rate of borrowing,

as appropriate.

The Group has adopted several practical expedients available under the Standard including not applying the requirements of IFRS 16 to leases of intangible

assets, and not applying the recognition and measurement requirements of IFRS 16 to leases of less than 12 months maximum duration or to leases of low-

value assets. Except for property-related leases, non-lease components have not been separated from lease components.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of a cash-generating unit may not be recoverable. In addition, assets

that have indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher

of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use.

A cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash flows which are largely independent of the cash flows from other assets

or groups of assets. At the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to the relevant cash-generating unit or group of cash-generating units expected

to benefit from the acquisition for the purpose of impairment testing of goodwill.

Retirement benefit schemes

The Group's subsidiary undertakings operate various funded and unfunded defined benefit schemes, including pension and post-retirement healthcare

schemes, as well as defined contribution schemes in various jurisdictions.

The liabilities arising in respect of defined benefit schemes are determined in accordance with the advice of independent, professionally qualified actuaries,

using the projected unit credit method. The net deficit or surplus for each defined benefit pension scheme is calculated on the present value of the defined

benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the scheme assets adjusted, where appropriate, for any surplus restrictions or the effect of

minimum funding requirements.

The costs of such plans are recognised in the Group income statement within operating profit as part of employment costs. Service costs are spread

systematically over the expected service lives of employees with past service costs or credits, the impact of settlements and curtailments, and the net interest

on the net defined benefit deficit or surplus recognised in the periods in which they arise. Actuarial gains and losses and surplus restrictions are recognised

immediately in other comprehensive income.

Benefits provided through defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense in employment costs as payments fall due.

Financial instruments

The Group’s business model for managing financial assets aims: to protect against the loss of principal, to maximise Group liquidity by concentrating cash at

the centre, to align the maturity profile of external investments with that of the forecast liquidity profile, to match the interest rate profile of external

investments to that of debt maturities or fixings wherever practicable, and to optimise the investment yield within the Group’s investment parameters.

The majority of financial assets are held in order to collect contractual cash flows (typically cash and cash equivalents and loans and other receivables), but

some assets (typically investments) are held for investment potential.

112

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the relevant instrument and

derecognised when it ceases to be a party to such provisions due to expiry, cancellation or payment. Financial liabilities extinguished by payment are

derecognised when funds are received by the counterparty.

Non-derivative financial assets are classified on initial recognition in accordance with the Group’s business model as investments, loans and receivables, or

cash and cash equivalents and accounted for as follows:

–Investments: these are non-derivative financial assets that cannot be classified as loans and other receivables or cash and cash equivalents. Dividend and

interest income on these investments are included within finance income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established. This category includes

financial assets at fair value through profit and loss and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

–Loans and other receivables: these are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are solely payments of principal and interest

on the principal amount outstanding, that are primarily held in order to collect contractual cash flows. These balances are measured at amortised cost, using

the effective interest rate method, and stated net of allowances for credit losses, and include trade and other receivables, and deposits with banks and other

financial institutions which cannot be classified as cash and cash equivalents. In addition, as explained in note 17, certain litigation related deposits are

recognised as assets within loans and other receivables where management has determined that these payments represent a resource controlled by the entity

as a result of past events. These deposits are held at the fair value of consideration transferred less impairment, if applicable, and have not been discounted.

–Cash and cash equivalents: cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call, together with other short-term highly liquid

investments including investments in certain money market funds.

Fair values for quoted investments are based on observable market prices. If there is no active market for a financial asset, the fair value is established by

using valuation techniques principally involving discounted cash flow analysis.

Non-derivative financial liabilities, including borrowings and trade payables, are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method. For

borrowings, their carrying value includes accrued interest payable, as well as unamortised issue costs. Drawdowns and repayments of short-term borrowings

which have a maturity period of three months or less are stated net in the cash flow statement; drawdowns and repayments on all other borrowings are stated

gross in the cash flow statement. Current liabilities include amounts where the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability

for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date. As shown in note 23, certain borrowings are subject to fair value hedges, as defined below.

Derivative financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised, and subsequently measured, at fair value, which includes accrued interest receivable and

payable where relevant. Changes in their fair values are recognised as follows:

–for derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges, the changes in their fair values are recognised directly in other comprehensive income, to the extent

that they are effective, with the ineffective portion being recognised in the income statement. Accumulated gains and losses are reclassified to the income

statement in the same periods as the hedged item, unless the hedged item results in a non-financial asset where the accumulated gains and losses are

included in the initial carrying value of the asset (basis adjustment);

–for derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges, the carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for the fair value changes attributable to the risk

being hedged, with the corresponding entry being made in the income statement. The changes in fair value of these derivatives are also recognised in the

income statement;

–for derivatives that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the changes in their fair values are recognised directly in other

comprehensive income, to the extent that they are effective, with the ineffective portion being recognised in the income statement. Where non-derivatives

such as foreign currency borrowings are designated as net investment hedges, the relevant exchange differences are similarly recognised. The accumulated

gains and losses are reclassified to the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of; and

–for derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges, the changes in their fair values are recognised in the income

statement in the period in which they arise. These are referred to as ‘held-for-trading’.

In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Group is required to demonstrate an assessment of the economic relationship between the item being hedged and

the hedging instrument, which shows that the hedge will be highly effective on an ongoing basis. This effectiveness testing is re-performed periodically to

ensure that the hedge has remained, and is expected to remain, highly effective. Hedge accounting is discontinued when a hedging instrument is derecognised

(e.g. through expiry or disposal), or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Where the hedged item is a highly probable forecast transaction, the related

gains and losses remain in equity until the transaction takes place, when they are reclassified to the income statement in the same manner as for cash flow

hedges as described above. When a hedged future transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gains and losses, previously recognised in other

comprehensive income, are immediately reclassified to the income statement.

Derivative fair value changes recognised in the income statement are either reflected in arriving at profit from operations (if the hedged item is similarly

reflected) or in finance costs.

Impairment of financial assets held at amortised cost

Loss allowances for expected credit losses on financial assets which are held at amortised cost are recognised on initial recognition of the underlying asset.

As permitted by IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, loss allowances on trade receivables arising from the recognition of revenue under IFRS 15 Revenue from

Contracts with Customers are initially measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected losses. Allowances in respect of loans and other receivables are

initially recognised at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses. Allowances are measured at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses

where the credit risk on the receivables increases significantly after initial recognition.

Revenue

Revenue principally comprises sales of cigarettes, other tobacco products, and nicotine products, to external customers. Revenue excludes duty, excise and

other taxes related to sales in the period and is stated after deducting rebates, returns and other similar discounts and payments to direct and indirect

customers.

For the vast majority of the Group’s sales, revenue is recognised when control of the goods is transferred to a customer at a point in time; this is usually

evidenced by a transfer of the significant risks and rewards of ownership upon delivery to the customer, which in terms of timing is not materially different to

the date of shipping. The Group’s e-commerce sales include revenue arising from subscriptions where revenue is allocated to each component of the

subscription, with revenue recognised as each component is delivered to the customer. The Group’s e-commerce sales are not material to the Group’s results.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories and bringing

them to their existing location and condition, which will include raw materials, direct labour and overheads, where appropriate. Net realisable value is the

estimated selling price less costs to completion and sale. Tobacco inventories which have an operating cycle that exceeds 12 months are classified as current

assets, consistent with recognised industry practice.

113

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Segmental analysis

The Group is organised and managed on the basis of its geographic regions. These are the reportable segments for the Group as they form the focus of the

Group’s internal reporting systems and are the basis used by the chief operating decision maker, identified as the Management Board, for assessing

performance and allocating resources. While the Group has clearly differentiated brands, global segmentation between a wide portfolio of brands is not part

of the regular internally reported financial information. The results of New Category products are reported as part of the results of each geographic region.

Adjusting items

Adjusting items are significant items of income or expense in revenue, profit from operations, net finance costs, taxation and the Group’s share of the post-tax

results of associates and joint ventures which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying

financial performance because of their size, nature or incidence. In identifying and quantifying adjusting items, the Group consistently applies a policy that

defines criteria that are required to be met for an item to be classified as adjusting. These items are separately disclosed in the segmental analyses or in the

notes to the accounts as appropriate. In addition, an amendment is made in the calculation of adjusted diluted earnings per share for part of the gain or loss

recognised on the redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds.

The Group believes that these items are useful to users of the Group financial statements in helping them to understand the underlying business performance

and are used to derive the Group’s principal non-GAAP measures of adjusted profit from operations, adjusted operating margin and adjusted diluted earnings

per share, all of which are before the impact of adjusting items and which are reconciled from profit from operations and diluted earnings per share.

Other accounting policies:

Share-based payments

–The Group has equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans.

–Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-

based payments is expensed over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of awards that will eventually vest. For plans where vesting conditions

are based on total shareholder returns, the fair value at date of grant reflects these conditions, whereas earnings per share vesting conditions are reflected in

the calculation of awards that will eventually vest over the vesting period.

–For cash-settled share-based payments, a liability equal to the portion of the services received is recognised at its current fair value determined at each

balance sheet date.

–Fair value is measured by the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, except where vesting is dependent on market conditions when the Monte-

Carlo option pricing model is used. The expected life used in the models has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-

transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Research and development

Research expenditure is charged to profit or loss in the year in which it is incurred. Development expenditure is charged to profit or loss in the year it is

incurred, unless it meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38 Intangible Assets to be capitalised as an intangible asset.

Capitalised interest

Borrowing costs which are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of intangible assets or property, plant and equipment that takes a

substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset.

Biological Assets

The investments in associates and joint ventures shown in the Group balance sheet include biological assets held by Organigram Global Inc. In accordance

with IAS 41 Agriculture, the Group measures biological assets at fair value less costs to sell up to the point of harvest, at which point this becomes the basis

for the cost of finished goods inventories after harvest with subsequent expenditures incurred on these being capitalised, where applicable, in accordance with

IAS 2 Inventories. Unrealised fair value gains and losses arising during the growth of biological assets are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Dividends

The Company pays interim quarterly dividends, and the Group recognises the interim dividend in the period in which it is paid.

Repurchase of share capital

When share capital is repurchased, the amount of consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a deduction from equity.

Repurchased shares which are not cancelled, or shares purchased for the employee share ownership trusts, are classified as treasury shares and presented as a

deduction from total equity.

Future changes to accounting policies

Certain changes to IFRS will be applicable to the Group financial statements in future years, but are not expected to have a material effect on reported profit

or equity or on the disclosures in the financial statements.

The replacement to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, which is expected to change certain aspects of the Group’s reporting of the profit and loss

account, balance sheet, cash flow statement, and certain notes to the accounts, was published by the IASB on 9 April 2024 as IFRS 18 Presentation and

Disclosure in Financial Statements, and will be implemented with effect from 1 January 2027, with retrospective application. The new Standard will

introduce additional defined subtotals within the income statement and introduce new principles for aggregation and disaggregation of financial information.

In addition, certain non-GAAP measures meeting a new definition of “management-defined performance measures” will require disclosure, explanation and

reconciliation within the audited financial statements. The Group’s evaluation of the effect of adopting IFRS 18 is ongoing.

114

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

2 Segmental analyses

The chief operating decision maker, the Management Board, reviews the ‘as adjusted for Canada profit from operations at constant currencies’ to

evaluate segment performance and allocate resources to the overall business on a geographic region basis, including the results of New Categories

(comprising Vapour products, Heated Products and Modern Oral products), which are reported to the Management Board as part of the results of

each geographic region. The Management Board also reviews, at constant currencies, revenues on a geographic region basis.

The Group is organised into three geographic regions as follows:

–The U.S.;

–Americas and Europe (AME), comprising markets operating in Europe, Latin America and Canada; and

–Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa (APMEA), comprising markets operating in Asia-Pacific, Middle East, Central Asia, Caucasus and Africa.

The three geographic regions are the reportable segments for the Group as they form the focus of the Group’s internal reporting systems and are the

basis used by the Management Board for assessing performance and allocating resources. Transactions between Group subsidiaries are conducted on

arm’s length terms in accordance with appropriate transfer pricing rules and Organisation for Economic Cooperation & Development (OECD)

principles. Net finance costs (comprising interest income and interest expense), share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures and taxation

are centrally managed, and accordingly, such items are not presented by segment as they are excluded from the measure of segment profitability.

Regional Directors are responsible for delivering the operating and financial results of their Region inclusive of all product categories. Therefore, the

results of New Categories (comprising Vapour products, Heated Products and Modern Oral products) are reported to the Management Board as part

of the results of each geographic region.

However, additional information has been provided to disaggregate revenue based on product category to enable investors to better compare the

Group’s business performance across periods and by reference to the Group’s investment activity.

For the purposes of management reporting, and reflecting how the Management Board assesses the performance of Canada on an ongoing basis, a

charge is recognised in the Group’s income statement for management accounts purposes to reflect adjusted profit from operations at constant

currencies for AME and the Group. This charge is calculated in line with the Approved Plans in Canada and is based on a percentage of ITCAN’s net

income after taxes generated from all sources, excluding New Categories. This charge will continue until the aggregate settlement amount is paid.

This charge reflects the settlement agreement, being an assumed 85% of profit after interest and taxes from all sources, excluding New Categories, in

Canada, reducing in future periods in line with the settlement agreement. The Management Board believes that recognising a charge to the income

statement in the year will reflect the financial performance in Canada resulting from the decisions taken with respect to resource allocation. This

approach ensures that the economic delivery from Canada is comparable with other markets in the Group.

In respect of the U.S. region, all financial statements and financial information provided by or with respect to the U.S. business or Reynolds

American Inc. (RAI) (and/or RAI and its subsidiaries (collectively, the ‘Reynolds Group’)) are prepared on the basis of U.S. GAAP and constitute the

primary financial statements or financial information of the U.S. business or RAI (and/or the Reynolds Group). Solely for the purpose of

consolidation within the results of BAT p.l.c. and the BAT Group, this financial information is then converted to IFRS. To the extent any such

financial information provided in these financial statements relates to the U.S. business or RAI (and/or the Reynolds Group), it is provided as an

explanation of the U.S. business’s or RAI’s (and/or the Reynolds Group’s) primary U.S. GAAP based financial statements and information.

The following table shows 2025 revenue at 2025 rates of exchange, and 2025 revenue translated using 2024 rates of exchange. The 2024 figures are

stated at the 2024 rates of exchange.

			2025	2024
	Revenue at<br><br>constant<br><br>rates<br><br>£m	Translation<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Revenue at<br><br>current rates<br><br>£m	Revenue at<br><br>current rates<br><br>£m
U.S.	11,903	(369)	11,534	11,278
AME	9,548	(239)	9,309	9,241
APMEA	4,963	(196)	4,767	5,348
Revenue	26,414	(804)	25,610	25,867

115

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The following table shows 2024 revenue at 2024 rates of exchange, and 2024 revenue translated using 2023 rates of exchange. The 2023 figures are stated at

the 2023 rates of exchange.

			2024	2023
	Revenue at<br><br>constant<br><br>rates<br><br>£m	Translation<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Revenue at<br><br>current rates<br><br>£m	Revenue at<br><br>current rates<br><br>£m
U.S.	11,592	(314)	11,278	11,994
AME	9,764	(523)	9,241	9,791
APMEA	5,795	(447)	5,348	5,498
Revenue	27,151	(1,284)	25,867	27,283

The following table shows 2025 profit from operations and adjusted profit from operations at 2025 rates of exchange, and 2025 adjusted profit from

operations using 2024 rates of exchange and 2025 adjusted profit from operations adjusted for Canada using 2024 rates of exchange.

							2025
	Adjusted<br><br>segment<br><br>results<br><br>adjusted for<br><br>Canada at<br><br>constant rates<br><br>£m	Canada<br><br>adjustment at<br><br>constant rates<br><br>£m	Adjusted*<br><br>segment result<br><br>at constant<br><br>rates<br><br>£m	Translation<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Adjusted*<br><br>segment result<br><br>at current<br><br>rates<br><br>£m	Adjusting*<br><br>items<br><br>£m	Segment result<br><br>at current<br><br>rates<br><br>£m
U.S.	6,766	—	6,766	(223)	6,543	(1,601)	4,942
AME	3,069	308	3,377	(72)	3,305	128	3,433
APMEA	1,793	—	1,793	(69)	1,724	(102)	1,622
Profit from operations	11,628	308	11,936	(364)	11,572	(1,575)	9,997
Net finance costs							(1,819)
Share of post-tax results of associates and<br><br>joint ventures							1,681
Profit before taxation							9,859
Taxation on ordinary activities							(2,094)
Profit for the year							7,765

Note:

*The adjustments to profit from operations are explained in notes 3, 4, 6(c), 6(d), 6(g), 6(i), 6(j), 6(k) and 7.

The following table shows 2024 profit from operations and adjusted profit from operations at 2024 rates of exchange, and 2024 adjusted profit from

operations using 2023 rates of exchange and 2024 adjusted profit from operations adjusted for Canada using 2023 rates of exchange.

							2024
	Adjusted<br><br>segment results<br><br>adjusted for<br><br>Canada at<br><br>constant rates<br><br>£m	Canada<br><br>adjustment at<br><br>constant rates<br><br>£m	Adjusted*<br><br>segment result<br><br>at constant<br><br>rates<br><br>£m	Translation<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Adjusted*<br><br>segment result<br><br>at current rates<br><br>£m	Adjusting*<br><br>items<br><br>£m	Segment result<br><br>at current rates<br><br>£m
U.S.	6,580	—	6,580	(194)	6,386	(2,299)	4,087
AME	2,969	543	3,512	(192)	3,320	(6,784)	(3,464)
APMEA	2,347	—	2,347	(163)	2,184	(71)	2,113
Profit from operations	11,896	543	12,439	(549)	11,890	(9,154)	2,736
Net finance costs							(1,098)
Share of post-tax results of associates and<br><br>joint ventures							1,900
Profit before taxation							3,538
Taxation on ordinary activities							(357)
Profit for the year							3,181

Note:

*The adjustments to profit from operations are explained in notes 4, 5(d), 6(c), 6(d), 6(g), 6(h) and 6(k).

116

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The following table shows 2023 loss from operations, adjusted profit from operations and adjusted profit from operations adjusted for Canada at the 2023

rates of exchange.

					2023
	Adjusted<br><br>segment results<br><br>adjusted for<br><br>Canada<br><br>£m	Canada<br><br>adjustment<br><br>£m	Adjusted*<br><br>segment result<br><br>£m	Adjusting*<br><br>items<br><br>£m	Segment result<br><br>£m
U.S.	6,821	—	6,821	(27,602)	(20,781)
AME	2,862	598	3,460	(266)	3,194
APMEA	2,184	—	2,184	(348)	1,836
Profit/(loss) from operations	11,867	598	12,465	(28,216)	(15,751)
Net finance costs					(1,895)
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures					585
Loss before taxation					(17,061)
Taxation on ordinary activities					2,872
Loss for the year					(14,189)

Note:

*The adjustments to profit from operations are explained in notes 3, 4, 5(c), 6(d), 6(f), 6(h), 6(j), 6(k) and 7.

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges

Adjusted profit from operations as adjusted for Canada at constant rates of exchange of £11,628 million (2024 at constant rates: £11,896 million; 2023 at

current rates: £11,867 million) excludes adjusting depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges as explained in note 4. These are excluded from

segmental adjusted profit from operations as per the table below. 2025 and 2024 are disclosed at constant rates of exchange and 2023 is disclosed at current

rates of exchange.

					2025
	Adjusted<br><br>depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and<br><br>impairment at<br><br>constant rates<br><br>£m	Translation<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Adjusted<br><br>depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and<br><br>impairment at<br><br>current rates<br><br>£m	Adjusting<br><br>items<br><br>£m	Depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and<br><br>impairment at<br><br>current rates<br><br>£m
U.S.	222	(5)	217	1,542	1,759
AME	282	(5)	277	276	553
APMEA	180	(7)	173	62	235
	684	(17)	667	1,880	2,547		2024
---	---	---	---	---	---
	Adjusted<br><br>depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and impairment<br><br>at constant rates<br><br>£m	Translation<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Adjusted<br><br>depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and impairment<br><br>at current rates<br><br>£m	Adjusting items<br><br>£m	Depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and impairment<br><br>at current rates<br><br>£m
U.S.	210	(4)	206	2,284	2,490
AME	291	(12)	279	123	402
APMEA	160	(11)	149	60	209
	661	(27)	634	2,467	3,101	2023
---	---	---	---
	Adjusted<br><br>depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and impairment<br><br>£m	Adjusting items<br><br>£m	Depreciation,<br><br>amortisation<br><br>and impairment<br><br>£m
U.S.	218	27,518	27,736
AME	336	44	380
APMEA	205	293	498
	759	27,855	28,614

117

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Additional information by product category

Although the Group’s operations are managed on a Regional basis, additional information for revenue is provided based on product category as follows:

Revenue	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
New Categories	3,621	3,432	3,347
Vapour	1,542	1,721	1,812
HP	914	921	996
Modern Oral	1,165	790	539
Traditional Oral	1,043	1,092	1,163
Combustibles	20,201	20,685	22,108
Other	745	658	665
Revenue	25,610	25,867	27,283

External revenue and non-current assets other than financial instruments, deferred tax assets and retirement benefit assets are analysed between the UK and

all foreign countries at current rates of exchange as follows:

	United Kingdom			All foreign countries			Group
Revenue is based on location of sale	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
External revenue	268	254	255	25,342	25,613	27,028	25,610	25,867	27,283	United Kingdom	All foreign countries	Group
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Intangible assets	442	417	86,492	93,859	86,934	94,276
Property, plant and equipment	272	265	4,211	4,114	4,483	4,379
Investments in associates and joint ventures	—	—	1,521	1,902	1,521	1,902

The consolidated results of the Reynolds Group operating in the U.S. met the criteria for separate disclosure under the requirements of IFRS 8 Operating

Segments. Revenue arising from the operations of the Reynolds Group, inclusive of the sales made to fellow Group companies, in 2025, 2024 and 2023, was

£11,649 million, £11,302 million and £11,985 million, respectively. The majority of sales are to customers based in the U.S. Non-current assets attributable

to the operations of the Reynolds Group were £78,442 million (2024: £85,843 million).

The main acquisitions comprising the goodwill balance of £38,917 million (2024: £41,129 million), included in intangible assets, are provided in note 12.

Included in investments in associates and joint ventures are amounts of £1,348 million (2024: £1,762 million) attributable to the investment in ITC Ltd.

Further information is provided in notes 9 and 14.

3 Employee benefit costs

	Note	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Wages and salaries		2,629	2,424	2,263
Social security costs		240	218	219
Other pension and retirement benefit costs	15	166	115	108
Share-based payments - equity and cash-settled	28	90	74	74
		3,125	2,831	2,664

In 2025, included within employee benefit costs are expenses in relation to the Group’s restructuring initiatives of £26 million, as explained in note 7, and an

adjusting charge of £28 million representing a premium on a buy-out transaction in the UK, as explained in note 15.

In 2023, included within employee benefits costs is a credit of £26 million in relation to the Group’s restructuring initiatives, as explained in note 7.

4 Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Intangibles – amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles	1,610	2,298	23,232
– amortisation and impairment of computer software	116	129	125
– impairment of goodwill	277	39	4,614
Property, plant and equipment - depreciation and impairment	544	635	643
	2,547	3,101	28,614

Enumerated below are movements in costs that have impacted depreciation, amortisation and impairment in 2025, 2024 and 2023. These include changes in

the Group's underlying business performance, as well as impact of adjusting items, as defined in note 1.

Intangibles – amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles

Acquisitions have resulted in the capitalisation of trademarks and similar intangibles, including those which are amortised over their expected useful lives,

which do not exceed 30 years. As mentioned in note 12, the amortisation and impairment of these acquired trademarks and similar intangibles are charged to

the income statement of which the adjusting element is £1,584 million (2024: £2,279 million; 2023: £23,202 million).

Impairment of goodwill

The impairment of goodwill is charged to the income statement as adjusting.

118

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The Group impaired £277 million of goodwill in Canada, Peru and Malaysia during 2025 and £39 million of goodwill in Malaysia during 2024, as explained

in notes 12(e)(v) and 12(e)(vii).

During 2023, the Group impaired £4,614 million of goodwill in the U.S., South Africa and Peru.

Property, plant and equipment – depreciation and impairment

The following items are included within depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment:

–In 2025, restructuring and related depreciation costs were a net charge of £19 million, including a charge of £21 million in relation to the Dhaka factory

closure and a charge of £14 million for accelerated depreciation in relation to the Heidelberg factory in South Africa, which is proposed to be closed in

This was partially offset by the reversal of part of the impairment for machinery in Reynolds American companies recognised in 2023 as it was

determined a portion of the machinery that was impaired would be put back into production as a result of manufacturing footprint changes. The value of

this reversal was £16 million. All items have been treated as adjusting items, as mentioned in note 7.

–In 2024, an impairment charge of £75 million in respect of the Group's head office in London, as well as a £74 million impairment charge of fixed assets

in relation to the Group's intention to seek an orderly exit from Cuba, were recognised. These have been treated as an adjusting item.

–In 2023, restructuring related depreciation and impairment costs were a net charge of £39 million. It included an impairment of £46 million for machinery

in Reynolds American Companies due to the adverse impact from macro-economic headwinds and industry volume declines in the U.S., which was

partially offset by depreciation and impairment costs and reversals resulting from obsolete machines in relation to downsizing and factory rationalisation.

These were treated as adjusting, as mentioned in note 7; and

–Gains and losses recognised on disposal of property, plant and equipment.

5 Other operating income

Other operating income of £192 million (2024: £340 million; 2023: £432 million) comprises income that is associated with the Group’s normal activities, but

which falls outside the definition of revenue and includes gains on one-off transactions, such as capital profits arising from the disposals of fixed assets,

recoveries of indirect taxation and levies paid, litigation settlement received and transfers of trademark rights.

(a) Global strategic partnership

On 30 July 2025, the Group announced that it had entered into a global strategic partnership with Accenture. At the same time, a similar agreement was

entered into with System Limited for support services in Pakistan. The partnership will transfer certain activities and functions of the Group’s shared services

(GBS) to Accenture and Systems Limited as Business Process Outsourcers under a sale and asset purchase agreement (SAPA) with the Group subsequently

obtaining the provision of similar support services under a 10-year Master Service Agreement to enable the Group to continue its current operations without

interruption. The transfer is being implemented in two waves. The first wave occurred in November 2025 with the transfer of c.1,000 roles, while the second

wave will take place in the first half of 2026 with the anticipated transfer of c.2,000 roles. The majority of roles transferred were on the basis of continuing

employment terms. Included in other operating income above is a gain of £35 million in relation to services transferred to the Business Process Outsourcers

in the first wave as part of the SAPA. The gain is stated net of the impact of the Group disposing of two GBS entities in Mexico and Pakistan.

(b) Sale and leaseback

In 2024, the Group recognised £34 million of gains arising from sale and leaseback transactions on excess offices and warehousing capacity in Singapore and

Nigeria. Consideration received for the Nigeria transaction included an investment in a property management vehicle, Rising Sun Partners LP, as mentioned

in note 18.

In 2023, the Group recognised £15 million of gains arising from a sale and leaseback transaction on excess warehousing capacity in Argentina.

(c) Brazil tax matters

In 2023, in Brazil, £150 million of income was recognised in respect of excise on social contributions, as well as £19 million in respect of historical VAT on

social contributions in Brazil. Both items were treated as adjusting items.

(d) Other

In 2025, an income of £24 million has been recognised in respect of the sale of the investment in Surya Nepal Pvt. Limited and brand rights in certain

jurisdictions to ITC, as mentioned in note 30.

In addition, in 2025, £22 million (2024: £28 million; 2023: £85 million) of income has been recognised in respect of the transfer of non-strategic trademark

rights, which had not previously been capitalised, to third parties.

In 2024, a credit of £132 million has been recognised in respect of the settlement of historical litigation related to the Fox River in the U.S. This has been

treated as an adjusting item.

119

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

6 Other operating expenses

(a) Items included within other operating expenses

The following items are included within other operating expenses:

	Notes	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Other operating expenses		5,895	13,093	7,538
The following items are included within other operating expenses:
Master Settlement Agreement and State Settlement Agreements	6(b),(d)	1,543	1,689	2,023
The Approved Plans in Canada*	6(c)	(708)	6,203	—
Charges in respect of compliance with the Approved Plans in Canada*	6(c)	3	—	—
Inventory write-offs	20	217	134	250
Research and development expenses (excluding employee benefit costs and<br><br>depreciation)	6(e)	133	174	181
Loss on disposal of businesses*	6(f)	—	—	546
Partial disposal of shares in ITC*	6(g)	3	6	—
Charges in respect of DOJ and OFAC investigation*	6(h)	—	4	75
Losses in Ukraine due to escalation of Russian offensive*	6(i)	39	—	—
Charges/(reversals) in respect of assets held-for-sale*	6(j)	235	—	(195)
(Credits)/ charges in respect of Romania and Brazil other taxes*	6(k)	(15)	449	49
Marketing costs in operating expenses	6(l)	1,092	1,111	1,152
Exchange differences		13	11	17
Hedge ineffectiveness within operating profit		11	5	(12)
Expenses relating to short-term leases		8	8	13
Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets		1	1	1
Auditor’s remuneration	6(m)	31	30	29

Note:

*Recognised and reported as an adjusting item. In addition to these captions, as set out in note 6(d), certain litigation costs are treated as adjusting items.

Sustainability costs are included in other operating expenses and reported in a separate note, refer to note 33 for further information.

(b) Master Settlement Agreement and State Settlement Agreements

In 1998, the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers (including the R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Lorillard and Brown & Williamson, businesses which are

now part of the Reynolds Group) entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) with attorneys general representing most U.S. states and territories.

The MSA imposes a perpetual stream of future payment obligations on the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers. The amounts of money that the participating

manufacturers are required to annually contribute are based upon, amongst other things, the volume of cigarettes sold and market share (based on cigarette

shipments in that year). The MSA has been subject to certain adjustments since 1998, including agreements related to the Non-Participating Manufacturer

(NPM) adjustment under the MSA reached with various U.S. states between 2012 and 2025.

The amounts payable by Group companies under the arrangement accrue as and when shipments of tobacco products are made. Adjustments to amounts due in

relation to past payments are typically received in the form of credits offsettable only against current or future performance obligations. Credits in respect of

future years’ payments and the NPM adjustment claims would be accounted for in the applicable year and will not be treated as adjusting items. Only credits in

respect of prior year payments are included as adjusting items.

The charge in each reporting period and the cashflow impact in the same period are not directly related, as the MSA is generally settled once a year in April of

the following year.

The BAT Group is subject to substantial payment obligations under the MSA and the state settlement agreements (SSA) with the States of Mississippi, Florida,

Texas and Minnesota (such settlement agreements, collectively State Settlement Agreements). Reynolds Group’s operating subsidiaries’ expenses and

payments under the MSA and the State Settlement Agreements for 2025 amounted to US$2,037 million (2024: US$2,160 million; 2023: US$2,516 million) in

respect of settlement expenses net of credits and US$2,140 million (2024: US$2,535 million; 2023: US$2,874 million) in respect of settlement cash payments.

	Note	US$m	2025<br><br>£m	US$m	2024<br><br>£m	US$m	2023<br><br>£m
Opening MSA and SSA liability	25	1,904	1,520	2,279	1,788	2,637	2,193
Settlement expense	31	2,037	1,543	2,160	1,689	2,516	2,023
Cash paid	31	(2,140)	(1,622)	(2,535)	(1,983)	(2,874)	(2,311)
Difference on exchange		—	(103)	—	26	—	(117)
Closing MSA and SSA liability	25	1,801	1,338	1,904	1,520	2,279	1,788

Non-Participating Manufacturer adjustments

Beginning in 2012, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company (SFNTC), various other tobacco manufacturers, 17 states, the

District of Columbia and Puerto Rico reached an agreement related to the Non-Participating Manufacturer (NPM) adjustment under the MSA. Under this

agreement and its successor agreement executed in 2017 referred to as the ‘NPM Adjustment Settlement Agreement’, additional states have subsequently

joined and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company has received credits of more than US$1 billion in respect of its NPM adjustment claims related to various states

over certain periods.

Under these agreements, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company reached agreements to settle disputes with newly joining states, including (for the years 2022-2025)

the following:

In 2022, resulting in a credit of US$130 million for settled periods through 2018, over a five-year period from 2022;
In 2023, resulting in an estimated credit of US$29 million for settled periods through 2018, over a five-year period from 2024;

120

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

In 2024, resulting in an estimated credit of US$11 million for settled periods through 2018, over a five-year period from 2024 and an estimated credit of

US$69 million for settled periods through 2011, over a five-year period from 2026; and

In 2025, resulting in an estimated credit of US$99 million for settled periods through 2019, over a five-year period from 2025.

In 2023, 2024 and 2025, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company received total credits (including applicable credits described above) of US$224 million,

US$224 million and US$285 million, respectively, under all respective settlement agreements.

State Settlement Agreements

In 2020, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised additional expenses under the state settlement agreements in the States of Mississippi, Florida, Texas

and Minnesota. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised US$241 million of expense for payment obligations to the State of Florida for the ITG Brands,

LLC acquired brands from the date of divestiture, 12 June 2015, as a result of an unfavourable judgment. In addition, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company

recognised US$264 million related to the resolution of claims against it in the States of Texas, Minnesota and Mississippi for payment obligations to those

states for the ITG Brands, LLC acquired brands from the date of divestiture. Finally, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company settled certain related claims with

Phillip Morris USA under the state settlement agreements in the states of Mississippi, Texas and Minnesota for US$8 million. During 2021, an additional

US$17 million expense was recognised in relation to the final resolution of the Texas and Minnesota claims. Additional information related to the resolution

of these claims is included in note 31. In 2022, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company recognised US$37 million in additional expenses related to a settlement

with Philip Morris USA resolving prior operating profit disputes under the MSA related to the ITG Brands, LLC acquired brands. In 2025, R.J. Reynolds

Tobacco Company recognised US$44 million in additional expenses related to a settlement with the State of Mississippi resolving prior operating profit

disputes.

(c) The Approved Plans in Canada

In March 2019, Imperial Tobacco Canada Limited and Imperial Tobacco Company Limited (together, ITCAN), Group subsidiaries, obtained creditor

protection under the Canadian Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (CCAA). Under a confidential court supervised mediation process, ITCAN began

negotiating a possible settlement of all of its outstanding tobacco litigation in Canada while continuing to run its business in the normal course.

On 17 October 2024, ITCAN’s court-appointed mediator and monitor filed a proposed plan of compromise and arrangement in the Ontario Superior Court of

Justice. Substantially similar proposed plans were also filed for Rothmans, Benson & Hedges Inc. ((RBH) a subsidiary of Philip Morris International Inc.)

and JTI-Macdonald Corp. ((JTIM) a subsidiary of Japan Tobacco International) (collectively, the Proposed Plans).

On 31 October 2024, the court granted certain orders pursuant to which the Proposed Plans were accepted for filing. On 12 December 2024, the Proposed

Plans were approved by the requisite majorities of the creditors.

The Proposed Plans would require ITCAN, RBH and JTI to collectively pay an aggregate settlement amount of CAD$32.5 billion (£17.6 billion at 31

December 2025 rate of exchange). This amount would be funded by:

–an upfront payment equal to all the Companies' cash and cash equivalents on hand (including investments held at fair value) plus certain court deposits

(subject to an aggregate industry holdback of CAD$750 million (£407 million)) plus 85% of any cash tax refunds that may be received by the Companies

on account of the upfront payments; and

–annual payments based on a percentage (initially 85%, reducing over time) of each of the Companies’ net income after taxes, based on amounts generated

from all sources, excluding New Categories, until the aggregate settlement amount is paid. The performance of ITCAN’s New Categories (including

vapour products and nicotine pouches) is not included in the basis for calculating the annual payments.

A provision of £6,203 million was recognised in 2024 in relation to the above liabilities and included in other operating expenses as an adjusting item.

During the sanction hearing, the court was asked to sanction the Proposed Plans. Motions for orders to amend elements of the Proposed Plans were presented

on 27 February 2025. The requested amendments to the Proposed Plans resulted in allocating the cash holdback of CAD$750 million from the upfront

payment to RBH. On 3 March 2025, the court approved that the Proposed Plans be amended accordingly (the Amended Plans).

On 6 March 2025, the court sanctioned the Amended Plans, herein referred to as the Approved Plans. The Approved Plan for ITCAN resolves all Canadian

tobacco litigation and provides a full and comprehensive release to ITCAN, BAT p.l.c. and all related companies for all past, present and future tobacco

claims in Canada.

Under the Approved Plans, ITCAN is required to make annual payments based on a percentage of net income after tax generated from all sources, excluding

New Categories, until the aggregate settlement amount is paid. During 2025, based on revisions to the provision, £708 million was credited to the income

statement as an adjusting item (see note 24). In addition, ITCAN incurred charges of £3 million in respect of compliance with its Approved Plan in Canada.

(d) Litigation costs

Included in other operating expenses and reported in various accounts based on the nature of the expense are costs that are collectively analysed as litigation

costs. Certain litigation costs are reported as adjusting items and predominantly relate to health-related claims, including Engle progeny. These litigation costs

were £63 million (2024: £157 million; 2023: £96 million). Included in 2025 is a NPM credit of £17 million recognised for the settlement with the state of

Washington, a credit of £16 million for the settlement with the state of Massachusetts and a credit of £19 million recognised in relation to the Missouri portion

of the 2004 NPM adjustment award.

In 2024, a NPM credit of £2 million was recognised for the settlement with the state of Idaho and a credit of £18 million was recognised in relation to the

Washington portion of the 2004 NPM adjustment award.

In 2023, an NPM credit of £6 million was recognised for the settlement with the state of Iowa.

(e) Research and development

Total research and development costs, including employee benefit costs and depreciation, are £358 million (2024: £380 million; 2023: £408 million).

(f) Loss on disposal of businesses

BAT Russia and BAT Belarus

On 13 September 2023, the Group disposed of its Russian and Belarusian businesses in compliance with international and local laws. The Group had two

subsidiaries in Russia (BAT Russia), being JSC British American Tobacco-SPb and JSC 'International Tobacco Marketing Services', and one subsidiary in

Belarus, International Tobacco Marketing Services BY. As explained in note 27(d)(ii), net held-for-sale assets of £770 million were disposed of for proceeds

of £425 million, with an impairment charge of £345 million recorded at that time.

As discussed in note 6(j), the impairment charge recognised in 2022 of £554 million (net of £14 million utilised during the year) was reversed and offset by

the above mentioned £345 million recorded at the date of sale, with a net reversal of impairment recognised of £195 million.

The loss on disposal of businesses included within other operating expenses and recognised as an adjusting item in 2023 was a charge of £548 million and

included £554 million of foreign exchange reclassified from other comprehensive income (note 22(c)(i)) and associated costs of £3 million partially offset by a

realised foreign exchange gain on the proceeds received of £9 million.

The total net impact after the partial reversal and loss on disposal recognised in 2023 was therefore £353 million.

121

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

BAT Pars

On 6 August 2021, the Group disposed of its Iranian subsidiary, B.A.T. Pars Company PJSC (BAT Pars). In 2023, a credit of £2 million arising from the

revaluation of the deferred proceeds receivable was recognised within other operating expenses as an adjusting item.

(g) Partial disposal of shares in ITC

On 28 May 2025, the Group announced the divestment of 10% (2024: 12% divested on 13 March 2024) of its equity stake in ITC Limited (ITC). Income and

expenses associated with the divestment of these shares have been recognised as adjusting items within the relevant financial statement caption. Included

within other operating expenses is £3 million (2024: £6 million) of foreign exchange losses arising from the conversion of the net proceeds from Indian rupee

to sterling which were repatriated to the UK in a series of foreign exchange transactions in the days following the sale. Refer to note 27(b)(i) for further

details.

(h) Charges in respect of DOJ and OFAC investigations

On 25 April 2023, the Group announced that it had reached an agreement with the DOJ and OFAC to resolve previously disclosed investigations into

suspicions of sanctions breaches. These concerned business activities relating to the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea between 2007 and 2017. The

Company entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) with the DOJ and a civil settlement agreement with OFAC. The DOJ’s charges

against the Company − one count of conspiring to commit bank fraud and one count of conspiring to violate sanctions laws − were filed and will later be

dismissed if the Company abides by the terms of the DPA. In addition, a BAT subsidiary in Singapore, British-American Tobacco Marketing (Singapore)

Private Limited, pleaded guilty to the same charges. The total amount payable to the U.S. authorities was US$635 million plus interest.

Having recognised an initial provision of £450 million (US$540 million) in 2022, the Group recognised additional charges of £75 million in 2023 and

£4 million in 2024. All charges were included within other operating expenses and recognised as adjusting items.

(i) Losses in Ukraine due to escalation of Russian offensive

On 5 October 2025, an intensification of Russian missile and drone attacks into Western Ukraine resulted in the destruction of a warehouse in the Lviv Oblast

region, which was operated by a third-party logistics supplier of LLC British American Tobacco Sales and Marketing Ukraine (BAT Ukraine). A portion of

BAT Ukraine’s finished goods inventory was stored in the warehouse and was lost in the incident with a total inventory value of £39 million. In this context,

the Group has recognised a charge in 2025 of £39 million within other operating expenses, as an adjusting item.

(j) Charges/(reversals) in respect of assets held-for-sale

Brascuba

On 19 December 2025, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its 50% shareholding in Brascuba Cigarrillos S.A. (Brascuba) to Tabagest S.A., a

company incorporated in the Republic of Cuba and an existing investor in Brascuba.

In accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, the assets and liabilities of Brascuba have been classified as held-

for-sale at 31 December 2025 and presented as such on the balance sheet at an estimated fair value less costs to sell. An impairment charge of £231 million

and associated costs of £4 million have been recognised in other operating expenses as adjusting items. Refer to note 27(d)(i) for further details.

BAT Russia and BAT Belarus

On 11 March 2022, the Group announced the intention to transfer its Russian business in full compliance with international and local laws. At that time, the

Group had two subsidiaries in Russia (BAT Russia), being JSC British American Tobacco-SPb and JSC International Tobacco Marketing Services. In

September 2023, the Group formally entered into an agreement to sell the Group's Russian and Belarusian businesses to a consortium led by then members of

BAT Russia’s management team, in compliance with local and international laws. As previously announced, due to operational dependencies between BAT

Russia and the Group’s subsidiary in Belarus (International Tobacco Marketing Services BY) (BAT Belarus), the Belarusian business was included in the sale.

The transaction was completed on 13 September 2023 and, since completion, the buyer consortium has wholly owned both businesses. These businesses are now

known as the ITMS Group.

In accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held For Sale and Discontinued Operations, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries were classified as

held-for-sale at 31 December 2022 and presented as such on the balance sheet at an estimated fair value less costs to sell. An impairment charge of

£554 million (and associated costs of £58 million) was recognised in other operating expenses as adjusting items in 2022. During 2023, the previously

recognised impairment was reversed (net of £14 million impairment utilised), offset by the net £345 million (being the impairment arising on disposal of

£770 million net assets for sales proceeds of £425 million). This resulted in a net partial reversal of £195 million. This has been treated as a non-cash

adjusting item. Further information on the sale of the Russian and Belarusian businesses can be found in note 6(f) and note 27(d)(ii).

(k) Romania and Brazil other taxes

BAT Romania

On 5 November 2024, British-American Tobacco (Romania) Investment S.R.L. (BATRI) was issued with a final assessment by the Romanian tax authority in

respect of an excise audit of activities undertaken in the Ploiesti factory during the period January 2017 to February 2023. On 12 November 2024, BATRI paid

the assessed amount under the provisions of Ordinance 107/2024, which provides for cancellation of past and ongoing penalties, interest, and surcharges

(ancillary obligations) if the principal amount is paid in full. The ancillary obligations have been duly cancelled. BATRI has filed an administrative appeal with

the Romanian Tax Authority in respect of the findings of the audit and in June 2025 received a negative decision. In December 2025, BATRI filed a judicial

appeal to the Ploiesti Court of Appeal. Additionally, after filing the judicial appeal, BATRI filed a separate challenge against the Romanian Government in

respect of the lawfulness of certain Romanian statutory excise instruments.

In 2024, the Group recognised a charge of £449 million in other operating expenses as an adjusting item, of which £390 million was paid in 2024 and a provision

recognised for the remaining £59 million. During 2025, £8 million of the provision was released against actual costs incurred and a further £15 million was

released as a credit to other operating expenses as an adjusting item, resulting in a remaining provision of £36 million. Refer to note 24.

BAT Brazil

Since 2017, Souza Cruz LTDA (BAT Brazil) has been involved in a legal case over whether a 10% tax imposed on a tax benefit associated with investment

grants by the Rio de Janeiro State was constitutional. In October 2023, the Supreme Court concluded on the leading case’s trial, recognising that the tax was

constitutional. This decision has binding effects on all taxpayers. BAT Brazil’s individual lawsuit has not yet concluded. However, given the decision in the

leading case, in 2023, £47 million was recognised in other operating expenses, as an adjusting item, to reflect the probability of an unfavourable decision. Out

of the £47 million, £40 million was reported as provisions (note 24) and £7 million was reported as trade and other payables.

In addition, in 2023, a charge of £2 million has been recognised in other operating expenses, as an adjusting item, in respect of social contributions relating to

the Brazil excise case, as mentioned in note 5(c).

122

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(l) Marketing costs in operating expenses

Certain marketing activities, such as discounts or allowances provided to customers, are required to be deducted from revenue as explained in note 1. Other

marketing expenses, such as point of sale and promotional materials, media advertising and sponsorship, and consumer research, are reported as operating

expenses and have been shown in the table above.

(m) Auditor's remuneration

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Auditor’s remuneration
Total expense for audit services :
- fees to KPMG LLP for Parent Company and Group audit	9.0	12.0	11.4
- fees to KPMG LLP and associates for audit of the accounts of subsidiaries	13.2	9.6	9.4
Total audit fees expense - KPMG LLP and associates	22.2	21.6	20.8
Audit fees expense to other firms	0.1	0.1	0.2
Total audit fees expense	22.3	21.7	21.0
Fees to KPMG LLP and associates for other services:
–audit related assurance services	7.1	6.8	6.9
–other assurance services	1.4	0.7	0.9
–tax advisory services	—	—	—
–tax compliance	—	—	—
–audit of defined benefit schemes	0.1	0.3	0.2
–other non-audit services	—	—	—
	8.6	7.8	8.0

The total auditor’s remuneration to KPMG LLP and associates included above are £30.8 million (2024: £29.4 million; 2023: £28.8 million).

Under SEC regulations, the remuneration to KPMG LLP and associates of £30.8 million in 2025 (2024: £29.4 million; 2023: £28.8 million) is required to be

presented as follows: audit fees £30.0 million (2024: £28.4 million; 2023: £27.7 million), audit related fees £0.1 million (2024: £0.3 million; 2023:

£0.2 million), tax fees nil (2024: nil; 2023: nil) and all other fees £0.7 million (2024: £0.7 million; 2023: £0.9 million). Audit related fees are in respect of

services provided to associated pension schemes. All other fees are in respect of other assurance services, including those provided over information derived

from the financial information systems subject to audit.

7 Restructuring costs

Restructuring costs represent additional expenses incurred that are not related to the normal business and day-to-day activities. In 2025, the Group

commenced the Fit2Win programme, a structured time-bound programme to review processes, ways of working including use of data and automation, route

to market, overhead costs and organisational design. The programme will deliver efficiencies and facilitate faster, more agile and effective decision-making.

Until 2023, restructuring costs were associated with Quantum, a programme focused on a review of the Group's organisational structure that simplified the

business to create a more efficient, agile and focused company. The costs of the Group’s initiatives are included in profit from operations under the following

headings:

	Notes	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Employee benefit costs	3	26	—	(26)
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs	4	19	—	39
Other operating expenses		21	—	(15)
		66	—	(2)

The adjusting charge reported in employee benefit costs in 2025 includes the cost of employee packages in respect of Fit2Win.

In January 2026, the Group announced its intention to close the Heidelberg factory in South Africa and end domestic production in South Africa by the end of

The depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs in 2025 include a £14 million charge related to the accelerated depreciation of the plant and

equipment in the Heidelberg factory and impairment costs of £21 million associated with the Dhaka factory closure in Bangladesh. The depreciation and

impairment charge has been partially offset by an adjusting credit of £16 million in relation to the reversal of a machinery impairment in Reynolds American

Companies as explained in note 4.

The restructuring costs reported in other operating expenses in 2025 include costs related to the Dhaka factory closure.

In 2023, following the completion of the Quantum programme, a credit of £26 million was recognised due to the reversal of restructuring provisions recognised

in respect of employee packages. In addition, a credit of £7 million was recognised in 2023 in relation to impairment reversals associated with the Quantum

programme. Included in this was an impairment reversal of £4 million in relation to machinery in South Africa as the asset can be used by another market in the

Group.

In addition, in 2023, an adjusting impairment charge of £46 million was recognised for machinery in Reynolds American Companies due to the adverse

impact from macro-economic headwinds and industry volume decline in the U.S. In 2025, £16 million of this charge was reversed as explained above.

The reversal recognised in other operating expenses in 2023 of £15 million included unutilised Quantum provisions along with £3 million relating to the release

of a provision originally raised in 2007 relating to site clean up costs in Canada. As no further work is required on the site the remaining provision was reversed.

123

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

8 Net finance costs

(a) Net finance costs/(income)

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Interest expense	1,658	1,704	1,786
Interest expense on lease liabilities	40	38	30
Facility fees	17	17	19
Impact of the early repurchase of bonds (note 8(b))	—	(590)	29
Interest related to adjusting tax payables (note 8(b))	117	80	71
Fair value changes on derivative financial instruments, hedged items and investments	521	90	599
Fair value change on other financial items (note 8(b))	4	19	(4)
The Approved Plans in Canada (note 8(b))	112	—	—
Venezuela net gain on monetary items (note 8(b))	(63)	—	—
Exchange differences	(373)	(9)	(449)
Finance costs	2,033	1,349	2,081
Interest income under the effective interest method	(214)	(251)	(186)
Finance income	(214)	(251)	(186)
Net finance costs	1,819	1,098	1,895

The Group manages foreign exchange gains and losses and fair value changes on a net basis excluding adjusting items, which are explained in note 8(b). The

derivatives that generate the fair value changes are explained in note 19.

Facility fees principally relate to the Group’s central banking facilities.

Finance income includes income on cash and cash equivalents of which £50 million (2024: £112 million; 2023: £97 million) relates to restricted cash

balances (see note 21).

(b) Adjusting items included in net finance costs

Adjusting items are significant items in net finance costs which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the

Group’s underlying financial performance.

The Group recognised interest on adjusting tax payables of £117 million (2024: £80 million; 2023: £71 million), which included:

–interest of £30 million (2024: £61 million; 2023: £60 million) in relation to the Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order (FII GLO)

(note 10(b));

–interest of £66 million (2024: £8 million; 2023: £16 million) in relation to a tax provision in the Netherlands;

–a charge of £11 million (2024: £14 million; 2023: nil) in relation to a tax case in Brazil; and

–a further £10 million (2024: £11 million; 2023: nil) interest charge recorded on government liability balances accumulated during CCAA protection.

In prior periods, the interest on adjusting tax payables also included, in 2024, £11 million on a tax provision in Indonesia and a release of £25 million of

interest on a tax provision in Canada in relation to a settlement agreement with local authorities, and, in 2023, included a £3 million credit from the reversal

of interest on a tax provision in relation to the factory closure in Switzerland and a £2 million credit from the reversal of interest on tax provisions related

to Russia.

Adjusting items associated with the Approved Plans in Canada relate to the unwinding of discount on the associated provision of £112 million (refer to note 24).

The net gain on monetary items of £63 million in Venezuela results from the application of hyperinflation accounting under IAS29 Financial Reporting in

Hyperinflationary Economies.

Included within fair value changes on other financial items is a fair value loss of £4 million (2024: £19 million; 2023: nil) on embedded derivatives related to

associates.

In 2024, in relation to the early repurchase of bonds, the Group incurred a fair value loss of £9 million (2023: £151 million) on debt-related derivatives,

realised a gain of £602 million (2023: £129 million) arising on the difference between the redemption value and the amortised cost of the bonds, and incurred

other transaction costs of £3 million (2023: £7 million).

124

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

9 Associates and joint ventures

		2025		2024		2023
	Total<br><br>£m	Group’s<br><br>share<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m	Group's share<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m	Group's share<br><br>£m
Revenue	9,708	2,416	9,936	2,635	9,412	2,630
Profit from operations	3,752	952	2,662	715	2,596	783
Net finance income	(2)	—	5	2	15	4
Profit on ordinary activities<br><br>before taxation	3,750	952	2,667	717	2,611	787
Taxation on ordinary activities	(659)	(162)	(639)	(172)	(664)	(194)
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation	3,091	790	2,028	545	1,947	593
Non-controlling interests	(27)	(7)	(27)	(6)	(28)	(8)
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	3,064	783	2,001	539	1,919	585
Gain from partial divestment of shares in ITC	—	898	—	1,361	—	—
Total post-tax results of associates and joint<br><br>ventures	3,064	1,681	2,001	1,900	1,919	585

Enumerated below are movements that have impacted the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures in 2025, 2024 and 2023. The amounts below were

reported as adjusting items under the share of profit from associates in the income statement.

(a) Adjusting items

In 2025, the Group’s interest in ITC, an associate of the Group in India, decreased from 25.45% to 22.91% (2024: 29.02% to 25.45%; 2023: 29.19% to

29.02%) as a result of ITC issuing ordinary shares under the ITC Employee Share Option Scheme and the Group's partial divestment of shares held in ITC.

The issue of these shares under the ITC Employee Option Scheme and related change in the Group’s share of ITC resulted in a gain of £6 million (2024:

£18 million gain; 2023: £40 million gain), which is treated as a deemed partial disposal and included in the income statement.

On 28 May 2025, the Group announced the divestment of 313,000,000 ordinary shares held in ITC, representing 10% of the Group's equity stake (the

equivalent of 2.5% of ITC's ordinary shares). A gain of £898 million has been recognised in the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint

ventures and includes a foreign exchange loss of £47 million reclassified to the income statement and previously recognised in associates other

comprehensive income. Refer to note 27(b)(i) for further details.

In addition, in 2025, as part of the demerger accounting (refer to note 14), ITC recognised the excess of the fair value over the carrying value of the hotels

business as an adjusting item. The Group’s share of this adjusted gain amounted to £333 million (net of tax).

During the year, VST Industries Limited recognised an adjusting gain in relation to a sale of land and buildings. The Group's share of this gain is £3 million.

Organigram Global Inc. (Organigram) acquired Motifs Lab Ltd on 6 December 2024 and the consideration included CAD$40 million of common shares in

Organigram which diluted BAT's ownership from 35.09% to 30.60% and resulted in a loss on dilution of £1 million.

On 13 March 2024, the Group announced the divestment of 436,851,457 ordinary shares held in ITC, representing 12% of the Group's equity stake (the

equivalent of 3.5% of ITC's ordinary shares). A gain of £1,361 million has been recognised in the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint

ventures and includes a foreign exchange loss of £43 million reclassified to the income statement and previously recognised in associates other

comprehensive income. Refer to note 27(b)(i) for further details.

In 2023, ITC recognised a credit in respect of the proceeds received in partial settlement of the insurance claim towards the cost of leaf tobacco stocks

destroyed in a third-party warehouse fire, the Group’s share of which was £2 million.

In 2023, the Group impaired the investment in Organigram by £34 million (net of tax), driven by the decrease in Organigram’s share price. In 2024 and 2025,

no further impairment was required.

(b) Other financial information

The Group’s share of the results of associates and joint ventures (excluding the gain from partial divestment of shares in ITC) is shown in the table below.

	2025	2024	2023
	Group’s<br><br>share<br><br>£m	Group’s<br><br>share<br><br>£m	Group’s<br><br>share<br><br>£m
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation
– attributable to owners of the parent	783	539	585
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss	(133)	(13)	(107)
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss	(4)	33	(5)
Total comprehensive income	646	559	473

125

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Summarised financial information of the Group’s associates and joint ventures is shown below.

			2025
	ITC<br><br>£m	Others<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
Revenue	6,921	2,787	9,708
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation	3,765	(15)	3,750
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	3,082	(18)	3,064
Other comprehensive expense	(761)	(14)	(775)
Total comprehensive income/(expense)	2,321	(32)	2,289	2024
---	---	---	---
	ITC<br><br>£m	Others<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
Revenue	7,265	2,671	9,936
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation	2,680	(13)	2,667
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	2,025	(24)	2,001
Other comprehensive income/(expense)	98	(15)	83
Total comprehensive income/(expense)	2,123	(39)	2,084	2023
---	---	---	---
	ITC<br><br>£m	Others<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
Revenue	6,805	2,607	9,412
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation	2,813	(202)	2,611
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures	2,121	(202)	1,919
Other comprehensive expense	(368)	(20)	(388)
Total comprehensive income/(expense)	1,753	(222)	1,531

126

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

10 Taxation on ordinary activities

(a) Summary of taxation on ordinary activities

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
UK corporation tax	17	24	32
Comprising:
– current year tax expense	15	15	20
– adjustments in respect of prior periods	2	9	12
Overseas tax	2,059	2,679	2,779
Comprising:
– current year tax expense	2,355	2,571	2,804
– adjustments in respect of prior periods	(296)	108	(25)
Current tax	2,076	2,703	2,811
Pillar Two income tax (note 10(h))	82	79	—
Total current tax	2,158	2,782	2,811
Deferred tax	(64)	(2,425)	(5,683)
Comprising:
– deferred tax relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences	138	(2,176)	(5,577)
– deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates	(202)	(249)	(106)
	2,094	357	(2,872)

(b) Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order

The Group is the principal test claimant in an action in the United Kingdom against HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) in the Franked Investment Income

Group Litigation Order (FII GLO). There were 14 corporate groups in the FII GLO as at 31 December 2025. The case concerns the treatment for UK

corporate tax purposes of profits earned overseas and distributed to the UK.

The original claim was filed in 2003. The trial of the claim was split broadly into issues of liability and quantification. The main liability issues were heard by

the High Court, Court of Appeal and Supreme Court in the UK and the European Court of Justice in the period to November 2012. The detailed technical

issues of the quantification mechanics of the claim were heard by the High Court during May and June 2014 and the judgment handed down on 18 December

The High Court determined that in respect of issues concerning the calculation of unlawfully charged corporation tax and advance corporation tax, the

law of restitution including the defence on change of position and questions concerning the calculation of overpaid interest, the approach of the Group was

broadly preferred. The conclusion reached by the High Court would, if upheld, produce an estimated receivable of £1.2 billion for the Group. Appeals on a

majority of the issues were made to the Court of Appeal, which heard the arguments in June 2016. The Court of Appeal determined in November 2016 on

the majority of issues that the conclusion reached by the High Court should be upheld. The Supreme Court gave permission for a number of issues to be

appealed in two separate hearings. The first, in February 2020, concerned the time limit for bringing claims. In its application for permission HMRC sought

to reverse established House of Lords’ authorities on which those earlier judgments were based. They were granted permission to do so by the Supreme

Court who divided the appeal into two hearings, the first on the issue of time limits and the second on the issue of interest and related topics. In November

2020, the Supreme Court handed down its judgment on the first stage of that appeal. The Supreme Court agreed to overturn its existing case law partially but

introduced a new test for determining whether claims of this type are in time. The case was then remitted to the High Court to apply that new test to the facts.

The judgment from the second hearing was handed down in July 2021. Applying that judgment reduces the value of BAT's FII claim to approximately

£0.3 billion, mainly as the result of the application of simple interest and the limitation to claims for advance corporation tax offset against lawful corporation

tax charges, which is subject to the determination of the remitted timing issue by the High Court and any subsequent appeal. BAT’s claim currently

comprises interest of £0.2 billion and tax of £0.1 billion. The High Court hearing on time limits was heard in late November 2023 with judgment handed

down in February 2024. The High Court determined that claims should have been filed within 6 years of June 2000 meaning that BAT’s claims are in time.

HMRC appealed the judgment, and the appeal was heard in the Court of Appeal in May 2025. The Court of Appeal handed down its judgment in October

2025 and dismissed HMRC’s appeal against the High Court’s judgment preserving the claims BAT made on a timely basis. HMRC sought permission from

the Court of Appeal to appeal the limitation and a computational issue to the Supreme Court. The Court of Appeal refused permission to appeal on both

issues after which HMRC sought permission to appeal directly from the Supreme Court. Whilst in January 2026 the Supreme Court refused permission to

hear HMRC’s appeal on limitation, they are still considering HMRC's further application on the computational issue which could impact BAT’s claim.

During 2015, HMRC paid to the Group a gross amount of £1,224 million in two separate payments. The payments made by HMRC have been made without

any admission of liability and are subject to refund were HMRC to succeed on appeal. The second payment in November 2015 followed the introduction of a

new 45% tax on the interest component of restitution claims against HMRC. HMRC held back £261 million from the second payment contending that it

represents the new 45% tax on that payment, leading to total cash received by the Group of £963 million. Actions challenging the legality of the withholding

of the 45% tax have been lodged by the Group. The First Tier Tribunal found in favour of HMRC in July 2017 and the Group’s appeal to the Upper Tribunal

was heard in July 2018. In February 2025, the Group reached agreement with HMRC that the 45% tax should not apply to the reduced value of Group’s

claim (£0.3 billion as mentioned above). This does not impact the repayment agreement referred to below, with the legal challenge on this issue now

concluded.

Due to the uncertainty of the amounts and eventual outcome, the Group has not recognised any impact in the Income Statement in the current or prior period. The

receipt, net of the deduction by HMRC, is held within trade and other payables as disclosed in note 25. Any future recognition as income will be treated as an

adjusting item, due to the size of the amount, with interest of £30 million for the 12 months to 31 December 2025 (2024: £61 million; 2023: £60 million) accruing

on the balance, which was also treated as an adjusting item.

The Group made interim repayments to HMRC of £479 million in 2025, following the agreement with HMRC to repay £0.8 billion (being the difference

between the amounts received plus accrued interest and the amount determined in the July 2021 judgment (£0.3 billion)). The Group had previously made

annual payments of £50 million in 2024, 2023 and 2022.

The schedule for the remaining repayments is:

–£222 million in 2026; and

–£41 million in 2027.

127

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(c) Factors affecting the taxation charge

The taxation charge differs from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25.0% for 2025, 25.0% for 2024 and 23.5% for 2023. The major causes of

this difference are listed below:

	2025		2024		2023
	£m	%	£m	%	£m	%
Profit/(loss) before tax	9,859		3,538		(17,061)
Less: share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures (see<br><br>note 9)	(1,681)		(1,900)		(585)
	8,178		1,638		(17,646)
Tax at 25% (2024: 25.0%; 2023: 23.5%) on the above	2,044	25.0	410	25.0	(4,147)	23.5
Factors affecting the tax rate:
Tax at standard rates other than UK corporation tax rate	(109)	(1.3)	395	24.1	619	(3.5)
Other national tax charges	248	3.0	277	16.9	310	(1.8)
Pillar Two income taxes	82	1.0	79	4.8	—	—
Permanent differences	(127)	(1.6)	(71)	(4.3)	845	(4.8)
Overseas withholding taxes	182	2.2	168	10.3	179	(1.0)
Double taxation relief on UK profits	(38)	(0.5)	(30)	(1.8)	(46)	0.3
Unutilised/(utilised) tax losses	(29)	(0.4)	33	2.0	(15)	0.1
Adjustments in respect of prior periods	(294)	(3.5)	117	7.1	(13)	0.1
Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates	(202)	(2.5)	(249)	(15.2)	(106)	0.6
Additional net deferred tax charges/(credits)	337	4.2	(772)	(47.1)	(498)	2.8
	2,094	25.6	357	21.8	(2,872)	16.3

Additional net deferred tax charges and adjustment in respect of prior periods reflect the adjustments arising from the upfront cash payment in relation to the

Approved Plans in Canada described further in notes 24 and 31.

Additional net deferred tax credits in 2024 mainly reflect the Canadian provincial tax consequences of the Proposed Plans in Canada, described further in

notes 24 and 31.

The Group's reported 2023 tax rate is significantly impacted by the impairment of intangible assets as described in note 12.

–Permanent differences in 2023 consist mainly of the tax impact of the goodwill impairment (for which no tax relief is available).

–Additional net deferred tax (credits)/charges in 2023 consist mainly of the U.S. state deferred tax impact of the trademark impairment (please see further in

note 16).

(d) Adjusting items included in taxation

In 2025, adjusting items in taxation included a net credit of £104 million mainly relating to an additional tax charge pertaining to the Dutch litigation

following the Court of Appeal judgment received in September 2025 (described further in note 31) offset by the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities arising

on trademarks recognised in the Reynolds American acquisition due to changes in U.S. state effective tax rates and the partial release of a provision for tax

exposure in Indonesia.

In 2024, adjusting items in taxation included a net credit of £157 million mainly relating to Brazilian Federal Tax Authority challenges regarding the

treatment of Rio de Janeiro VAT incentives (described further in note 31) and a provision for potential tax exposures in Indonesia, offset by the revaluation of

deferred tax liabilities arising on trademarks recognised in the Reynolds American acquisition in 2017 due to changes in U.S. state tax rates and the reversal

of a tax provision in Canada following a settlement agreement with local authorities.

In 2023, adjusting items in taxation included a net credit of £73 million relating to the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities arising on trademarks recognised

in the Reynolds American acquisition in 2017 due to changes in U.S. state tax rates, the reversal of provisions for Russia tax risks and a potential clawback

of tax reliefs arising on the closure of the Group's factory in Switzerland offset by a provision for potential tax exposures in the Netherlands and the tax

impact in Brazil of the legal case regarding Rio de Janeiro VAT incentives (described further in note 6(k)).

128

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(e) Tax on adjusting items

In addition, the tax on adjusting items, separated between the different categories, as per note 11, amounted to £240 million (2024: £2,049 million; 2023:

£5,415 million). The adjustment to the adjusted earnings per share (note 11) also includes £125 million (2024: £38 million; 2023: £1 million) in respect of the

non-controlling interests’ share of the adjusting items net of tax.

(f) Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Current tax	(5)	(6)	(5)
Deferred tax	(8)	(18)	12
(Charged)/credited to other comprehensive income	(13)	(24)	7

(g) Tax on items recognised directly in equity

In relation to the perpetual hybrid bonds issued on 27 September 2021 (note 22(d)), tax relief of £14 million (2024: £14 million; 2023: £14 million) has been

recognised, principally in relation to the coupon incurred.

(h) Global minimum tax

In December 2021, the OECD released model rules for a new global minimum corporate tax framework applicable to multinational enterprise groups with

global revenues of over €750 million (Pillar Two rules). The UK substantively enacted legislation implementing these rules on 20 June 2023 and the rules

apply to the Group as of 1 January 2024. The impact is shown in notes 10(a) and 10(c) above. The Group continues to review this legislation together with

developing guidance. The Group is also monitoring the status of implementation of the Pillar Two rules outside of the UK to assess the potential impact.

11 Earnings per share

Earnings used in the basic, diluted and headline earnings per share calculation represent the profit attributable to the ordinary equity shareholders after

deducting amounts representing the coupon on perpetual hybrid bonds on a pro-rata basis regardless of whether or not coupons have been declared and paid

in the period, as required by IAS 33 Earnings per Share. In addition, as explained in note 22(d), during 2025, the Group redeemed its €1 billion 3% perpetual

hybrid bonds from the holders of the securities. As required by IAS 33, the loss on redemption is required to be deducted from Group earnings in the earnings

per share calculation. The loss on redemption of these bonds includes a redemption premium net of tax of £2 million, issuance and discount costs capitalised

in 2021 net of tax of £8 million, as well as £29 million in relation to the difference in spot rates between issuance and redemption. The latter component has

been treated as an adjusting item for the purpose of calculating the Group’s adjusted earnings per share below. Below is a reconciliation of the earnings used

to calculate earnings per share:

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Earnings/(loss) attributable to owners of the parent	7,764	3,068	(14,367)
Coupon on perpetual hybrid bonds	(64)	(56)	(59)
Tax on coupon on perpetual hybrid bonds	16	14	14
Loss on redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds	(39)	—	—
Earnings/(loss)	7,677	3,026	(14,412)

In 2023, the Group reported a loss for the year. Following the requirements of IAS 33 Earnings per Share, the impact of share options would be antidilutive

and are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Below is a reconciliation from basic to diluted earnings per share for 2025 and 2024:

			2025			2024			2023
	Earnings<br><br>£m	Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>number of<br><br>shares<br><br>m	Earnings<br><br>per share<br><br>pence	Earnings<br><br>£m	Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>number of<br><br>shares<br><br>m	Earnings<br><br>per share<br><br>pence	Loss<br><br>£m	Weighted<br><br>average<br><br>number of<br><br>shares<br><br>m	Loss<br><br>per share<br><br>pence
Basic earnings/(loss) per share<br><br>(ordinary shares of 25p each)	7,677	2,187	351.0	3,026	2,214	136.7	(14,412)	2,229	(646.6)
Share options	—	12	(1.9)	—	11	(0.7)	—	—	—
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share*	7,677	2,199	349.1	3,026	2,225	136.0	(14,412)	2,229	(646.6)

Note:

*In 2023, the Group reported a loss for the year. Following the requirements of IAS 33, the impact of share options would be antidilutive and is therefore excluded, for 2023, from the calculation of diluted

earnings per share, calculated in accordance with IFRS. For remuneration purposes, and reflective of the Group's positive earnings on an adjusted basis, management included the dilutive effect of share options in

calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share. There were 8 million share options on a weighted average basis in 2023.

Adjusted earnings per share calculation

Earnings have been affected by a number of adjusting items, which are described in notes 3 to 10. Adjusting items are significant items in the profit from

operations, net finance costs, taxation and the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures which individually or, if of a similar type,

in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance. In addition, in relation to the redemption of the Euro

perpetual hybrid bonds, the impact of the difference in spot rates between issuance and redemption has been treated as an adjusting item. The Group believes

that these items are useful to users of the Group financial statements in helping them to understand the underlying business performance. To illustrate the

impact of these items, an adjusted earnings per share calculation is shown below.

129

| British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025 | | --- || | | | | | | | Basic | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | | | 2025 | | 2024 | | 2023 | | | | Notes | Earnings £m | Earnings per share pence | Earnings £m | Earnings per share pence | (Loss)/ earnings £m | (Loss)/ Earnings per share pence | | Basic earnings/(loss) per share | | 7,677 | 351.0 | 3,026 | 136.7 | (14,412) | (646.6) | | Effect of amortisation and impairment of goodwill, trademarks and similar intangibles | 4 | 1,861 | 85.2 | 2,318 | 104.7 | 27,816 | 1,247.9 | | Tax and non-controlling interests on amortisation and impairment of goodwill, trademarks and similar intangibles | 10(e) | (362) | (16.6) | (522) | (23.6) | (5,390) | (241.8) | | Effect of impairment charges in respect of the Group's head office | 4 | — | — | 75 | 3.4 | — | — | | Tax on impairment charges in respect of the Group's head office | 10(e) | — | — | (10) | (0.5) | — | — | | Effect of impairment charges in respect of the Group's operations in Cuba | 4 | — | — | 74 | 3.3 | — | — | | Non-controlling interests on impairment charges in respect of the Group's operations in Cuba | 10(e) | — | — | (38) | (1.7) | — | — | | Effect of settlement of historical litigation in relation to the Fox River | 5(d) | — | — | (132) | (6.0) | — | — | | Tax on settlement of historical litigation in relation to the Fox River | 10(e) | — | — | 22 | 1.0 | — | — | | Net effect of excise and VAT cases | 5(c), 6(k) | — | — | — | — | (167) | (7.5) | | Tax on excise and VAT cases | 10(e) | — | — | — | — | 41 | 1.8 | | Effect of the changes in provision in relation to the Approved Plans in Canada and associated costs | 6(c) | (705) | (32.1) | 6,203 | 280.2 | — | — | | Tax on the changes in provision in relation to the Approved Plans in Canada and associated costs | 10(e) | 182 | 8.3 | (1,644) | (74.3) | — | — | | Effect of disposal of subsidiaries | 6(f) | — | — | — | — | 546 | 24.5 | | Effect of charges in respect of DOJ and OFAC investigations | 6(h) | — | — | 4 | 0.2 | 75 | 3.4 | | Effect of impairment of held-for-sale assets and associated costs | 6(j) | 235 | 10.7 | — | — | — | — | | Non-controlling interests on impairment of held-for- sale assets | 10(e) | (115) | (5.3) | — | — | — | — | | Effect of planned disposal of subsidiaries | 6(j) | — | — | — | — | (195) | (8.7) | | Effect of Romania and Brazil other taxes | 6(k) | (15) | (0.7) | 449 | 20.3 | 47 | 2.1 | | Tax on Romania and Brazil other taxes | 10(e) | 1 | — | (2) | (0.1) | (16) | (0.7) | | Effect of restructuring costs | 7 | 66 | 3.0 | — | — | (2) | (0.1) | | Tax and non-controlling interests on restructuring costs | 10(e) | (26) | (1.2) | — | — | (3) | (0.1) | | Other adjusting items | 3, 6(d),6(g),6(i) | 133 | 6.1 | 163 | 7.4 | 96 | 4.3 | | Tax effect on other adjusting items | 10(e) | (19) | (0.9) | (44) | (2.0) | (22) | (1.0) | | Effect of early repurchase of bonds | 8(b) | — | — | (590) | (26.6) | 29 | 1.3 | | Tax effect of early repurchase of bonds | 10(e) | — | — | 141 | 6.4 | (8) | (0.4) | | Effect of adjusting net finance costs | 8(b) | 170 | 7.8 | 99 | 4.5 | 67 | 3.0 | | Tax effect of adjusting net finance costs | 10(e) | (61) | (2.8) | (26) | (1.2) | (18) | (0.8) | | Effect of gains related to the partial divestment of shares held in ITC | 9(a) | (898) | (41.0) | (1,361) | (61.5) | — | — | | Capital gains tax and deferred tax associated with the partial divestment of shares held in ITC and hotels business demerger | 10(e) | 35 | 1.6 | 36 | 1.6 | — | — | | Effect of associates' adjusting items net of tax | 9(a) | (341) | (15.6) | (18) | (0.8) | (8) | (0.4) | | Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates | 10(d) | (203) | (9.3) | (267) | (12.1) | (97) | (4.4) | | Adjusting items in tax | 10(d) | 99 | 4.5 | 110 | 5.0 | 24 | 1.2 | | Redemption of perpetual hybrid bond - difference in spot rates | 22(d) | 29 | 1.3 | — | — | — | — | | Adjusted earnings per share (basic) | | 7,743 | 354.0 | 8,066 | 364.3 | 8,403 | 377.0 |

130

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025
							Diluted
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
		2025		2024		2023
	Notes	Earnings<br><br>£m	Earnings<br><br>per share<br><br>pence	Earnings<br><br>£m	Earnings<br><br>per share<br><br>pence	(Loss)/<br><br>earnings<br><br>£m	(Loss)/<br><br>Earnings<br><br>per share<br><br>pence
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share		7,677	349.1	3,026	136.0	(14,412)	(646.6)
Effect of amortisation and impairment of goodwill,<br><br>trademarks and similar intangibles	4	1,861	84.7	2,318	104.2	27,816	1,247.9
Tax and non-controlling interests on amortisation and<br><br>impairment of goodwill, trademarks and similar<br><br>intangibles	10(e)	(362)	(16.5)	(522)	(23.5)	(5,390)	(241.8)
Effect of impairment charges in respect of the<br><br>Group's head office	4	—	—	75	3.4	—	—
Tax on impairment charges in respect of the Group's<br><br>head office	10(e)	—	—	(10)	(0.5)	—	—
Effect of impairment charges in respect of the<br><br>Group's operations in Cuba	4	—	—	74	3.3	—	—
Non-controlling interests on impairment charges in<br><br>respect of the Group's operations in Cuba	10(e)	—	—	(38)	(1.7)	—	—
Effect of settlement of historical litigation in relation<br><br>to the Fox River	5(d)	—	—	(132)	(5.9)	—	—
Tax on settlement of historical litigation in relation to<br><br>the Fox River	10(e)	—	—	22	1.0	—	—
Net effect of excise and VAT cases	5(c), 6(k)	—	—	—	—	(167)	(7.5)
Tax on excise and VAT cases	10(e)	—	—	—	—	41	1.8
Effect of the changes in provision in relation to the<br><br>Approved Plans in Canada and associated costs	6(c)	(705)	(32.0)	6,203	278.9	—	—
Tax on the changes in provision in relation to the<br><br>Approved Plans in Canada and associated costs	10(e)	182	8.3	(1,644)	(73.9)	—	—
Effect of disposal of subsidiaries	6(f)	—	—	—	—	546	24.5
Effect of charges in respect of DOJ and OFAC<br><br>investigations	6(h)	—	—	4	0.2	75	3.4
Effect of impairment of held-for-sale assets and<br><br>associated costs	6(j)	235	10.7	—	—	—	—
Non-controlling interests on impairment of held-for-<br><br>sale assets	10(e)	(115)	(5.2)	—	—	—	—
Effect of planned disposal of subsidiaries	6(j)	—	—	—	—	(195)	(8.7)
Effect of Romania and Brazil other taxes	6(k)	(15)	(0.7)	449	20.2	47	2.1
Tax on Romania and Brazil other taxes	10(e)	1	—	(2)	(0.1)	(16)	(0.7)
Effect of restructuring costs	7	66	3.0	—	—	(2)	(0.1)
Tax and non-controlling interests on restructuring costs	10(e)	(26)	(1.2)	—	—	(3)	(0.1)
Other adjusting items	3, 6(d)6(g),6(i)	133	6.0	163	7.3	96	4.3
Tax effect on other adjusting items	10(e)	(19)	(0.9)	(44)	(2.0)	(22)	(1.0)
Effect of early repurchase of bonds	8(b)	—	—	(590)	(26.5)	29	1.3
Tax effect of early repurchase of bonds	10(e)	—	—	141	6.3	(8)	(0.4)
Effect of adjusting net finance costs	8(b)	170	7.7	99	4.4	67	3.0
Tax effect of adjusting net finance costs	10(e)	(61)	(2.8)	(26)	(1.2)	(18)	(0.8)
Effect of gains related to the partial divestment of<br><br>shares held in ITC	9(a)	(898)	(40.8)	(1,361)	(61.1)	—	—
Capital gains tax and deferred tax associated with the<br><br>partial divestment of shares held in ITC and hotels<br><br>business demerger	10(e)	35	1.6	36	1.6	—	—
Effect of associates' adjusting items net of tax	9(a)	(341)	(15.5)	(18)	(0.8)	(8)	(0.4)
Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates	10(d)	(203)	(9.2)	(267)	(12.0)	(97)	(4.4)
Adjusting items in tax	10(d)	99	4.5	110	4.9	24	1.2
Redemption of perpetual hybrid bond - difference in<br><br>spot rates	22(d)	29	1.3	—	—	—	—
Impact of dilution*							(1.4)
Adjusted diluted earnings per share		7,743	352.1	8,066	362.5	8,403	375.6

Note:* In 2023, the Group reported a loss for the year. Following the requirements of IAS 33, the impact of share options would be antidilutive and is therefore excluded, for 2023, from the calculation of diluted

calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share.

131

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

12 Intangible assets

(a) Overview of intangible assets

					2025
	Trademarks<br><br>and similar<br><br>intangibles<br><br>£m	Goodwill<br><br>£m	Computer<br><br>software<br><br>£m	Assets in<br><br>the course of<br><br>development<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January
Cost	80,277	46,169	1,299	165	127,910
Accumulated amortisation and impairment	(27,564)	(5,040)	(1,029)	(1)	(33,634)
Net book value at 1 January	52,713	41,129	270	164	94,276
Differences on exchange	(3,592)	(1,935)	(2)	—	(5,529)
Additions
– internal development	—	—	—	92	92
– acquisitions (note 27)	8	—	—	—	8
– separately acquired	35	—	—	55	90
Reallocations	61	—	127	(188)	—
Amortisation charge	(1,605)	—	(119)	—	(1,724)
Impairment	(5)	(277)	3	—	(279)
31 December
Cost	74,813	43,936	1,417	124	120,290
Accumulated amortisation and impairment	(27,198)	(5,019)	(1,138)	(1)	(33,356)
Net book value at 31 December	47,615	38,917	279	123	86,934	2024
---	---	---	---	---	---
	Trademarks<br><br>and similar<br><br>intangibles<br><br>£m	Goodwill<br><br>£m	Computer<br><br>software<br><br>£m	Assets in<br><br>the course of<br><br>development<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January
Cost	78,848	46,021	1,408	110	126,387
Accumulated amortisation and impairment	(24,847)	(4,930)	(1,048)	—	(30,825)
Net book value at 1 January	54,001	41,091	360	110	95,562
Differences on exchange	915	77	(1)	(1)	990
Additions
– internal development	—	—	—	80	80
– separately acquired	95	—	—	15	110
Reallocations	—	—	40	(40)	—
Amortisation charge	(1,652)	—	(120)	—	(1,772)
Impairment	(646)	(39)	(9)	—	(694)
31 December
Cost	80,277	46,169	1,299	165	127,910
Accumulated amortisation and impairment	(27,564)	(5,040)	(1,029)	(1)	(33,634)
Net book value at 31 December	52,713	41,129	270	164	94,276

(b) Goodwill

Goodwill of £38,917 million (

2024

: £41,129 million) is included in intangible assets in the balance sheet, of which the following are the significant

acquisitions: Reynolds American £29,322 million (

2024

: £31,491 million); Rothmans Group £4,208 million (

2024

: £4,091 million); Imperial Tobacco

Canada £1,994 million (

2024

: £2,229 million); ETI (Italy) £1,438 million (

2024

: £1,363 million) and ST (principally Scandinavia) £1,080 million (

2024

£1,024 million). The principal allocations of goodwill in the Rothmans acquisition are to the cash-generating units of Europe and South Africa, with the

remainder relating to operations in APMEA.

During

2025

, there was £277 million goodwill impairment (

2024

: £39 million) as explained in note 12(e)(v) and 12(e)(vii) below.

132

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(c) Trademarks and similar intangibles

Trademarks and similar intangibles with indefinite lives

The net book value of trademarks and similar intangibles with indefinite lives is £8,728 million (2024: £9,832 million) and relates to the acquisition of

Reynolds American. Following the redesignation of Newport, Camel, Natural American Spirit and Pall Mall as definite-lived from 1 January 2024, and Camel

Snus from 1 January 2025, the remaining indefinite-lived brand is Grizzly. The Grizzly trademark is a key focus brand within the U.S. oral business, with

products in both the Traditional and Modern Oral categories, and receives significant support in the form of dedicated internal resources, forecasting and, where

appropriate, marketing investment. The Grizzly trademark has significant market share and positive cash flow expectations. There are no regulatory or

contractual restrictions on the use of the trademark, and there are no plans by management to significantly redirect resources elsewhere.

Trademarks and similar intangibles with definite lives

The majority of trademarks and similar intangibles with definite lives relate to trademarks acquired in previous years. These trademarks are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which do not exceed 30 years. Included in the net book value of trademarks and similar intangibles with

definite lives are trademarks relating to the acquisition of Reynolds American totalling £38,590 million (2024: £42,605 million) including Camel Snus which

was redesignated as definite-lived from 1 January 2025 (2024: indefinite-lived) with an estimated life of 20 years. These trademarks are part of the Group’s

Strategic Portfolio of key brands and form the core focus of the U.S. combustibles business. These trademarks receive significant support in the form of

dedicated internal resources, forecasting and, where appropriate, marketing investment and have significant market share and positive cash flow expectations.

There are no regulatory or contractual restrictions on the use of the trademarks, and there are no plans by management to significantly redirect resources

elsewhere.

The below table shows the change in carrying value for the key definite-lived brands relating to the acquisition of Reynolds American.

	Carrying amount<br><br>1 January<br><br>£m	Differences on<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Amortisation Charge<br><br>£m	Carrying amount<br><br>31 December<br><br>£m
Definite-lived intangibles
Newport	20,421	(1,393)	(669)	18,359
Camel	7,696	(525)	(252)	6,919
Pall Mall	2,522	(171)	(126)	2,225
Natural American Spirit	10,272	(702)	(336)	9,234
Other	2,153	(145)	(155)	1,853
Total	43,064	(2,936)	(1,538)	38,590

(d) Computer software and assets in the course of development

Included in computer software and assets in the course of development are internally developed assets with a carrying value of £374 million (2024:

£398 million). The costs of internally developed assets include capitalised expenses of employees working full time on software development projects, third-

party consultants and software licence fees from third-party suppliers.

The Group has £6 million of future contractual commitments (2024: £5 million) related to intangible assets.

(e) Impairment testing

(i) Overview

a. Estimation uncertainty

As described in note 1, the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include the review of asset values,

especially indefinite-lived assets such as goodwill and certain definite-lived and indefinite-lived trademarks and similar intangibles.

There is significant judgement with regard to assumptions and estimates involved in the forecasting of future cash flows, which form the basis of the

assessment of the recoverability of these assets, with the effect that the value-in-use and fair value calculations incorporate estimation uncertainty, particularly

for certain assets held in relation to the U.S. market.

b. Impact of climate change

The impact of climate change has been considered in preparation of the financial statements. For impairment testing and valuation purposes, the Group have

included certain climate-related costs within the discounted cash flow forecast for impairment assessment. The Group also completed scenario analyses of the

potential impact of climate change-related risks. This sensitised discounted cash flow included chronic risks within the future cash flows and resulted in no

material adverse impact to the impairment assessment.

(ii) Impairment testing - Trademarks and similar intangibles with indefinite lives (brands)

The trademarks and similar intangibles with indefinite lives (brands) have been tested for impairment with recoverable amounts estimated on the basis of fair

value less cost of disposal and classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value calculation uses cash flows based on detailed brand budgets

prepared by management using projected sales volumes and pricing (net revenue) and projected brand profitability covering a five-year horizon and,

thereafter, grown into perpetuity. A tax amortisation benefit factor is then applied to incorporate the additional value a market participant would derive in an

asset acquisition scenario. Corporate costs are allocated to the brand budgets based on either specific allocation, where appropriate, or based on revenue. The

discount rate and terminal value growth rate applied to the brand fair value calculation have been determined by local management based on experience,

specific market and brand trends and pricing and cost expectations. As the trademarks and similar intangibles with indefinite lives relate to the acquisition of

Reynolds American, the brand budgets used in the fair value calculations have also been incorporated into the budget information used in the impairment

testing of Reynolds American goodwill.

133

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The below table indicates the key assumptions used in assessing the indefinite-lived brands for impairment.

			2025			2024
	Carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>£m	Volume 5 Year<br><br>CAGR*	Pre-tax<br><br>discount rate<br><br>%	Carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>£m	Volume 5 Year<br><br>CAGR	Pre-tax<br><br>discount rate<br><br>%
Indefinite-lived intangibles
Grizzly	8,728	5.0%	7.3	9,373	7.6%	7.6
Total	8,728			9,832

Note:

*Volume five-year CAGR is calculated by reference to the first five years annual volumes in the fair value less cost of disposal model against the 2025 baseline.

Refer to note 12(e)(vi) for more details on impairment testing.

(iii) Impairment testing - Trademarks and similar intangibles with definite lives (brands)

Whilst no impairment triggers were identified, as noted in note 12(e)(vi), the cash flow forecasts for the definite-lived brands have been incorporated in the

impairment test for the goodwill associated with the Reynolds cash-generating unit (CGU). These brands have therefore been tested for impairment with

recoverable amounts estimated on the basis of fair value less cost of disposal and classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value

calculations use cash flows based on detailed brand budgets prepared by management using projected sales volumes and pricing (net revenue) and projected

brand profitability covering a five-year horizon. Thereafter volume decline, pricing and margin assumptions are extrapolated over the remaining useful life. A

tax amortisation benefit factor is then applied to incorporate the additional value a market participant would derive in an asset acquisition scenario. Corporate

costs are allocated to the brand budgets based on either specific allocations, where appropriate, or based on revenue. The discount rates applied to the

definite-lived brand fair value calculations have been determined by local management based on experience, specific market and brand trends and pricing

and cost expectations.

The below table indicates the key assumptions used in assessing the key definite-lived brands for impairment.

			2025			2024
	Carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>£m	Volume 5 Year<br><br>CAGR*	Pre-tax<br><br>discount rate<br><br>%	Carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>£m	Volume 5 Year<br><br>CAGR	Pre-tax<br><br>discount rate<br><br>%
Definite-lived intangibles
Newport	18,359	(11.3)%	8.6	20,421	(12.5)%	8.6
Camel	6,919	(11.9)%	8.3	7,696	(12.6)%	8.6
Pall Mall	2,225	4.7%	8.4	2,522	(3.0)%	8.8
Natural American Spirit	9,234	(7.8)%	7.8	10,272	(8.1)%	7.9
Total	36,737			40,911

Note:

*Volume five-year CAGR is calculated by reference to the first five years’ annual volumes used in the discounted cash flow model against the 2025 baseline.

The above table indicates a marginal increase in volume five-year CAGR compared to the 2024 assessment, except for Pall Mall which sees a greater

improvement due to increased promotional support and growth within the branded value segment.

Refer to note 12(e)(vi) for more details on impairment testing in respect of these brands.

134

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(iv) Cash generating units and information on goodwill impairment testing

2025

, goodwill was allocated for impairment testing purposes to 17 (

2024

: 17) individual CGUs – one in the U.S. (

2024

: one), nine in AME (

2024

: nine)

and seven in APMEA (

2024

: seven).

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to the following CGUs:

		2025		2024
	Carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>£m	Pre-tax<br><br>discount rate<br><br>%	Carrying<br><br>amount<br><br>£m	Pre-tax<br><br>discount rate<br><br>%
Cash-generating unit
Reynolds American	29,322	8.5	31,491	9.0
Europe	5,632	6.6	5,358	6.7
Canada	1,994	11.4	2,229	9.8
Australia	664	11.8	662	7.9
South Africa	197	8.7	186	10.7
Singapore	371	6.7	376	8.4
GTR	246	9.2	249	7.1
Malaysia	170	10.1	187	10.6
Peru	—	N/A	74	8.7
Other	321	8.1	317	8.4
Total	38,917		41,129

Included within ‘Other’ above is goodwill arising on various acquisitions that have been allocated to eight CGUs which are, individually, insignificant. The

pre-tax discount rate represents the weighted average pre-tax discount rate.

During 2025, the Group recognised a total impairment charge to goodwill of £277 million (2024: £39 million) of which £72 million (2024: nil) is in respect

of Peru, £21 million (2024: £39 million) is in respect of Malaysia and £184 million (2024: nil) is in respect of Canada. For more details, see notes 12(e)(v),

12(e)(vi) and 12(e)(vii) respectively.

The recoverable amounts of all CGUs have been determined on a value-in-use basis. The key assumptions for the recoverable amounts of all units are the

projected sales volumes and pricing (net revenues) and terminal value growth rates, which directly impact the cash flows, and the discount rates used in the

calculation. The terminal value growth rate is used purely for the impairment testing of goodwill under IAS 36 Impairment of Assets and does not reflect

long-term planning assumptions used by the Group for investment proposals or for any other assessments.

A post-tax discount rate is applied in the impairment testing, determined using an appropriate valuation methodology that incorporates both internal data and

externally sourced market information. This applies to all CGUs with the exception of Reynolds American, for which the discount rate is independently

determined based on a weighted average cost of capital in respect of the U.S. and U.S. market-related premiums. A similar approach in respect of the

discount rate has been applied for the impairment testing of the trademarks and similar intangibles. Valuations derived from applying post-tax discount rates

to post-tax cash flows are aligned to those that would arise from applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.

The terminal value growth rates and discount rates have been applied to the budgeted cash flows of each CGU. These cash flows have been determined by

local management based on experience, specific market and brand trends, as well as pricing and cost expectations. These have been endorsed by Group

management as part of the consolidated Group’s approved budget.

(v) Impairment testing – Goodwill (excluding Reynolds American and Canada)

The value-in-use calculations use cash flows based on detailed financial budgets prepared by management covering a one-year period extrapolated over a 10-year

horizon with growth of 3% (2024: 3%) in years two to ten, after which a growth rate of 1% (2024: 1%) has been assumed as the long-term volume decline is more

than offset by pricing to drive revenue growth. A 10-year horizon is considered appropriate based on the Group’s history of profit and cash growth, its well-

balanced portfolio of brands and the industry in which it operates.

For the Peru CGU, as a result of ongoing difficult trading conditions, an impairment trigger was identified at the half year and a full impairment review was

undertaken. The value-in-use calculation reflects the short- to medium-term plans spanning a period of five years after which a terminal value growth rate of

-4% has been assumed. As a result of the review, the goodwill associated with the CGU was impaired in full with a charge of £72 million (2024: nil) being

recognised.

For the Malaysia CGU, as a result of regulatory and macro-economic conditions, the above assumptions were amended to reflect the short- to medium-term

plans spanning a period of five years after which a terminal value growth rate of -1.4% has been assumed. The Malaysian government announced new

regulations under the Control of Smoking Products for Public Health Act 2024, which came into effect in 2025 and has impacted the sale of tobacco and

vapour products. As a result of the impact of the new regulations, the Group exited the vapour market in Malaysia and, as a result, goodwill associated with

the Malaysia CGU has been impaired by £21 million (2024: £39 million). The carrying amount indicated in the table above in note 12(e)(iv) reflects the

recoverable amount of the CGU, being its value-in-use.

For the Australia CGU, as a result of regulatory and macro-economic conditions, the above assumptions were amended to reflect the short- to medium-term

plans spanning a period of five years after which a terminal value growth rate of -0.8% has been assumed. For 2025, the discount rate disclosed in the table

above is a weighted average rate applied across the different components that form the Australian CGU.

Following the application of a reasonable range of sensitivities to all CGUs, there was no reasonably possible scenario identified that would lead to a

potential impairment charge.

135

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(vi) Impairment testing – Reynolds American

Goodwill and the brand intangibles relating to Reynolds American

Subsequent to the FDA announcement on 28 April 2022 of a proposed product standard to prohibit menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes, the FDA

formally submitted the final product standard to the Office of Management and Budget on 18 October 2023. Following delays, in January 2025, the new

Trump Administration withdrew the rule from the Office of Management and Budget. The Spring 2025 Unified Agenda was released on 4 September 2025

wherein the menthol ban rule was no longer listed on the Long-Term Actions list and was instead designated as “withdrawn”.

On 21 June 2022, the FDA announced plans to develop a proposed product standard that would establish a maximum nicotine level in cigarettes and certain

other combustible tobacco products to reduce addictiveness. On 15 January 2025, in the final days of the outgoing Biden Administration, the FDA issued a

proposed product standard whereby the agency would limit nicotine levels in cigarettes following a two-year effective date from publication of any final rule.

However, on 20 January 2025, President Trump issued a memorandum entitled ‘Regulatory Freeze Pending Review’ which froze all rules and proposed rules

pending review by the new Administration. The Spring 2025 Unified Agenda was released on 4 September 2025. The rule was no longer listed on the Long-

Term Actions list and was instead designated as “withdrawn”.

It is management’s view that neither rule will be advanced during the Trump Administration ending in 2029, though the risk remains that a future

administration may do so. However, given the extensive rule making process, it would be unlikely that a rule would be implemented within the five year

discrete forecast period used for impairment testing. Management notes that the timetable for and likelihood of any product standard in respect of either

menthol as a characterising flavour or nicotine levels in cigarettes remains uncertain. It is also noted that the Group has a long-standing track record of

managing regulatory shifts and, in the event of regulatory change, the Group remains confident in its ability to navigate that environment successfully.

Noting the above, for the intangibles impairment assessment, neither a federal menthol ban nor any rule limiting nicotine levels in cigarettes was assumed in

the cash flow forecast used as the basis for the valuations performed. The value-in-use calculation for the total U.S. CGU and the fair value calculations for

the brand intangibles have been determined based on a single cash flow forecast. This is a change from the approach in 2022, 2023 and 2024 whereby the

value-in-use calculation for the total U.S. CGU and the fair value calculations for the brand intangibles were determined based on probability weighted

scenarios, incorporating various assumptions on the potential timing for a final product standard to prohibit menthol as a characterising flavour in cigarettes

becoming effective, to derive a risk-adjusted cash flow forecast applied within the valuations.

The cash flow forecast for the remaining indefinite-lived brand Grizzly, as mentioned in note 12(e)(ii) above, has been incorporated in the cash flow forecast

used in the Reynolds American goodwill model. Similarly, the model also incorporates a five-year cash flow forecast for the definite-lived brands, based on

detailed brand budgets prepared by management using projected sales volumes and pricing (net revenue) and projected brand profitability. After this forecast,

a terminal value growth rate of 1.0% (2024: 1.0%) has been assumed for the Reynolds American cash-generating unit.

For the Grizzly brand impairment test, a terminal value growth rate of 1.0% (2024: 1.0%) is also applied. Following an update of the recoverable amount

based on the fair value less cost of disposal for Grizzly, management concluded that the carrying value of the brand is supported by cash flows generated by

the combined Traditional Oral and Grizzly Modern Oral product portfolio. There is significant judgement with regard to assumptions and estimates involved

in the forecasting of future cash flows, which form the basis of the fair value calculation, and this is particularly true given the launch of the Grizzly Modern

Oral product in 2024. A detailed external study was commissioned in 2023 and updated in 2024 and 2025 to assist management with an independent view of

the potential impacts on volume forecasts of cross-category use of Modern Oral products by Traditional Oral consumers to inform our forecast for the

evolution of industry volumes for both Traditional Oral and Modern Oral and the potential share of market for the latter that a Grizzly product offering can

achieve.

As explained in note 12(e)(iii), the impairment test calculations for Newport, Camel, Pall Mall and Natural American Spirit use cash flows based on detailed

brand budgets prepared by management over a five-year horizon after which volume decline, pricing and margin assumptions are extrapolated over the

remaining useful life.

The excess of recoverable amount over the carrying value (headroom) of the Reynolds American cash-generating unit and the Newport, Camel, Pall Mall,

Natural American Spirit and Grizzly brand intangibles would be reduced to nil if the following individual changes were made to the key assumptions used in

the impairment model.

		Reynolds<br><br>American<br><br>goodwill	Newport	Camel	Pall Mall	Natural<br><br>American<br><br>Spirit	Grizzly
Current headroom	£m	42,241	1,676	2,724	2,399	544	773
Assumptions:
Decrease in volume year-on-year in the discrete period by an<br><br>additional *	%		(0.9)	(3.6)	(9.6)	(0.5)	(1.6)
Increase in pre-tax discount rate by	%	4.1	1.4	5.9	16.6	0.7	0.5
Decrease in terminal value growth rate by**	%	(4.3)					(0.6)

Notes:

*Brand Intangibles only. Volume sensitivity results in a proportional reduction in both net revenue and direct costs with no impact to operating margin %. Fixed overhead cost allocations remain flat. This

demonstrates a year-on-year decrease in operating cash flow for the discrete forecast years for Grizzly and the remaining useful lives for other definite-lived trademarks. Before sensitising, the CAGRs over the

remaining useful lives following the discrete period are as follows – Newport: -10.9%, Camel: -10.7%, Pall Mall: -15.7% and Natural American Spirit: -7.6%.

**Goodwill and Grizzly indefinite-lived brand intangible only.

(vii) Impairment testing – Canada

Goodwill relating to Imperial Tobacco Canada Ltd (ITCAN)

In March 2019, ITCAN obtained an Initial Order from the Ontario Superior Court of Justice granting it protection under the Companies’ Creditors

Arrangement Act (CCAA). Under a confidential court supervised mediation process, ITCAN began the process of negotiating a possible settlement of all of

its outstanding tobacco litigation in Canada while continuing to run its business in the normal course. On 17 October 2024, the court-appointed mediator and

monitor filed a proposed plan of compromise and arrangement in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice. Substantially similar proposed plans were also filed

for RBH and JTIM (collectively, the Proposed Plans).

Under the Proposed Plans, ITCAN, RBH and JTIM (the Companies) would pay an aggregate settlement amount of CAD$32.5 billion (£17.6 billion at 31

December 2025) (the Global Settlement Amount). This amount would be funded by:

–an upfront payment equal to all the Companies' cash and cash equivalents on hand (including investments held at fair value) plus certain court deposits

(subject to an aggregate industry holdback of CAD$750 million (£407 million)) plus 85% of any cash tax refunds that may be received by the Companies

on account of the upfront payments; and

–annual payments based on a percentage (initially 85%, reducing over time) of each of the Companies’ net income after taxes, based on amounts generated

from all sources, excluding New Categories, until the aggregate settlement amount is paid. The performance of ITCAN’s New Categories (including

vapour products and nicotine pouches) is not included in the basis for calculating the annual payments.

136

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

On 31 October 2024, the court granted the Claims Procedure Orders and Meeting Orders. In accordance with the Meeting Order, a creditors' meeting was

held on 12 December 2024 and the Proposed Plans were approved by the requisite majorities of the creditors. A sanction hearing took place between 29-31

January 2025. During the sanction hearing, the court was asked to sanction the Proposed Plans. Motions for orders to amend elements of the Proposed Plans

were presented on 27 February 2025. The requested amendments to the Proposed Plans resulted in allocating the cash holdback of CAD$750 million

(£407 million at 31 December 2025 rate of exchange) from the upfront payment to RBH. On 3 March 2025, the court approved that the Proposed Plans be

amended accordingly (the Amended Plans).

On 6 March 2025, the court sanctioned the Amended Plans, herein referred to as the Approved Plans. In this sanction order, the court also extended the Stays

of litigation up to the implementation date of the Approved Plans.

On 29 August 2025 following completion of a number of administrative steps, the Approved Plans were implemented and ITCAN exited the CCAA process.

In the second half of 2025, the anticipated upfront payment was paid into the Global Settlement Trust Account as the Upfront Cash Contribution of the

Global Settlement Amount. Refer to the ‘Upfront payment’ section in note 24 for more details.

The Approved Plan for ITCAN resolves all Canadian tobacco litigation and provides a full and comprehensive release to ITCAN, BAT p.l.c. and all related

companies for all past, present and future tobacco claims in Canada.

The value-in-use calculation for the Canada CGU has been prepared based on a five-year cash flow forecast, after which a terminal value rate of decline of

3.65% (2024: decline of 3.65%) on the underlying business is assumed. In line with the requirements of IAS 36, the value-in-use derived from the forecast

cash flows has been adjusted to include the book value of the provision recognised in respect of the Approved Plans and the liability is included within the

carrying value of the Canada CGU for the purposes of the impairment test.

A pre-tax discount rate of 11.4% (2024: 9.8%) has been assumed. Further details on the provision for the liability associated with the Approved Plans and the

discount rate applied to such provision, which differs to that applied for the impairment assessment, can be found in note 24.

As a result of a rebasing of forecasts reflecting the current difficult trading environment, an impairment charge of £184 million has been recognised in respect

of goodwill associated with the Canada CGU. The remaining carrying value, as disclosed in note 12(e)(iv), reflects the recoverable amount, being the value-

in-use of the CGU.

The table below indicates the additional amount of impairment that would be required if the following individual changes were made to key assumptions

within the value-in-use model.

	Additional<br><br>impairment<br><br>£m
Assumptions
Decrease in volume by 3% year-on-year*	(355)
Decrease in five-year pricing CAGR by additional 1%	(110)
Increase in pre-tax discount rate by 100 bps	(116)

Note:

*Volume sensitivity results in a proportional reduction in both net revenue and direct costs with no impact to other operating costs which remain flat. This demonstrates a year-on-year decrease in operating cash

flow for the forecast years.

137

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

13 Property, plant and equipment

(a) Overview of property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets

						2025
	Freehold<br><br>property<br><br>£m	Leasehold<br><br>property<br><br>£m	Plant,<br><br>equipment and<br><br>other owned<br><br>£m	Plant,<br><br>equipment and<br><br>other leased<br><br>£m	Assets in the<br><br>course of<br><br>construction<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January
Cost	1,360	888	5,566	437	601	8,852
Accumulated depreciation and impairment	(493)	(431)	(3,293)	(256)		(4,473)
Net book value at 1 January	867	457	2,273	181	601	4,379
Differences on exchange	1	3	(17)	(5)	5	(13)
Additions
– right-of-use assets	—	60	—	77	—	137
– separately acquired	—	—	17	—	543	560
Reallocations	51	28	431	(3)	(507)	—
Depreciation	(36)	(96)	(307)	(82)	—	(521)
Impairment	(1)	(11)	(33)	—	10	(35)
Right-of-use assets − reassessments, modifications<br><br>and terminations	—	(2)	—	(3)	—	(5)
Disposals	(3)	(2)	(10)	(1)	—	(16)
Net reclassifications as held-for-sale	—	(1)	—	—	(2)	(3)
31 December
Cost	1,402	883	5,909	432	650	9,276
Accumulated depreciation and impairment	(523)	(447)	(3,555)	(268)		(4,793)
Net book value at 31 December	879	436	2,354	164	650	4,483	2024
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Freehold<br><br>property<br><br>£m	Leasehold<br><br>property<br><br>£m	Plant,<br><br>equipment and<br><br>other owned<br><br>£m	Plant,<br><br>equipment and<br><br>other leased<br><br>£m	Assets in the<br><br>course of<br><br>construction<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January
Cost	1,418	895	5,702	375	654	9,044
Accumulated depreciation and impairment	(437)	(443)	(3,360)	(221)		(4,461)
Net book value at 1 January	981	452	2,342	154	654	4,583
Differences on exchange	(29)	(26)	(139)	(4)	(37)	(235)
Additions
– right-of-use assets	—	152	—	105	—	257
– separately acquired	—	—	23	—	469	492
Reallocations	87	13	385	—	(485)	—
Depreciation	(35)	(97)	(291)	(74)	—	(497)
Impairment	(89)	(41)	(41)	(2)	—	(173)
Right-of-use assets − reassessments, modifications<br><br>and terminations	—	8	—	2	—	10
Disposals	(48)	(3)	(6)	—	—	(57)
Net reclassifications as held-for-sale	—	(1)	—	—	—	(1)
31 December
Cost	1,360	888	5,566	437	601	8,852
Accumulated depreciation and impairment	(493)	(431)	(3,293)	(256)		(4,473)
Net book value at 31 December	867	457	2,273	181	601	4,379

Refer to notes 4 and 7 for more information on property, plant and equipment impairments, except for assets in the course of construction.

Included in additions in

2025

is an amount of £8 million (2024: £30 million) related to sustainability as explained in note 33. Also in 2025, an impairment of

£12 million for some assets in the course of construction was reversed as a use for these assets could be found elsewhere. The £3 million of assets classified

as held-for-sale in 2025 relates to Brascuba, as discussed in note 27(d)(i).

As discussed in note 5(b), in 2024, the Group completed certain sale and leaseback transactions. The cash flow effect of these transactions was £37 million.

The Group has £72 million of future contractual commitments (2024: £67 million) related to property, plant and equipment.

138

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(b) Right-of-use assets

In accordance with IFRS 16 Leases, the right-of-use assets related to leased properties have been included in the asset class ‘Leasehold Property’ (note 13(c))

and other right-of-use assets have been reported under ‘Plant, equipment and other leased’.

The Group leases various offices, warehouses, retail spaces, equipment and vehicles through its subsidiaries across the globe. Arrangements are entered into

in the ordinary course of business, and lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions reflecting

local commercial practice. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor.

Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Assets representing ‘plant, equipment and other leased’ relate to leases of various assets including industrial equipment and distribution vehicles in Brazil,

Canada, China, Italy, Mexico, Pakistan, Romania, the UK, the U.S. and other countries.

(c) Leasehold property

As of 31 December 2025, the Group holds £111 million (2024: £95 million) of leasehold properties acquired and another £325 million (2024: £362 million)

of right-of-use leased properties.

Assets representing ‘leasehold property’ relate to leases in respect of offices, retail space, warehouses and manufacturing facilities occupied by Group

subsidiaries and include property leases with lease terms of more than five years in Bangladesh, Brazil, China, Germany, Italy, Nigeria, Pakistan, Singapore,

the U.S. and Vietnam, amongst other countries. In addition, capitalised expenditure representing leasehold improvements is included in this asset class.

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Leasehold land and property comprises
– net book value of long leasehold	21	22
– net book value of short leasehold	415	435
	436	457		2025
---	---	---	---	---	---
Leasehold property net book value movements for the year ended 31<br><br>December 2025	Net book value at<br><br>1 January<br><br>£m	Differences on<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Depreciation and<br><br>impairment<br><br>£m	Other net<br><br>movements*<br><br>£m	Net book value at<br><br>31 December<br><br>£m
– Property acquired (IAS 16)	95	7	(14)	23	111
– Right-of-use properties (IFRS 16)	362	(4)	(93)	60	325
	457	3	(107)	83	436	2024
---	---	---	---	---	---
Leasehold property net book value movements for the year ended 31<br><br>December 2024	Net book value at 1<br><br>January<br><br>£m	Differences on<br><br>exchange<br><br>£m	Depreciation and<br><br>impairment<br><br>£m	Other net<br><br>movements*<br><br>£m	Net book value at<br><br>31 December<br><br>£m
– Property acquired (IAS 16)	147	(7)	(50)	5	95
– Right-of-use properties (IFRS 16)	305	(19)	(88)	164	362
	452	(26)	(138)	169	457

Note:

*Property acquired (IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment) other net movements for leasehold improvements represent additions (directly acquired and/or transferred from assets in the course of construction) net

of disposals, whereas other net movements for right-of-use properties (IFRS 16) relate to new leases net of reassessments, modifications and terminations as reported in the Property, plant and equipment

movement table in note 13(a).

(d) Freehold property

As of 31 December 2025, the Group owns freehold property amounting to £879 million (2024: £867 million), representing factories, warehouses and office

buildings, together with adjoining land, mainly in the U.S., the UK, Bangladesh, Indonesia and Croatia.

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Cost of freehold land within freehold property on which no depreciation is provided	147	151

139

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

14 Investments in associates and joint ventures

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
1 January	1,902	1,970
Total comprehensive income (note 9)	646	559
Dividends	(386)	(447)
Additions (note 27(b)(ii))	34	48
Disposals (note 27(b)(i))	(167)	(227)
Changes in associate’s business undertakings – demerger of ITC Hotels	(533)	—
Other equity movements	25	(1)
31 December	1,521	1,902
Non-current assets	947	1,230
Current assets	1,056	1,205
Non-current liabilities	(98)	(97)
Current liabilities	(384)	(436)
	1,521	1,902
ITC Ltd. (Group’s share of the market value is £9,558 million (2024: £14,357 million))	1,348	1,762
Other listed associates (Group’s share of the market value is £184 million (2024: £224 million))	127	98
Unlisted associates	46	42
	1,521	1,902

The principal associate undertaking of the Group is ITC Ltd. (ITC). Included within the dividends amount of £386 million (2024: £447 million) are £376

million (2024: £434 million) attributable to dividends declared by ITC.

ITC Ltd.

ITC is an Indian conglomerate based in Kolkata with interests in cigarettes, paper and packaging, agri-business, other fast-moving goods (e.g. confectionery,

branded apparel, personal care, stationery and safety matches) and, up until the date of demerger (as described below), hotels. BAT’s interest in ITC is 22.91%.

ITC prepares accounts on a quarterly basis with a 31 March year-end. As permitted by IAS 28 Investments in associates and joint ventures, results up to 30

September 2025 have been used in applying the equity method. This is driven by the availability of information at the half-year, to be consistent with the treatment in

the Group’s interim accounts. Any further information available after the date used for reporting purposes is reviewed and any material items adjusted for in the final

results. The latest published information available is at 31 December 2025.

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Non-current assets	3,605	4,456
Current assets	3,872	4,152
Non-current liabilities	(304)	(306)
Current liabilities	(1,287)	(1,376)
	5,886	6,926
Group’s share of ITC Ltd. (2025: 22.91%; 2024: 25.45%)	1,348	1,762

On 28 May 2025, the Group announced the divestment of 313,000,000 ordinary shares held in ITC, representing 10% of the Group's equity stake (the

equivalent of 2.5% of ITC's ordinary shares). Refer to note 27(b)(i) for further details.

On 13 March 2024, the Group announced the divestment of 436,851,457 ordinary shares held in ITC, representing 12% of the Group's equity stake (the

equivalent of 3.5% of ITC's ordinary shares). Refer to note 27(b)(i) for further details.

On 24 July 2023, ITC announced a proposed demerger of its ‘Hotels Business’ under a scheme of arrangement by which 60% of the newly incorporated

entity would be held directly by ITC's shareholders proportionate to their shareholding in ITC. In January 2025, ITC Hotels Limited (ITC Hotels) was listed

and commenced trading on the National Stock Exchange of India (NSE) and Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE). The Group’s direct stake in ITC Hotels was

15% at that time and was recognised as an investment held at fair value (refer to note 18).

Organigram Global Inc.

On 11 March 2021, the Group announced a strategic collaboration agreement with Organigram Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of publicly traded

Organigram Global Inc. (collectively, Organigram). Under the terms of the transaction, a Group subsidiary acquired a 19.90% equity stake in Organigram

Global Inc. (listed on both the Nasdaq and Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol ‘OGI’) to become its largest shareholder. Due to subsequent

acquisitions carried out by Organigram and the Group’s additional investments, referred to below, the Group’s effective interest in Organigram for equity

accounting purposes at the end of 2025 was 36.77% (2024: 35.09%) of which common shares accounted for 26.90% (2024: 27.82%) and preferred shares for

9.87% (2024: 7.27%). Organigram prepares accounts on a quarterly basis with a 30 September year-end. As permitted by IAS 28, results up to 30 September

2025 have been used in applying the equity method.

No impairment has been recognised during the year and the carrying value of this investment as at 31 December 2025 was £94 million (2024: £65 million).

Management will continue to monitor the carrying value, in line with IAS 36, over the course of future periods.

In November 2023, the Group announced the signing of an agreement for a further investment in Organigram. At 31 December 2023, the proposed

investment of CAD$125 million (£74 million) was subject to customary conditions, including necessary approvals by the shareholders of Organigram, which

was given on 18 January 2024. On 24 January 2024, BAT made the first tranche investment of CAD$42 million (£24 million) acquiring a further 12,893,175

common shares of Organigram at a price of CAD$3.22 per share. On 30 August 2024, BAT made the second tranche investment of CAD$42 million

(£24 million) acquiring a further 4,429,740 common shares and 8,463,435 preferred shares of Organigram at a price of CAD$3.22 per share. Goodwill of

£5 million was recognised following these investments which has been recognised net of fair value of the embedded derivative in relation to the investment

agreement. On 28 February 2025, the Group made the third and final tranche investment in Organigram for CAD$42 million (£23 million) subscribing for

140

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

7,562,447 common shares and 5,330,728 preferred shares at the same price as the previous two tranches. Under the terms of the agreement, the Group’s

voting rights are restricted to 30%.

Charlotte’s Web Holdings Inc.

In November 2022, the Group announced a £48 million investment in Charlotte’s Web Holdings, Inc. (Charlotte's Web). Based in Colorado, USA, and listed

on the Toronto Stock Exchange, Charlotte’s Web holds a prominent position in innovative hemp extract wellness products. The Group’s investment has been

made via a seven-year convertible debenture which is convertible at the Group’s discretion into a non-controlling equity stake in Charlotte’s Web of around

19.9%. As part of the investment agreement, the Group has the right to appoint directors to the board of Charlotte’s Web. However, given the investment

does not give the Group any current right to a share of the earnings or net assets of the investee, the investment has been classified as an investment at fair

value through profit and loss (see note 18). On conversion of the loan note, the Group would equity account for its investment.

Other

During the year, the Group further invested £3 million in Awake Corporation (Awake) increasing our interest to 41.6%. Previous to the additional

investment, the Group classified the investment as fair value through other comprehensive income. Following the additional investment, the Group applied

equity accounting and the carrying value of Awake as at 31 December 2025 is £11 million of which goodwill is £10 million.

In 2025, the Group fully impaired its investment in Steady State LLC resulting to a loss of £6 million.

In December 2025, the Group disposed of its fully written off investment in Samfruit JSC for consideration of nil.

15 Retirement benefit schemes

The Group's subsidiary undertakings in multiple jurisdictions operate various funded and unfunded defined benefit schemes, including pension and post-

retirement healthcare schemes, and defined contribution pension schemes, with the Group’s most significant arrangements being in the U.S., the UK,

Canada, Germany, Switzerland and the Netherlands. Together, schemes in these territories account for over 90% of the total underlying obligations of the

Group’s defined benefit arrangements and over 60% of the current service cost.

Pension obligations consist mainly of final salary pension schemes which provide benefits to members in the form of a guaranteed level of pension payable

for life. The level of benefits provided depends on members’ length of service and their salary in the final years leading up to retirement. In addition, the

Group operates several healthcare benefit schemes, of which the most significant are in the U.S. and Canada. The majority of defined benefit schemes allow

for the future accrual of benefits. With the exception of arrangements required under local regulations, most of the Group’s arrangements are closed to new

entrants.

The liabilities arising in respect of defined benefit schemes are determined in accordance with the advice of independent, professionally qualified actuaries,

using the projected unit credit method. It is Group policy that all schemes are formally valued at least every three years. The costs of such plans are

recognised in the Group income statement within operating profit as part of employment costs. Service costs are spread systematically over the expected

service lives of employees with past service costs or credits, the impact of settlements and curtailments, and the net interest on the net defined benefit deficit

or surplus recognised in the periods in which they arise. Actuarial gains and losses and surplus restrictions are recognised immediately in other

comprehensive income. Benefits provided through defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as payments fall due.

Through its defined benefit pension schemes and healthcare benefit schemes, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, including:

–Asset volatility: The scheme liabilities are calculated using discount rates set by reference to bond yields. If scheme assets underperform this yield, e.g. due

to stock market volatility, this may create a deficit. However, most funded schemes hold a proportion of assets which are expected to outperform bonds in

the long-term, and the majority of schemes by value are subject to local regulations regarding funding deficits. In addition, schemes in the UK and Canada

have purchased insurance contracts which exactly match the valuation volatility of all or part of the scheme liabilities.

–Changes in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase scheme liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase in the

value of the schemes’ bond holdings, ‘buy-in’ insurance assets or other hedging instruments.

–Inflation risk: Some of the Group’s pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities, although in most cases,

caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place in the scheme rules, while some assets and derivatives provide specific inflation protection.

–Life expectancy: The majority of the schemes’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an

increase in the plans’ liabilities. Assumptions regarding mortality and mortality improvements are regularly reviewed in line with actuarial tables and

scheme specific experience.

The Group has an internal body, the Pensions Executive Committee (PEC), that is chaired by the Group Finance Director. The PEC sets and oversees a set of

philosophies, policies and practices in respect of post-employment benefits including, but not limited to, design, funding, investment strategy, risk

management and governance. It also reviews significant changes to defined benefit schemes in the countries with the most significant liabilities, and defined

contribution schemes in the countries with the most significant costs. Significant changes to defined benefit arrangements include scheme closures to future

accrual and risk management exercises such as the ‘buy-in’ and ‘buy-out’ transactions referred to below.

A ‘buy-out’ transaction is where a pension scheme derecognises all (or part) of its liabilities, removing it from the balance sheet, by permanently transferring

those obligations from the sponsoring employer to a third-party provider and eliminating all further legal or constructive obligation to the pension scheme or

to the sponsoring employer. By contrast, with a ‘buy-in’ transaction the scheme liabilities remain on the balance sheet and the sponsoring employer remains

responsible for the fulfilment of the pension obligations. However, these obligations are de-risked through the purchase of an insurance product designed to

match the underlying cash flows of the pension liability reducing the risks associated with improved longevity and interest and discount rate movements. The

Group consequently benefits from the ‘buy-in’ as it reduces the individual scheme’s reliance on the Group for future cash funding requirements.

All of the Group’s arrangements, including funded schemes where formal trusts or equivalents are required, have been developed and are operated in

accordance with local practices and regulations where applicable in the countries concerned. Responsibility for the governance of these schemes, including

specific investment decisions and funding contribution schedules, generally lies with the trustees, or equivalent bodies, of each arrangement. The trustees will

usually consist of representatives appointed by both the sponsoring company and the beneficiaries.

The funded arrangements in the Group have policies on investment management, including strategies over a preferred long-term investment profile, and

schemes in certain territories including Canada and the Netherlands manage their bond portfolios to match the weighted average duration of scheme

liabilities. In addition, as noted below, certain arrangements in the UK, Canada and the Netherlands have been de-risked through the purchase of insurance

policies. The majority of funded schemes are subject to local regulations regarding funding requirements. Contributions to defined benefit schemes are

determined after consultation with the respective trustees and actuaries of the individual externally funded schemes, and after taking into account regulatory

requirements in each territory. The Group’s contributions to funded defined benefit schemes in 2026 in total are expected to be £22 million compared to

£20 million in 2025.

U.S.

In the U.S., the main funded pension plan is the Reynolds and Affiliates Pension Plan (RAPP) which was formed at the end of 2022 through a merger of the

Reynolds American Retirement Plan (PEP) and the Retirement Income Plan for Certain RAI Affiliates (Affiliates). The only funded healthcare scheme is the

Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation Welfare & Fringe Benefit Plan. Each of the above were established with corporate trustees that are required to

141

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

run the plan in accordance with the plan’s rules and to comply with all relevant legislation, including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

The corporate trustees act as custodians with a committee of local management acting in a fiduciary capacity with regard to investment decisions, risk

mitigation and administration of the arrangements. Contributions to the various funded plans are agreed with the named fiduciary, scheme actuaries and the

committee of local management after taking account of statutory requirements including the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended. Through its U.S.

subsidiaries, the Group may make contributions, either as required by statutory requirements or at the discretion of the Group. As discussed further below, as

of 31 December 2025, the Reynolds American Pension Plan was reporting a surplus and is greater than 100% funded, with the aim of remaining fully funded

in the long-term. During 2025, the Group contributed £5 million (2024: £10 million) to its funded pension and post-retirement plans in the U.S. The Group

does not expect to make significant contributions in 2026.

With effect from 31 December 2024, accrual has ceased for salaried U.S. employees who participate in the qualified (RAPP) and non-qualified pension

plans. A past service credit of £18 million was recognised on the difference between the salary increase assumption for active members and the inflation

assumption for deferred members at the date of the plan amendment and curtailment of benefits.

For funded plans in the U.S., the trustees employ a risk mitigation strategy which seeks to balance pension plan returns with a reasonable level of funded

status volatility. Based on this framework, the asset allocation has two primary components. The first component is the hedging portfolio, which primarily

consists of extended duration fixed income holdings (typically U.S. Government and investment grade corporate bonds) and, to a lesser extent, derivatives

used to match the majority of the interest rate risk associated with the benefit obligations, thereby reducing expected funded status volatility. The second

component is the return-seeking portfolio, which is designed to enhance portfolio returns. The return-seeking portfolio is broadly diversified.

At 31 December 2025, the Reynolds and Affiliates Pension Plan was reporting a surplus under IAS 19 in total of £533 million (2024: £507 million). Under

the rules of this plan, after assuming the gradual settlement of the plan liabilities over the lives of the arrangements, the majority of any surplus would be

repurposed for other existing or replacement benefit plans. Residual amounts returnable to the Group in the event of a termination or other distribution would

trigger an excise charge and, accordingly, a surplus restriction of £54 million (2024: £14 million) has been recognised.

In addition to the above, assets and liabilities of £34 million and £35 million, respectively, in relation to a legacy U.S. arrangement acquired with the Imasco

Limited transaction in 2000 were settled during the year.

United Kingdom

In the UK, the main pension arrangement is the British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund (UKPF), which is established under trust law and has a

corporate trustee (the UK Trustee) that is required to run the scheme in accordance with the UKPF’s Trust Deed and Rules and to comply with the Pension

Scheme Act 1993, Pensions Act 1995, Pensions Act 2004 and all other relevant legislation. The UKPF was closed to new members from 1 April 2005, and

with effect from 1 July 2020, UKPF was closed to further accrual of benefits with all active members becoming deferred members.

As part of its risk management strategy, on 31 May 2019, the UK Trustee entered into a buy-in agreement with Pension Insurance Corporation plc (PIC) to

acquire an insurance policy with the intent of matching a specific part of the UKPF’s future cash flows arising from the accrued pension liabilities of retired

and deferred members and improving the security to the UKPF and its members. On 19 May 2021, the UK Trustee entered into an agreement with PIC to

acquire a second buy-in policy with PIC, and on 26 October 2022, a third and final buy-in policy was acquired with PIC. The premiums paid on each buy-in

transaction were subject to a subsequent true-up process to take account of data verification and changes in membership data and this process was concluded

on 29 August 2025 with a net payment to the UKPF of £20 million which has been recognised within actuarial gains and losses on plan assets.

On 19 September 2025, the UK Trustee entered into a buy-out transaction with PIC with the premium of £28 million being paid on 22 September 2025 by

the UK Trustee from Fund assets at that time. A member communication, confirming the UK Trustee decisions regarding the buy-out, proposed distribution

of surplus assets to the Group and the initiation of a formal wind-up process, which is supported by the Group, has been issued to scheme members. The

second statutory surplus notice was issued to members in January 2026 confirming the UK Trustee decision to return the remaining surplus to the sponsoring

employer less applicable tax. The Group will have exposure to certain contingent risks as a result of the buy-out and wind-up process which are not

considered to be material.

The buy-out process will not conclude until the liabilities of the UKPF have been formally extinguished by the issuance of individual insurance contracts to

all scheme members, which is scheduled for the first half of 2026. Consequently, the Group has continued to report and value the liabilities of the UKPF at

31 December 2025. The value of the liabilities (and matching assets) at this date was £1,845 million. The settlement cost of these liabilities, represented by

the additional premium, has been recognised as a charge and an adjusting item in the current year.

On 16 March 2023, the Schedule of Contributions was amended to remove any funding commitment for the foreseeable future, which was reconfirmed in the

Schedule of Contributions dated 17 December 2023. Consequently, no contributions were made to the UKPF in 2025 or 2024 and given the proposed wind-

up of the trust, no further contributions are expected in future.

The formal triennial actuarial valuation of the UKPF was last carried out with an effective date of 31 March 2023. This showed that UKPF had a surplus of

£111 million on a technical provisions basis, in accordance with the statutory funding objective. Under IAS 19, this was reported as a net retirement benefit

asset of £142 million (2024: £169 million). Under the UKPF scheme rules, the UK Trustee does not have a unilateral power to commence a wind up of the

UKPF, and the Group has historically recognised a surplus as an unconditional right to a refund assuming the gradual settlement of the UKPF liabilities over

the life of the scheme with any future surplus returnable to the Group at the end of the life of the scheme. Given the initiation of the wind-up process and the

intention to distribute the surplus assets to the Group once the buyout process is complete and the scheme liabilities are fully extinguished, the scheme assets

not represented by the value of the insurance contracts have been recognised at fair value. Under current tax legislation, a charge of 25% (2024: 25%) would

arise on the gross amount of any authorised surplus payment and the potential impact of this has been accounted for as part of the Group’s deferred tax

liability. The surplus noted above is stated after a restriction for the estimated value of run-off and wind-up costs due to be incurred, which has been estimated

to be around £5 million.

In June 2023, the High Court handed down a decision in the case of Virgin Media Limited v NTL Pension Trustees II Limited and Ors. This decision has

potential but uncertain implications in the UK for the validity of certain amendments to contracted-out arrangements between 1997 and 2016 where the

requisite actuarial confirmation was not obtained at the time amendments were made. An amendment to a contracted-out scheme without appropriate

actuarial confirmation could be void. On 5 June 2025, the UK Government announced that they intended to introduce legislation to give affected pension

schemes the ability to retrospectively obtain written actuarial confirmation that historical benefit changes met the necessary standards.

On 2 September 2025, the UK Government published draft amendments to the Pensions Scheme Bill. The draft legislation will need to be agreed by both

Houses of Parliament before it passes into law. The timeframe for this legislation is unclear at present. In response to this, the UK Trustee has undertaken

limited investigation into this matter pending further developments and opinions from the Courts and the UK Government. As at 31 December 2025 and

31 December 2024, management have not identified any benefit uncertainties for which the potential impact would need to be considered and will continue

to monitor developments during 2026 and beyond. Under the existing insurance policies, any potential exposure arising from this issue would be uninsured

and wholly borne by the Group.

Other territories

Payments made to pensioners by the operating companies in Germany, net of income on scheme assets, are deemed to be company contributions to the

Contractual Trust Arrangements and are anticipated to be around £5 million in 2026 and £38 million per annum for the four years after that. Contributions to

pension schemes in Canada, Netherlands and Switzerland in total are anticipated to be around £5 million in 2026 and then also around £2 million per annum

for the four years after that.

142

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

For schemes in Germany reporting surpluses of £173 million (2024: £103 million), these surpluses have been recognised as an unconditional right to a refund

assuming the gradual settlement of the pension liabilities over the life of the scheme, with any future surplus returnable to the Group at the end of the life of the

scheme. For schemes in surplus in Canada of £30 million (2024: £34 million), the economic benefit has been calculated as a combination of the expected level

of administration expenses which may be charged to the plan assets in accordance with the plan rules, which economically represents a potential surplus refund,

and the value of the employer reserve account as defined in legislation, which represents a potential reduction in contributions on an ongoing basis or a surplus

refund at the end of the life of the scheme.

On 8 May 2025, the main pension scheme in the Netherlands (Stichting Pensioenfonds British American Tobacco) carried out a partial buy-in transaction as

part of the Group’s derisking strategy with Aegon Levensverzekering N.V. for an insurance contract which covers the nominal pension entitlements at 30

April 2025 and future price inflation. In addition, future accruals of benefits will continue for the 11 active members up to the end of December 2027. The

deal was fully financed by existing assets of €586 million (£498 million) of the pension fund, realising a loss on transfer of assets of approximately

€67 million (£57 million) recognised as part of the actuarial loss on the revaluation of scheme assets and liabilities in Other Comprehensive Income.

In addition, on 1 October 2024, the Group concluded a transaction to transfer all of the remaining assets and liabilities of the scheme associated with the

Group’s Groningen factory, which closed in 2022, allowing the Group to fully settle these obligations by transfer to an insurance company, Nationale-

Nederlanden, in a buy-out arrangement. Approximately €235 million (£199 million) of plan assets and liabilities were removed from the balance sheet.

On 14 November 2023, the Group through its Canadian subsidiaries entered into a buy-in agreement with two insurers to acquire insurance policies that

operate as assets of its second largest Canadian scheme, the Imperial Tobacco Corporate Pension Plan (Corporate Plan), by transferring plan assets of

CAD$194 million (£114 million). The transaction was met entirely from the pension plan assets with no further funding required from the Group. The buy-in

covered all the Corporate Plan’s liabilities in relation to pensioners and deferred members as well as the pensions accrued up to 31 December 2022 for active

members. The Group consequently benefits from the buy-in as it reduces the Corporate Plan’s reliance on the Group for future cash funding requirements.

Previously, on 2 September 2021, the Group entered into a buy-in agreement in respect of its largest Canadian scheme, the Imasco Pension Fund Society

Plan (Society Plan), by transferring plan assets of CAD$766 million (£451 million). The buy-in covered all the Society Plan’s liabilities in relation to

pensioners and deferred members as well as the pensions accrued up to 31 December 2020 for active members.

Unfunded arrangements

The majority of benefit payments are from trustee administered funds, however, there are also a number of unfunded schemes where the sponsoring company

meets the benefit payment obligation as it falls due, including UK-based Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution Unapproved Unfunded Retirement

Benefit Schemes (DB UURBS and DC UURBS, respectively). The DC UURBS credits accrued in the year are increased in line with the Company’s

Weighted Average Cost of Debt and the scheme is therefore treated as a defined benefit scheme under IAS 19. For unfunded pension schemes in the U.S. and

UK, 54% of the liabilities reported at year-end are expected to be settled by the Group within 10 years, 29% between 10 and 20 years, 12% between 20 and

30 years, and 5% thereafter. For unfunded healthcare schemes in the U.S. and Canada, 71% of the liabilities reported at year-end are expected to be settled by

the Group within 10 years, 23% between 10 and 20 years, 5% between 20 and 30 years, and 1% thereafter.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

	Pension schemes		Healthcare schemes		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Present value of funded scheme liabilities	(5,266)	(5,560)	(138)	(145)	(5,404)	(5,705)
Fair value of funded scheme assets	6,175	6,472	127	140	6,302	6,612
	909	912	(11)	(5)	898	907
Unrecognised funded scheme surpluses	(124)	(56)	—	—	(124)	(56)
	785	856	(11)	(5)	774	851
Present value of unfunded scheme liabilities	(348)	(358)	(347)	(376)	(695)	(734)
	437	498	(358)	(381)	79	117
The above net asset/(liability) is recognised in the balance sheet as follows:
– retirement benefit scheme liabilities	(436)	(434)	(365)	(386)	(801)	(820)
– retirement benefit scheme assets	873	932	7	5	880	937
	437	498	(358)	(381)	79	117

The net assets of funded pension schemes by territory are as follows:

	Liabilities		Assets		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
– U.S.	(1,255)	(1,380)	1,736	1,843	481	463
– UK	(1,871)	(1,942)	2,016	2,109	145	167
– Germany	(657)	(695)	830	798	173	103
– Canada	(462)	(499)	492	534	30	35
– Netherlands	(444)	(465)	450	542	6	77
– Switzerland	(232)	(243)	268	267	36	24
– Rest of Group	(345)	(336)	383	379	38	43
Funded schemes	(5,266)	(5,560)	6,175	6,472	909	912

Of the Group’s unfunded pension schemes, 49% (2024: 47%) relate to arrangements in the UK and 37% (2024: 38%) relate to arrangements in the U.S.,

while 86% (2024: 87%) of the Group’s unfunded healthcare arrangements relate to arrangements in the U.S.

143

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

	Pension schemes		Healthcare schemes		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Defined benefit schemes
Service cost
– current service cost	26	37	1	1	27	38
– past service cost/(credit), curtailments and<br><br>settlements	32	(18)	—	—	32	(18)
Net interest on the net defined benefit liability
– interest on scheme liabilities	283	288	26	28	309	316
– interest on scheme assets	(307)	(312)	(8)	(8)	(315)	(320)
– interest on unrecognised funded scheme<br><br>surpluses	3	3	—	—	3	3
	37	(2)	19	21	56	19
Defined contribution schemes	110	96	—	—	110	96
Total amount recognised in the income<br><br>statement (note 3)	147	94	19	21	166	115

The above charges are recognised within employee benefit costs in note 3 and include a charge of £28 million in 2025 in respect of settlement costs which

has been classified as an adjusting item. Included in current service cost in 2025 is £7 million (2024: £11 million) of administration costs. Current service cost

is stated after netting employee contributions, where applicable.

The movements in scheme liabilities are as follows:

	Pension schemes		Healthcare schemes		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Present value at 1 January	5,918	6,647	521	555	6,439	7,202
Differences on exchange	(36)	(127)	(32)	5	(68)	(122)
Current service cost	26	37	1	1	27	38
Past service (credit)/cost and settlements	(29)	(221)	—	—	(29)	(221)
Interest on scheme liabilities	283	288	26	28	309	316
Contributions by scheme members	2	2	—	—	2	2
Benefits paid	(430)	(470)	(52)	(54)	(482)	(524)
Actuarial losses/(gains)
– arising from changes in demographic<br><br>assumptions	16	(13)	—	—	16	(13)
– arising from changes in financial assumptions	(131)	(239)	12	(6)	(119)	(245)
Experience (gains)/losses	(5)	14	9	(8)	4	6
Present value at 31 December	5,614	5,918	485	521	6,099	6,439

Changes in financial assumptions principally relate to discount rate movements and changes in inflation in both years. Experience (gains)/losses relates to

variations from previous assumptions for inflationary increases for pensions-in-payment and deferred pensions as well as adjustments for membership data.

Past service (credit)/cost and settlements in the table above in 2025 includes the impact of the settlement of a legacy scheme in the U.S. of £35 million, while

for 2024 it includes amounts relating to the cessation of accruals for salaried employees in the U.S. and the buy-out of the Groningen liabilities in the

Netherlands.

Scheme liabilities by scheme membership:

	Pension schemes		Healthcare schemes		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Active members	545	582	22	22	567	604
Deferred members	632	756	1	1	633	757
Retired members	4,437	4,580	462	498	4,899	5,078
Present value at 31 December	5,614	5,918	485	521	6,099	6,439

Over 95% of scheme liabilities in both years relate to guaranteed benefits.

144

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The movements in funded scheme assets are as follows:

	Pension schemes		Healthcare schemes		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Fair value of scheme assets<br><br>at 1 January	6,472	7,172	140	145	6,612	7,317
Differences on exchange	(50)	(128)	(9)	2	(59)	(126)
Settlements	(61)	(203)	—	—	(61)	(203)
Interest on scheme assets	307	312	8	8	315	320
Company contributions	20	30	—	—	20	30
Contributions by scheme members	2	2	—	—	2	2
Benefits paid	(403)	(442)	(15)	(15)	(418)	(457)
Actuarial (losses)/gains	(112)	(271)	3	—	(109)	(271)
Fair value of scheme assets<br><br>at 31 December	6,175	6,472	127	140	6,302	6,612

The actuarial losses and gains in both years principally relate to movements in the fair values of scheme assets including revaluations on initial recognition

and subsequent remeasurement of insurance assets acquired in the buy-in transactions referred to above, including any adjustments to premiums paid for

subsequent verification of membership data in relation to these policies. Actual returns are stated net of applicable taxes and fund management fees.

Settlements in the table above in 2025 include the impact of the settlement of a legacy scheme in the U.S. of £34 million and the payment of a premium on a

buy-out transaction in the UK of £28 million which will conclude in 2026, and, in 2024, the value of assets derecognised relating to the buy-out of the

Groningen net liabilities in the Netherlands.

Scheme assets have been diversified into equities, bonds and other assets and are typically invested via fund investment managers into both pooled and

segregated mandates of listed and unlisted equities and bonds.

	Pension schemes		Healthcare schemes		Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Equities ‒ listed	340	336	6	5	346	341
Equities ‒ unlisted	641	688	—	—	641	688
Bonds ‒ listed	877	1,180	23	25	900	1,205
Bonds ‒ unlisted	794	777	79	98	873	875
Buy-in insurance policies	2,681	2,345	—	—	2,681	2,345
Other assets ‒ listed	500	509	9	2	509	511
Other assets ‒ unlisted	342	637	10	10	352	647
Fair value of scheme assets<br><br>at 31 December	6,175	6,472	127	140	6,302	6,612

In the above analysis, investments via equity-based investment funds are shown under listed equities, and investments via bond-based investment funds are

shown under listed bonds. Other assets include insurance contracts, cash and other deposits, derivatives and other hedges, recoverable taxes, infrastructure

investments and investment property. The fair values of listed scheme assets were derived from observable data including quoted market prices and other

market data, including market values of individual segregated investments and of pooled investment funds where quoted.

The fair values of other unlisted assets were determined using an income approach that utilised cash flow models utilising observable inputs and comparing

these valuations to benchmark valuations of similar assets. In addition, the fair value of a proportion of the unlisted bonds is estimated by reference to daily

broker auctions.

In the U.S. pension plan, assets are invested using active investment strategies and multiple investment management firms. Managers within each asset class

cover a range of investment styles and approaches. Allowable investment types include public equity, fixed income, real assets, private equity and hedge

funds. The range of allowable investment types utilised for pension assets provides enhanced returns and more widely diversifies the plan.

The fair values of insurance policies related to buy-in transactions in the UK, Canada and the Netherlands were estimated as the present value of the

underlying obligations covered by the insurance policy and consequently the valuation of these assets at each balance sheet date is subject to the same

measurement uncertainty as for the related scheme liabilities.

The insurance assets in relation to the UKPF of £1,845 million included in the above table will be derecognised upon extinguishment of the UKPF liabilities

in the first quarter of 2026. Until the buy-out of the UKPF scheme takes effect in 2026, the insurance contract is valued as a buy-in policy. The residual assets

of UKPF of £148 million (2024: £169 million) predominantly consist of cash and a proportion of illiquid investments, such as private equity and infrastructure

investments. These assets are expected to be distributed to the Group once the buy-out transaction referred to above is completed and the wind-up process of

the UKPF is implemented.

145

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The recognition of retirement benefit surpluses on the balance sheet is restricted where the economic benefit, in the form of a potential refund or reduction in

future contributions, has a present value which is less than the net assets of the scheme. The movements in the unrecognised scheme surpluses, recognised in

other comprehensive income, are as follows:

	Pension schemes			Healthcare schemes			Total
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2023<br><br>£m
Unrecognised funded<br><br>scheme surpluses at<br><br>1 January	(56)	(40)	(60)	—	—	—	(56)	(40)	(60)
Differences<br><br>on exchange	2	1	—	—	—	—	2	1	—
Interest on unrecognised<br><br>funded scheme surpluses	(3)	(3)	(4)	—	—	—	(3)	(3)	(4)
Movement in year (note<br><br>22)	(67)	(14)	24	—	—	—	(67)	(14)	24
Unrecognised funded<br><br>scheme surpluses at<br><br>31 December	(124)	(56)	(40)	—	—	—	(124)	(56)	(40)

The principal actuarial assumptions (weighted to reflect individual scheme differences) used in the following territories are shown below. In both years,

discount rates are determined by reference to normal yields on high quality corporate bonds at the balance sheet date.

						2025						2024
	U.S.	UK	Germany	Canada	Netherlands	Switzerland	U.S.	UK	Germany	Canada	Netherlands	Switzerland
Rate of increase in<br><br>salaries (%)	3.4	Nil	2.8	2.5	2.0	2.0	3.3	Nil	2.8	2.5	2.0	2.0
Rate of increase in<br><br>pensions in payment (%)	2.5	3.0	2.0	Nil	2.0	—	2.4	3.2	2.2	Nil	2.1	Nil
Rate of increase in<br><br>deferred pensions (%)	0.1	2.4	2.0	Nil	2.0	—	0.1	2.8	2.2	Nil	2.1	—
Discount rate (%)	5.3	5.5	4.1	4.7	4.1	1.2	5.6	5.5	3.5	4.6	3.5	0.9
General inflation (%)	2.5	3.0	2.0	2.0	2.0	1.1	2.5	3.2	2.2	2.0	2.0	1.1	2025	2024
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	U.S.	UK	Germany	Canada	Netherlands	Switzerland	U.S.	UK	Germany	Canada	Netherlands	Switzerland
Weighted average<br><br>duration of liabilities<br><br>(years)	9.6	11.2	10.2	9.0	12.5	10.5	9.6	11.4	10.6	9.0	13.6	10.9

For healthcare inflation in the U.S., the assumption is 7.0% for 2025 (2024: 7.0%) and in Canada, the assumption is 5.0% (2024: 5.0%).

Mortality assumptions are subject to regular review. The principal schemes used the following tables:

U.S.	Pri-2012 mortality table without collar or amount adjustments projected with MP-2021 generational projection. For retirees in former PEP<br><br>portion of RAPP, RP-2006 mortality table with white collar adjustments projected with MP-2021 generational projection (both years)
UK	S3PA (YOB) with the CMI (2024) improvement model (smoothing parameter of 7) and 15% weighting to the 2022 and 2023 data with a<br><br>1.25% long-term improvement rate (2024: S3NA (YOB) with the CMI (2023) improvement model (smoothing parameter of 7) and 15%<br><br>weighting to the 2022 and 2023 data with a 1.25% long-term improvement rate applied from 2020 onwards)
Germany	RT Heubeck 2018 G (both years)
Canada	CPM-2014 Private Table (both years)
Netherlands	AG Prognosetafel 2024 (both years)
Switzerland	LPP/BVG 2020 base table with CMI projection factors for mortality improvements with a 1.5% long-term improvement rate (both years)

146

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Based on the above, the weighted average life expectancy, in years, for mortality tables used to determine benefit obligations is as follows:

	U.S.		UK		Germany		Canada		Netherlands		Switzerland
	Male	Female	Male	Female	Male	Female	Male	Female	Male	Female	Male	Female
31 December 2025
Member age 65<br><br>(current life expectancy)	22.3	23.8	22.9	24.2	20.9	24.3	22.2	24.5	21.1	24.8	22.2	24.0
Member age 45 (life expectancy at<br><br>age 65)	22.4	24.3	24.4	26.2	23.6	26.5	23.2	25.4	23.3	26.6	24.2	25.9
31 December 2024
Member age 65<br><br>(current life expectancy)	22.2	23.7	22.6	24.1	20.8	24.2	22.1	24.5	21.0	24.7	22.1	23.9
Member age 45 (life expectancy at<br><br>age 65)	22.3	24.2	24.1	26.1	22.5	26.4	23.1	25.4	23.2	26.5	24.1	25.8

For the remaining territories, typical assumptions are that real salary increases will be from 0% to 12.0% (2024: 0% to 9.8%) per annum and discount rates

will be from 0% to 9.5% (2024: 0% to 8.7%) above inflation. Pension increases, where allowed for, are generally assumed to be in line with inflation.

Assumptions of life expectancy are in line with best practice in each territory. For countries where there is not a deep market in such corporate bonds, the

yield on government bonds is used.

The valuation of retirement benefit schemes involves judgements about uncertain future events. Sensitivities in respect of the key assumptions used to

measure the principal pension schemes as at 31 December 2025 are set out below. These sensitivities show the hypothetical impact of a change in each of the

listed assumptions in isolation, with the exception of the sensitivity to inflation which incorporates the impact of certain correlating assumptions such as

salary increases and pension increases. While each of these sensitivities holds all other assumptions constant, in practice such assumptions rarely change in

isolation, while asset values also change, and the impacts may offset to some extent.

	1 year<br><br>increase<br><br>£m	1 year<br><br>decrease<br><br>£m	percentage<br><br>increase<br><br>£m	percentage<br><br>decrease<br><br>£m
Average life expectancy – increase/(decrease) of scheme liabilities	109	(110)
Rate of inflation (+/- 25bps) – increase/(decrease) of scheme liabilities			75	(72)
Discount rate (+/- 50bps) – (decrease)/increase of scheme liabilities			(252)	274

A one percent increase in healthcare inflation would increase healthcare scheme liabilities by £17 million, and a one percent decrease would decrease

liabilities by £14 million. The income statement effect of this change in assumption is not material.

147

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

16 Deferred tax

Net deferred tax (liabilities)/assets comprise:

	Stock<br><br>relief<br><br>£m	Excess of<br><br>capital<br><br>allowances over<br><br>depreciation<br><br>£m	Tax<br><br>losses<br><br>£m	Undistributed<br><br>earnings of<br><br>associates and<br><br>subsidiaries<br><br>£m	Retirement<br><br>benefits<br><br>£m	Trademarks<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>temporary<br><br>differences<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January 2025	7	26	378	(197)	22	(11,928)	2,586	(9,106)
Differences on exchange	10	7	—	15	(1)	809	(101)	739
Credited/(charged) to the<br><br>income statement	(13)	(4)	311	32	(22)	354	(796)	(138)
Credited relating<br><br>to changes in tax rates	2	2	—	—	—	206	(8)	202
Credited/(charged) to other<br><br>comprehensive income	—	—	—	—	5	—	(13)	(8)
31 December 2025	6	31	689	(150)	4	(10,559)	1,668	(8,311)
1 January 2024	32	(21)	373	(221)	39	(12,486)	1,003	(11,281)
Differences on exchange	(5)	3	(1)	3	(1)	(227)	(4)	(232)
(Charged)/credited to the<br><br>income statement	(24)	42	6	21	(21)	517	1,635	2,176
Credited/(charged) relating<br><br>to changes in tax rates	4	2	—	—	—	268	(25)	249
Credited/(charged) to other<br><br>comprehensive income	—	—	—	—	5	—	(23)	(18)
Net reclassifications as<br><br>held-for-sale	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	—
31 December 2024	7	26	378	(197)	22	(11,928)	2,586	(9,106)

The net deferred tax liabilities are reflected in the Group balance sheet as follows: deferred tax asset of £2,032 million and deferred tax liability of

£10,343 million (2024: deferred tax asset of £2,573 million and deferred tax liability of £11,679 million), after offsetting assets and liabilities where there is a

legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and where the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.

The upfront cash payment in relation to the Approved Plans in Canada described further in notes 24 and 31 gave rise to a tax loss in Canada. This tax loss is

partially carried back to offset taxable profits of prior years and the remainder of the tax loss is carried forward to be utilised against future taxable income.

The movement in other temporary difference during 2025 primarily relates to the utilisation of the deferred tax asset established in 2024 in relation to the

Approved Plans and the movement in tax losses during 2025 includes recognition of deferred tax asset on losses available to be carried forward.

The Group net deferred tax liability of £8,311 million includes a net deferred tax asset of £727 million (2024: £551 million) in relation to UK Group

companies, which relates mainly to tax losses (£501 million; 2024: £394 million) and the excess of capital allowances over depreciation (£221 million; 2024:

£215 million). The tax losses are expected to be utilised in future periods as a result of increased profitability in UK Group companies which is expected to

follow from improved efficiency in the delivery of business activities. Based on current forecasts UK group companies are expected to generate taxable

profits from 2028, from which time it is expected that the tax losses will start to reduce. The losses are forecast to be fully utilised within 7 years thereafter,

accounting for a 10% increase or decrease in the total profits of UK group companies.

The Group has applied the mandatory exception to recognising and disclosing information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two

income taxes in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes.

At the balance sheet date, the Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset in respect of unused tax losses of £366 million (2024: £365 million) which have no

expiry date and unused tax losses of £156 million (2024: £201 million) which will expire within the next 20 years.

In 2025 and 2024 the Group has not recognised any deferred tax asset in respect of deductible temporary differences which have no expiry date and has not

recognised any deferred tax asset (2024: nil) in respect of deductible temporary differences which will expire within the next 10 years.

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unused tax credits of £80 million (2024: £80 million) which have no expiry date. No amount of deferred tax has

been recognised in respect of these unused tax credits.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of undistributed earnings of subsidiaries which would be subject to dividend withholding tax and for which

no withholding tax liability has been recognised was £0.8 billion (2024: £1.2 billion).

148

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

17 Trade and other receivables

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Trade receivables	3,082	2,855
Loans and other receivables	639	689
Prepayments and accrued income	369	342
	4,090	3,886
Current	3,802	3,604
Non-current	288	282
	4,090	3,886

Trade receivables

The majority of receivables are held in order to collect contractual cash flows, in accordance with the Group’s business model for managing financial assets,

and hence are measured at amortised cost. In certain countries, however, the Group has entered into factoring arrangements and periodically sells certain

trade receivables to banks and other financial institutions, without recourse, for cash. These trade receivables have been derecognised from the balance sheet

to reflect the transfer by the Group of substantially all of the risks and rewards of the receivables, including credit risk. Consequently, the cash inflows have

been recognised within operating cash flows. Typically in these arrangements, the Group also acts as a collection agent for the bank. At 31 December 2025,

the value of trade receivables derecognised through the factoring arrangements where the Group acts as a collection agent was £629 million

(2024: £535 million) and where the Group does not act as a collection agent was £14 million (2024: £7 million). Included in trade receivables above is

£76 million (2024: £213 million) of trade debtor balances which were available for factoring under these arrangements. In addition, the Group participates in

certain supply chain finance programmes utilised by its customers allowing the Group to receive payment for invoices earlier than the agreed due date at a

discounted value. At 31 December 2025, the value of trade receivables derecognised through these arrangements was £226 million (2024: £172 million).

A number of Group companies have entered into arrangements with certain customers. Under these agreements the Group enters into an agreement with a

financial institution and/or a customer. The agreement allows the customer to obtain finance from the financial institution in order to pay invoices due to the

Group. The customer repays the financial institution based on an agreed maturity date independently agreed between the customer and financial institution.

Under these agreements there is normally no recourse to the Group in the event of credit default by customers. However, the Group is subject to various

performance obligations under the arrangement including notifying the financial institution of credit default or of changes to, or termination of, the customer

supply agreement. The amount derecognised from trade receivables at 31 December 2025 in relation to these arrangements is £10 million (2024: £20 million).

The cash flows have been recognised within operating cash flows.

The Group also participates in agreements with customers where the Group can request early payment of invoices at a discount. The discount is recognised as a

deduction against revenue. At 31 December, £13 million was received in advance of the invoice due date (2024: £82 million).

Loans and other receivables

Included in loans and other receivables are £135 million of litigation related deposits (2024: £113 million). Management has determined that these payments

represent a resource controlled by the entity, as a result of past events and from which future economic benefits are expected to flow to the entity either by

being recoverable on conclusion of ongoing appeal processes or by reducing amounts potentially payable should the appeal process fail. These deposits are

held at the fair value of consideration transferred and are offset against provisions, if applicable, only once funds have transferred out from the deposit account.

The effect of discounting would be immaterial.

Loans and other receivables include £52 million (2024: £57 million) as a current receivable in relation to outstanding proceeds from the sale of the Group’s

Iranian subsidiary in 2021. Given the ongoing political situation, heightened sanctions and other uncertainties coupled with the passage of time the receivable

has been outstanding, during 2023, the Group recognised an expected credit loss of £28 million.

Also included in loans and other receivables are deposits that do not meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents as well as loans provided to farmers.

The cash flows arising from these transactions are included in investing activities and have been reconciled, in note 18, to the cash flow statement.

Prepayments and accrued income

Prepayments and accrued income include £29 million (2024: £16 million) of accrued income primarily in relation to rebates and royalties.

Other disclosures

Amounts receivable from related parties including associated undertakings are shown in note 30.

Trade and other receivables have been reported in the balance sheet net of allowances as follows:

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Trade receivables – gross	3,128	2,900
Trade receivables – allowance	(46)	(45)
Loans and other receivables – gross	667	717
Loans and other receivables – allowance	(28)	(28)
Prepayments and accrued income	369	342
Net trade and other receivables per balance sheet	4,090	3,886

149

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The movements in the allowance account are as follows:

			2025			2024
	Trade receivables<br><br>£m	Loans<br><br>and other<br><br>receivables<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m	Trade receivables<br><br>£m	Loans<br><br>and other<br><br>receivables<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January	45	28	73	70	28	98
Differences on exchange	—	—	—	(3)	—	(3)
Provided in the year*	13	—	13	8	—	8
Utilised	(12)	—	(12)	(30)	—	(30)
31 December	46	28	74	45	28	73

Note: * Amounts provided above are shown net of reversals of unused allowances, which include reversals of £6 million (2024: £18 million).

As permitted by IFRS 9, the loss allowance on trade receivables arising from the recognition of revenue under IFRS 15 is initially measured at an amount

equal to lifetime expected losses. Allowances in respect of loans and other receivables are initially recognised at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit

losses. Allowances are measured at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses where the credit risk on the receivables increases significantly after

initial recognition.

The Group holds bank guarantees, other guarantees and credit insurance in respect of some of the past due debtor balances.

Trade and other receivables are predominantly denominated in the functional currencies of subsidiary undertakings apart from the following: US dollar: 2.6%

(2024: 3.3%), Euro: 4.3% (2024: 5.5%) and other currencies: 1.0% (2024: 1.8%).

There is no material difference between the above amounts for trade and other receivables and their fair value due to the short-term duration of the majority

of trade and other receivables as determined using discounted cash flow analysis. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables as

the Group has a large number of internationally dispersed customers.

18 Investments held at fair value

			2025			2024
	Fair value<br><br>through P&L<br><br>£m	Fair value<br><br>through OCI<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m	Fair value<br><br>through P&L<br><br>£m	Fair value<br><br>through OCI<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January	594	65	659	652	67	719
Difference on exchange	(20)	(1)	(21)	(40)	—	(40)
Additions	24	11	35	210	4	214
ITC Hotels – demerger from ITC Ltd	—	533	533	—	—	—
Disposals	(517)	(318)	(835)	(288)	—	(288)
Reclassifications	—	(11)	(11)	—	—	—
Other fair value movements	(9)	(2)	(11)	60	(6)	54
31 December	72	277	349	594	65	659
Current	16	—	16	513	—	513
Non-current	56	277	333	81	65	146
	72	277	349	594	65	659

The Group’s investments principally consist of non-derivative financial assets that cannot be classified as loans and other receivables or cash and cash

equivalents, as well as investments made by the Group’s corporate venture capital unit, Btomorrow Ventures, and other Group companies.

In addition, as a result of ITC’s demerger of its hotel business in January 2025, the Group received a 15% stake in the newly incorporated ITC Hotels in the

form of a dividend in specie of £533 million. This has been recognised as a non-cash addition in investments at fair value through other comprehensive

income (OCI). In December 2025, around 59% of the Group’s investment in ITC Hotels was sold to investors by way of an accelerated bookbuild process.

Net proceeds from the sale amounted to £318 million. Following completion of the sale, the Group retains a c.6.3% holding in ITC Hotels.

Btomorrow Ventures (BTV) has completed 29 investments since its launch in 2020, and continues to invest in innovative, consumer-led brands, new

sciences and technologies, and sustainability to support the Group’s transformational strategy for A Better Tomorrow™. Throughout 2025, BTV has

continued to support its portfolio of companies with a number of follow-on investment rounds, and new investments including a UK based venture builder

focussed on addressing climate change, Carbon 13, a Cayman Islands fund that targets carbon mitigation, CM Venture Capital Carbon Mitigation Evergreen

Fund, a U.S.-based natural beverages company, Caliwater and a Swiss chemical producer, Bloom Biorenewables SA. During 2024, BTV supported its

portfolio of companies with a number of follow-on investment rounds, and new investments including a U.S.-based adaptogens and nootropics beverage

company, Hop Wtr Inc., and a German AI-powered sustainable packaging company, one.five.

Investments held at fair value through OCI relate to equity investments in ITC Hotels and various strategic businesses.

Investments held at fair value through profit and loss principally consist of government securities, indexed deposits, treasury bills or other treasury products

with maturities of more than three months which, if held for less than 12 months, form part of the Group’s definition of net debt. Investments held at fair

value through profit and loss include other strategic investments which do not meet the definition of equity investments. Balances held at 31 December 2024

included £437 million in respect of investments held by subsidiaries in CCAA protection (note 32). These investments were liquidated and paid into the

Global Settlement Trust Account as part of the Upfront Cash Contribution in the second half of 2025.

As at 31 December 2025, investments held at fair value included restricted amounts of nil (2024: £60 million) subject to potential exchange control

restrictions.

During 2024, as part of the sale and leaseback transaction in Nigeria, referred to in note 5(b), the Group obtained a 40% interest in Rising Sun Partners LP,

a property management company as part of the consideration receivable. As a limited partner, the Group has no voting rights or influence over the entity and

has classified the interest as an investment at fair value through profit and loss. The fair value of the investment was £10 million and was derived as a share of

the market value of the property owned and managed by Rising Sun Partners LP. As the investment was a non-cash addition it was excluded from the cash

flow reconciliation below.

150

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

Investments held at fair value are predominantly denominated in the functional currencies of subsidiary undertakings with less than 16% in other currencies

(2024: less than 7% in other currencies). There is no material difference between the investments held at fair value and their gross contractual values.

The classification of these investments under the IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement fair value hierarchy is given in note 26. Fair values for quoted

investments are based on observable market prices. If there is no active market for a financial asset, the fair value is established by using valuation

techniques, including discounted cash flow analyses and share of net assets. The fair value of the seven-year convertible debenture in Charlotte’s Web has

been determined using a binomial option pricing model.

Included in the values in the table above are £138 million (2024: £212 million) of level 3 assets. Movements in these assets in 2025 included £35 million

(2024: £128 million) of additions, £71 million (2024: £114 million) of disposals and £38 million of net fair value loss (2024: £6 million net fair value gain).

Below is a reconciliation of the fair value investments cash flows to the cash flow statement – investing activities:

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Cash outflow from investments held at fair value	35	204
Cash outflow from loans and other receivables	19	12
Cash outflows from investments per cash flow statement	54	216
Cash inflow from investments held at fair value	(835)	(288)
Cash inflow from loans and other receivables	(13)	(11)
Cash inflows from investments per cash flow statement	(848)	(299)

19 Derivative financial instruments

The fair values of derivatives are determined based on market data (primarily yield curves, implied volatilities and exchange rates) to calculate the present

value of all estimated flows associated with each derivative at the balance sheet date. In the absence of sufficient market data, fair values would be based on

the quoted market price of similar derivatives. The classification of these derivative assets and liabilities under the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy is given in

note 26.

		2025		2024
	Assets<br><br>£m	Liabilities<br><br>£m	Assets<br><br>£m	Liabilities<br><br>£m
Fair value hedges
–interest rate swaps	44	92	11	270
– cross-currency swaps	—	5	19	—
Cash flow hedges
– cross-currency swaps	105	—	81	16
– forward foreign currency contracts	61	43	71	33
Net investment hedges
– forward foreign currency contracts	65	18	35	67
Held-for-trading*
– forward foreign currency contracts	22	57	79	31
Embedded derivative relating to associates (note 14)	—	—	—	7
Total	297	215	296	424
Current	162	91	186	156
Non-current	135	124	110	268
	297	215	296	424
Derivatives
– in respect of net debt**	158	146	184	297
– other	139	69	112	127
	297	215	296	424

Notes:

*Derivatives which do not meet the tests for hedge accounting under IFRS 9 or which are not designated as hedging instruments are referred to as ‘held-for-trading’. These derivatives principally consist of forward

foreign currency contracts which have not been designated as hedges due to their value changes offsetting with other components of net finance costs relating to financial assets and financial liabilities. The Group

does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All derivatives are undertaken for risk management purposes.

**Derivatives in respect of net debt are in a net asset position of £12 million as at 31 December 2025 (2024: net liability position of £113 million). The Group’s net debt is presented in note 23.

For cash flow hedges, the timing of expected cash flows is as follows: assets of £166 million (2024: £152 million) of which £58 million (2024: £65 million)

is expected within one year and nil (2024: nil) beyond five years and liabilities of £43 million (2024: £49 million) of which £42 million (2024: £48 million) is

expected within one year and nil (2024: nil) beyond five years.

The Group’s cash flow hedges are principally in respect of sales or purchases of inventory and certain debt instruments. A certain number of forward foreign

currency contracts were used to manage the currency profile of external borrowings and are reflected in the currency table in note 23. Interest rate swaps have

been used to manage the interest rate profile of external borrowings and are reflected in the re-pricing table in note 23.

151

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The table below sets out the maturities of the Group’s derivative financial instruments (excluding the embedded derivative relating to associates) on an

undiscounted contractual basis, based on spot rates.

The maturity dates of gross-settled derivative financial instruments are as follows:

				2025				2024
	Assets		Liabilities		Assets		Liabilities
	Inflow<br><br>£m	Outflow<br><br>£m	Inflow<br><br>£m	Outflow<br><br>£m	Inflow<br><br>£m	Outflow<br><br>£m	Inflow<br><br>£m	Outflow<br><br>£m
Within one year
–forward foreign currency contracts	7,208	(7,067)	9,580	(9,703)	9,748	(9,556)	6,952	(7,075)
– interest rate swaps	100	(101)	174	(246)	—	(9)	117	(224)
– cross-currency swaps	7	(12)	57	(54)	34	(40)	306	(323)
Between one and two years
–forward foreign currency contracts	771	(756)	96	(98)	377	(365)	199	(202)
– interest rate swaps	120	(106)	624	(617)	18	(14)	231	(316)
– cross-currency swaps	581	(467)	57	(52)	34	(38)	—	—
Between two and three years
– interest rate swaps	120	(112)	136	(139)	19	(15)	229	(249)
– cross-currency swaps	—	—	57	(54)	594	(492)	—	—
Between three and four years
– interest rate swaps	120	(117)	136	(145)	19	(16)	196	(218)
– cross-currency swaps	—	—	994	(1,018)	27	(25)	—	—
Between four and five years
– interest rate swaps	101	(100)	136	(149)	19	(17)	196	(218)
– cross-currency swaps	—	—	—	—	473	(454)	—	—
Beyond five years
– interest rate swaps	291	(293)	279	(331)	279	—	1,217	(685)
	9,419	(9,131)	12,326	(12,606)	11,641	(11,041)	9,643	(9,510)

The Group's net-settled derivative financial instruments are all due within one year with assets inflow of £9 million (2024: £1 million inflow) and liabilities

outflow of £1 million (2024: £8 million outflow).

The items designated as hedging instruments are as follows:

		2025		2024
	Nominal<br><br>amount of hedging<br><br>instrument<br><br>£m	Changes in<br><br>fair value used for<br><br>calculating hedge<br><br>ineffectiveness<br><br>£m	Nominal<br><br>amount of hedging<br><br>instrument<br><br>£m	Changes in<br><br>fair value used for<br><br>calculating hedge<br><br>ineffectiveness<br><br>£m
Interest rate risk exposure:
Fair value hedges
– interest rate swaps	7,108	144	6,509	(58)
– cross-currency swaps	427	(26)	459	(2)
Cash flow hedges
– cross-currency swaps	563	(22)	833	18
Foreign currency risk exposure:
Cash flow hedges
– forward foreign currency contracts	2,542	21	3,023	39
Net investment hedges (derivative related)
– forward foreign currency contracts	5,961	48	4,569	(33)
Net investment hedges (non-derivative related)
– debt (carrying value) in borrowings designated as net investment<br><br>hedges of net assets	383	(20)	363	17

152

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

20 Inventories

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Raw materials and consumables	2,022	2,056
Finished goods and work in progress	2,254	2,434
Goods purchased for resale	106	126
	4,382	4,616

Write-offs taken to other operating expenses in the Group income statement were £217 million (2024: £134 million; 2023: £250 million). As mentioned in

note 33, in 2023, this includes a write-off of stock of leaf following an extreme weather event. Goods purchased for resale include Group brands produced

under third-party contract manufacturing arrangements.

21 Cash and cash equivalents

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Cash and bank balances	1,915	3,428
Cash equivalents	1,912	1,869
	3,827	5,297

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary undertaking or other currencies as shown below:

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Functional currency	3,111	4,392
US dollar	565	651
Euro	87	115
Other currencies	64	139
	3,827	5,297

In the Group cash flow statement, net cash and cash equivalents are shown after deducting bank overdrafts and accrued interest where applicable, as follows:

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Cash and cash equivalents as above	3,827	5,297
Less overdrafts and accrued interest	(40)	(193)
Net cash and cash equivalents	3,787	5,104

Cash and cash equivalents also include £24 million (2024: £49 million) of cash that is held as a hedging instrument.

Accrued interest of £3 million (2024: £55 million) was driven by lower cash and cash equivalent balances in certain markets.

Restricted cash

Cash and cash equivalents include restricted amounts of £268 million (2024: £2,072 million) in respect of ITCAN which was previously in CCAA protection

(note 32 and note 24). Accumulated cash and cash equivalents were paid into the Global Settlement Trust Account as part of the Upfront Cash Contribution

(each as defined in the Approved Plans, see note 24) in the second half of 2025. Due to ongoing restrictions associated with the Approved Plans in Canada,

cash and cash equivalents held by ITCAN continue to be considered restricted. As at 31 December 2025, further restricted cash and cash equivalents of

£67 million (2024: £339 million) were principally due to exchange control restrictions.

153

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

22 Capital and reserves

(a) Share capital

	Ordinary<br><br>shares of 25p each<br><br>Number of shares	£m
Allotted and fully paid
1 January 2025	2,342,825,304	585
Changes during the year
– share option schemes	89,960	—
– shares bought back and cancelled	(30,460,763)	(8)
31 December 2025	2,312,454,501	577
Allotted and fully paid
1 January 2024	2,456,941,909	614
Changes during the year
– share option schemes	275,824	—
– shares bought back and cancelled	(27,392,429)	(7)
– treasury shares cancelled	(87,000,000)	(22)
31 December 2024	2,342,825,304	585
Allotted and fully paid
1 January 2023	2,456,867,420	614
Changes during the year
– share option schemes	74,489	—
31 December 2023	2,456,941,909	614

Share capital

The Company’s ordinary shares are fully paid and no further contribution of capital may be required by the Company from the shareholders. All ordinary

shares rank equally with regard to participation in dividends and to share in the proceeds of the Company’s residual assets upon a winding up of the

Company. Shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare final dividends, but not in excess of the amount recommended by the Directors. Holders of

ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights.

On a show of hands every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting is entitled to one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the

shareholder, unless a poll is demanded. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by the

shareholder. The Company’s Annual General Meeting voting is undertaken by way of a poll.

All rights attached to the Company’s shares held by the Group as treasury shares are suspended until those shares are reissued.

(b) Share premium account, capital redemption reserves and merger reserves comprise:

	Share<br><br>premium<br><br>account<br><br>£m	Capital<br><br>redemption<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Merger<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
31 December 2025	123	138	26,414	26,675
31 December 2024	121	130	26,414	26,665
31 December 2023	115	101	26,414	26,630

Share premium account

The share premium account includes the difference between the value of shares issued and their nominal value. The share premium increase includes

£2 million (2024: £6 million; 2023: £2 million) in respect of ordinary shares issued under the Company’s share option schemes.

Capital redemption account

On the purchase of own shares as part of the share buy-back programme for shares which are cancelled, a transfer is made from retained earnings to the

capital redemption reserve equivalent to the nominal value of shares purchased. Purchased shares which are not cancelled are classified as treasury shares and

presented as a deduction from total equity. During 2024, 87 million shares purchased under previous share buy-back programmes were cancelled.

Merger reserve account

The merger reserve comprises:

a.In 1999, shares were issued for the acquisition of the Rothmans International B.V. Group and the difference between the fair value of shares issued and

their nominal value of £3,748 million was credited to merger reserves; and

b.On 25 July 2017, the Group announced the completion of the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of the Reynolds Group not already owned by the Group.

Shares were issued for the acquisition and the difference between the fair value of shares issued and their nominal value of £22,666 million was credited to

merger reserves.

154

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(c) Equity attributed to owners of the parent − movements in other reserves and retained earnings (which are after deducting treasury shares)

comprise:

							Retained earnings
	Translation<br><br>reserve<br><br>(i)<br><br>£m	Hedging<br><br>reserve<br><br>(ii)<br><br>£m	Fair<br><br>value<br><br>reserve<br><br>(iii)<br><br>£m	Revaluation<br><br>reserve<br><br>(iv)<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>(v)<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>other<br><br>reserves<br><br>£m	Treasury<br><br>shares<br><br>(vi)<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>£m
1 January 2025	(1,615)	(84)	45	179	573	(902)	(4,408)	26,018
Comprehensive income and expense
Profit for the year	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	7,764
Foreign currency translation and hedges of net investments in<br><br>foreign operations
–differences on exchange from translation of<br><br>foreign operations	(3,310)					(3,310)
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year	2					2
– net investment hedges − net fair value<br><br>gains on derivatives	151	—	—	—	—	151	—	—
–net investment hedges − differences on exchange on<br><br>borrowings	(20)	—	—	—	—	(20)	—	—
Cash flow hedges
– net fair value gains	—	3	—	—	—	3	—	—
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year	—	16	—	—	—	16	—	—
–tax on net fair value gains in respect of cash flow hedges<br><br>(note 10(f))	—	(13)	—	—	—	(13)	—	—
Investments held at fair value
– net fair value losses	—	—	(2)	—	—	(2)	—	—
–reclassified and reported in retained earnings	—	—	(4)	—	—	(4)	—	4
Associates
− share of OCI, net of tax (note 9)	(134)	1	—	—	—	(133)	—	—
− differences on exchange reclassified to profit or loss (note 9)	47	—	—	—	—	47	—	—
Retirement benefit schemes
– net actuarial losses (note 15)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(10)
– surplus recognition (note 15)	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(66)
Associates − share of OCI, net of tax (note 9)	—	—	(4)	—	—	(4)	—	—
Other changes in equity
Cash flow hedges reclassified and<br><br>reported in total assets	—	21	—	—	—	21	—	—
Employee share options
– value of employee services	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	83
– treasury shares used for share option schemes	—	—	—	—	—	—	9	(9)
Dividends and other appropriations
– ordinary shares	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(5,240)
Purchase of own shares
– held in employee share ownership trusts	—	—	—	—	—	—	(61)	—
– share buy-back programme	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(1,114)
Perpetual hybrid bonds
– coupons paid	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(55)
– tax on coupons paid	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	14
– redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds, net of costs	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(31)
– reclassification of issuance costs. net of tax	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(8)
Non-controlling interests – acquisitions (note 27(c))	—	—	—	—	—	—	—	(15)
Other movements	—	—	—	—	—	—	77	(23)
31 December 2025	(4,879)	(56)	35	179	573	(4,148)	(4,383)	27,312

155

| British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025 | | --- || | | | | | | | Retained earnings | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | | Translation reserve (i) £m | Hedging reserve (ii) £m | Fair value reserve (iii) £m | Revaluation reserve (iv) £m | Other (v) £m | Total other reserves £m | Treasury shares (vi) £m | Other £m | | 1 January 2024 | (1,470) | (194) | 18 | 179 | 573 | (894) | (7,096) | 31,627 | | Comprehensive income and expense | | | | | | | | | | Profit for the year | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 3,068 | | Foreign currency translation and hedges of net investments in foreign operations | | | | | | | | | | –differences on exchange from translation of foreign operations | (193) | — | — | — | — | (193) | — | — | | – reclassified and reported in profit for the year | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | | –net investment hedges – net fair value gains on derivatives | 20 | — | — | — | — | 20 | — | — | | –net investment hedges – differences on exchange on borrowings | 17 | — | — | — | — | 17 | — | — | | Cash flow hedges | | | | | | | | | | – net fair value gains | — | 65 | — | — | — | 65 | — | — | | – reclassified and reported in profit for the year | — | 36 | — | — | — | 36 | — | — | | –tax on net fair value gains in respect of cash flow hedges (note 10(f)) | — | (23) | — | — | — | (23) | — | — | | Investments held at fair value | | | | | | | | | | – net fair value losses | — | — | (6) | — | — | (6) | — | — | | Associates | | | | | | | | | | − share of OCI, net of tax (note 9) | (32) | 19 | — | — | — | (13) | — | — | | − differences on exchange reclassified to profit or loss (note 9) | 43 | — | — | — | — | 43 | — | — | | Retirement benefit schemes | | | | | | | | | | – net actuarial losses (note 15) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (19) | | – surplus recognition (note 15) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (14) | | –tax on actuarial gains in respect of subsidiaries (note 10(f)) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (1) | | Associates − share of OCI, net of tax (note 9) | — | — | 33 | — | — | 33 | — | — | | Other changes in equity | | | | | | | | | | Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in total assets | — | 13 | — | — | — | 13 | — | — | | Employee share options | | | | | | | | | | – value of employee services | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 70 | | – treasury shares used for share option schemes | — | — | — | — | — | — | 8 | (8) | | Dividends and other appropriations | | | | | | | | | | – ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (5,209) | | Purchase of own shares | | | | | | | | | | – held in employee share ownership trusts | — | — | — | — | — | — | (94) | — | | – share buy-back programme | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (698) | | Treasury shares cancelled | — | — | — | — | — | — | 2,685 | (2,685) | | Perpetual hybrid bonds | | | | | | | | | | – coupons paid | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (56) | | – tax on coupons paid | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 14 | | Reclassification of equity in respect of assets classified as held-for-sale | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | | Other movements | — | — | — | — | — | — | 89 | (71) | | 31 December 2024 | (1,615) | (84) | 45 | 179 | 573 | (902) | (4,408) | 26,018 |

156

| British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025 | | --- || | | | | | | | Retained earnings | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | | Translation reserve (i) £m | Hedging reserve (ii) £m | Fair value reserve (iii) £m | Revaluation reserve (iv) £m | Other (v) £m | Total other reserves £m | Treasury shares (vi) £m | Other £m | | 1 January 2023 | 2,200 | (327) | 30 | 179 | 573 | 2,655 | (7,116) | 51,197 | | Comprehensive income and expense | | | | | | | | | | Loss for the year | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (14,367) | | Foreign currency translation and hedges of net investments in foreign operations | | | | | | | | | | –differences on exchange from translation of foreign operations | (4,007) | — | — | — | — | (4,007) | — | — | | – reclassified and reported in profit for the year | 552 | — | — | — | — | 552 | — | — | | –net investment hedges – net fair value loss on derivatives | 236 | — | — | — | — | 236 | — | — | | –net investment hedges – differences on exchange on borrowings | 9 | — | — | — | — | 9 | — | — | | Cash flow hedges | | | | | | | | | | – net fair value gains | — | 59 | — | — | — | 59 | — | — | | – reclassified and reported in profit for the year | — | 12 | — | — | — | 12 | — | — | | –tax on net fair value gains in respect of cash flow hedges (note 10(f)) | — | (23) | — | — | — | (23) | — | — | | Investments held at fair value | | | | | | | | | | – net fair value gains | — | — | (6) | — | — | (6) | — | — | | Associates – share of OCI, net of tax (note 9) | (165) | 58 | — | — | — | (107) | — | — | | Retirement benefit schemes | | | | | | | | | | – net actuarial gains (note 15) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (106) | | – surplus recognition (note 15) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 24 | | –tax on actuarial gains in respect of subsidiaries (note 10(f)) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 30 | | Associates – share of OCI, net of tax (note 9) | — | — | (6) | — | — | (6) | — | 1 | | Other changes in equity | | | | | | | | | | Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in total assets | — | 27 | — | — | — | 27 | — | — | | Employee share options | | | | | | | | | | –value of employee services | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 71 | | –treasury shares used for share option schemes | — | — | — | — | — | — | 14 | (14) | | Dividends and other appropriations | | | | | | | | | | –ordinary shares | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (5,071) | | Purchase of own shares | | | | | | | | | | –held in employee share ownership trusts | — | — | — | — | — | — | (110) | — | | – share buy-back programme | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | | Perpetual hybrid bonds | | | | | | | | | | – coupons paid | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (58) | | – tax on coupons paid | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 14 | | Non-controlling interests − acquisitions (note 27(c)) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | | Reclassification of equity in respect of assets classified as held-for-sale | (295) | — | — | — | — | (295) | — | — | | Other movements | — | — | — | — | — | — | 116 | (94) | | 31 December 2023 | (1,470) | (194) | 18 | 179 | 573 | (894) | (7,096) | 31,627 |

157

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(i) Translation reserve:

The translation reserve is explained in the accounting policy on foreign currencies in note 1. The Group’s principal exchange rates used to convert the results

of the Group’s foreign operations to sterling for the purposes of consolidation within the Group’s financial statements are the US dollar, Euro, Australian

dollar, Bangladeshi taka, Brazilian real, Canadian dollar, Chilean peso, Danish krone, Indian rupee, Indonesian rupiah, Japanese yen, Romanian leu,

Singaporean dollar, South African rand and Swiss franc and are readily exchangeable into sterling or other freely convertible currencies. In certain other

markets, where there is a lack of exchangeability, the exchange rate is estimated using observable data such as inflation-adjusted exchange rates or premiums

paid to obtain hard currency from financial institutions.

In 2025, included within the differences on exchange from translation of foreign operations is £2 million (2024: nil; 2023: £552 million) which has been

reclassified from reserves to the income statement and recognised in other operating expenses. In 2023, this foreign exchange reclassified to the income

statement was recognised as an adjusting item. This was in relation to £554 million in respect of the sale of the Russian and Belarusian subsidiaries and a loss

of £2 million in respect of the move to above market business models and Quantum-related initiatives.

In 2025, the Group divested 10% of its equity stake in ITC and £47 million was reclassified from reserves to the income statement and recognised in share of

post-tax results of associates and joint ventures. In 2024, the Group divested 12% of its equity stake in ITC and £43 million was reclassified from reserves to

the income statement and recognised in the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures. In both years, the reclassification to the income statement

was recognised as an adjusting item.

(ii) Hedging reserve:

The hedging reserve is explained in the accounting policy on financial instruments in note 1.

Of the amounts reclassified from the hedging reserve and reported in profit for the year, a loss of £29 million (2024: £33 million loss; 2023: £51 million loss)

and a loss of £4 million (2024: £6 million gain; 2023: £4 million loss) were reported within revenue and raw materials and consumables, respectively,

together with a gain of £1 million (2024: £6 million loss; 2023: £17 million loss) reported in other operating expenses, and a gain of £48 million (2024:

£69 million gain; 2023: £84 million gain) reported within net finance costs.

The Group hedges certain foreign currency denominated borrowings with cross-currency interest rate swaps. As permitted by IFRS 9 Financial Instruments,

the foreign currency basis spreads have been separated from the hedging instrument and are recognised in reserves as a ‘cost of hedging’ and are reclassified

to the income statement in the same period in which profit and loss is affected by the hedged expected cash flows as a component of the associated interest

expense. The basis spreads are included within hedging reserves as they are not material. Included within the balance of hedging reserves at 31 December

2025 is an accumulated amount of nil (2024: £2 million loss; 2023: £6 million loss) in respect of the cost of hedging.

(iii) Fair value reserve:

The fair value reserve is explained in the accounting policy on financial instruments in note 1. Fair value gains and losses arising from investments held at

fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in this reserve.

As a result of ITC’s demerger of its hotel business in January 2025, the Group received a 15% stake in the newly incorporated ITC Hotels in the form of a

dividend in specie of £533 million. In December 2025, around 59% of the Group’s investment in ITC Hotels was sold to investors by way of an accelerated

bookbuild process. The fair value gains associated with the investment disposed of were transferred from the fair value reserve into the profit and loss

reserve. Refer to note 18 for further information.

(iv) Revaluation reserve:

The revaluation reserve relates to the acquisition of the cigarette and snus business of Skandinavisk Tobakskompagni in 2008.

(v) Other reserves:

Other reserves comprise:

a.£483 million which arose in 1998 from merger accounting in a Scheme of Arrangement and Reconstruction whereby British American Tobacco p.l.c.

acquired the entire share capital of B.A.T Industries p.l.c. and the share capital of that company’s principal financial services subsidiaries was distributed,

so effectively demerging them; and

b.In the 1999 Rothmans transaction, convertible redeemable preference shares were issued as part of the consideration. The discount on these shares was

amortised by crediting other reserves and charging retained earnings. The £90 million balance in other reserves comprises the accumulated balance in

respect of the preference shares converted during 2004.

(vi) Treasury shares:

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent is stated after deducting the cost of treasury shares which include £4,105 million (2024: £4,114 million;

2023: £6,807 million) for shares repurchased and not cancelled and £278 million (2024: £294 million; 2023: £289 million) in respect of the cost of own

shares held in employee share ownership trusts.

On 18 March 2024, the Group announced a £1.6 billion share buy-back programme starting with £700 million in 2024 and with the remaining £900 million

in 2025. The purpose of this programme is to reduce the issued share capital of the Company and the shares were cancelled on purchase. Following the

partial sale of ITC shares on 28 May 2025, the Group announced an extension of the share buy-back programme of £200 million, taking the total amount

repurchased in 2025 to £1.1 billion. On 9 December 2025, the Group announced an increase to the share buy-back programme of £1.3 billion commencing in

2026.

In respect of the share buy-back programme announced in 2024 and 2025, during the year the Group bought back and cancelled 30,460,763 (2024:

27,392,429) shares, for a total consideration of £1,114 million (2024: £698 million) inclusive of transaction costs of £6 million (2024: £3 million) that have

been deducted from equity. Additionally, in 2024, 87 million shares held in the Company’s treasury share account previously purchased under prior year

share buy-back programmes were cancelled.

As at 31 December 2025, treasury shares include 6,132,171 (2024: 7,113,821; 2023: 5,951,979) shares held in trust and 132,988,352 (2024: 133,266,206;

2023: 220,533,855) shares repurchased and not cancelled as part of the Company’s share buy-back programme. From March 2020, the Company has utilised

shares acquired in the share buy-back programme to satisfy share-based payment awards made to certain employees.

158

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

(d) Perpetual hybrid bonds

The Group issues perpetual hybrid bonds and, as the Group has the unconditional right to avoid transferring cash or another financial asset in relation to these

bonds, they are classified as equity instruments in the consolidated financial statements. Issuance costs associated with these bonds are also recognised within

equity.

The coupons associated with perpetual hybrid bonds are fixed and would reset to rates determined by the contractual terms of each instrument on certain

dates. The bonds are perpetual in nature and do not have maturity dates for the repayment of principal. The contractual terms of the perpetual hybrid bonds

allow the Group to defer coupon payments, however certain contingent events could trigger mandatory payments of such deferred coupons, including the

payment of dividends on, and the repurchase of, ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions in each case. The full terms and conditions of such events can

be found in the relevant prospectus which is available under the debt facilities section of the Group’s debt microsite (https://www.bat.com/content/dam/

batcom/global/main-nav/investors-and-reporting/debt-investors/debt-facilities/2025_-_Hybrid_Standalone_Prospectus.pdf).

On 27 September 2021, the Group issued two €1 billion perpetual hybrid bonds amounting to £1,703 million, which have been classified as equity. Issuance

costs of these bonds, amounting to €26 million (£22 million), have been recognised within equity, net of £4 million of tax on issuance costs.

These bonds include an optional par redemption feature, exercisable at the Group’s discretion, from September 2026 to December 2026 (the 3% perpetual

hybrid bond) and June 2029 to September 2029 (the 3.75% perpetual hybrid bond), as well as on specified dates thereafter, or in the event of specific

circumstances (such as a change in IFRS or tax regime) as set out in the individual terms of each issue. On 21 October 2025, the Group announced a tender

offer to purchase any and all of its outstanding €1 billion 3% perpetual hybrid bonds from the holders of the securities. On 29 October 2025, the Group

announced the final results of the tender offer, confirming that holders of €807 million in aggregate principal amount of the securities (representing c. 81% of

the total outstanding principal amount) had validly tendered their securities, which were accepted for purchase and redeemed at a premium of £3 million. As

the aggregate principal amount of the securities validly tendered and accepted for purchase pursuant to the offer exceeded the 75% threshold specified in the

terms and conditions of the securities, the Group exercised its Substantial Repurchase Event Redemption Option and on 10 November 2025 redeemed the

remaining c. 19% at their principal amount. The cash paid in respect of the redemption of the €1 billion 3% perpetual hybrid bond was £883 million

(inclusive of redemption costs) and all of these securities have been cancelled. Included within the redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds equity movement of

£39 million is £29 million in relation to the difference in spot rates between issuance and redemption. This has been treated as an adjusting item for the

purposes of calculating the Group’s adjusted earnings per share in note 11.

On 30 October 2025, the Group issued two series of €600 million perpetual hybrid bonds amounting to £1,057 million. Issuance costs of the bonds

amounting to €8 million (£7 million), have been recognised within equity, net of £2 million of tax on issuance costs. These bonds include an optional par

redemption feature exercisable at the Group’s discretion from October 2030 to January 2031 (the 4.2% perpetual hybrid bond) and July 2033 to October

2033 (the 4.75% perpetual hybrid bond), or in the event of specific circumstances (such as a change in IFRS or tax regime) as set out in the individual terms

of each issue.

During the year, the Group did not defer any eligible coupon payments and paid a coupon of £33 million in September 2025 (September 2024: £31 million;

September 2023: £33 million) on the 3.75% September 2029 bond and £22 million in October and November 2025 (December 2024: £25 million;

December 2023: £26 million) on the 3% December 2026 bond which have been recognised within equity.

Differences between the coupon recognised in the capital and reserves statement and the coupon paid on perpetual hybrid bonds in the cash flow statement

are due to foreign exchange arising on short timing differences between recognition and settlement.

The fair value of these bonds at 31 December 2025 is £1,926 million (2024: £1,211 million; 2023: £1,512 million).

(e) Non-controlling interests

Movements in non-controlling interests primarily relate to profit for the year and dividends (reported as a movement in retained earnings) and differences on

exchange arising from the translation into sterling (reported as a movement in other reserves). Information on subsidiaries with non-controlling interests is

provided in note 32. At 31 December 2025, the non-controlling interest in Brascuba amounts to a loss of £33 million.

(f) Dividends and other appropriations

The interim quarterly dividend payment for the year ended 31 December 2024 of 240.24p per ordinary share (31 December 2023: 235.52p per ordinary

share) was payable in four equal instalments: amounts payable in May 2025 of £1,314 million (May 2024: £1,316 million), August 2025 of £1,317 million

(August 2024: £1,303 million), November 2025 of £1,313 million (November 2024: £1,302 million) and February 2026 of £1,308 million (February 2025:

£1,296 million), respectively. The total dividends recognised as an appropriation from reserves in 2025 was £5,240 million (2024: £5,209 million; 2023:

£5,071 million).

The Board has declared an interim dividend of 245.04p per ordinary share of 25p, for the year ended 31 December 2025, payable in four equal quarterly

instalments of 61.26p per ordinary share in May 2026, August 2026, November 2026 and February 2027. These payments will be recognised as

appropriations from reserves in 2026 and 2027. The total amount payable is estimated to be £5,341 million based on the number of shares outstanding at the

date of these accounts.

159

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

23 Borrowings

	Currency	Maturity dates	Interest rates	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Eurobonds	Euro	2027 to 2045	1.3% to 5.4%	4,931	5,236
	UK sterling	2026 to 2055	2.3% to 6.0%	1,993	2,291
	Swiss franc	2026	1.4%	236	221
Bonds issued pursuant to rules under the U.S.<br><br>Securities Act (as amended)	US dollar	2026 to 2055	1.7% to 8.1%	26,655	28,268
Bonds and notes				33,815	36,016
Bank loans				689	211
Bank overdrafts				37	138
Lease liabilities				529	585
				35,070	36,950

Perpetual hybrid bonds issued by the Group have been classified as equity (note 22(d)) and are therefore excluded from borrowings.

Current borrowings per the balance sheet include interest payable of £571 million at 31 December 2025 (2024: £565 million). Included within borrowings

are £7,844 million (2024: £8,750 million) of borrowings subject to fair value hedges where their amortised cost has been decreased by £44 million (2024:

£215 million decrease).

The fair value of borrowings is estimated to be £33,717 million (2024: £34,596 million) of which £32,462 million (2024: £33,663 million) has been

calculated using quoted market prices and is within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy and £1,255 million (2024: £933 million) has been calculated based on

discounted cash flow analysis and is within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Amounts secured on Group assets including property, plant and equipment, inventory and receivables as at 31 December 2025 are nil (2024: nil). The

majority of lease liabilities are secured against the associated assets.

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

	Per balance sheet		Contractual gross maturities
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Within one year	3,362	4,312	4,246	5,276
Between one and two years	2,973	2,644	4,444	4,084
Between two and three years	3,813	3,012	5,103	4,522
Between three and four years	1,695	3,435	2,879	4,695
Between four and five years	2,647	1,725	3,749	2,899
Beyond five years	20,580	21,822	30,225	32,232
	35,070	36,950	50,646	53,708

The contractual gross maturities in each year include the borrowings maturing in that year together with forecast interest payments on all borrowings which

are outstanding for all or part of that year.

Borrowings are denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary undertaking or other currencies as shown below:

	Functional<br><br>currency<br><br>£m	US<br><br>dollar<br><br>£m	UK<br><br>sterling<br><br>£m	Euro<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>currencies<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
31 December 2025
Total borrowings	28,201	3,134	—	3,460	275	35,070
Effect of derivative financial instruments
– cross-currency swaps	909	(427)	—	(563)	—	(81)
– forward foreign currency contracts	(564)	(562)	—	764	360	(2)
	28,546	2,145	—	3,661	635	34,987
31 December 2024
Total borrowings	28,830	3,754	302	3,800	264	36,950
Effect of derivative financial instruments
– cross-currency swaps	609	(148)	—	(533)	—	(72)
– forward foreign currency contracts	68	(901)	—	435	395	(3)
	29,507	2,705	302	3,702	659	36,875

160

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The exposure to interest rate changes when borrowings are re-priced is as follows:

	Within<br><br>1 year<br><br>£m	Between<br><br>1-2 years<br><br>£m	Between<br><br>2-3 years<br><br>£m	Between<br><br>3-4 years<br><br>£m	Between<br><br>4-5 years<br><br>£m	Beyond<br><br>5 years<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
31 December 2025
Total borrowings	3,362	2,973	3,813	1,695	2,647	20,580	35,070
Effect of derivative financial instruments
– interest rate swaps	7,108	(1,690)	—	—	(830)	(4,588)	—
– cross-currency swaps	448	(102)	—	(427)	—	—	(81)
	10,918	1,181	3,813	1,268	1,817	15,992	34,989
31 December 2024
Total borrowings	4,312	2,644	3,012	3,435	1,725	21,822	36,950
Effect of derivative financial instruments
– interest rate swaps	6,494	—	(1,815)	—	—	(4,679)	—
– cross-currency swaps	459	—	(72)	—	(459)	—	(72)
	11,265	2,644	1,125	3,435	1,266	17,143	36,878

Lease liabilities are repayable as follows:

	Per balance sheet		Contractual gross maturities
	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Within one year	153	141	189	171
Between one and two years	113	133	135	165
Between two and three years	66	87	82	103
Between three and four years	48	49	60	61
Between four and five years	34	38	44	47
Beyond five years	115	137	168	176
	529	585	678	723

For more information on leasing arrangements, refer to note 13.

As at 31 December 2025, the Group’s undrawn committed borrowing facilities (note 26) amount to £7,695 million (2024: £7,748 million) with

£5,195 million maturing within one year (2024: £5,056 million maturing within one year), nil maturing between one and two years (2024: £154 million

maturing between one and two years), nil maturing between two and three years (2024: £2,538 million maturing between two and three years), nil maturing

between three and four years (2024: nil maturing between three and four years) and £2,500 million maturing between four and five years (2024: nil maturing

between four and five years).

161

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

The Group’s composition and movements in net debt are presented below along with a reconciliation to the financing activities in the Group Cash Flow

Statement:

							2025<br><br>£m
	Notes	Opening<br><br>balance	Cash flow	Foreign<br><br>exchange	Fair value,<br><br>accrued<br><br>interest and<br><br>other	Held for Sale	Closing<br><br>balance
Borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)*		36,365	(218)	(1,799)	193	—	34,541
Lease liabilities		585	(177)	(11)	132	—	529
Derivatives in respect of net debt	19	113	(313)	535	(347)	—	(12)
Cash and cash equivalents	21	(5,297)	1,130	138	(6)	208	(3,827)
Current investments held at fair value	18	(513)	494	16	(13)	—	(16)
		31,253	916	(1,121)	(41)	208	31,215
							2024<br><br>£m
	Notes	Opening<br><br>balance	Cash flow	Foreign<br><br>exchange	Fair value,<br><br>accrued interest<br><br>and other	Held for Sale	Closing balance
Borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)*		39,232	(2,387)	231	(711)	—	36,365
Lease liabilities		498	(165)	(27)	279	—	585
Derivatives in respect of net debt	19	170	(133)	106	(30)	—	113
Cash and cash equivalents	21	(4,659)	(907)	323	(54)	—	(5,297)
Current investments held at fair value	18	(601)	99	41	(52)	—	(513)
		34,640	(3,493)	674	(568)	—	31,253

Note:

*Borrowings as at 31 December 2025 include £591 million (2024: £670 million) in respect of the purchase price adjustments relating to the acquisition of Reynolds American.

In the table above, movements in accrued interest relate to the net movement year-on-year and cash flows related to interest payments are not included.

Fair value, accrued interest and other movements in lease liabilities in 2025 mainly comprise additions of £132 million (2024: £279 million) (net of

reassessments, modifications and terminations), see note 13(a). In 2024, included in the £279 million were new lease liabilities of £12 million, mainly arising

from sale and leaseback transactions. The movement of £13 million (2024: £52 million) in current investments held at fair value represents the fair value

gains for these investments.

	2025<br><br>£m	2024<br><br>£m
Cash flows per net debt statement	916	(3,493)
Non-financing cash flows included in net debt	(1,524)	773
Interest paid	(1,631)	(1,703)
Interest element of lease liabilities	(40)	(37)
Remaining cash flows relating to derivative financial instruments	(67)	5
Purchases of own shares held in employee share ownership trusts	(61)	(94)
Purchase of own shares	(1,112)	(698)
Proceeds from issue of perpetual hybrid bonds	1,050	—
Redemption of perpetual hybrid bonds, net of costs	(883)	—
Coupon paid on perpetual hybrid bonds	(54)	(56)
Dividends paid to owners of the parent	(5,238)	(5,213)
Capital injection from and purchase of non-controlling interests	(19)	—
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests	(100)	(121)
Other	1	5
Net cash used in financing activities per cash flow statement	(8,762)	(10,632)

162

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

24 Provisions for liabilities

	Restructuring<br><br>of existing<br><br>businesses<br><br>£m	Employee-<br><br>related<br><br>benefits<br><br>£m	Fox River<br><br>£m	Approved Plans<br><br>in Canada<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>provisions<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
1 January 2025	65	42	44	6,203	761	7,115
Differences on exchange	2	(3)	—	(168)	7	(162)
Provided in respect of the year*	24	8	—	(708)	229	(447)
Transferred to Canada Settlement Payable (Note<br><br>25)	—	—	—	(85)	—	(85)
Discounting	—	—	—	112	3	115
Utilised during the year	(36)	(12)	(3)	(2,560)	(156)	(2,767)
31 December 2025	55	35	41	2,794	844	3,769
Analysed on the balance sheet as
– current	37	11	3	—	557	608
– non-current	18	24	38	2,794	287	3,161
	55	35	41	2,794	844	3,769	Restructuring<br><br>of existing<br><br>businesses<br><br>£m	Employee-related<br><br>benefits<br><br>£m	Fox River<br><br>£m	The Approved<br><br>Plans in Canada<br><br>£m	Other<br><br>provisions<br><br>£m	Total<br><br>£m
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
1 January 2024	139	42	44	—	774	999
Differences on exchange	(5)	(2)	—	—	(57)	(64)
Provided in respect of the year*	(15)	15	—	6,203	111	6,314
Utilised during the year	(54)	(13)	—	—	(67)	(134)
31 December 2024	65	42	44	6,203	761	7,115
Analysed on the balance sheet as
– current	33	11	2	2,456	542	3,044
– non-current	32	31	42	3,747	219	4,071
	65	42	44	6,203	761	7,115

Note:

*Amounts provided above are shown net of reversals of unused provisions which include reversals of £29 million (2024: £21 million) for restructuring of existing businesses, £14 million (2024: £12 million) for

employee benefits, £919 million for the Approved Plans in Canada (2024: nil) and £193 million (2024: £412 million) for other provisions. Included in the £412 million in 2024 was an amount of £270 million

related to interest provision for FII GLO which was reclassified to trade and other payables in 2024.

Restructuring of existing businesses

The restructuring provisions relate to the restructuring costs incurred and reported as adjusting items. The principal restructuring activities in 2025 are described

in note 7 and primarily include the cost of employee packages and other operating expenses associated with the Dhaka factory closure in Bangladesh.

Provisions associated with redundancy packages are determined based on termination packages offered in each country. Restructuring of existing businesses

provisions also include long-term social plans associated with redundancy programmes from previous years, mainly in relation to Quantum. The long-term

social plans primarily relate to social plans in Germany, which span over several years and are based on actuarial calculations. These are discounted to present

value using Central Bank rates. We do not consider the effect of discounting to be material. The provisions for long-term social plans include future payments

related to contracts that are already fixed. Given that there is little or no variability expected in the timing and amount of the payments, no additional risk has

been incorporated in the discounting. While some elements of the non-current provisions of £18 million will unwind over several years, as termination

payments are made over extended periods in some countries, it is estimated that approximately 99% of these non-current provisions will unwind within five

years.

Employee-related benefits

Employee-related benefits mainly relate to employee benefits other than post-employment benefits. The principal components of these provisions are gratuity

and termination awards, ‘jubilee’ payments due after a certain service period and expected payments associated with long-term disability. The majority of these

provisions are calculated by actuaries. It is estimated that approximately 59% of the non-current provisions of £24 million will unwind within five years.

Fox River

A provision of £274 million was made in 2011 for a potential claim under a 1998 settlement agreement entered into by a Group subsidiary in respect of the

clean-up of sediment in the Fox River. On 30 September 2014, the Group, NCR, Appvion and Windward Prospects entered into a funding agreement; the

details of this agreement are explained in note 31. Under this agreement, no payments were made in 2025 (2024: payments of less than £1 million). In 2025,

the Group incurred legal costs of £3 million which were also charged against the provision. It is expected that the non-current provision will unwind within five

years.

The Approved Plans in Canada

CCAA Proceedings

In March 2019, ITCAN obtained an Initial Order from the Ontario Superior Court of Justice granting it protection under the Companies’ Creditors

Arrangement Act (CCAA). Under a confidential court supervised mediation process, ITCAN began the process of negotiating a possible settlement of all of

its outstanding tobacco litigation in Canada while continuing to run its business in the normal course. On 17 October 2024, the court-appointed mediator and

monitor filed a proposed plan of compromise and arrangement in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice. Substantially similar proposed plans were also filed

for RBH and JTIM (collectively, the Proposed Plans).

Under the Proposed Plans, ITCAN, RBH and JTIM (the Companies) would pay an aggregate settlement amount of CAD$32.5 billion (£17.6 billion at 31

December 2025 rate of exchange) (the Global Settlement Amount). This amount would be funded by:

163

British American Tobacco p.l.c. Form 20-F 2025

–an upfront payment equal to all the Companies' cash and cash equivalents on hand (including investments held at fair value) plus certain court deposits

(subject to an aggregate industry holdback of CAD$750 million (£407 million at 31 December 2025 rate of exchange)) plus 85% of any cash tax refunds

that may be received by the Companies on account of the upfront payments; and